Search NEET and JEE physics questions

5125 questions with step-by-step solutions.

5125 questions

The dimensional formula of Planck's constant h isQ 11-01-001Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a modified Bernoulli equation. (P + (A)/(Bt^2)) + ρ g(h + Bt) + (1)/(2)ρ V^2 = constant If t has the dimension of time then the dimensions of A and B are…Q 11-01-002Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
One main scale division of a Vernier calliper is equal to 1 mm and the number of divisions on the Vernier scale is 10. When both the jaws touch each other, the Vernier…Q 11-01-003Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
Consider that σ_s, k_B, b represent Stefan-Boltzmann constant, Boltzmann constant and Wien's displacement law constant, respectively. The dimension of σ_s k_B^-1 b is :Q 11-01-004Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
Consider the diameter of a spherical object being measured with the help of a Vernier callipers. Suppose its 10 Vernier Scale Divisions (V.S.D.) are equal to its 9 Main…Q 11-01-005Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
A physical quantity P is related to four observations a, b, c and d as follows: P = a^3b^2/c√(d) The percentage errors of measurement in a, b, c and d are 1\%, 3\%,…Q 11-01-006Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
In a vernier calipers, (N + 1) divisions of vernier scale coincide with N divisions of main scale. If 1 MSD represents 0.1 mm, the vernier constant (in cm) is :Q 11-01-007Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
The quantities which have the same dimensions as those of solid angle are :Q 11-01-008Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
A force defined by F = α t^2 + β t acts on a particle at a given time t. The factor which is dimensionless, if α and β are constants, is:Q 11-01-009Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
A metal wire has mass (0.4 0.002) g, radius (0.3 0.001) mm and length (5 0.02) cm. The maximum possible percentage error in the measurement of density will nearly be:Q 11-01-010Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
The errors in the measurement which arise due to unpredictable fluctuations in temperature and voltage supply are :Q 11-01-011Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
If E and G respectively denote energy and gravitational constant, then (E)/(G) has the dimensions of :Q 11-01-012Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
A screw gauge gives the following readings when used to measure the diameter of a wire Main scale reading : 0 mm Circular scale reading : 52 divisions Given that 1 mm…Q 11-01-013Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
If force [F], acceleration [A] and time [T] are chosen as the fundamental physical quantities. Find the dimensions of energy.Q 11-01-014Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
A screw gauge has least count of 0.01 mm and there are 50 divisions in its circular scale. The pitch of the screw gauge is :Q 11-01-015Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
The energy required to break one bond in DNA is 10^-20 J. This value in eV is nearly :Q 11-01-016Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
Dimensions of stress are :Q 11-01-017Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
Taking into account of the significant figures, what is the value of 9.99 m - 0.0099 m ?Q 11-01-018Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
Dimensional analysis of the equation (Velocity)^x = (Pressure difference)^3/2 (Density)^-3/2 gives the value of x asQ 11-01-019Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the equation F = A^a v^b d^c, F is force, A is area, v is velocity and d is density. Dimensional analysis gives the exponents asQ 11-01-020Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The length of a pendulum is measured as 1.01 m and the time for 30 oscillations is measured as one minute 3 seconds. The error in length is 0.01 m and the error in time…Q 11-01-021Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The dimensional formula of (1)/(2)μ_0 H^2 (μ_0 is the permeability of free space and H is the magnetic field intensity) isQ 11-01-022Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If the force is given by F = at + bt^2, with t as time, the dimensions of a and b areQ 11-01-023Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
When a wave traverses a medium, the displacement of a particle located at x at time t is given by y = a(bt - cx), where a, b and c are constants of the wave. Which of…Q 11-01-024Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Energy (E), angular momentum (L) and the universal gravitational constant (G) are chosen as fundamental quantities. The power of G in the dimensional formula of…Q 11-01-025Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQHard
If the absolute errors in two physical quantities A and B are a and b respectively, then the absolute error in the value of A - B isQ 11-01-026Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
The velocity v (in cm/s) of a particle is given in terms of time t (in s) by the equation v = at + (b)/(t + c) The dimensions of a, b and c areQ 11-01-027Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
A body weighs 22.42 g and has a measured volume of 4.7 cc. The possible errors in the measurement of mass and volume are 0.01 g and 0.1 cc. The maximum percentage error…Q 11-01-028Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
If energy E, velocity v and time T are taken as fundamental quantities, the dimensional formula for surface tension isQ 11-01-029Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQHard
If power (P), surface tension (T) and Planck's constant (h) are arranged so that the dimensions of time in their dimensional formulae are in ascending order, then which…Q 11-01-030Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQMedium
A physical quantity is calculated as Q = a^2 b^3c√(d). The percentage errors in measuring a, b, c and d are 1\%, 2\%, 3\% and 4\% respectively. The maximum percentage…Q 11-01-031Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The momentum of a body is measured with an error of 2\% and its mass with an error of 1\%. The maximum percentage error in its kinetic energy, calculated using K =…Q 11-01-032Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a simple pendulum experiment, the length is measured as 1.000 m with an error of 1 mm, and the time period as 2.00 s with an error of 0.02 s. Find the maximum…Q 11-01-033Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The length of a rod is measured five times as 5.62 cm, 5.58 cm, 5.65 cm, 5.55 cm and 5.60 cm. The percentage error in the measurement, based on the mean absolute error,…Q 11-01-034Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The main scale of a vernier callipers is graduated in half-millimetres (1 MSD = 0.5 mm). 25 divisions of the vernier scale coincide with 24 divisions of the main scale.…Q 11-01-035Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A vernier callipers has a least count of 0.01 cm. When the jaws are closed, the zero of the vernier scale lies to the right of the zero of the main scale, and the 6th…Q 11-01-036Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A screw gauge has a pitch of 0.5 mm and 50 divisions on its circular scale. It has a positive zero error of 3 circular divisions. While measuring the diameter of a…Q 11-01-037Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The value of (4.36 × 0.052)/(1.2), expressed to the correct number of significant figures, isQ 11-01-038Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Three lengths 16.2 m, 0.847 m and 3.08 m are added. The sum, with due regard to significant figures, isQ 11-01-039Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of a sphere is measured as 2.50 cm. Its volume, with due regard to significant figures, isQ 11-01-040Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a new system of units, the unit of mass is 2 kg, the unit of length is 5 m and the unit of time is 10 s. Find the numerical value of an energy of 100 J in this system.Q 11-01-041Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The force on a particle is given by F = a√(x) + bt^2, where x is position and t is time. The dimensions of (a)/(b) areQ 11-01-042Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy of a system is given by E = A e^-β x^2/(kT), where x is a distance, k is Boltzmann's constant and T is temperature. The dimensions of Aβ areQ 11-01-043Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQHard
If the speed of light c, the gravitational constant G and Planck's constant h are taken as fundamental quantities, the quantity with the dimensions of length isQ 11-01-044Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQHard
If force (F), length (L) and time (T) are taken as fundamental quantities, the dimensional formula of mass isQ 11-01-045Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The frequency f of a vibrating string depends on its length l, the tension T and its mass per unit length μ as f ∝ l^a T^b μ^c. The values of a, b and c areQ 11-01-046Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The viscous force on a small sphere moving slowly through a liquid depends on the coefficient of viscosity η, the radius r of the sphere and its speed v as F = k η^a…Q 11-01-047Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The potential difference across a resistor is (50 1) V and its resistance is (25 0.5) Ω. The power dissipated, P = (V^2)/(R), isQ 11-01-048Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The length and breadth of a rectangular sheet are (12.0 0.1) cm and (5.0 0.1) cm. Its area, with the error limit, isQ 11-01-049Units and MeasurementsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A new unit (α) of length is chosen such that it is equal to the speed of light in vacuum. What is the distance between Venus and Earth in terms of α units if light…Q 11-01-050Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the equation H = (x^p ε^q E^r)/(t^s) Where H = magnetic field; E = electric field, ε = permittivity, x = distance, t = time. The values of p, q, r and s…Q 11-01-051Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The density ρ of a uniform cylinder is determined by measuring its mass m, length l and diameter d. The measured values of m, l and d are 97.42 0.02 g, 8.35 0.05 mm and…Q 11-01-052Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The potential energy of a particle changes with distance x from a fixed origin as V = A√(x)x + B, where A and B are constant with appropriate dimensions. The dimensions…Q 11-01-053Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The percentage error in the calculated volume of a sphere, if there is 2\% error in its diameter measurement, is ______.Q 11-01-054Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List - I with List - II. array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ A. & Boltzmann constant & I. & [M^-1L^3T^-2] \ B. & Stefan's constant & II. & [ML^2T^-1] \ C. &…Q 11-01-055Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Vernier calipers, when both jaws touch each other, zero of the Vernier scale is shifted to the right of zero of the main scale and 7^th Vernier division coincides…Q 11-01-056Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
L, C and R represents physical quantities inductance, capacitance and resistance respectively. The dimensional formula ML^2T^-4A^-2 corresponds to ______.Q 11-01-057Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List - I with List - II, where h, G and c are taken as fundamental units. array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ A. & Meter (L) & I. & √((hc)/(G)) \ B. &…Q 11-01-058Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQHard
In an experiment to determine the resistance of a given wire using Ohm's law, the voltmeter and ammeter readings are noted as 10 V and 5 A, respectively. The least…Q 11-01-059Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match the LIST-I with LIST-II array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ A. & Planck's constant & I. & ML^2T^-2 \ B. & Stopping potential & II. & T^-1 \ C. & Work…Q 11-01-060Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a screw gauge when the circular scale is given five complete rotations it moves linearly by 2.5 mm. If the circular scale has 100 divisions, the least count of screw…Q 11-01-061Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The dimensional formula of (1)/(2)ε_0E^2 (ε_0 = permittivity of vacuum and E = electric field) is M^aL^bT^c. The value of 2a-b+c= ______.Q 11-01-062Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The diameter of a wire measured by a screw gauge of least count 0.001 cm is 0.08 cm. The length measured by a scale of least count 0.1 cm is 150 cm. When a weight of…Q 11-01-063Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Dimensions of universal gravitational constant (G) in terms of Planck's constant (h), distance (L), mass (M) and time (T) are ______.Q 11-01-064Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a screw gauge the zero of main scale reference line coincides with the fifth division of the circular scale when two studs are in contact. There are 100 divisions in…Q 11-01-065Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which one of the following is not a measurable quantity?Q 11-01-066Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The time period of a simple harmonic oscillator is T = 2π√((k)/(m)). Measured value of mass (m) of the object is 10 g with an accuracy of 10 mg and time for 50…Q 11-01-067Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List - I with List - II. array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ A. & Coefficient of viscosity & I. & [ML^-1T^-2] \ B. & Surface tension & II. & [ML^2T^-2] \ C.…Q 11-01-068Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment, a set of reading are obtained as follows - 1.24 mm, 1.25 mm, 1.23 mm, 1.21 mm. The expected least count of the instrument used in recording these…Q 11-01-069Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
When both jaws of vernier callipers touch each other, zero mark of the vernier scale is right to zero mark of main scale, 4^th mark on vernier scale coincides with…Q 11-01-070Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a vernier callipers, 50 vernier scale divisions are equal to 48 main scale divisions. If one main scale division = 0.05 mm, then the least count of the vernier…Q 11-01-071Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match the LIST-I with LIST-II array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Magnetic induction & I. & MLT^-2A^-2 \ B. & Magnetic flux & II. & ML^2T^-2A^-2 \ C. & Magnetic…Q 11-01-072Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If B is magnetic field and μ_0 is permeability of free space, then the dimensions of (B/μ_0) isQ 11-01-073Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: In a vernier callipers, one vernier scale division is always smaller than one main scale division. Statement II: The…Q 11-01-074Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Which one of the following is the correct dimensional formula for the capacitance in F? M, L, T and C stand for unit of mass, length, time and charge.Q 11-01-075Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum percentage error in the measurement of density of a wire is [Given, mass of wire = (0.600.003) g, radius of wire = (0.500.01) cm, length of wire =…Q 11-01-076Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The position of a particle moving on the x-axis is given by x(t) = A t + B^2 t + Ct^2 + D, where t is time. The dimension of (ABC)/(D) isQ 11-01-077Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric flux is φ = ασ + βλ, where λ and σ are linear and surface charge density, respectively. ((α)/(β)) representsQ 11-01-078Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (A) Permeability of free space (B) Magnetic field (C) Magnetic moment (D) Torsional constant List-II (I) [ML^2T^-2] (II) [MT^-2A^-1]…Q 11-01-079Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
For an experimental expression y = (32.3×1125)/(27.4), where all the digits are significant, then to report the value of y we should writeQ 11-01-080Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The least count of a screw gauge is 0.01 mm. If the pitch is increased by 75\% and the number of divisions on the circular scale is reduced by 50\%, the new least count…Q 11-01-081Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a measurement, it is asked to find modulus of elasticity per unit torque applied on the system. The measured quantity has dimension of [M^aL^bT^c]. If b = -3, the…Q 11-01-082Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A tiny metallic rectangular sheet has length and breadth of 5 mm and 2.5 mm, respectively. Using a specially designed screw gauge which has a pitch of 0.75 mm and 15…Q 11-01-083Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (A) Angular impulse (B) Latent heat (C) Electrical resistivity (D) Electromotive force List-II (I) [M^0L^2T^-2] (II) [ML^2T^-3A^-1]…Q 11-01-084Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The pair of physical quantities not having the same dimensions isQ 11-01-085Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (A) Young's modulus (B) Torque (C) Coefficient of viscosity (D) Gravitational constant List-II (I) [ML^-1T^-1] (II) [ML^-1T^-2] (III)…Q 11-01-086Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A physical quantity Q is related to four observables a, b, c, d as follows: Q = (ab^4)/(cd), where a = (603) Pa, b = (200.1) m, c = (400.2) N s m^-2 and d = (500.1) m.…Q 11-01-087Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The radius r, length l and resistance R of a metal wire were measured in the laboratory as r = 0.35 0.05 cm, R = 100 10 Ω, l = 15 0.2 cm The percentage error in the…Q 11-01-088Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The dimensional formula of angular impulse isQ 11-01-089Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
10 divisions on the main scale of a Vernier calliper coincide with 11 divisions on the Vernier scale. If each division on the main scale is of 5 units, the least count…Q 11-01-090Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List - I with List - II. array|l|l|l|l| & List - I (Number) & & List - II (Significant figures) \ A. & 1001 & I. & 3 \ B. & 010.1 & II. & 4 \ C. & 100.100 & III.…Q 11-01-091Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment to measure the focal length (f) of a convex lens, the least counts of the measuring scales for the position of the object (u) and for the position of…Q 11-01-092Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The equation of a stationary wave is y = 2a((2π nt)/(λ))((2π x)/(λ)). Which of the following is NOT correct?Q 11-01-093Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Applying the principle of homogeneity of dimensions, determine which one is correct, where T is time period, G is the gravitational constant, M is mass and r is the…Q 11-01-094Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Time periods of oscillation of the same simple pendulum measured using four different measuring clocks were recorded as 4.62 s, 4.632 s, 4.6 s and 4.64 s. The…Q 11-01-095Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If G is the gravitational constant and u is the energy density, then which of the following quantities has the same dimensions as √(uG)?Q 11-01-096Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
What is the dimensional formula of ab^-1 in the equation (P + (a)/(V^2))(V - b) = RT, where the letters have their usual meaning?Q 11-01-097Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A vernier calliper has 20 divisions on the vernier scale, which coincide with the 19^th division on the main scale. The least count of the instrument is 0.1 mm. One…Q 11-01-098Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
To find the spring constant (k) of a spring experimentally, a student commits a 2\% positive error in the measurement of time and a 1\% negative error in the…Q 11-01-099Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Torque & I. & [MLT^-2A^-2] \ B. & Magnetic field & II. & [L^2A] \ C. & Magnetic moment & III. &…Q 11-01-100Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
While measuring the diameter of a wire using a screw gauge, the following readings were noted. The main scale reading is 1 mm and the circular scale reading is equal to…Q 11-01-101Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): Dimensions of specific heat is [L^2T^-2K^-1]. Statement (II): Dimensions of gas constant is [ML^2T^-1K^-1]. In the light…Q 11-01-102Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a vernier calliper, when both jaws touch each other, the zero of the vernier scale shifts towards the left and its 4^th division coincides exactly with a certain…Q 11-01-103Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): Planck's constant and angular momentum have the same dimensions. Statement (II): Linear momentum and moment of force have…Q 11-01-104Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the physical quantity that cannot be measured using spherometer:Q 11-01-105Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The equation of state of a real gas is given by (P + (a)/(V^2))(V - b) = RT, where P, V and T are pressure, volume and temperature respectively and R is the universal…Q 11-01-106Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): In Vernier calliper if positive zero error…Q 11-01-107Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The resistance R = (V)/(I), where V = (200 5) V and I = (20 0.2) A. The percentage error in the measurement of R is:Q 11-01-108Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A physical quantity Q is found to depend on quantities a, b, c by the relation Q = (a^4b^3)/(c^2). The percentage errors in a, b and c are 3\%, 4\% and 5\%…Q 11-01-109Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an expression a×10^b:Q 11-01-110Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Young's modulus is determined by the equation given by Y = 49000(M)/(l) dyncm^2, where M is the mass and l is the extension of the wire used in the experiment. Now the…Q 11-01-111Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The diameter of a sphere is measured using a vernier caliper whose 9 divisions of main scale are equal to 10 divisions of vernier scale. The shortest division on the…Q 11-01-112Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If ε_0 is the permittivity of free space and E is the electric field, then ε_0E^2 has the dimensions:Q 11-01-113Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Least count of a vernier caliper is (1)/(20N) cm. The value of one division on the main scale is 1 mm. Then the number of divisions of main scale that coincide with N…Q 11-01-114Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
There are 100 divisions on the circular scale of a screw gauge of pitch 1 mm. With no measuring quantity in between the jaws, the zero of the circular scale lies 5…Q 11-01-115Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The dimensional formula of latent heat is:Q 11-01-116Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
One main scale division of a vernier caliper is equal to m units. If the n^th division of main scale coincides with the (n+1)^th division of vernier scale, the least…Q 11-01-117Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The de-Broglie wavelength associated with a particle of mass m and energy E is h/√(2mE). The dimensional formula for Planck's constant is:Q 11-01-118Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. arrayl|l List-I & List-II \ A. Coefficient of viscosity & I. [ML^2T^-2] \ B. Surface tension & II. [ML^2T^-1] \ C. Angular momentum & III.…Q 11-01-119Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If mass is written as m = k c^PG^-1/2h^1/2, then the value of P will be: (Constants have their usual meaning with k a dimensionless constant)Q 11-01-120Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If 50 Vernier divisions are equal to 49 main scale divisions of a travelling microscope and one smallest reading of the main scale is 0.5 mm, the Vernier constant of…Q 11-01-121Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the percentage errors in measuring the length and the diameter of a wire are 0.1\% each, the percentage error in measuring its resistance will be:Q 11-01-122Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A force is represented by F = ax^2 + bt^1/2, where x = distance and t = time. The dimensions of (b^2)/(a) are:Q 11-01-123Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider two physical quantities A and B related to each other as E = (B - x^2)/(At), where E, x and t have dimensions of energy, length and time respectively. The…Q 11-01-124Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The measured value of the length of a simple pendulum is 20 cm with 2 mm accuracy. The time for 50 oscillations was measured to be 40 seconds with 1 second resolution.…Q 11-01-125Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I (Physical quantity) & & List II (Dimensional formula) \ A. & Pressure gradient & I. & [M^0L^2T^-2] \ B. & Energy…Q 11-01-126Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment of measuring the refractive index of a glass slab using travelling microscope in physics lab, a student measures real thickness of the glass slab as…Q 11-01-127Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalHard
The equation of a circle is given by x^2+y^2=a^2, where a is the radius. If the equation is modified to change the origin other than (0,0), then find out the correct…Q 11-01-128Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a screw gauge, there are 100 divisions on the circular scale and the main scale moves by 0.5 mm on a complete rotation of the circular scale. The zero of circular…Q 11-01-129Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Torque & I. & kg m^-1 s^-2 \ B. & Energy density & II. & kg m s^-1 \ C. & Pressure gradient & III.…Q 11-01-130Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If R, X_L and X_C represent resistance, inductive reactance and capacitive reactance, then which of the following is dimensionless?Q 11-01-131Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Angular momentum & I. & [ML^2T^-2] \ B. & Torque & II. & [ML^-2T^-2] \ C. & Stress & III. &…Q 11-01-132Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The frequency (ν) of an oscillating liquid drop may depend upon radius (r) of the drop, density (ρ) of liquid and the surface tension (s) of the liquid as ν=r^aρ^bs^c.…Q 11-01-133Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Surface tension & I. & kg m^-1 s^-1 \ B. & Pressure & II. & kg m s^-1 \ C. & Viscosity & III. & kg…Q 11-01-134Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Young's modulus (Y) & I. & [ML^-1T^-1] \ B. & Coefficient of viscosity (η) & II. & [ML^2T^-1] \ C.…Q 11-01-135Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the equation (X+(a)/(Y^2))(Y-b)=RT, X is pressure, Y is volume, R is universal gas constant and T is temperature. The physical quantity equivalent to the ratio ab isQ 11-01-136Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The speed of a wave produced in water is given by v=λ^ag^bρ^c, where λ, g and ρ are wavelength of wave, acceleration due to gravity and density of water respectively.…Q 11-01-137Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment with vernier callipers of least count 0.1 mm, when two jaws are joined together the zero of vernier scale lies right to the zero of the main scale and…Q 11-01-138Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Astronomical unit (Au), Parsec (Pc) and Light year (ly) are units for measuring astronomical distances. Statement II: Au <…Q 11-01-139Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If force (F), velocity (V) and time (T) are considered as fundamental physical quantities, then dimensional formula of density will beQ 11-01-140Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Spring constant & I. & [T^-1] \ B. & Angular speed & II. & [MT^-2] \ C. & Angular momentum & III.…Q 11-01-141Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass (50.5) kg is moving with a velocity of (200.4) m s^-1. Its kinetic energy will beQ 11-01-142Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two resistances are given as R_1=(100.5) Ω and R_2=(150.5) Ω. The percentage error in the measurement of equivalent resistance when they are connected in parallel isQ 11-01-143Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylindrical wire of mass (0.40.01) g has length (80.04) cm and radius (60.03) mm. The maximum error in its density will beQ 11-01-144Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Dimension of (1)/(μ_0ε_0) should be equal toQ 11-01-145Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Torque & I. & [ML^-2T^-2] \ B. & Stress & II. & [ML^2T^-2] \ C. & Pressure gradient & III. &…Q 11-01-146Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A physical quantity P is given as P=(a^2b^3)/(c d). The percentage errors in the measurement of a, b, c and d are 1\%, 2\%, 3\% and 4\% respectively. The percentage…Q 11-01-147Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
(P+(a)/(V^2))(V-b)=RT represents the equation of state of some gases, where P is the pressure, V is the volume, T is the temperature and a, b, R are the constants. The…Q 11-01-148Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If the velocity of light c, universal gravitational constant G and Planck's constant h are chosen as fundamental quantities, the dimensions of mass in the new system isQ 11-01-149Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Identify the pair of physical quantities which have different dimensions:Q 11-01-150Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the pair of physical quantities that have same dimensions:Q 11-01-151Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If Z = (A^2B^3)/(C^4), then the relative error in Z will beQ 11-01-152Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
For z = a^2x^3y^1/2, where a is a constant, if the percentage errors in measurement of x and y are 4\% and 12\% respectively, then the percentage error for z will be…Q 11-01-153Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An expression for a dimensionless quantity P is given by P = αβ_e((kT)/(β x)), where α and β are constants, x is distance, k is Boltzmann constant and T is the…Q 11-01-154Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a vernier calliper, each cm on the main scale is divided into 20 equal parts. If the tenth vernier scale division coincides with the ninth main scale division, then…Q 11-01-155Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A travelling microscope is used to determine the refractive index of a glass slab. If 40 divisions are there in 1 cm on the main scale and 50 vernier scale divisions…Q 11-01-156Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
If momentum P, area A and time T are taken as fundamental quantities, then the dimensional formula for coefficient of viscosity isQ 11-01-157Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following physical quantities have the same dimensions?Q 11-01-158Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum errors in the measurement of resistance, current and time for which current flows in an electrical circuit are 1\%, 2\% and 3\% respectively. The maximum…Q 11-01-159Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A screw gauge of pitch 0.5 mm is used to measure the diameter of a uniform wire of length 6.8 cm. The main scale reading is 1.5 mm and the circular scale reading is 7.…Q 11-01-160Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A silver wire has a mass (0.6 0.006) g, radius (0.5 0.005) mm and length (4 0.04) cm. The maximum percentage error in the measurement of its density will beQ 11-01-162Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance of the Sun from earth is 1.5×10^11 m and its angular diameter is 2000'' when observed from the earth. The diameter of the Sun will beQ 11-01-163Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The SI unit of a physical quantity is Pascal-sec. The dimensional formula of this quantity will beQ 11-01-164Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If L, C and R are the self inductance, capacitance and resistance respectively, which of the following does not have the dimension of time?Q 11-01-165Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A torque meter is calibrated to reference standards of mass, length and time each with 5\% accuracy. After calibration, the measured torque with this torque meter will…Q 11-01-166Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The one division of main scale of vernier callipers reads 1 mm and 10 divisions of Vernier scale is equal to the 9 divisions on main scale. When the two jaws of the…Q 11-01-167Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An expression of energy density is given by u = (α)/(β)((α x)/(kt)), where α, β are constants, x is displacement, k is Boltzmann constant and t is the temperature. The…Q 11-01-168Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The dimensions of (B^2)/(μ_0) will be (if μ_0: permeability of free space and B : magnetic field)Q 11-01-169Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: If in five complete rotations of the circular scale,…Q 11-01-170Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A physical quantity y is represented by the formula y = m^2r^-4g^xl^-3/2. If the percentage errors found in y, m, r, l and g are 18, 1, 0.5, 4 and p respectively, then…Q 11-01-171Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following equations is dimensionally incorrect? Where t = time, h = height, s = surface tension, θ = angle, ρ = density, a, r = radius, g = the…Q 11-01-172Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (a) Torque (b) Impulse (c) Tension (d) Surface tension List-II (i) MLT^-1 (ii) MT^-2 (iii) ML^2T^-2 (iv) MLT^-2 Choose the most…Q 11-01-173Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If velocity V, time T and force F are chosen as the base quantities, the dimensions of the mass will be:Q 11-01-174Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The diameter of a spherical bob is measured using a vernier callipers. 9 divisions of the main scale, in the vernier callipers, are equal to 10 divisions of vernier…Q 11-01-175Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The work done by a gas molecule in an isolated system is given by W = αβ^2 e^-(x^2)/(α kT), where x is the displacement, k is the Boltzmann constant and T is the…Q 11-01-176Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum is T = 2π√((L)/(g)). Measured value of L is 1.0 m from meter scale having a minimum division of 1 mm and time of one…Q 11-01-177Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List - I with List - II: array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ (a) & h (Planck's constant) & (i) & [MLT^-1] \ (b) & E (kinetic energy) & (ii) & [ML^2T^-1] \ (c) &…Q 11-01-178Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The pitch of the screw gauge is 1 mm and there are 100 divisions on the circular scale. When nothing is put in between the jaws, the zero of the circular scale lies 8…Q 11-01-179Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The radius of a sphere is measured to be (7.50 0.85) cm. Suppose the percentage error in its volume is x. The value of x, to the nearest integer, is ______.Q 11-01-180Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The entropy of any system is given by, S = α^2β[(μ kR)/(Jβ^2) + 3] where α and β are the constants. μ, J, k and R are number of moles, mechanical equivalent of heat,…Q 11-01-181Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If time (t), velocity (v), and angular momentum (l) are taken as the fundamental units. Then the dimension of mass (m) in terms of t, v and l is:Q 11-01-182Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Three students S_1, S_2 and S_3 perform an experiment for determining the acceleration due to gravity (g) using a simple pendulum. They use different lengths of…Q 11-01-183Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a typical combustion engine the work done by a gas molecule is given by W = α^2 β e^-(β x^2)/(kT), where x is the displacement, k is the Boltzmann constant and T is…Q 11-01-184Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If C and V represent capacity and voltage respectively then what are the dimensions of λ where C/V = λ?Q 11-01-185Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The force is given in terms of time t and displacement x by the equation F = A Bx + C Dt. The dimensional formula of (AD)/(B) is:Q 11-01-186Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If E, L, M and G denote the quantities as energy, angular momentum, mass and constant of gravitation respectively, then the dimensions of P in the formula P =…Q 11-01-187Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Screw Gauge, fifth division of the circular scale coincides with the reference line when the ratchet is closed. There are 50 divisions on the circular scale, and…Q 11-01-188Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The acceleration due to gravity is found up to an accuracy of 4\% on a planet. The energy supplied to a simple pendulum of known mass m to undertake oscillations of…Q 11-01-189Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Which of the following is not a dimensionless quantity?Q 11-01-190Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A huge circular arc of length 4.4 ly subtends an angle 4 s at the centre of the circle. How long it would take for a body to complete 4 revolution if its speed is 8 AU…Q 11-01-191Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQHard
Match List-(I) with List-(II). array|l|l|l|l| & List-(I) & & List-(II) \ a & R_H (Rydberg constant) & i & kg m^-1s^-1 \ b & h (Planck's constant) & ii & kg m^2s^-1 \ c…Q 11-01-192Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If force (F), length (L) and time (T) are taken as the fundamental quantities. Then what will be the dimension of density:Q 11-01-193Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum is being used to determine the value of gravitational acceleration g at a certain place. The length of the pendulum is 25.0 cm and a stopwatch with 1…Q 11-01-194Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A quantity f is given by f = √((hc^5)/(G)) where c is speed of light, G universal gravitational constant and h is the Planck's constant. Dimension of f is that of:Q 11-01-195Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the screw on a screw-gauge is given six rotations, it moves by 3 mm on the main scale. If there are 50 divisions on the circular scale the least count of the screw…Q 11-01-196Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
For the four sets of three measured physical quantities as given below. Which of the following options is correct? (i) A_1 = 24.36, B_1 = 0.0724, C_1 = 256.2 (ii) A_2 =…Q 11-01-197Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The quantities x = 1√(μ_0ε_0), y = (E)/(B) and z = (l)/(CR) are defined, where C is capacitance, R is resistance, l is length, E is electric field, B is magnetic field,…Q 11-01-198Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A screw gauge has 50 divisions on its circular scale. The circular scale is 4 units ahead of the pitch scale marking, prior to use. Upon one complete rotation of the…Q 11-01-199Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The density of a solid metal sphere is determined by measuring its mass and its diameter. The maximum error in the density of the sphere is ((x)/(100))\%. If the…Q 11-01-200Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A student measuring the diameter of a pencil of circular cross-section with the help of a vernier scale records the following four readings: 5.50 mm, 5.55 mm, 5.45 mm,…Q 11-01-201Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given, B is magnetic field induction and μ_0 is the magnetic permeability of vacuum. The dimension of (B^2)/(2μ_0) is:Q 11-01-202Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The dimension of stopping potential V_0 in the photoelectric effect in units of Planck's constant h, speed of light c, gravitational constant G and ampere A is:Q 11-01-203Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If speed V, area A and force F are chosen as fundamental units, then the dimension of Young's modulus will beQ 11-01-204Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The least count of the main scale of a vernier callipers is 1 mm. Its vernier scale is divided into 10 divisions and coincide with 9 divisions of the main scale. When…Q 11-01-205Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If momentum (P), area (A) and time (T) are taken to be the fundamental quantities then the dimensional formula for energy is:Q 11-01-206Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Using screw gauge of pitch 0.1 cm and 50 divisions on its circular scale, the thickness of an object is measured. It should correctly be recorded as,Q 11-01-207Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Amount of solar energy received on the earth's surface per unit area per unit time is defined as the solar constant. Dimension of solar constant is:Q 11-01-208Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Dimensional formula for thermal conductivity is (here K denotes the temperature):Q 11-01-209Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A quantity x is given by (IFv^2WL^4) in terms of moment of inertia I, force F, velocity v, work W and length L. The dimensional formula for x is same as that of:Q 11-01-210Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A physical quantity z depends on four observables a, b, c and d, as z = a^2b^2/3√(c) d^3. The percentage of error in the measurement of a, b, c and d are 2\%, 1.5\%,…Q 11-01-211Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Assume that the displacement (s) of air is proportional to the pressure difference (Δ p) created by a sound wave. Displacement (s) further depends on the speed of sound…Q 11-01-212Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Expression for time in terms of G (universal gravitational constant), h (Planck constant) and c (speed of light) is proportional to:Q 11-01-213Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The pitch and the number of divisions, on the circular scale, for a given screw gauge are 0.5 mm and 100 respectively. When the screw gauge is fully tightened without…Q 11-01-214Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The density of a material in SI units is 128 kg m^-3. In certain units in which the unit of length is 25 cm and the unit of mass is 50 g, the numerical value of density…Q 11-01-215Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The diameter and height of a cylinder are measured by a meter scale to be 12.6 0.1 cm and 34.2 0.1 cm, respectively. What will be the value of its volume in appropriate…Q 11-01-216Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the formula X = 5YZ^2, X and Z have dimensions of capacitance and magnetic field, respectively. What are the dimensions of Y in SI units?Q 11-01-217Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In SI units, the dimensions of √((ε_0)/(μ_0)) isQ 11-01-218Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a simple pendulum experiment for determination of acceleration due to gravity (g), time taken for 20 oscillations is measured by using a watch of 1 second least…Q 11-01-219Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
If surface tension (S), moment of inertia (I) and Planck's constant (h), were to be taken as the fundamental units, the dimensional formula for linear momentum would beQ 11-01-220Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the density measurement of a cube, the mass and edge length are measured as (10.00 0.10) kg and (0.10 0.01) m, respectively. The error in the measurement of density isQ 11-01-221Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The force of interaction between two atoms is given by F = αβ(-(x^2)/(α kT)), where x is the distance, k is the Boltzmann constant, T is temperature and α and β are two…Q 11-01-223Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If speed (V), acceleration (A) and force (F) are considered as fundamental units, the dimension of Young's modulus will be:Q 11-01-224Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The least count of the main scale of a screw gauge is 1 mm. The minimum number of divisions on its circular scale required to measure 5 μm diameter of a wire is:Q 11-01-225Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Let L, R, C and V represent inductance, resistance, capacitance and voltage, respectively. The dimension of (L)/(RCV) in SI units will be:Q 11-01-226Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following combinations has the dimension of electrical resistance (ε_0 is the permittivity of vacuum and μ_0 is the permeability of vacuum)?Q 11-01-227Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The relative error in the determination of the surface area of a sphere is α. The relative error in the determination of its volume isQ 11-01-228Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a screw gauge, 5 complete rotations of the screw cause it to move a linear distance of 0.25 cm. There are 100 circular scale divisions. The thickness of a wire…Q 11-01-229Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The characteristic distance at which quantum gravitational effects are significant, the Planck length, can be determined from a suitable combination of the fundamental…Q 11-01-230Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The percentage errors in quantities P, Q, R and S are 0.5\%, 1\%, 3\% and 1.5\% respectively in the measurement of a physical quantity A = (P^3Q^2)/( R S). The maximum…Q 11-01-231Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The following observations were taken for determining surface tension T of water by capillary method: diameter of capillary, D = 1.25×10^-2 m rise of water, h =…Q 11-01-232Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
Time (T), velocity (C) and angular momentum (h) are chosen as fundamental quantities instead of mass, length and time. In terms of these, the dimensions of mass would be:Q 11-01-233Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A physical quantity P is described by the relation P = a^1/2b^2c^3d^-4. If the relative errors in the measurement of a, b, c and d respectively, are 2\%, 1\%, 3\% and…Q 11-01-234Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The density of a material, in the shape of a cube, is determined by measuring three sides of the cube and its mass. If the relative errors in measuring the mass and…Q 11-01-235Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The dimensions [MLT^-2A^-2] belong to theQ 11-01-236Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
Plane angle and solid angle haveQ 11-01-237Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
The area of a rectangular field (in m^2) of length 55.3 m and breadth 25 m after rounding off the value for correct significant digits isQ 11-01-238Units and MeasurementsNEETMCQEasy
The equation for a real gas is given by (P + (a)/(V^2))(V - b) = RT, where P, V, T and R are the pressure, volume, temperature and gas constant, respectively. The…Q 11-01-239Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Coefficient of viscosity & I. & [ML^0T^-3] \ B. & Intensity of wave & II. & [ML^-2T^-2] \ C. &…Q 11-01-240Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given a charge q, current I and permeability of vacuum μ_0. Which of the following quantities has the dimension of momentum?Q 11-01-241Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
If μ_0 and ε_0 are the permeability and permittivity of free space, respectively, then the dimension of ((1)/(μ_0ε_0)) is:Q 11-01-242Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Gravitational constant & I. & [LT^-2] \ B. & Gravitational potential energy & II. & [L^2T^-2] \ C.…Q 11-01-243Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A person measures the masses of 3 different particles as 435.42 g, 226.3 g and 0.125 g. According to the rules for arithmetic operations with significant figures, the…Q 11-01-244Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Boltzmann constant & I. & ML^2T^-1 \ B. & Coefficient of viscosity & II. & MLT^-3K^-1 \ C. &…Q 11-01-245Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A physical quantity C is related to four other quantities p, q, r and s as C = (pq^2)/(r^3 s). The percentage errors in the measurement of p, q, r and s are 1\%, 2\%,…Q 11-01-246Units and MeasurementsJEE MainNumericalEasy
For the determination of the refractive index of a glass slab, a travelling microscope is used whose main scale contains 300 equal divisions equal to 15 cm. The vernier…Q 11-01-247Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an electromagnetic system, a quantity defined as the ratio of electric dipole moment and magnetic dipole moment has dimension of [M^PL^QT^RA^S]. The values of P and…Q 11-01-248Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
The dimension of √((μ_0)/(ε_0)) is equal to that of: (μ_0 = vacuum permeability and ε_0 = vacuum permittivity)Q 11-01-249Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Mass density & I. & [ML^2T^-3] \ B. & Impulse & II. & [MLT^-1] \ C. & Power & III. & [ML^2T^0] \…Q 11-01-250Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
A quantity Q is formulated as X^-2Y^+3/2Z^-2/5. X, Y and Z are independent parameters which have fractional errors of 0.1, 0.2 and 0.5 respectively in measurement. The…Q 11-01-251Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity of a body falling through a viscous medium varies with time t as v = (a)/(b)(1 - e^-bt), where a and b are constants. The dimensions of a and b are,…Q 11-01-252Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Power per unit area & I. & [ML^-1T^-2] \ B. & Impulse per unit mass per unit time & II. &…Q 11-01-253Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment to find g with a simple pendulum, the length of the pendulum is measured as 100.0 cm using a metre scale of least count 1 mm, and the time for 20…Q 11-01-254Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a vernier callipers, one main scale division is 1 mm and 10 vernier scale divisions coincide with 9 main scale divisions. With the jaws closed, the zero of the…Q 11-01-255Units and MeasurementsJEE MainMCQMedium
A car starts from rest and accelerates uniformly to 20 m/s in 5 s. The distance it covers in this time isQ 11-02-001Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
Consider a particle moving along a straight line, whose position as a function of time is given by s(t) = α t^2 - β t + γ, where α = 1 m s^-2, β = 6 m s^-1 and γ = 5 m.…Q 11-02-002Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
In some appropriate units, time (t) and position (x) relation of a moving particle is given by t = x^2 + x. The acceleration of the particle isQ 11-02-003Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
Two cities X and Y are connected by a regular bus service with a bus leaving in either direction every T min. A girl is driving scooty with a speed of 60 km/h in the…Q 11-02-004Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
The velocity (v) – time (t) plot of the motion of a body is shown below. The acceleration (a) – time (t) graph that best suits this motion is :Q 11-02-005Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
A vehicle travels half the distance with speed and the remaining distance with speed 2. Its average speed is:Q 11-02-006Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
A bullet from a gun is fired on a rectangular wooden block with velocity u. When bullet travels 24 cm through the block along its length horizontally, velocity of…Q 11-02-007Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
A horizontal bridge is built across a river. A student standing on the bridge throws a small ball vertically upwards with a velocity 4 m s^-1. The ball strikes the…Q 11-02-008Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
A small block slides down on a smooth inclined plane, starting from rest at time t = 0. Let S_n be the distance travelled by the block in the interval t = n - 1 to t =…Q 11-02-009Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
A ball is thrown vertically downward with a velocity of 20 m/s from the top of a tower. It hits the ground after some time with a velocity of 80 m/s. The height of the…Q 11-02-010Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
An athlete completes one round of a circular track of radius R in 40 s. What will be his displacement at the end of 2 min 20 s?Q 11-02-011Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A particle starts moving from rest under uniform acceleration. It travels a distance x in the first two seconds and a distance y in the next two seconds. If y = nx,…Q 11-02-012Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A boy standing at the top of a tower of 20 m height drops a stone. Assuming g = 10 m s^-2, the velocity with which it hits the ground isQ 11-02-013Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
An object, moving with a speed of 6.25 m/s, is decelerated at a rate given by (dv)/(dt) = -2.5√(v), where v is the instantaneous speed. The time taken by the object, to…Q 11-02-014Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A body is at rest at x = 0. At t = 0, it starts moving in the positive x-direction with a constant acceleration. At the same instant another body passes through x = 0…Q 11-02-015Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A police party is moving in a jeep at a constant speed v. They saw a thief at a distance x on a motorcycle which is at rest. The moment the police saw the thief, the…Q 11-02-016Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A body is thrown vertically up to reach its maximum height in t seconds. The total time from the time of projection to reach a point at half of its maximum height while…Q 11-02-017Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A body is thrown vertically upward from a point 'A' 125 m above the ground. It goes up to a maximum height of 250 m above the ground and passes through 'A' on its…Q 11-02-018Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQMedium
The velocity of a particle is v = v_0 + gt + ft^2. If its position is x = 0 at t = 0, then its displacement after unit time (t = 1) isQ 11-02-019Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A cyclist covers the first one-third of a straight road at 12 km/h and the remaining two-thirds at 18 km/h. His average speed for the whole road isQ 11-02-020Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A student walks 3 km along a straight road from home to a library at 6 km/h. Finding it closed, she immediately walks back home at 9 km/h and then rests. Over the first…Q 11-02-021Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A car moving at 54 km/h can be stopped by its brakes in a distance of 15 m. With the same braking retardation, the minimum stopping distance when it moves at 72 km/h isQ 11-02-022Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A body moving with uniform acceleration covers 12 m in the 3^rd second and 20 m in the 5^th second of its motion. Its initial velocity and acceleration are respectivelyQ 11-02-023Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particle moving in a straight line with uniform retardation covers 22 m and 18 m in two successive seconds. How much further will it travel before coming to rest?Q 11-02-024Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
Car A starts from rest with uniform acceleration a_1. Three seconds later, car B starts from rest from the same point with uniform acceleration a_2. If the displacement…Q 11-02-025Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQHard
A police jeep moving at a constant 20 m/s spots a thief on a scooter at rest 64 m ahead. At that instant the thief starts with a constant acceleration of 2 m/s^2 in the…Q 11-02-026Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A girl running at her top speed of 5 m/s is 10 m behind the door of a bus when the bus starts from rest with a constant acceleration of 1 m/s^2 away from her. How long…Q 11-02-027Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A stone dropped from rest covers 35 m in the last second of its fall. From what height was it dropped? (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-02-028Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two stones are thrown vertically upward from the same point with the same speed of 30 m/s, the second one 2 s after the first. At what height above the point of…Q 11-02-029Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A ball projected vertically upward passes a point A with speed (u)/(2) and a point B, 9 m higher, with speed (u)/(4), where u is its speed of projection. The maximum…Q 11-02-030Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A ball is dropped from the roof of a building. It takes 0.2 s to fall past a window 2.2 m tall. How far above the top of the window is the roof? (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-02-031Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is thrown vertically upward from the foot of a tower with a speed of 30 m/s. It passes the top of the tower on its way up and comes back past the top 2 s later.…Q 11-02-032Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Water drops fall from a tap at regular intervals onto the floor 4.5 m below. The first drop strikes the floor just as the fourth drop begins to fall. At that instant,…Q 11-02-033Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A juggler throws balls vertically upward, one every 0.5 s, all with the same speed. Each ball reaches its highest point just as the next ball is thrown. The maximum…Q 11-02-034Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A rocket is launched vertically upward from rest with a constant acceleration of 5 m/s^2. After 20 s its fuel runs out and it continues as a free body. The maximum…Q 11-02-035Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A skydiver falls freely from rest for 3 s. Then her parachute opens and she decelerates uniformly at 2 m/s^2, reaching the ground with a speed of 4 m/s. From what…Q 11-02-036Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A particle moves along the x-axis with a velocity that depends on its position as v = 2x^2 + x (SI units). Its acceleration at x = 1 m isQ 11-02-037Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity of a particle moving along a straight line varies with its displacement as v = 6√(x) (SI units). The acceleration of the particle isQ 11-02-038Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A train starts from rest at one station and accelerates at 1 m/s^2 until it reaches 20 m/s. It runs at this speed and then decelerates at 2 m/s^2 to stop at the next…Q 11-02-039Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
The velocity-time graph of a particle moving along a straight line is shown in the figure. The displacement and the distance travelled by the particle in 6 s are…Q 11-02-040Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An elevator starts from rest and its speed increases uniformly to 4 m/s in 3 s. It moves at this speed until t = 9 s and then slows down uniformly to stop at t = 12 s.…Q 11-02-041Motion in a Straight LineNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A car starts from rest at t = 0 with an acceleration that varies as a = (6 - 2t) m/s^2 for 0 ≤ t ≤ 3 s, after which the acceleration becomes zero. Find the maximum…Q 11-02-042Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ball is dropped from the top of a building 60 m tall. At the same instant, another ball is thrown vertically upward from the ground directly below with a speed of 20…Q 11-02-043Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A gas balloon is going up with a constant velocity of 10 m/s. When this balloon reached a height of 75 m, a stone is dropped from it and balloon keeps moving up with…Q 11-02-044Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
Two masses of 3.4 kg and 2.5 kg are accelerated from an initial speed of 5 m/s and 12 m/s, respectively. The distances traversed by the masses in the 5^th second are…Q 11-02-045Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
From 18 m height above the ground a ball is dropped from rest. The height above the ground at which the magnitude of velocity equal to the magnitude of acceleration (in…Q 11-02-046Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
The velocity (v) versus time (t) plot of a particle is shown in the figure, for a time interval of 40 s. The total distance travelled by the particle and the average…Q 11-02-047Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle starts moving from time t = 0 and its coordinate is given as x(t) = 4t^3 - 3t A. The particle returns to its original position (origin) 0.866 units later B.…Q 11-02-048Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
Water drops fall from a tap on the floor, 5 m below, at regular intervals of time, the first drop strikes the floor when the sixth drop begins to fall. The height at…Q 11-02-049Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity (v) - Distance (x) graph is shown in figure. Which graph represents acceleration(a) versus distance ( x ) variation of this system?Q 11-02-050Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The motion of an airplane is represented by the velocity-time graph shown below. The distance covered by the airplane in the first 30.5 seconds is ______ km.Q 11-02-051Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity-time graph of an object moving along a straight line is shown in the figure. What is the distance covered by the object between t = 0 and t = 4 s?Q 11-02-052Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Two cars P and Q are moving on a road in the same direction. The acceleration of car P increases linearly with time whereas car Q moves with a constant acceleration.…Q 11-02-053Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle is moving in one dimension (along the x axis) under the action of a variable force. Its initial position was 16 m right of the origin. The variation of its…Q 11-02-054Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
Train A is moving along two parallel rail tracks towards north with 72 km h^-1 and train B is moving towards south with speed 108 km h^-1. The velocity of train B with…Q 11-02-055Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle initially at rest starts moving from the reference point x = 0 along the x-axis, with velocity v that varies as v = 4√(x) m s^-1. The acceleration of the…Q 11-02-056Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body travels 102.5 m in the n^th second and 115.0 m in the (n+2)^th second. The acceleration isQ 11-02-057Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A bus moving along a straight highway with a speed of 72 km/h is brought to a halt within 4 s after applying the brakes. The distance travelled by the bus during this…Q 11-02-058Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body moves on a frictionless plane starting from rest. If S_n is the distance moved between t = n - 1 and t = n, and S_n-1 is the distance moved between t = n - 2 and…Q 11-02-059Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A train starting from rest first accelerates uniformly up to a speed of 80 km/h for time t, then it moves with a constant speed for time 3t. The average speed of the…Q 11-02-060Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A body projected vertically upwards with a certain speed from the top of a tower reaches the ground in t_1. If it is projected vertically downwards from the same point…Q 11-02-061Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle moves in a straight line so that its displacement x at any time t is given by x^2 = 1 + t^2. Its acceleration at any time t is x^-n, where n = ______.Q 11-02-062Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A bullet is fired into a fixed target and loses one third of its velocity after travelling 4 cm. It penetrates further D×10^-3 m before coming to rest. The value of D is:Q 11-02-063Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A body falling under gravity covers two points A and B separated by 80 m in 2 s. The distance of upper point A from the starting point is ______ m. (Use g = 10 m s^-2)Q 11-02-064Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body starts moving from rest with constant acceleration and covers displacement S_1 in first (p-1) seconds and S_2 in first p seconds. The displacement S_1 + S_2 will…Q 11-02-065Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is moving in a straight line. The variation of position x as a function of time t is given as x = (t^3 - 6t^2 + 20t + 15) m. The velocity of the body when…Q 11-02-066Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle moving in a straight line covers half the distance with speed 6 m/s. The other half is covered in two equal time intervals with speeds 9 m/s and 15 m/s…Q 11-02-067Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cars are travelling towards each other at a speed of 20 m s^-1 each. When the cars are 300 m apart, both the drivers apply brakes and the cars retard at the rate of…Q 11-02-068Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement and the increase in the velocity of a moving particle in the time interval of t to (t+1) s are 125 m and 50 m s^-1, respectively. The distance…Q 11-02-069Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
The relation between time t and distance x is t = α x^2 + β x, where α and β are constants. The relation between acceleration a and velocity v is:Q 11-02-070Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A body starts falling freely from height H and hits an inclined plane in its path at height h. As a result of this perfectly elastic impact, the direction of the…Q 11-02-071Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A tennis ball is dropped on to the floor from a height of 9.8 m. It rebounds to a height 5.0 m. Ball comes in contact with the floor for 0.2 s. The average acceleration…Q 11-02-072Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match Column I with Column II. Column I shows position–time (x–t) graphs A, B, C, D and Column II shows velocity–time (v–t) graphs I, II, III, IV, as in the figure.…Q 11-02-073Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A horse rider covers half the distance with 5 m s^-1 speed. The remaining part of the distance was travelled with speed 10 m s^-1 for half the time and with speed 15 m…Q 11-02-074Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
A vehicle travels 4 km with speed of 3 km h^-1 and another 4 km with speed of 5 km h^-1, then its average speed isQ 11-02-075Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity–time graph of a body moving in a straight line is shown in figure. The ratio of displacement and distance travelled by the body in time 0 to 10 s isQ 11-02-076Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A car travels a distance of x with speed v_1 and then same distance x with speed v_2 in the same direction. The average speed of the car isQ 11-02-077Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance travelled by a particle is related to time t as x=4t^2. The velocity of the particle at t=5 s isQ 11-02-078Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance travelled by an object in time t is given by s=2.5t^2. The instantaneous speed of the object at t=5 s will beQ 11-02-079Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A passenger sitting in a train A moving at 90 km h^-1 observes another train B moving in the opposite direction for 8 s. If the velocity of the train B is 54 km h^-1,…Q 11-02-080Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The position of a particle related to time is given by x=(5t^2-4t+5) m. The magnitude of velocity of the particle at t=2 s will beQ 11-02-081Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A person travels x distance with velocity v_1 and then x distance with velocity v_2 in the same direction. The average velocity of the person is v, then the relation…Q 11-02-082Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
From the v–t graph shown, the ratio of distance to displacement in 25 s of motion isQ 11-02-083Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is thrown vertically upward with an initial velocity of 150 m s^-1. The ratio of velocity after 3 s and 5 s is (x+1)/(x). The value of x is ______. (take g=10 m…Q 11-02-084Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Two trains A and B of length l and 4l are travelling into a tunnel of length L in parallel tracks from opposite directions with velocities 108 km h^-1 and 72 km h^-1,…Q 11-02-085Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle starts with an initial velocity of 10.0 m s^-1 along x-direction and accelerates uniformly at the rate of 2.0 m s^-2. The time taken by the particle to reach…Q 11-02-086Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Area under velocity-time graph gives the distance travelled by the body in a given time. Statement II: Area under…Q 11-02-087Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The position-time graphs for two students A and B returning from the school to their homes are shown in figure. (A) A lives closer to the school (B) B lives closer to…Q 11-02-088Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
An object moves with speed v_1, v_2 and v_3 along a line segment AB, BC and CD respectively as shown in figure, where AB=BC and AD=3AB. Then average speed of the object…Q 11-02-089Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
For a train engine moving with speed of 20 m s^-1, the driver must apply brakes at a distance of 500 m before the station for the train to come to rest at the station.…Q 11-02-090Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
From the top of a tower, a ball is thrown vertically upward which reaches the ground in 6 s. A second ball thrown vertically downward from the same position with the…Q 11-02-091Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two buses P and Q start from a point at the same time and move in a straight line and their positions are represented by x_P(t) = α t + β t^2 and x_Q(t) = ft - t^2. At…Q 11-02-092Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is thrown vertically upwards. At its maximum height, which of the following quantities becomes zero?Q 11-02-093Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball of mass 0.5 kg is dropped from the height of 10 m. The height at which the magnitude of velocity becomes equal to the magnitude of acceleration due to gravity is…Q 11-02-094Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ball is projected vertically upward with an initial velocity of 50 m s^-1 at t = 0 s. At t = 2 s, another ball is projected vertically upward with the same velocity.…Q 11-02-095Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A car is moving with a speed of 150 km h^-1 and after applying the brake it will move 27 m before it stops. If the same car is moving with a speed of one third the…Q 11-02-096Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle is moving in a straight line such that its velocity is increasing at 5 m s^-1 per metre. The acceleration of the particle is ______ m s^-2 at a point where…Q 11-02-097Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
When a ball is dropped into a lake from a height 4.9 m above the water level, it hits the water with a velocity v and then sinks to the bottom with the constant…Q 11-02-098Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A bullet is shot vertically downwards with an initial velocity of 100 m s^-1 from a certain height. Within 10 s, the bullet reaches the ground and instantaneously comes…Q 11-02-099Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity of the bullet becomes one third after it penetrates 4 cm in a wooden block. Assuming that bullet is facing a constant resistance during its motion in the…Q 11-02-100Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A NCC parade is going at a uniform speed of 9 km h^-1 under a mango tree on which a monkey is sitting at a height of 19.6 m. At any particular instant, the monkey drops…Q 11-02-101Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball is thrown up with a certain velocity so that it reaches a height h. Find the ratio of the two different times of the ball reaching (h)/(3) in both the directions.Q 11-02-102Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is moving with constant acceleration a. Following graph shows v^2 versus x (displacement) plot. The acceleration of the particle is ______ m s^-2.Q 11-02-103Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the velocity-time graph has the shape AMB, what would be the shape of the corresponding acceleration-time graph?Q 11-02-104Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is projected with velocity v_0 along x-axis. A damping force is acting on the particle which is proportional to the square of the distance from the origin…Q 11-02-105Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
An engine of a train, moving with uniform acceleration, passes the signal-post with velocity u and the last compartment with velocity v. The velocity with which middle…Q 11-02-106Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity-displacement graph of a particle is shown in the figure. The acceleration-displacement graph of the same particle is represented by:Q 11-02-107Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A boy reaches the airport and finds that the escalator is not working. He walks up the stationary escalator in time t_1. If he remains stationary on a moving escalator…Q 11-02-108Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A scooter accelerates from rest for time t_1 at constant rate a_1 and then retards at constant rate a_2 for time t_2 and comes to rest. The correct value of (t_1)/(t_2)…Q 11-02-109Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The relation between time t and distance x for a moving body is given as t = mx^2 + nx, where m and n are constants. The retardation of the motion is: (When v stands…Q 11-02-110Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A balloon was moving upwards with a uniform velocity of 10 m s^-1. An object of finite mass is dropped from the balloon when it was at a height of 75 m from the ground…Q 11-02-111Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The instantaneous velocity of a particle moving in a straight line is given as v = α t + β t^2, where α and β are constants. The distance travelled by the particle…Q 11-02-112Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Two spherical balls having equal masses with radius of 5 cm each are thrown upwards along the same vertical direction at an interval of 3 s with the same initial…Q 11-02-113Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
If the velocity of a body related to displacement x is given by v = √(5000 + 24x) m s^-1, then the acceleration of the body is ______ m s^-2.Q 11-02-114Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
Water drops are falling from a nozzle of a shower onto the floor from a height of 9.8 m. The drops fall at a regular interval of time. When the first drop strikes the…Q 11-02-115Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball is dropped from the top of a 100 m high tower on a planet. In the last (1)/(2) s before hitting the ground, it covers a distance of 19 m. Acceleration due to…Q 11-02-116Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
The distance x covered by a particle in one dimensional motion varies with time t as x^2 = at^2 + 2bt + c. If the acceleration of the particle depends on x as x^-n,…Q 11-02-117Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalMedium
The velocity (v) and time (t) graph of a body in straight line motion is shown in the figure. The point S is at 4.333 s. The total distance covered by the body in 6 s is:Q 11-02-118Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A tennis ball is released from a height h and after freely falling on a wooden floor it rebounds and reaches height h2. The velocity versus height of the ball during…Q 11-02-119Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A helicopter rises from rest on the ground vertically upwards with a constant acceleration g. A food packet is dropped from the helicopter when it is at a height h. The…Q 11-02-120Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
In a car race on straight road, car A takes a time t less than car B at the finish and passes finishing point with a speed v more than that of car B. Both the cars…Q 11-02-121Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle starts from the origin at time t = 0 and moves along the positive x-axis. The graph of velocity with respect to time is shown in figure. What is the position…Q 11-02-122Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball is thrown upward with an initial velocity V_0 from the surface of the earth. The motion of the ball is affected by a drag force equal to mγ v^2 (where m is mass…Q 11-02-123Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQHard
A particle starts from origin O from rest and moves with a uniform acceleration along the positive x-axis. Identify all figures that correctly represent the motion…Q 11-02-124Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The position of a particle as a function of time t, is given by x(t) = at + bt^2 - ct^3 where a, b and c are constants. When the particle attains zero acceleration,…Q 11-02-125Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A passenger train of length 60 m travels at a speed of 80 km/hr. Another freight train of length 120 m travels at a speed of 30 km/hr. The ratio of times taken by the…Q 11-02-126Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is moving with speed v = b x along positive x-axis. Calculate the speed of the particle at time t = τ (assume that the particle is at origin at t = 0)Q 11-02-127Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity time graphs of a car and a scooter are shown in the figure. (i) The difference between the distance travelled by the car and the scooter in 15 s and (ii)…Q 11-02-128Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
An automobile, traveling at 40 km h^-1, can be stopped at a distance of 40 m by applying brakes. If the same automobile is traveling at 80 km h^-1, the minimum stopping…Q 11-02-129Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is thrown vertically upwards. Which one of the following graphs correctly represents the velocity v vs time t?Q 11-02-130Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Which graph corresponds to an object moving with a constant negative acceleration and a positive velocity?Q 11-02-131Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A car is standing 200 m behind a bus, which is also at rest. The two start moving at the same instant but with different forward accelerations. The bus has acceleration…Q 11-02-132Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The machine as shown has 2 rods of length 1 m connected by a pivot at the top. The end of one rod is connected to the floor by a stationary pivot and the end of the…Q 11-02-133Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
All the graphs below are intended to represent the same motion. One of them does it incorrectly. Pick it up.Q 11-02-134Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
The ratio of the distances travelled by a freely falling body in the 1^st, 2^nd, 3^rd and 4^th secondQ 11-02-135Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
The displacement-time graphs of two moving particles make angles of 30° and 45° with the x-axis as shown in the figure. The ratio of their respective velocity isQ 11-02-136Motion in a Straight LineNEETMCQEasy
A person travelling on a straight line moves with a uniform velocity v_1 for a distance x and with a uniform velocity v_2 for the next 3/2 x distance. The average…Q 11-02-137Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainNumericalEasy
A sportsman runs around a circular track of radius r such that he traverses the path ABAB, where A and B are the ends of a diameter. The distance travelled and…Q 11-02-138Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following curves possibly represent one-dimensional motion of a particle? (A) Phase versus time: a straight line with positive slope. (B) Velocity versus…Q 11-02-139Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle moves along the x-axis and has its displacement x varying with time t according to the equation x = c_0(t^2 - 2) + c(t - 2)^2, where c_0 and c are constants…Q 11-02-140Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement x versus time graph is shown in the figure. (A) The average velocity during 0 to 3 s is 10 m/s (B) The average velocity during 3 to 5 s is 0 m/s (C)…Q 11-02-141Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle starts from rest at t = 0 and moves along a straight line. Its acceleration varies with time as shown in the graph. The maximum speed of the particle and the…Q 11-02-142Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is thrown vertically upward with a speed of 20 m/s from the top of a tower 25 m high and finally lands at the foot of the tower. Take g = 10 m/s^2 and neglect…Q 11-02-143Motion in a Straight LineJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is projected with speed 20 m/s at 30° above the horizontal. Taking g = 10 m/s^2, the maximum height reached isQ 11-03-001Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle moving with uniform speed in a circular path maintains :Q 11-03-002Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQEasy
A bullet is fired from a gun at the speed of 280 m s^-1 in the direction 30° above the horizontal. The maximum height attained by the bullet is (g = 9.8 m s^-2, 30° =…Q 11-03-003Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQEasy
A particle moving in a circle of radius R with a uniform speed takes a time T to complete one revolution. If this particle were projected with the same speed at an…Q 11-03-004Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQMedium
A car starts from rest and accelerates at 5 m/s^2. At t = 4 s, a ball is dropped out of a window by a person sitting in the car. What is the velocity and acceleration…Q 11-03-005Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQMedium
Let F be the force acting on a particle having position vector r, and τ be the torque of this force about the origin. ThenQ 11-03-006Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Given two vectors A = i - 2j - 3k and B = 4i - 2j + 6k. The angle made by (A + B) with the x-axis isQ 11-03-007Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Velocity and acceleration vectors of a charged particle moving perpendicular to the direction of a magnetic field at a given instant of time are v = 2i + cj and a = 3i…Q 11-03-008Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Three forces A = (i + j + k), B = (2i - j + 3k) and C act on a body to keep it in equilibrium. Then C isQ 11-03-009Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A man is walking due east at the rate of 2 kmph. The rain appears to him to come down vertically at the rate of 2 kmph. The actual velocity and direction of rainfall…Q 11-03-010Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is projected with a velocity v such that its range on the horizontal plane is twice the greatest height attained by it. The range of the projectile is (where…Q 11-03-011Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A missile is fired for maximum range with an initial velocity of 20 m s^-1. The range of the missile is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-012Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQEasy
A body is moving with velocity 30 m s^-1 towards east. After 10 s its velocity becomes 40 m s^-1 towards north. The average acceleration of the body isQ 11-03-013Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQEasy
A particle has an initial velocity 3i + 4j and an acceleration of 0.4i + 0.3j. Its speed after 10 s isQ 11-03-014Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two guns situated on the top of a hill of height 10 m fire one shot each with the same speed 5√(3) m/s at some interval of time. One gun fires horizontally and the…Q 11-03-015Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQHard
The greatest and least resultants of two forces acting at a point are 17 N and 7 N. The magnitude of their resultant when they act at right angles isQ 11-03-016Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The resultant of two forces A and B is perpendicular to A, and its magnitude is half the magnitude of B. The angle between A and B isQ 11-03-017Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two vectors A and B have equal magnitudes. If |A + B| = √(3) |A - B|, the angle between them isQ 11-03-018Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The angle between the vectors A = 2i + 2j - k and B = 6i - 3j + 2k isQ 11-03-019Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The vectors A = ai + 2j - k and B = 2ai - aj + 4k are perpendicular to each other. The positive value of a isQ 11-03-020Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The magnitude of the component of A = 3i + 4j along the direction of B = i + j isQ 11-03-021Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The diagonals of a parallelogram are d_1 = 3i + j - 2k and d_2 = i - 3j + 4k. The area of the parallelogram isQ 11-03-022Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A force F = (2i + 3j - k) N moves a particle from the point (1, 2, 0) m to the point (4, -1, 3) m. The work done by the force isQ 11-03-023Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The position of a particle is r = (3t^2 i + 4t j) m, with t in seconds. The angle between its velocity and its acceleration at t = 1 s isQ 11-03-024Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 with a velocity of 4j m/s and moves in the xy-plane with a constant acceleration of (6i + 2j) m/s^2. Its y-coordinate at the…Q 11-03-025Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Car A moves east at 30 m/s and car B moves north at 40 m/s. The velocity of B relative to A isQ 11-03-026Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Rain is falling vertically at 6 m/s. A man runs on a level road at 8 m/s. To protect himself, he should hold his umbrellaQ 11-03-027Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Ship A is 20 km due north of ship B. A sails due west at 15 km/h and B sails due north at 20 km/h. The distance of closest approach between the ships isQ 11-03-028Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQHard
A river 120 m wide flows at 3 m/s. A boat can move at 5 m/s in still water. How much longer does it take to cross along the shortest path than in the shortest possible…Q 11-03-029Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A boat whose speed in still water is 5 m/s must reach the point directly opposite on the other bank of a river flowing at 3 m/s. The angle between the boat's heading…Q 11-03-030Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is projected at 40 m/s at 30° above the horizontal. Its maximum height and horizontal range are (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-031Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The horizontal range of a projectile is 4√(3) times its maximum height. The angle of projection isQ 11-03-032Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two balls are projected from the same point with the same speed of 40 m/s at complementary angles of projection. The sum of their maximum heights is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-033Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is projected at 20 m/s at 60° above the horizontal. After what time will its velocity be perpendicular to its initial velocity? (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-034Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A stone is projected at 30√(2) m/s at 45° to the horizontal. Its average velocity from the point of projection to the highest point is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-035Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is thrown horizontally at 20 m/s from the top of a tower 45 m high. The angle its velocity makes with the horizontal when it hits the ground is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-03-036Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two stones are thrown horizontally in opposite directions from the top of an 80 m tall tower, with speeds 15 m/s and 25 m/s. The distance between the points where they…Q 11-03-037Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An aeroplane flying horizontally at 360 km/h at a height of 500 m wants to drop a food packet on a target on the ground. How far horizontally before the target should…Q 11-03-038Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A particle moves on a circle of radius 2 m. At a certain instant its speed is 4 m/s and its speed is increasing at 6 m/s^2. The magnitude of its acceleration at that…Q 11-03-039Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A wheel of radius 0.5 m rotates uniformly at 300 revolutions per minute. The centripetal acceleration of a point on its rim isQ 11-03-040Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A disc starts from rest and rotates with a uniform angular acceleration of 2 rad/s^2. The number of revolutions it makes in the first 10 s is nearlyQ 11-03-041Motion in a PlaneNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A ball is projected with a speed of 25 m/s at an angle of 53° above the horizontal. Find its horizontal range in metres. (Take 53° = 0.8, 53° = 0.6 and g = 10 m/s^2.)Q 11-03-042Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
The position of a particle moving in a vertical plane is r = [2t i + (5t - t^2) j] m, where j is vertically upward and t is in seconds. Find the maximum height…Q 11-03-043Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical bodies, projected with the same speed at two different angles cover the same horizontal range R. If the time of flight of these bodies are 5 s and 10 s,…Q 11-03-044Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two cars A and B are moving in the same direction along a straight line with speeds 100 km/h and 80 km/h, respectively such that car A is moving ahead of car B. A…Q 11-03-045Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
If x and y coordinates of a projectile as a function of time (t) are given as 24t and 43.6t - 4.9t^2, respectively, then the angle (in degrees) made by the projectile…Q 11-03-046Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A gun mounted on the ground fires bullets in all directions with same speed. The farthest distance the bullets could reach is 6.4 m. The speed of the bullets from the…Q 11-03-047Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
The two projectiles are projected with the same initial velocities at the 15° and 30° with respect to the horizontal. The ratio of their ranges is 1 : x. The value of x…Q 11-03-048Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity of a particle is given as v=-x i+2y j-z k m/s. The magnitude of acceleration at point (1,2,4) is ______ m/s^2.Q 11-03-049Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A boy throws a ball into air at 45° from the horizontal to land it on a roof of a building of height H. If the ball attains maximum height in 2 s and lands on the…Q 11-03-050Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is projected at an angle of 30° from horizontal at a speed of 60 m/s. The height traversed by the particle in the first second is h_0 and height traversed in…Q 11-03-051Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ball of mass 100 g is projected with velocity 20 m/s at 60° with horizontal. The decrease in kinetic energy of the ball during the motion from point of projection to…Q 11-03-052Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two particles are located at equal distance from origin. The position vectors of those are represented by A = 2 i + 3n j + 2 k and B = 2 i - 2 j + 4p k, respectively.…Q 11-03-053Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ball having kinetic energy KE is projected at an angle of 60° from the horizontal. What will be the kinetic energy of the ball at the highest point of its flight?Q 11-03-054Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The position vector of a moving body at any instant of time is given as r = (5t^2 i - 5t j) m. The magnitude and direction of velocity at t = 2 s isQ 11-03-055Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two projectiles are fired with the same initial speed from the same point on the ground at angles of (45° - α) and (45° + α), respectively, with the horizontal…Q 11-03-056Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum speed of a boat in still water is 27 km/h. Now this boat is moving downstream in a river flowing at 9 km/h. A man in the boat throws a ball vertically…Q 11-03-057Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle moving in a circle of radius R with uniform speed takes time T to complete one revolution. If this particle is projected with the same speed at an angle θ to…Q 11-03-058Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The coordinates of a particle moving in the x-y plane are given by x = 2 + 4t, y = 3t + 8t^2. The motion of the particle isQ 11-03-059Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two forces F_1 and F_2 are acting on a body. One force has magnitude thrice that of the other force and the resultant of the two forces is equal to the force of larger…Q 11-03-060Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cyclist starts from the point P of a circular ground of radius 2 km and travels along its circumference to the point S as shown. The displacement of the cyclist isQ 11-03-061Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The angle between the vector Q and the resultant of (2 Q + 2 P) and (2 Q - 2 P) isQ 11-03-062Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A man carrying a monkey on his shoulder does cycling smoothly on a circular track of radius 9 m and completes 120 revolutions in 3 minutes. The magnitude of the…Q 11-03-063Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum height reached by a projectile is 64 m. If the initial velocity is halved, the new maximum height of the projectile is ______ m.Q 11-03-064Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
For three vectors A = (-x i - 6 j - 2 k), B = (- i + 4 j + 3 k) and C = (-8 i - j + 3 k), if A·( B× C) = 0, then the value of x is ______.Q 11-03-065Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
Position of an ant (S in metres) moving in the Y–Z plane is given by S = 2t^2 j + 5 k (where t is in second). The magnitude and direction of velocity of the ant at t =…Q 11-03-066Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle starts from origin at t = 0 with a velocity 5 i m s^-1 and moves in the x–y plane under action of a force which produces a constant acceleration of (3 i + 2…Q 11-03-067Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ball rolls off the top of a stairway with horizontal velocity u. The steps are 0.1 m high and 0.1 m wide. The minimum velocity u with which the ball just hits the…Q 11-03-068Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalHard
A particle is moving in a circle of radius 50 cm in such a way that at any instant the normal and tangential components of its acceleration are equal. If its speed at t…Q 11-03-069Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalHard
A clock has 75 cm and 60 cm long second hand and minute hand respectively. In 30 minutes duration, the tip of the second hand will travel x distance more than the tip…Q 11-03-070Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Three vectors OP, OQ and OR, each of magnitude A, are acting as shown in the figure. The resultant of the three vectors is A x. The value of x is ______.Q 11-03-071Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
The angle of projection for a projectile to have same horizontal range and maximum height is:Q 11-03-072Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass M thrown horizontally with velocity v from the top of a tower of height H touches the ground at a distance of 100 m from the foot of the tower. A body of…Q 11-03-073Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
If a and b make an angle ^-1(5/9) with each other, then | a + b| = 2 | a - b| for | a| = n| b|. The integer value of n is ______.Q 11-03-074Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
The resultant of two vectors A and B is perpendicular to A and its magnitude is half that of B. The angle between vectors A and B is ______ °.Q 11-03-075Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
Projectiles A and B are thrown at angles of 45° and 60° with the vertical respectively from the top of a 400 m high tower. If their times of flight are the same, the…Q 11-03-076Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A vector has magnitude same as that of A = 3 i + 4 j and is parallel to B = 4 i + 3 j. The x and y components of this vector in the first quadrant are x and 3…Q 11-03-077Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
If two vectors A and B having equal magnitude R are inclined at an angle θ, thenQ 11-03-078Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A stone is projected at angle 30° to the horizontal. The ratio of kinetic energy of the stone at point of projection to its kinetic energy at the highest point of…Q 11-03-079Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
An object moves at a constant speed along a circular path in a horizontal plane with centre at the origin. When the object is at x=+2 m, its velocity is -4j m s^-1. The…Q 11-03-080Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A car is moving on a circular path of radius 600 m such that the magnitudes of the tangential acceleration and centripetal acceleration are equal. The time taken by the…Q 11-03-081Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalHard
A stone tied to 180 cm long string at its end is making 28 revolutions in horizontal circle in every minute. The magnitude of acceleration of stone is (1936)/(x) m…Q 11-03-082Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
The initial speed of a projectile fired from ground is u. At the highest point during its motion, the speed of projectile is (3)/(2)u. The time of flight of the…Q 11-03-083Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The speed of a swimmer is 4 km h^-1 in still water. If the swimmer makes his strokes normal to the flow of river of width 1 km, he reaches a point 750 m down the stream…Q 11-03-084Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body is moving with constant speed, in a circle of radius 10 m. The body completes one revolution in 4 s. At the end of 3^rd second, the displacement of body (in m)…Q 11-03-085Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two bodies are projected from ground with same speeds 40 m s^-1 at two different angles with respect to horizontal. The bodies were found to have same range. If one of…Q 11-03-086Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
The maximum vertical height to which a man can throw a ball is 136 m. The maximum horizontal distance up to which he can throw the same ball isQ 11-03-087Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Vectors a i+b j+ k and 2 i-3 j+4 k are perpendicular to each other when 3a+2b=7. The ratio of a to b is x2. The value of x is ______.Q 11-03-088Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
If two vectors P= i+2m j+m k and Q=4 i-2 j+m k are perpendicular to each other, then the value of m will beQ 11-03-089Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
If P=3 i+3 j+2 k and Q=4 i+3 j+2.5 k, then the unit vector in the direction of P× Q is 1x(3 i+ j-23 k). The value of x is ______.Q 11-03-090Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two objects are projected with same velocity u however at different angles α and β with the horizontal. If α+β=90°, the ratio of horizontal range of the first object to…Q 11-03-091Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A vector in x–y plane makes an angle of 30° with y-axis. The magnitude of y-component of vector is 23. The magnitude of x-component of the vector will beQ 11-03-092Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two projectiles are projected at 30° and 60° with the horizontal with the same speed. The ratio of the maximum height attained by the two projectiles respectively isQ 11-03-093Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A projectile fired at 30° to the ground is observed to be at same height at time 3 s and 5 s after projection, during its flight. The speed of projection of the…Q 11-03-094Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
When vector A=2 i+3 j+2 k is subtracted from vector B, it gives a vector equal to 2 j. Then the magnitude of vector B will beQ 11-03-095Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A projectile is projected at 30° from horizontal with initial velocity 40 m s^-1. The velocity of the projectile at t=2 s from the start will beQ 11-03-096Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is moving with constant speed in a circular path. When the particle turns by an angle 90°, the ratio of instantaneous velocity to its average velocity is…Q 11-03-097Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: When a body is projected at an angle 45°, its range…Q 11-03-098Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a particle is moving with constant speed π m s^-1. Considering its motion from A to B, the magnitude of the average velocity isQ 11-03-099Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Two forces having magnitude A and A2 are perpendicular to each other. The magnitude of their resultant isQ 11-03-100Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two projectiles A and B are thrown with initial velocities of 40 m s^-1 and 60 m s^-1 at angles 30° and 60° with the horizontal respectively. The ratio of their ranges…Q 11-03-101Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The trajectory of projectile, projected from the ground is given by y=x-(x^2)/(20), where x and y are measured in metre. The maximum height attained by the projectile…Q 11-03-102Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The range of the projectile projected at an angle of 15° with horizontal is 50 m. If the projectile is projected with same velocity at an angle of 45° with horizontal,…Q 11-03-103Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A child stands on the edge of the cliff 10 m above the ground and throws a stone horizontally with an initial speed of 5 m s^-1. Neglecting the air resistance, the…Q 11-03-104Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
For a body projected at an angle with the horizontal from the ground, choose the correct statement.Q 11-03-105Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A projectile is projected with velocity of 25 m s^-1 at an angle θ with the horizontal. After t seconds its inclination with horizontal becomes zero. If R represents…Q 11-03-106Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A body is projected from the ground at an angle of 45° with the horizontal. Its velocity after 2 s is 20 m s^-1. The maximum height reached by the body during its…Q 11-03-107Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A is a vector quantity such that | A| = non-zero constant. Which of the following expressions is true for A?Q 11-03-108Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following relations is true for two unit vectors A and B making an angle θ to each other?Q 11-03-109Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Two identical balls A and B thrown with same velocity…Q 11-03-110Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
For a particle in uniform circular motion, the acceleration a at any point P(R, θ) on the circular path of radius R is (when θ is measured from the positive x-axis and…Q 11-03-111Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A fighter jet is flying horizontally at a certain altitude with a speed of 200 m s^-1. When it passes directly overhead an anti-aircraft gun, a bullet is fired from the…Q 11-03-112Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A person moved from A to B on a circular path as shown in figure. If the distance travelled by him is 60 m, then the magnitude of displacement would be: (Given 135° =…Q 11-03-113Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is projected from the ground with a speed 15 m s^-1 at an angle θ with the horizontal so that its range and maximum height are equal. Then θ will be equal toQ 11-03-114Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two projectiles thrown at 30° and 45° with the horizontal respectively reach the maximum height in the same time. The ratio of their initial velocities isQ 11-03-115Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
If the initial velocity in the horizontal direction of a projectile is the unit vector i and the equation of trajectory is y = 5x(1 - x), the y component vector of the…Q 11-03-116Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two projectiles are thrown with the same initial velocity making angles of 45° and 30° with the horizontal respectively. The ratio of their respective ranges will beQ 11-03-117Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
If A = (2 i + 3 j - k) m and B = ( i + 2 j + 2 k) m, the magnitude of the component of vector A along vector B will be ______ m.Q 11-03-118Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A projectile is launched at an angle α with the horizontal with a velocity 20 m s^-1. After 10 s, its inclination with horizontal is β. The value of β will be : (g = 10…Q 11-03-119Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A girl standing on road holds her umbrella at 45° with the vertical to keep the rain away. If she starts running without umbrella with a speed of 15√(2) km h^-1, the…Q 11-03-120Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball of mass m is thrown vertically upward. Another ball of mass 2m is thrown at an angle θ with the vertical. Both the balls stay in air for the same period of time.…Q 11-03-121Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body of mass 10 kg is projected at an angle of 45° with the horizontal. The trajectory of the body is observed to pass through a point (20, 10). If T is the time of…Q 11-03-122Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQHard
If the projection of 2 i + 4 j - 2 k on i + 2 j + α k is zero. Then, the value of α will be ______ .Q 11-03-123Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: If A, B, C, D are four points on a semi-circular arc…Q 11-03-124Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A swimmer wants to cross a river from point A to point B. Line AB makes an angle of 30° with the flow of the river. The magnitude of the velocity of the swimmer is the…Q 11-03-125Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A helicopter is flying horizontally with a speed v at an altitude h and has to drop a food packet for a man on the ground. What is the distance of the helicopter from…Q 11-03-126Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: Two forces ( P + Q) and ( P - Q) where P Q, when act at an angle θ_1 to each other, the magnitude of their resultant is √(3(P^2 + Q^2)); when they act at…Q 11-03-127Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
In an octagon ABCDEFGH of equal side, what is the sum of AB + AC + AD + AE + AF + AG + AH, if AO = 2 i + 3 j - 4 k?Q 11-03-128Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The projectile motion of a particle of mass 5 g is shown in the figure. The initial velocity of the particle is 52 m s^-1 and the air resistance is assumed to be…Q 11-03-129Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
If A and B are two vectors satisfying the relation A· B = | A× B|. Then the value of | A - B| will be:Q 11-03-130Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A butterfly is flying with a velocity 42 m s^-1 in north-east direction. Wind is slowly blowing at 1 m s^-1 from north to south. The resultant displacement of the…Q 11-03-131Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two vectors P and Q have equal magnitudes. If the magnitude of P + Q is n times the magnitude of P - Q, then angle between P and Q isQ 11-03-132Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
What will be the projection of vector A = i + j + k on vector B = i + j?Q 11-03-133Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Three particles P, Q and R are moving along the vectors A = i + j, B = j + k and C = - i + j, respectively. They strike on a point and start to move in different…Q 11-03-134Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
The trajectory of a projectile in a vertical plane is y = α x - β x^2, where α and β are constants and x & y are respectively the horizontal and vertical distances of…Q 11-03-135Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two vectors X and Y have equal magnitude. The magnitude of (X - Y) is n times the magnitude of (X + Y). The angle between X and Y is:Q 11-03-136Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnitude of vectors OA, OB and OC in the given figure are equal. The direction of OA + OB - OC with x-axis will be:Q 11-03-137Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The angle between vector (A) and (A - B) is:Q 11-03-138Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A bomb is dropped by a fighter plane flying horizontally. To an observer sitting in the plane, the trajectory of the bomb is a:Q 11-03-139Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The resultant of these forces OP, OQ, OR, OS and OT is approximately ______ N. [Take √(3) = 1.7, √(2) = 1.4. Given i and j unit vectors along x, y axis]Q 11-03-140Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A player kicks a football with an initial speed of 25 m s^-1 at an angle of 45° from the ground. What are the maximum height and the time taken by the football to reach…Q 11-03-141Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle moves such that its position vector r(t) = ω t i + ω t j where ω is a constant and t is time. Then which of the following statements is true for the velocity…Q 11-03-142Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle starts from the origin at t = 0 with an initial velocity of 3.0i m/s and moves in the x-y plane with a constant acceleration (6.0i + 4.0j) m/s^2. The…Q 11-03-143Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A clock has a continuously moving second's hand of 0.1 m length. The average acceleration of the tip of the hand (in units of m s^-2) is of the order of:Q 11-03-144Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
When a car is at rest, its driver sees rain drops falling on it vertically. When driving the car with speed v, he sees the rain drops coming at an angle 60° from the…Q 11-03-145Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The sum of two forces P and Q is R such that | R| = | P|. The angle (in degrees) between the resultant of 2 P and Q and the force Q is ______.Q 11-03-146Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle is moving along the x-axis with its coordinate with time t given by x(t) = 10 + 8t - 3t^2. Another particle is moving along the y-axis with its coordinate as…Q 11-03-147Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalEasy
Train A and train B are running on parallel tracks in the opposite directions with speed of 36 km hour^-1 and 72 km hour^-1, respectively. A person is walking in train…Q 11-03-148Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Starting from the origin at time t = 0, with initial velocity 5 j m s^-1, a particle moves in the x-y plane with a constant acceleration of (10 i + 4 j) m s^-2. At time…Q 11-03-149Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A balloon is moving up in air vertically above a point A on the ground. When it is at a height h_1, a girl standing at a distance d (point B) from A (see figure) sees…Q 11-03-150Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The position co-ordinates of a particle moving in a 3D coordinate system is given by x = aω t, y = aω t, z = aω t The speed of the particle is:Q 11-03-151Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
In the cube of side a shown in the figure, the vector from the central point of the face ABOD to the central point of the face BEFO will be:Q 11-03-152Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Two guns A and B can fire bullets at speeds 1 km/s and 2 km/s respectively. From a point on a horizontal ground, they are fired in all possible directions. The ratio of…Q 11-03-153Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two vectors A and B have equal magnitudes. The magnitude of ( A + B) is n times the magnitude of ( A - B). The angle between A and B is:Q 11-03-154Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Two forces P and Q, of magnitude 2F and 3F, respectively, are at an angle θ with each other. If the force Q is doubled, then their resultant also gets doubled. Then,…Q 11-03-155Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane is inclined at an angle α = 30° with respect to the horizontal. A particle is projected up the plane with a speed u = 2 m s^-1, from the base of the plane,…Q 11-03-156Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is moving with a velocity v = K(y i + x j), where K is a constant. The general equation for its path isQ 11-03-157Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Ship A is sailing towards north-east with velocity v = 30 i + 50 j km h^-1 where i points east and j, north. The ship B is at a distance of 80 km east and 150 km north…Q 11-03-158Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Let | A_1| = 3, | A_2| = 5 and | A_1 + A_2| = 5. The value of (2 A_1 + 3 A_2)·(3 A_1 - 2 A_2) isQ 11-03-159Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The stream of a river is flowing with a speed of 2 km h^-1. A swimmer can swim at a speed of 4 km h^-1. The direction of the swimmer with respect to the flow of the…Q 11-03-160Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The position vector of a particle changes with time according to the relation r(t) = 15t^2 i + (4 - 20t^2) j. What is the magnitude of the acceleration at t = 1?Q 11-03-161Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is moving along a circular path with a constant speed of 10 m s^-1. What is the magnitude of the change in velocity of the particle, when it moves through an…Q 11-03-162Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is projected at t = 0 with a velocity 10 m s^-1 at an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The radius of curvature of its trajectory at t = 1 s is R. Neglecting air…Q 11-03-163Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQHard
A particle moves from the point (2.0i + 4.0j) m, at t = 0, with an initial velocity (5.0i + 4.0j) m s^-1. It is acted upon by a constant force which produces a constant…Q 11-03-164Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A person standing on an open ground hears the sound of a jet aeroplane, coming from north at an angle 60° with ground level, but he finds the aeroplane right vertically…Q 11-03-165Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
The trajectory of a projectile near the surface of the earth is given as y = 2x - 9x^2. If it were launched at an angle θ_0 with speed v_0 then (g = 10 m s^-2):Q 11-03-167Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A shell is fired from a fixed artillery gun with an initial speed u such that it hits the target on the ground at a distance R from it. If t_1 and t_2 are the values of…Q 11-03-168Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles are projected from the same point with the same speed u such that they have the same range R, but different maximum heights, h_1 and h_2. Which of the…Q 11-03-169Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A man in a car at location Q on a straight highway is moving with speed v. He decides to reach a point P in a field at a distance d from the highway (point M on the…Q 11-03-170Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
Let A = i + j and B = 2 i - j. The magnitude of a coplanar vector C such that A· C = B· C = A· B is given by:Q 11-03-171Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball is projected with a velocity, 10 m s^-1, at an angle of 60° with the vertical direction. Its speed at the highest point of its trajectory will beQ 11-03-172Motion in a PlaneNEETMCQEasy
A river is flowing from west to east direction with a speed of 9 km h^-1. A boat capable of moving at a maximum speed of 27 km h^-1 in still water crosses the river in…Q 11-03-173Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
The angle of projection of a particle is measured from the vertical axis as φ and the maximum height reached by the particle is h_m. Which graph (shown in the figure)…Q 11-03-174Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is projected with velocity u so that its horizontal range is three times the maximum height attained by it. The horizontal range of the projectile is given…Q 11-03-175Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
If L and P represent the angular momentum and linear momentum respectively of a particle of mass m having position vector r = a( iω t + jω t), the direction of the…Q 11-03-176Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two projectiles are fired from the ground with the same initial speeds from the same point at angles (45° + α) and (45° - α) with the horizontal. The ratio of their…Q 11-03-177Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A helicopter flying horizontally with a speed of 360 km/h at an altitude of 2 km drops an object at an instant. The object hits the ground at a point O, 20 s after it…Q 11-03-178Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
Two balls with the same mass and initial velocity are projected at different angles in such a way that the maximum height reached by the first ball is 8 times that of…Q 11-03-179Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is projected up a fixed inclined plane of inclination 30°, from the foot of the plane, with a speed of 20 m/s. It strikes the inclined plane at right angles.…Q 11-03-180Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQHard
A boat whose speed in still water is v crosses a river of width d flowing with speed u (u < v). The time taken to cross along the shortest path is 5/4 times the minimum…Q 11-03-181Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle starts from rest and moves on a circle of radius 2 m with its speed increasing as v = 2t (v in m/s, t in s). The distance it covers before its total…Q 11-03-182Motion in a PlaneJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle projected from level ground is at a height of 15 m above the ground at t = 1 s and again at t = 3 s. If its horizontal range is 60 m, its speed of projection…Q 11-03-183Motion in a PlaneJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 5 kg block on a smooth horizontal floor is pulled by a 20 N force acting at 60° to the horizontal. Its acceleration isQ 11-04-001Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A block is released from rest on a smooth inclined plane as shown. Find the magnitude of its acceleration along the incline in m/s^2. (Take g = 10 m/s^2.)Q 11-04-002Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A car travels on a circular racetrack of radius 50 m, which is banked at an angle θ. If the car travels at a speed 10 m s^-1, then the wear and tear on its tyres is…Q 11-04-003Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
There are two inclined surfaces of equal length (L) and same angle of inclination 45° with the horizontal. One of them is rough and the other is perfectly smooth. A…Q 11-04-004Laws of MotionNEETMCQMedium
A ball of mass 0.5 kg is dropped from a height of 40 m. The ball hits the ground and rises to a height of 10 m. The impulse imparted to the ball during its collision…Q 11-04-005Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A bob is whirled in a horizontal plane by means of a string with an initial speed of ω rpm. The tension in the string is T. If speed becomes 2ω while keeping the same…Q 11-04-006Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A horizontal force 10 N is applied to a block A as shown in figure. The mass of blocks A and B are 2 kg and 3 kg, respectively. The blocks slide over a frictionless…Q 11-04-007Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A football player is moving southward and suddenly turns eastward with the same speed to avoid an opponent. The force that acts on the player while turning is :Q 11-04-008Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
Calculate the maximum acceleration of a moving car so that a body lying on the floor of the car remains stationary. The coefficient of static friction between the body…Q 11-04-009Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A ball of mass 0.15 kg is dropped from a height 10 m, strikes the ground and rebounds to the same height. The magnitude of impulse imparted to the ball is (g = 10…Q 11-04-010Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
Two bodies of mass 4 kg and 6 kg are tied to the ends of a massless string. The string passes over a pulley which is frictionless (see figure). The acceleration of the…Q 11-04-011Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A body of mass 8 kg is moved by a force F = (3x) N, where x is the distance covered. Its initial position is x = 2 m and its final position is x = 10 m. If the body is…Q 11-04-012Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The sum of the magnitudes of two forces acting at a point is 16 N. If their resultant is normal to the smaller force and has a magnitude of 8 N, then the forces areQ 11-04-013Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A bus moving on a level road with a velocity v can be stopped at a distance of x by the application of a retarding force F. The load on the bus is increased by 25\% by…Q 11-04-014Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A mass M is suspended by a weightless string. The horizontal force required to hold the mass at 60° with the vertical isQ 11-04-015Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum tension a rope can withstand is 60 kg-wt. The ratio of the maximum accelerations with which two boys of masses 20 kg and 30 kg can climb up the rope at the…Q 11-04-016Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two fixed frictionless inclined planes making angles 30° and 60° with the vertical are shown in the figure. Two blocks A and B are placed on the two planes. What is the…Q 11-04-017Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A rifle of 20 kg mass can fire 4 bullets per second. The mass of each bullet is 35 × 10^-3 kg and its final velocity is 400 m s^-1. Then, what force must be applied on…Q 11-04-018Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass 4m at rest explodes into three pieces of masses m, m and 2m. The equal masses move along the X-axis and Y-axis with velocities 4 m s^-1 and 6 m s^-1…Q 11-04-019Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two blocks of masses m and M are placed on a horizontal frictionless table and connected by a light spring. Mass M is pulled to the right with a force F. If the…Q 11-04-020Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 1 N pendulum bob is held at an angle θ from the vertical by a 2 N horizontal force F. The tension in the string supporting the pendulum bob (in newton) isQ 11-04-021Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A vehicle of mass M is moving on a rough horizontal road with a momentum P. If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is μ, then the stopping…Q 11-04-022Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The minimum force required to start pushing a body up a rough (frictional coefficient μ) inclined plane is F_1 while the minimum force needed to prevent it from sliding…Q 11-04-023Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The force required to move a body up a rough inclined plane is double the force required to prevent the body from sliding down the plane. The coefficient of friction…Q 11-04-024Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A smooth block is released from rest on a 45° inclined plane and it slides a distance d. The time taken to slide is n times that on a smooth inclined plane. The…Q 11-04-025Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Starting from rest, the time taken by a body sliding down on a rough inclined plane at 45° with the horizontal is twice the time taken to travel on a smooth plane of…Q 11-04-026Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The upper half of an inclined plane of inclination θ is perfectly smooth while the lower half is rough. A block starting from rest at the top of the plane will again…Q 11-04-027Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A steel wire can withstand a load up to 2940 N. A load of 150 kg is suspended from a rigid support. The maximum angle through which the wire can be displaced from the…Q 11-04-028Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A car is travelling along a curved road of radius r. If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is μ, the car will skid if its speed exceedsQ 11-04-029Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
A boy of mass 50 kg is standing on a weighing machine placed on the floor of a lift. The machine reads his weight in newtons. The reading of the machine if the lift is…Q 11-04-030Laws of MotionNEETMCQEasy
The position-time graph of a body of mass 0.04 kg is shown in the figure. The time between two consecutive impulses received by the body and the magnitude of each…Q 11-04-031Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
The momentum of a particle varies with time as p = (4t^2 i - 3t^2 j) kg m/s. The magnitude of the force on it at t = 2 s isQ 11-04-032Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Three blocks of masses 2 kg, 3 kg and 5 kg are placed in contact in a row on a smooth horizontal floor. A horizontal force of 50 N pushes the 2 kg block. The contact…Q 11-04-033Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Masses of 3 kg and 5 kg hang at the two ends of a light string passing over a smooth, light pulley. The tension in the string is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-034Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 60 kg man stands on a weighing scale in a lift that is accelerating downward at 2 m/s^2. The scale reads (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-035Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 10 kg block rests on a horizontal floor. The coefficients of static and kinetic friction are 0.5 and 0.4. A horizontal push of 30 N is applied. The frictional force…Q 11-04-036Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 5 kg block rests on a horizontal floor (μ_s = 0.4). A force F is applied at 37° above the horizontal. The minimum value of F that just starts the block moving is…Q 11-04-037Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block placed on a plank just begins to slide when the plank is tilted to 30° with the horizontal. The coefficient of static friction between the block and the plank isQ 11-04-038Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A block slides down a rough plane inclined at 37° to the horizontal. If μ_k = 0.5, its acceleration is (take 37° = 0.6, g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-039Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A small ball is tied to a string 1 m long and whirled as a conical pendulum so that it moves in a horizontal circle of radius 0.6 m. The time period of revolution is (g…Q 11-04-040Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A road curve of radius 160 m is banked so that θ = 0.25. The speed at which a car can take the curve with no need for friction is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-041Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The coefficient of static friction between the tyres and a flat road is 0.4. The maximum speed with which a car can go round a flat curve of radius 40 m without…Q 11-04-042Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 2 kg body at rest is acted on by a force that rises uniformly from 0 to 100 N in 0.1 s and then falls uniformly back to zero in the next 0.1 s. The speed of the body…Q 11-04-043Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A machine gun fires 10 bullets per second, each of mass 50 g, with a speed of 500 m/s. The average force needed to hold the gun steady isQ 11-04-044Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A horizontal jet of water with cross-sectional area 2 cm^2 and speed 20 m/s strikes a vertical wall and falls dead (does not rebound). The force on the wall is (density…Q 11-04-045Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 2 kg block rests on an 8 kg block, which lies on a smooth floor. The coefficient of static friction between the blocks is 0.3. The maximum horizontal force that can…Q 11-04-046Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A box lies on the floor of a truck. The coefficient of kinetic friction between them is 0.3. The truck accelerates at 5 m/s^2, which is enough to make the box slide.…Q 11-04-047Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 4 kg block on a rough horizontal table (μ_k = 0.25) is connected by a light string over a smooth pulley at the table's edge to a 2 kg block hanging freely. The…Q 11-04-048Laws of MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A rope can bear a maximum tension of 300 N. With what maximum acceleration, in m/s^2, can a 20 kg monkey climb up the rope? (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-049Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A 5 kg block rests on a rough plane inclined at 37° to the horizontal (μ_s = 0.5). Find the minimum force, in newtons, that must be applied along the plane (upwards) to…Q 11-04-050Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A car moving with a speed of 54 km/h takes a turn of radius 20 m. A simple pendulum is suspended from the ceiling of the car. Determine the angle made by the string of…Q 11-04-051Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two blocks (P and Q) with respectively masses 2 kg and 1.5 kg are joined by a massless thread. These blocks are mounted on a frictionless pully which is fixed on the…Q 11-04-052Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
The velocity at which 6 kg mass (shown in figure) strikes the ground when it is released from a height of 6 m above the ground is ______ m/s. Assume pulley is massless…Q 11-04-053Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block takes t time to slide down a plane inclined at 45° to the horizontal. If the surface is made smooth (frictionless), the block takes time (t)/(2) to slide down…Q 11-04-054Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three masses m_1 = 4 kg, m_2 = 4 kg and m_3 = 6 kg are suspended from a fixed smooth frictionless pully as shown in the figure below. The value of T_1/T_2 is ______…Q 11-04-055Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A wedge Y with mass of 10 kg and all frictionless surfaces and the inclined surface making 37° with horizontal. A block X with mass 2 kg is placed at the highest point…Q 11-04-056Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
At t = 0, a body of mass 100 g starts moving under the influence of a force (5i + 10j) N. After 2 s its position is (2xi + 5yj) m. The ratio x : y is ______.Q 11-04-057Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The time taken by a block of mass m to slide down from the highest point to the lowest point on a rough inclined plane is 50\% more compared to the time taken by the…Q 11-04-058Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A 0.5 kg mass is in contact against the inner wall of a cylindrical drum of radius 4 m rotating about its vertical axis. The minimum rotational speed of the drum to…Q 11-04-059Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A small block of mass m slides down from the top of a frictionless inclined surface, while the inclined plane is moving towards left with constant acceleration a_0. The…Q 11-04-060Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A block of mass 5 kg is moving on an inclined plane which makes an angle of 30° with the horizontal. Friction coefficient between the block and inclined plane surface…Q 11-04-061Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m falls from rest through a resistive medium having resistive force, F = -kv, where v is the velocity of the particle and k is a constant. Which of…Q 11-04-062Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A flexible chain of mass m hangs between two fixed points at the same level. The inclination of the chain with the horizontal at the two points of support is 30°.…Q 11-04-063Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure the blocks A, B and C weigh 4 kg, 6 kg and 8 kg respectively. The co-efficient of sliding friction between any two surfaces is 0.5 . The force F…Q 11-04-064Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A massless spring gets elongated by amount x_1 under a tension of 5 N. Its elongation is x_2 under the tension of 7 N. For the elongation of (5x_1 - 2x_2), the tension…Q 11-04-065Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A car of mass m moves on a banked road having radius r and banking angle θ. To avoid slipping from the banked road, the maximum permissible speed of the car is v_0. The…Q 11-04-066Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A string of length L is fixed at one end and carries a mass M at the other end. The mass makes ((3)/(π)) rotations per second about the vertical axis passing through…Q 11-04-067Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A balloon and its content having mass M is moving up with an acceleration a. The mass that must be released from the content so that the balloon starts moving up with…Q 11-04-068Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A sand dropper drops sand of mass m(t) on a conveyor belt at a rate proportional to the square root of the speed (v) of the belt, i.e. (dm)/(dt) ∝ v. If P is the power…Q 11-04-069Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider the block and trolley system shown in the figure. If the coefficient of kinetic friction between the trolley and the surface is 0.04, the acceleration of the…Q 11-04-070Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball of mass 0.5 kg is attached to a string of length 50 cm. The ball is rotated on a horizontal circular path about its vertical axis. The maximum tension that the…Q 11-04-071Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A cricket player catches a ball of mass 120 g moving with a speed of 25 m s^-1. If the catching process is completed in 0.1 s, then the magnitude of the force exerted…Q 11-04-072Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 4 kg experiences two forces F_1 = 5 i + 8 j + 7 k and F_2 = 3 i - 4 j - 3 k. The acceleration acting on the body isQ 11-04-073Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A wooden block, initially at rest on the ground, is pushed by a force which increases linearly with time t. Which of the following curves best describes the…Q 11-04-074Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A 2 kg brick begins to slide over a surface which is inclined at an angle of 45° with respect to the horizontal axis. The coefficient of static friction between their…Q 11-04-075Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A wooden block of mass 5 kg rests on a soft horizontal floor. When an iron cylinder of mass 25 kg is placed on top of the block, the floor yields and the block and the…Q 11-04-076Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Three blocks M_1, M_2, M_3 having masses 4 kg, 6 kg and 10 kg respectively are hanging from a smooth pulley using ropes 1, 2 and 3 as shown in the figure. The tension…Q 11-04-077Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle moves in the x-y plane under the influence of a force F such that its linear momentum is p(t) = i(kt) - j(kt). If k is constant, the angle between F and p…Q 11-04-078Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A heavy box of mass 50 kg is moving on a horizontal surface. If the coefficient of kinetic friction between the box and the horizontal surface is 0.3, then the force of…Q 11-04-079Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A light string passing over a smooth light pulley connects two blocks of masses m_1 and m_2 (where m_2 > m_1). If the acceleration of the system is (g)/(2), then the…Q 11-04-080Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of weight 200 N is suspended from a tree branch through a chain of mass 10 kg. The branch pulls the chain with a force equal to (take g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-04-081Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A car of 800 kg is taking a turn on a banked road of radius 300 m and angle of banking 30°. If the coefficient of static friction is 0.2, then the maximum speed with…Q 11-04-082Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A train is moving with a speed of 12 m s^-1 on rails which are 1.5 m apart. To negotiate a curve of radius 400 m, the height by which the outer rail should be raised…Q 11-04-083Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 1000 kg is moving horizontally with a velocity 6 m s^-1. If 200 kg extra mass is added, the final velocity (in m s^-1) is:Q 11-04-084Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): The limiting force of static friction depends on the area of contact and independent of materials. Statement (II): The…Q 11-04-085Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
If the radius of curvature of the path of two particles of same mass are in the ratio 3:4, then in order to have constant centripetal force, their velocities will be in…Q 11-04-086Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A stone of mass 900 g is tied to a string and moved in a vertical circle of radius 1 m making 10 rpm. The tension in the string, when the stone is at the lowest point,…Q 11-04-087Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A player caught a cricket ball of mass 150 g moving at a speed of 20 m/s. If the catching process is completed in 0.1 s, the magnitude of force exerted by the ball on…Q 11-04-088Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A given object takes n times the time to slide down a 45° rough inclined plane as it takes to slide down an identical perfectly smooth 45° inclined plane. The…Q 11-04-089Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A light unstretchable string passing over a smooth light pulley connects two blocks of masses m_1 and m_2. If the acceleration of the system is g8, then the ratio of…Q 11-04-090Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 1 kg mass is suspended from the ceiling by a rope of length 4 m. A horizontal force F is applied at the mid point of the rope so that the rope makes an angle of 45°…Q 11-04-091Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
All surfaces shown in the figure are assumed to be frictionless and the pulleys and the string are light. The acceleration of the block of mass 2 kg is:Q 11-04-092Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A spherical body of mass 100 g is dropped from a height of 10 m from the ground. After hitting the ground, the body rebounds to a height of 5 m. The impulse of force…Q 11-04-093Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Three blocks A (5 kg), B (3 kg) and C (2 kg) lie in a line on a horizontal smooth surface. A is tied to B by a string with tension T_1 and B is tied to C by a string…Q 11-04-094Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass m is placed on a surface having vertical cross section given by y = (x^2)/(4). If the coefficient of friction is 0.5, the maximum height above the…Q 11-04-095Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
In an arrangement of a doubly inclined plane, block M is placed on the face inclined at 53° and block m on the face inclined at 37°. The blocks are connected by a light…Q 11-04-096Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A coin is placed on a disc. The coefficient of friction between the coin and the disc is μ. If the distance of the coin from the centre of the disc is r, the maximum…Q 11-04-097Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A light string passing over a smooth light fixed pulley connects two blocks of masses m_1 and m_2 hanging vertically. If the acceleration of the system is g8, then the…Q 11-04-098Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 5 kg is placed on a rough plane inclined at 30° to the horizontal, with coefficient of friction μ = 0.1. If F_1 is the force (parallel to the incline)…Q 11-04-099Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A car is moving on a horizontal curved road with radius 50 m. The approximate maximum speed of car will be, if friction between tyres and road is 0.34. [Take g=10 m s^-2]Q 11-04-100Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass m slides down the plane inclined at angle 30° with an acceleration (g)/(4). The value of coefficient of kinetic friction will beQ 11-04-101Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The time taken by an object to slide down 45° rough inclined plane is n times as it takes to slide down a perfectly smooth 45° incline plane. The coefficient of kinetic…Q 11-04-102Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Force acts for 20 s on a body of mass 20 kg, starting from rest, after which the force ceases and then body describes 50 m in the next 10 s. The value of force will beQ 11-04-103Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The figure represents the momentum–time (p–t) curve for a particle moving along an axis under the influence of the force. Identify the regions on the graph where the…Q 11-04-104Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of 3 kg is attached to a string whose other end is attached to the wall. An unknown force F is applied so that the string makes an angle of 30° with the wall.…Q 11-04-105Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A machine gun of mass 10 kg fires 20 g bullets at the rate of 180 bullets per minute with a speed of 100 m s^-1 each. The recoil velocity of the gun isQ 11-04-106Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in figure, a 70 kg garden roller is pushed with a force of F=200 N at an angle of 30° with horizontal. The normal reaction on the roller is (Given g=10 m s^-2)Q 11-04-107Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
100 balls each of mass m moving with speed v simultaneously strike a wall normally and are reflected back with same speed, in time t s. The total force exerted by the…Q 11-04-108Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A stone of mass 1 kg is tied to end of a massless string of length 1 m. If the breaking tension of the string is 400 N, then maximum linear velocity, the stone can have…Q 11-04-109Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 10 kg is moving with an initial speed of 20 m s^-1. The body stops after 5 s due to friction between body and the floor. The value of the coefficient of…Q 11-04-110Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
As per given figure, a weightless pulley P is attached on a double inclined frictionless surface. The tension in the string (massless) will be (if g=10 m s^-2)Q 11-04-111Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: An elevator can go up or down with uniform speed when its weight is balanced with the tension of its cable. Statement II:…Q 11-04-112Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 200 g is tied to a spring of spring constant 12.5 N m^-1, while the other end of spring is fixed at point O. If the body moves about O in a circular path…Q 11-04-113Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A car is moving with a constant speed of 20 m s^-1 in a circular horizontal track of radius 40 m. A bob is suspended from the roof of the car by a massless string. The…Q 11-04-114Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a block kept on an inclined plane (inclined at 45°) as shown in the figure. If the force required to just push it up the incline is 2 times the force required…Q 11-04-115Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A vehicle of mass 200 kg is moving along a levelled curved road of radius 70 m with angular velocity of 0.2 rad s^-1. The centripetal force acting on the vehicle isQ 11-04-116Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The position vector of a particle related to time t is given by r=(10t i+15t^2 j+7 k) m. The direction of net force experienced by the particle isQ 11-04-117Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A coin placed on a rotating table just slips when it is placed at a distance of 1 cm from the centre. If the angular velocity of the table is halved, it will just slip…Q 11-04-118Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An average force of 125 N is applied on a machine gun firing bullets each of mass 10 g at the speed of 250 m s^-1 to keep it in position. The number of bullets fired…Q 11-04-119Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 500 g moves along x-axis such that its velocity varies with displacement x according to the relation v=10 x m s^-1. The force acting on the body isQ 11-04-120Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Three forces F_1=10 N, F_2=8 N, F_3=6 N are acting on a particle of mass 5 kg. The forces F_2 and F_3 are applied perpendicularly so that particle remains at rest. If…Q 11-04-121Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A bullet of 10 g leaves the barrel of gun with a velocity of 600 m s^-1. If the barrel of gun is 50 cm long and mass of gun is 3 kg, then value of impulse supplied to…Q 11-04-122Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A small block of mass 100 g is tied to a spring of spring constant 7.5 N m^-1 and length 20 cm. The other end of spring is fixed at a particular point A. If the block…Q 11-04-123Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A child of mass 5 kg is going round a merry-go-round that makes 1 rotation in 3.14 s. The radius of the merry-go-round is 2 m. The centrifugal force on the child will beQ 11-04-124Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
At any instant the velocity of a particle of mass 500 g is (2t i+3t^2 j) m s^-1. If the force acting on the particle at t=1 s is ( i+x j) N, then the value of x will beQ 11-04-125Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 5 kg is placed at rest on a table of rough surface. Now, if a force of 30 N is applied in the direction parallel to surface of the table, the block…Q 11-04-126Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure a block of mass 10 kg lying on a horizontal surface is pulled by a force F acting at an angle 30° with horizontal. For μ_s=0.25, the block will…Q 11-04-127Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Figures (a), (b), (c) and (d) show variation of force with time. The impulse is highest in figureQ 11-04-128Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A boy ties a stone of mass 100 g to the end of a 2 m long string and whirls it around in a horizontal plane. The string can withstand the maximum tension of 80 N. If…Q 11-04-129Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 10 kg starts sliding on a surface with an initial velocity of 9.8 m s^-1. The coefficient of friction between the surface and block is 0.5. The distance…Q 11-04-130Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An object of mass 5 kg is thrown vertically upwards from the ground. The air resistance produces a constant retarding force of 10 N throughout the motion. The ratio of…Q 11-04-131Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A stone of mass m, tied to a string, is being whirled in a vertical circle with a uniform speed. The tension in the string isQ 11-04-132Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform chain of 6 m length is placed on a table such that a part of its length is hanging over the edge of the table. The system is at rest. The coefficient of…Q 11-04-133Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A force on an object of mass 100 g is (10 i + 5 j) N. The position of that object at t = 2 s is (a i + b j) m after starting from rest. The value of ab will be ______.Q 11-04-134Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A disc with a flat small bottom beaker placed on it at a distance R from its center is revolving about an axis passing through the center and perpendicular to its plane…Q 11-04-135Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A curve in a level road has a radius 75 m. The maximum speed of a car turning this curved road can be 30 m s^-1 without skidding. If the radius of the curved road is…Q 11-04-136Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block of mass 200 g is kept stationary on a smooth inclined plane by applying a minimum horizontal force F = x N as shown in figure. The value of x = ______.Q 11-04-137Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A person is standing in an elevator. In which situation does he experience weight loss?Q 11-04-138Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
In the arrangement shown in figure, a_1, a_2, a_3 and a_4 are the accelerations of masses m_1, m_2, m_3 and m_4 respectively. Which of the following relations is true…Q 11-04-139Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A system of 10 balls each of mass 2 kg are connected via massless and unstretchable string. The system is allowed to slip over the edge of a smooth table as shown in…Q 11-04-140Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A batsman hits back a ball of mass 0.4 kg straight in the direction of the bowler without changing its initial speed of 15 m s^-1. The impulse imparted to the ball is…Q 11-04-141Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Four forces are acting at a point P in equilibrium as shown in figure. The ratio of force F_1 to F_2 is 1 : x where x = ______.Q 11-04-142Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
For the free body diagram shown in the figure, the four forces are applied in the x and y directions. What additional force must be applied and at what angle with the…Q 11-04-143Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two billiard balls of mass 0.05 kg each moving in opposite directions with 10 m s^-1 collide and rebound with the same speed. If the time duration of contact is t =…Q 11-04-144Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Three masses M = 100 kg, m_1 = 10 kg and m_2 = 20 kg are arranged in a system as shown in figure. All the surfaces are frictionless and strings are inextensible and…Q 11-04-145Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A monkey of mass 50 kg climbs on a rope which can withstand a tension (T) of 350 N. If the monkey initially climbs down with an acceleration of 4 m s^-2 and then climbs…Q 11-04-146Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two masses M_1 and M_2 are tied together at the two ends of a light inextensible string that passes over a frictionless pulley. When the mass M_2 is twice that of M_1,…Q 11-04-147Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball of mass 0.15 kg hits the wall with its initial speed of 12 m s^-1 and bounces back without changing its initial speed. If the force applied by the wall on the…Q 11-04-148Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A system of two blocks of masses m = 2 kg and M = 8 kg is placed on a smooth table as shown in figure. The coefficient of static friction between two blocks is 0.5. The…Q 11-04-149Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
One end of a massless spring of spring constant k and natural length l_0 is fixed while the other end is connected to a small object of mass m lying on a frictionless…Q 11-04-150Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A mass of 10 kg is suspended vertically by a rope of length 5 m from the roof. A force of 30 N is applied at the middle point of rope in horizontal direction. The angle…Q 11-04-151Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A bag is gently dropped on a conveyor belt moving at a speed of 2 m s^-1. The coefficient of friction between the conveyor belt and bag is 0.4. Initially, the bag slips…Q 11-04-152Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass M slides down on a rough inclined plane with constant velocity. The angle made by the incline plane with horizontal is θ. The magnitude of the contact…Q 11-04-153Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block A takes 2 s to slide down a frictionless incline of 30° and length l, kept inside a lift going up with uniform velocity v. If the incline is changed to 45°, the…Q 11-04-154Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two inclined planes are placed as shown in figure. A block is projected from the Point A of inclined plane AB along its surface with a velocity just sufficient to carry…Q 11-04-155Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A balloon has mass of 10 g in air. The air escapes from the balloon at a uniform rate with velocity 4.5 cm s^-1. If the balloon shrinks in 5 s completely. Then, the…Q 11-04-156Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
In two different experiments, an object of mass 5 kg moving with a speed of 25 m s^-1 hits two different walls and comes to rest within (i) 3 second, (ii) 5 seconds,…Q 11-04-157Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass M originally at rest is subjected to a force whose direction is constant but magnitude varies with time according to the relation F = F_0[1 - ((t -…Q 11-04-158Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A car is moving on a plane inclined at 30° to the horizontal with an acceleration of 10 m s^-2 parallel to the plane upward. A bob is suspended by a string from the…Q 11-04-159Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Statement I: If three forces F_1, F_2 and F_3 are represented by three sides of a triangle and F_1 + F_2 = - F_3, then these three forces are concurrent forces and…Q 11-04-160Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The coefficient of static friction between a wooden block of mass 0.5 kg and a vertical rough wall is 0.2. The magnitude of the horizontal force that should be applied…Q 11-04-161Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
An inclined plane is bent in such a way that the vertical cross-section is given by y = (x^2)/(4) where y is in vertical and x in horizontal direction. If the upper…Q 11-04-162Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A small bob tied at one end of a thin string of length 1 m is describing a vertical circle so that the maximum and minimum tension in the string is in the ratio 5 : 1.…Q 11-04-163Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A steel block of 10 kg rests on a horizontal floor as shown. When three iron cylinders are placed on it as shown, the block and cylinders go down with an acceleration…Q 11-04-165Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is launched up on a rough inclined plane making an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The coefficient of friction between the body and plane is ( x)/(5)…Q 11-04-166Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A bullet of 4 g mass is fired from a gun of mass 4 kg. If the bullet moves with the muzzle speed of 50 m s^-1, the impulse imparted to the gun and velocity of recoil of…Q 11-04-167Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is moving with uniform speed along the circumference of a circle of radius R under the action of a central fictitious force F which is inversely proportional…Q 11-04-168Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A boy pushes a box of mass 2 kg with a force F = (20i + 10j) N on a frictionless surface. If the box was initially at rest, then ______ m is displacement along the…Q 11-04-169Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A person standing on a spring balance inside a stationary lift measures 60 kg. The weight of that person if the lift descends with uniform downward acceleration of 1.8…Q 11-04-170Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
As shown in the figure, a block of mass √(3) kg is kept on a horizontal rough surface of coefficient of friction 13√(3). The critical force to be applied on the…Q 11-04-171Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two masses A and B, each of mass M are fixed together by a massless spring. A force acts on the mass B as shown in figure. If the mass A starts moving away from mass B…Q 11-04-172Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A force F = (40i + 10j) N acts on a body of mass 5 kg. If the body starts from rest, its position vector r at time t = 10 s will beQ 11-04-173Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The initial mass of a rocket is 1000 kg. Calculate at what rate the fuel should be burnt so that the rocket is given an acceleration of 20 m s^-2. The gases come out at…Q 11-04-174Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is suspended from a ceiling through a string of length L. The particle moves in a horizontal circle of radius r such that r = L√(2). The speed of…Q 11-04-175Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The coefficient of static friction between two blocks is 0.5 and the table is smooth. The maximum horizontal force that can be applied to move the blocks together is…Q 11-04-176Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The boxes of masses 2 kg and 8 kg are connected by a massless string passing over smooth pulleys. Calculate the time taken by box of mass 8 kg to strike the ground…Q 11-04-177Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A spring mass system (mass m, spring constant k and natural length l) rests in equilibrium on a horizontal disc. The free end of the spring is fixed at the centre of…Q 11-04-178Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A spaceship in space sweeps stationary interplanetary dust. As a result, its mass increases at a rate (dM(t))/(dt) = bv^2(t), where v(t) is its instantaneous velocity.…Q 11-04-179Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
An insect is at the bottom of a hemispherical ditch of radius 1 m. It crawls up the ditch but starts slipping after it is at height h from the bottom. If the…Q 11-04-180Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle moving in the xy-plane experiences a velocity dependent force F = k(v_y i + v_x j), where v_x and v_y are the x and y components of its velocity v. If a is…Q 11-04-181Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A mass of 10 kg is suspended by a rope of length 4 m from the ceiling. A force F is applied horizontally at the mid-point of the rope such that the top half of the rope…Q 11-04-182Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a uniform cubical box of side a on a rough floor that is to be moved by applying the minimum possible force F at a point b above its centre of mass (see…Q 11-04-183Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A particle of mass m is fixed to one end of a light spring having force constant k and unstretched length l. The other end is fixed. The system is given an angular…Q 11-04-184Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A bead of mass m stays at point P(a, b) on a wire bent in the shape of a parabola y = 4Cx^2 and rotating with angular speed ω about the y-axis (see figure). The value…Q 11-04-185Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block starts moving up an inclined plane of inclination 30° with an initial velocity of v_0. It comes back to its initial position with velocity (v_0)/(2). The value…Q 11-04-186Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A mass of 10 kg is suspended vertically by a rope from the roof. When a horizontal force is applied on the rope at some point, the rope deviated at an angle of 45° at…Q 11-04-187Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two blocks A and B of masses m_A = 1 kg and m_B = 3 kg are kept on a table, with A resting on top of B. The coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.2 and between B…Q 11-04-188Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass 10 kg is kept on a rough inclined plane as shown in the figure. A force of 3 N is applied on the block. The coefficient of static friction between the…Q 11-04-189Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A liquid of density ρ is coming out of a hose pipe of radius a with horizontal speed v and hits a mesh. 50\% of the liquid passes through the mesh unaffected. 25\%…Q 11-04-190Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is moving in a straight line with momentum p. Starting at time t = 0, a force F = kt acts in the same direction on the moving particle during time…Q 11-04-191Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block kept on a rough inclined plane, as shown in the figure, remains at rest up to a maximum force 2 N down the inclined plane. The maximum external force up the…Q 11-04-192Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A man (mass = 50 kg) and his son (mass = 20 kg) are standing on a frictionless surface facing each other. The man pushes his son so that he starts moving at a speed of…Q 11-04-193Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 5 kg is (i) pushed in case (A) and (ii) pulled in case (B), by a force F = 20 N, making an angle of 30° with the horizontal, as shown in the figures.…Q 11-04-194Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A smooth wire of length 2π r is bent into a circle and kept in a vertical plane. A bead can slide smoothly on the wire. When the circle is rotating with angular speed ω…Q 11-04-195Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A given object takes n times more time to slide down a 45° rough inclined plane as it takes to slide down a perfectly smooth 45° incline. The coefficient of kinetic…Q 11-04-196Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 2 kg slides down with an acceleration of 3 m/s^2 on a rough inclined plane having a slope of 30°. The external force required to take the same body up…Q 11-04-197Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A disc rotates about its axis of symmetry in a horizontal plane at a steady rate of 3.5 revolutions per second. A coin placed at a distance of 1.25 cm from the axis of…Q 11-04-198Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two particles of the same mass m are moving in circular orbits because of force, given by F(r) = -(16)/(r) - r^3. The first particle is at a distance r = 1, and the…Q 11-04-199Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass m = 10^-2 kg is moving in a medium and experiences a frictional force F = -kv^2. Its initial speed is v_0 = 10 m s^-1. After 10 s its kinetic energy is…Q 11-04-200Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A conical pendulum of length l makes an angle θ = 45° with respect to Z-axis and moves in a circle in the XY plane. The radius of the circle is 0.4 m and its center is…Q 11-04-201Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two masses m_1 = 5 kg and m_2 = 10 kg, connected by an inextensible string over a frictionless pulley, are moving as shown in the figure. The coefficient of friction of…Q 11-04-202Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A shell of mass m is at rest initially. It explodes into three fragments having mass in the ratio 2 : 2 : 1. If the fragments having equal mass fly off along mutually…Q 11-04-203Laws of MotionNEETMCQMedium
A body of mass 1 kg is suspended with the help of two strings making angles as shown in the figure. The magnitudes of tensions T_1 and T_2, respectively, are (in N):…Q 11-04-204Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is suspended by two strings making angles θ_1 and θ_2 with the horizontal ceiling, with tensions T_1 and T_2 respectively. T_1 and T_2 are related by…Q 11-04-205Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A cubic block of mass m is sliding down an inclined plane at 60° with an acceleration of g2. The value of the coefficient of kinetic friction is:Q 11-04-206Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An object of mass 500 g moves along the x-axis with speed v = 4 x m/s. The force acting on the object is:Q 11-04-207Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 2 kg moving with velocity v_in = 3 i + 4 j m s^-1 enters into a constant force field of 6 N directed along the positive z-axis. If the body remains in…Q 11-04-208Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: A block lies on the rough floor of a lift that is falling freely. If the block is given a horizontal push, it moves with…Q 11-04-209Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
In the arrangement shown, block A of mass 2 kg lies on a smooth horizontal table. The string from A passes over a fixed pulley, goes round a movable pulley that carries…Q 11-04-210Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block A of mass 2 kg rests on a block B of mass 4 kg, which lies on a smooth horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction between A and B is 0.4 (take the static and…Q 11-04-211Laws of MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A circular track of radius 20 m is banked at an angle of 37°. The coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is 0.5. The maximum speed with which a car can…Q 11-04-212Laws of MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
The speed of a 2 kg body increases from 3 m/s to 5 m/s. Find the work done by the net force on it, in joules.Q 11-05-001Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass M moves along a horizontal x axis from x = 0 to x = L. The coefficient of kinetic friction varies as a function of x as μ_k(x) = μ_0 - α x, where…Q 11-05-002Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQMedium
Bob B of mass m at rest is hanging vertically from the ceiling via a massless string of length 10 m, as shown in the figure. Point mass A of mass m travelling…Q 11-05-003Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
The kinetic energies of two similar cars A and B are 100 J and 225 J respectively. On applying breaks, car A stops after 1000 m and car B stops after 1500 m. If F_A and…Q 11-05-004Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A bob of heavy mass m is suspended by a light string of length l. The bob is given a horizontal velocity v_0 as shown in figure. If the string gets slack at some point…Q 11-05-005Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQHard
Two bodies A and B of same mass undergo completely inelastic one dimensional collision. The body A moves with velocity v_1 while body B is at rest before collision. The…Q 11-05-006Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
At any instant of time t, the displacement of any particle is given by 2t - 1 (SI unit) under the influence of force of 5 N. The value of instantaneous power is (in SI…Q 11-05-007Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
The potential energy of a long spring when stretched by 2 cm is U. If the spring is stretched by 8 cm, potential energy stored in it will be :Q 11-05-008Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A particle is released from height S from the surface of the Earth. At a certain height its kinetic energy is three times its potential energy. The height from the…Q 11-05-009Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQMedium
Water falls from a height of 60 m at the rate of 15 kg/s to operate a turbine. The losses due to frictional force are 10\% of the input energy. How much power is…Q 11-05-010Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A ball is dropped from a height h on to a floor of coefficient of restitution e. The total distance covered by the ball just before the second hit isQ 11-05-011Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In two separate collisions, the coefficients of restitution e_1 and e_2 are in the ratio 3 : 1. In the first collision the relative velocity of approach is twice the…Q 11-05-012Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A sphere of mass m moving with constant velocity u collides with another stationary sphere of the same mass. If e is the coefficient of restitution, the ratio of the…Q 11-05-013Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A cannon shell fired breaks into two equal parts at its highest point. One part retraces the path to the cannon with kinetic energy E_1 and the kinetic energy of the…Q 11-05-014Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A body of 200 g begins to fall from a height where its potential energy is 80 J. Its velocity (in m/s) at a point where its kinetic and potential energies are equal isQ 11-05-015Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
The work done by a force F = 2i - j - k in moving an object from the origin to a point whose position vector is r = 3i + 2j - 5k isQ 11-05-016Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A ball at rest is dropped from a height of 12 m. If it loses 25\% of its kinetic energy on striking the ground and bounces back to a height h, the value of h isQ 11-05-017Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 2.9 kg is suspended from a string of length 50 cm and is at rest. Another block of mass 100 g, which is moving with a speed of 150 m/s, strikes and…Q 11-05-018Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A body of mass 300 kg is moved through 10 m along a smooth inclined plane of inclination 30°. The work done in moving it (in joules) is (g = 9.8 m s^-2)Q 11-05-019Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A ball of mass m moving with a horizontal velocity v strikes the bob of mass m of a pendulum at rest. During this collision, the ball sticks with the bob of the…Q 11-05-020Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQMedium
The velocity v reached by a car of mass m on moving a certain distance from the starting point, when driven by a motor with constant power P, is such thatQ 11-05-021Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball A of mass m moving along the positive x-direction with kinetic energy K and linear momentum P undergoes an elastic head-on collision with a stationary ball B of…Q 11-05-022Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQHard
The displacement of a body is (5i + 3j - 4k) m due to the action of a force (6i + 6j + 4k) N on it for 5 s. The power in watt isQ 11-05-023Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A ball at rest is dropped freely from a height of 20 m. It loses 30\% of its energy on striking the ground and bounces back. The height to which it bounces back isQ 11-05-024Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A 3 kg sphere makes an inelastic collision with another sphere at rest and they stick after the collision. If the composite mass moves with a speed of (1)/(4) of the…Q 11-05-025Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A ball is let fall from a height h_0. It makes n collisions with the horizontal ground. If after n collisions it rebounds with a velocity v_n and the ball rises to a…Q 11-05-026Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQHard
A bullet is fired normally towards an immovable wooden block. If it loses 25\% of its kinetic energy in penetrating the block at thickness x, the further distance…Q 11-05-027Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQMedium
A ball is falling freely from a certain height. When it reaches 10 m height from the ground its velocity is v_0. It collides with the horizontal ground and loses 50\%…Q 11-05-028Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A motor of power P_0 is used to deliver water at a certain rate through a given horizontal pipe. To increase the rate of flow of water through the same pipe n times,…Q 11-05-029Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 5 kg makes an elastic collision with another body at rest and continues to move in the original direction after the collision with a velocity equal to…Q 11-05-030Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ball of mass 0.6 kg attached to a light inextensible string rotates in a vertical circle of radius 0.75 m such that it has a speed of 5 m s^-1 when the string is…Q 11-05-031Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A body of mass 2 kg is thrown up vertically with kinetic energy of 490 J. If g = 9.8 m/s^2, the height at which the kinetic energy of the body becomes half of the…Q 11-05-032Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
Two springs S_1 and S_2 of force constants k_1 and k_2 respectively, are stretched by the same force. It is found that more work is done on spring S_1 than on spring…Q 11-05-033Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A force F = (4 + 6x) N acts along the x-axis on a body. The work done by it as the body moves from x = 1 m to x = 3 m isQ 11-05-034Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 2 kg block moving at 6 m/s on a rough horizontal floor comes to rest after sliding 4.5 m. The coefficient of kinetic friction is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-05-035Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 0.5 kg block moving at 4 m/s on a smooth floor hits a spring of force constant 200 N/m. The maximum compression of the spring isQ 11-05-036Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A pump lifts 600 kg of water per minute through a height of 25 m and delivers it with a speed of 10 m/s. If the pump is 75\% efficient, its input power is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-05-037Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A car of mass 1000 kg moves up a slope rising 1 m for every 20 m along the road at a steady 36 km/h. Friction and air resistance together are 500 N. The power delivered…Q 11-05-038Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An engine of constant power 60 kW drives a car of mass 1200 kg on a level road. The resistance to motion is a constant 2000 N. The maximum speed of the car isQ 11-05-039Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A stone tied to a string of length 0.4 m is whirled in a vertical circle. The minimum speed it must have at the lowest point to just complete the circle is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-05-040Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m moves in a vertical circle on a string. The difference between the tensions in the string at the lowest and highest points isQ 11-05-041Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A small block slides without friction down a track that ends in a vertical circular loop of radius R. The minimum height above the bottom of the loop from which it must…Q 11-05-042Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 2 kg ball moving at 6 m/s collides head-on elastically with a 4 kg ball at rest. The velocities of the two balls after the collision areQ 11-05-043Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass m moving with speed v collides with an identical body at rest and sticks to it. The fraction of the initial kinetic energy lost in the collision isQ 11-05-044Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The potential energy of a particle moving along the x-axis is U(x) = x^3 - 12x (SI units). The particle is in stable equilibrium atQ 11-05-045Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
The momentum of a body increases by 50\%. The percentage increase in its kinetic energy isQ 11-05-046Work, Energy and PowerNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 4 kg body moves along a straight line with velocity v = 3t m/s, where t is in seconds. Find the work done by the net force on it during the first 2 s, in joules.Q 11-05-047Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bob hangs from a light string 2 m long. It is given a horizontal speed of √(60) m/s at the lowest point. Find the tension in the string, in newtons, when the string…Q 11-05-048Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
The rain drop of mass 1 g, starts with zero velocity from a height of 1 km. It hits the ground with a speed of 5 m/s. The work done by the unknown resistive force is…Q 11-05-049Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A smooth inclined plane ends in a vertical circular loop, as shown in the figure. A small body is released from height h as shown. If the body exerts a force of three…Q 11-05-050Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 1 kg moves along a straight line with a velocity v = 2x^2. The work done by the body during displacement from x = 0 to 5 m is ______ J.Q 11-05-051Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A mass of 1 kg is kept on a inclined plane with 30° inclination with respect to horizontal plane and it is at rest initially. Then the whole assembly is moved up with…Q 11-05-052Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A 1 kg block subjected to two simultaneous forces (2i + 3j + 4k) N and (3i - j - 2k) N is moved a distance of 25 m along (3i - 4j) direction. The work done in this…Q 11-05-053Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body of mass 2 kg begins to move under the influence of time dependent force F = (2ti + 6t^2j) N, where i and j are unit vectors along x and y-axis respectively. The…Q 11-05-054Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A spherical ball of mass 2 kg falls from a height of 10 m and is brought to rest after penetrating 10 cm into sand. The average force exerted by sand on the ball is…Q 11-05-055Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
In case of vertical circular motion of a particle by a thread of length r if the tension in the thread is zero at an angle 30° shown in figure, the velocity at the…Q 11-05-056Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A bob of mass m is suspended at a point O by a light string of length l and left to perform vertical circular motion as shown in the figure. Initially, by applying…Q 11-05-057Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 100 g is moving in a circular path of radius 2 m on a vertical plane as shown in the figure. The velocity of the body at point A is 10 m/s. The ratio of…Q 11-05-058Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A force F = 2 i + b j + k is applied on a particle and it undergoes a displacement i - 2 j - k. What will be the value of b, if work done on the particle is zero?Q 11-05-059Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A force F = α + β x^2 acts on an object in the x-direction. The work done by the force is 5 J when the object is displaced by 1 m. If the constant α = 1 N, then β will beQ 11-05-060Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: In a central force field, the work done is…Q 11-05-061Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A bead of mass m slides without friction on the wall of a vertical circular hoop of radius R as shown in the figure. The bead moves under the combined action of gravity…Q 11-05-062Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQHard
As shown below, bob A of a pendulum having a massless string of length R is released from 60° to the vertical. It hits another bob B of half the mass that is at rest on…Q 11-05-063Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass m connected to a massless and unstretchable string goes in a vertical circle of radius R under gravity g. The other end of the string is fixed at the…Q 11-05-064Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Three identical spheres of the same mass…Q 11-05-065Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A simple pendulum of length 1 m has a wooden bob of mass 1 kg. It is struck by a bullet of mass 10^-2 kg moving with a speed of 2×10^2 m s^-1. The bullet gets embedded…Q 11-05-066Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A rubber ball falls from a height h and rebounds up to a height of h/2. The percentage loss of total energy of the initial system and the velocity of the ball just…Q 11-05-067Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m kg slides from rest along the curve of a vertical circle from point A to B on a frictionless path, as shown. The velocity of the body at B is (given R…Q 11-05-068Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 50 kg is lifted to a height of 20 m from the ground in two different ways: Case 1, pulled straight up; Case 2, moved along a ramp inclined at 30° to the…Q 11-05-069Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is moving unidirectionally under the influence of a constant power source. Its displacement in time t is proportional toQ 11-05-070Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A bullet of mass 50 g is fired with a speed of 100 m/s on a plywood and emerges with 40 m/s. The percentage loss of kinetic energy isQ 11-05-071Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Four particles A, B, C, D of masses m2, m, 2m, 4m respectively have the same momentum. The particle with the maximum kinetic energy isQ 11-05-072Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
When the kinetic energy of a body becomes 36 times its original value, the percentage increase in the momentum of the body will beQ 11-05-073Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Two bodies of mass 4 g and 25 g are moving with equal kinetic energies. The ratio of magnitude of their linear momentum is:Q 11-05-074Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 100 kg slides over a distance of 10 m on a horizontal surface. If the co-efficient of friction between the surfaces is 0.4, then the work done against…Q 11-05-075Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
The potential energy function (in J) of a particle in a region of space is given as U = (2x^2 + 3y^3 + 2z). Here x, y and z are in metre. The magnitude of x-component…Q 11-05-076Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
The bob of a pendulum was released from a horizontal position. The length of the pendulum is 10 m. If it dissipates 10\% of its initial energy against air resistance,…Q 11-05-077Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A bob of mass m is suspended by a light string of length L. It is imparted a minimum horizontal velocity at the lowest point A such that it just completes a half…Q 11-05-078Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A stationary particle breaks into two parts of masses m_A and m_B which move with velocities v_A and v_B respectively. The ratio of their kinetic energies (K_B : K_A) is:Q 11-05-079Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Three bodies A, B and C have equal kinetic energies and their masses are 400 g, 1.2 kg and 1.6 kg respectively. The ratio of their linear momenta is:Q 11-05-080Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A block is simply released from the top of an inclined plane as shown in the figure. The maximum compression in the spring when the block hits the spring is:Q 11-05-081Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular table is rotating with an angular velocity of ω rad/s about its axis. There is a smooth groove along a radial direction on the table. A steel ball is gently…Q 11-05-082Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalHard
A particle of mass m moves on a straight line with its velocity increasing with distance according to the equation v = α x, where α is a constant. The total work done…Q 11-05-083Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A force (3x^2 + 2x - 5) N displaces a body from x = 2 m to x = 4 m. Work done by this force is ______ J.Q 11-05-084Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle is placed at the point A of a frictionless track ABC as shown in the figure. It is gently pushed towards the right. The speed of the particle when it reaches…Q 11-05-085Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 1 kg is pushed up a surface inclined to the horizontal at an angle of 60° by a force of 10 N parallel to the inclined surface. The coefficient of…Q 11-05-086Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
An artillery piece of mass M_1 fires a shell of mass M_2 horizontally. Instantaneously after the firing, the ratio of the kinetic energy of the artillery and that of…Q 11-05-087Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 2 kg begins to move under the action of a time dependent force given by F = (6t i + 6t^2 j) N. The power developed by the force at time t is given by:Q 11-05-088Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A 0.4 kg mass takes 8 s to reach ground when dropped from a certain height P above surface of earth. The loss of potential energy in the last second of fall is ______…Q 11-05-089Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
Identify the correct statements from the following: (A) Work done by a man in lifting a bucket out of a well by means of a rope tied to the bucket is negative. (B) Work…Q 11-05-090Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
As per the given figure, a small ball P slides down the quadrant of a circle and hits the other ball Q of equal mass which is initially at rest. Neglecting the effect…Q 11-05-091Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball of mass 200 g rests on a vertical post of height 20 m. A bullet of mass 10 g, travelling in horizontal direction, hits the centre of the ball. After collision…Q 11-05-092Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 2 kg is initially at rest. It starts moving unidirectionally under the influence of a source of constant power P. Its displacement in 4 s is 1/3α^2 P m.…Q 11-05-093Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A lift of mass M=500 kg is descending with speed of 2 m s^-1. Its supporting cable begins to slip thus allowing it to fall with a constant acceleration of 2 m s^-2. The…Q 11-05-094Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ball is dropped from a height of 20 m. If the coefficient of restitution for the collision between ball and floor is 0.5, after hitting the floor, the ball rebounds…Q 11-05-095Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A spherical body of mass 2 kg starting from rest acquires a kinetic energy of 10000 J at the end of 5^th second. The force acted on the body is ______ N.Q 11-05-096Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body of mass 1 kg begins to move under the action of a time dependent force F=(t i+3t^2 j) N, where i and j are the unit vectors along x and y axis. The power…Q 11-05-097Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
An object of mass m initially at rest on a smooth horizontal plane starts moving under the action of force F=2 N. In the process of its linear motion, the angle θ (as…Q 11-05-098Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body of mass 1 kg collides head on elastically with a stationary body of mass 3 kg. After collision, the smaller body reverses its direction of motion and moves with…Q 11-05-099Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A car accelerates from rest to u m s^-1. The energy spent in this process is E J. The energy required to accelerate the car from u m s^-1 to 2u m s^-1 is nE J. The…Q 11-05-100Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block of mass 10 kg is moving along x-axis under the action of force F=5x N. The work done by the force in moving the block from x=2 m to 4 m will be ______ J.Q 11-05-101Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the maximum load carried by an elevator is 1400 kg (600 kg passengers + 800 kg elevator), which is moving up with a uniform speed of 3 m s^-1 and the frictional…Q 11-05-102Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A force F=(2+3x) i acts on a particle in the x direction where F is in newton and x is in metre. The work done by this force during a displacement from x=0 to x=4 m is…Q 11-05-103Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block of mass 5 kg starting from rest is pulled up on a smooth incline plane making an angle of 30° with horizontal with an effective acceleration of 1 m s^-2. The…Q 11-05-104Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: A truck and a car moving with same kinetic energy are brought to rest by applying brakes which provide equal retarding…Q 11-05-105Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
To maintain a speed of 80 km h^-1 by a bus of mass 500 kg on a plane rough road for 4 km distance, the work done by the engine of the bus will be ______ kJ. [The…Q 11-05-106Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
The ratio of powers of two motors is (3 x)/( x+1), that are capable of raising 300 kg water in 5 minutes and 50 kg water in 2 minutes respectively from a well of 100 m…Q 11-05-107Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Two bodies are having kinetic energies in the ratio 16:9. If they have same linear momentum, the ratio of their masses respectively isQ 11-05-108Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass 10 g moves in a straight line with retardation 2x, where x is the displacement in SI units. Its loss of kinetic energy for above displacement is…Q 11-05-109Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body is dropped on ground from a height h_1 and after hitting the ground, it rebounds to a height h_2. If the ratio of velocities of the body just before and after…Q 11-05-110Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
The momentum of a body is increased by 50\%. The percentage increase in the kinetic energy of the body is ______ %.Q 11-05-111Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bullet of mass 0.1 kg moving horizontally with speed 400 m s^-1 hits a wooden block of mass 3.9 kg kept on a horizontal rough surface. The bullet gets embedded into…Q 11-05-112Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 5 kg is moving with a momentum of 10 kg m s^-1. Now a force of 2 N acts on the body in the direction of its motion for 5 s. The increase in the kinetic…Q 11-05-113Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass m moving with velocity v collides with a stationary particle of mass 2m. After collision, they stick together and continue to move together with…Q 11-05-114Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A closed circular tube of average radius 15 cm, whose inner walls are rough, is kept in vertical plane. A block of mass 1 kg just fits inside the tube. The speed of…Q 11-05-115Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A small particle moves to position 5 i-2 j+ k from its initial position 2 i+3 j-4 k under the action of force 5 i+2 j+7 k N. The value of work done will be ______ J.Q 11-05-116Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A force F=(5+3y^2) acts on a particle in the y-direction, where F is in newton and y is in metre. The work done by the force during a displacement from y=2 m to y=5 m…Q 11-05-117Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle experiences a variable force F = (4x i + 3y^2 j) in a horizontal x–y plane. Assume distance in metres and force in newton. If the particle moves from point…Q 11-05-118Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball of mass 100 g is dropped from a height h = 10 cm on a platform fixed at the top of a vertical spring (as shown in figure). The ball stays on the platform and the…Q 11-05-119Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
Potential energy as a function of r is given by U = Ar^10 - (B)/(r^5), where r is the interatomic distance, A and B are positive constants. The equilibrium distance…Q 11-05-120Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A 0.5 kg block moving at a speed of 12 m s^-1 compresses a spring through a distance 30 cm when its speed is halved. The spring constant of the spring will be ______ N…Q 11-05-121Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ball is released from rest from point P of a smooth semi-spherical vessel as shown in figure. The ratio of the centripetal force and normal reaction on the ball at…Q 11-05-122Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Arrange the four graphs in descending order of total work done, where W_1, W_2, W_3 and W_4 are the work done corresponding to figures a, b, c and d respectively.Q 11-05-123Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 0.5 kg travels on a straight line path with velocity v = (3x^2 + 4) m s^-1. The net work done by the force during its displacement from x = 0 to x = 2 m isQ 11-05-124Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A bag of sand of mass 9.8 kg is suspended by a rope. A bullet of 200 g travelling with speed 10 m s^-1 gets embedded in it. Then the loss of kinetic energy will beQ 11-05-125Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
As per the given figure, two blocks each of mass 250 g are connected to a spring of spring constant 2 N m^-1. If both are given velocity v in opposite directions, then…Q 11-05-126Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 8 kg and another of mass 2 kg are moving with equal kinetic energy. The ratio of their respective momenta will beQ 11-05-127Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
What percentage of kinetic energy of a moving particle is transferred to a stationary particle when it strikes the stationary particle of 5 times its mass? (Assume the…Q 11-05-128Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A pendulum of length 2 m consists of a wooden bob of mass 50 g. A bullet of mass 75 g is fired towards the stationary bob with a speed v. The bullet emerges out of the…Q 11-05-129Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A stone tied to a string of length L is whirled in a vertical circle with the other end of the string at the centre. At a certain instant of time, the stone is at its…Q 11-05-130Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Sand is being dropped from a stationary dropper at a rate of 0.5 kg s^-1 on a conveyor belt moving with a velocity of 5 m s^-1. The power needed to keep belt moving…Q 11-05-131Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cylindrical vessels of equal cross-sectional area 16 cm^2 contain water upto heights 100 cm and 150 cm respectively. The vessels are interconnected so that the…Q 11-05-132Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass m, sliding on a smooth horizontal surface with kinetic energy E, hits a spring fixed to a wall and compresses it through a distance 25 cm when its speed…Q 11-05-133Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
Three objects A, B and C are kept in a straight line on a frictionless horizontal surface. The masses of A, B and C are m, 2m and 2m respectively. A moves towards B…Q 11-05-134Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below is the plot of a potential energy function U(x) for a system, in which a particle is in one dimensional motion, while a conservative force F(x) acts on it.…Q 11-05-135Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
An automobile of mass m accelerates starting from the origin and initially at rest, while the engine supplies constant power P. The position is given as a function of…Q 11-05-136Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A small block slides down from the top of hemisphere of radius R = 3 m as shown in the figure. The height h at which the block will lose contact with the surface of the…Q 11-05-137Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body of mass M moving at speed V_0 collides elastically with a mass m at rest. After the collision, the two masses move at angles θ_1 and θ_2 with respect to the…Q 11-05-138Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQHard
A block moving horizontally on a smooth surface with a speed of 40 m s^-1 splits into two equal parts. If one of the parts moves at 60 m s^-1 in the same direction,…Q 11-05-139Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block moving horizontally on a smooth surface with a speed of 40 m s^-1 splits into two parts with masses in the ratio of 1 : 2. If the smaller part moves at 60 m…Q 11-05-140Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A ball with a speed of 9 m s^-1 collides with another identical ball at rest. After the collision, the direction of each ball makes an angle of 30° with the original…Q 11-05-141Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two solids A and B of mass 1 kg and 2 kg respectively are moving with equal linear momentum. The ratio of their kinetic energies (K.E.)_A : (K.E.)_B will be (A)/(1), so…Q 11-05-142Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
The potential energy (U) of a diatomic molecule is a function dependent on r (interatomic distance) as U = αr^10 - (β)/(r^5) - 3 where, α and β are positive constants.…Q 11-05-143Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
An object of mass m_1 collides with another object of mass m_2, which is at rest. After the collision the objects move with equal speeds in opposite direction. The…Q 11-05-144Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball of mass 4 kg, moving with a velocity of 10 m s^-1, collides with a spring of length 8 m and force constant 100 N m^-1. The length of the compressed spring is x…Q 11-05-145Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a spring gun having spring constant 100 N m^-1 a small ball B of mass 100 g is put in its barrel (as shown in figure) by compressing the spring through 0.05 m. There…Q 11-05-146Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body at rest is moved along a horizontal straight line by a machine delivering a constant power. The distance moved by the body in time t is proportional to:Q 11-05-147Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
If the kinetic energy of a moving body becomes four times its initial kinetic energy, then the percentage change in its momentum will be:Q 11-05-148Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A porter lifts a heavy suitcase of mass 80 kg and at the destination lowers it down by a distance of 80 cm with a constant velocity. Calculate the work done by the…Q 11-05-149Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Body P having mass M moving with speed u has head-on…Q 11-05-150Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A force of F = (5y + 20)j N acts on a particle. The work done by this force when the particle is moved from y = 0 m to y = 10 m is ______ J.Q 11-05-151Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A uniform chain of length 3 m and mass 3 kg overhangs a smooth table with 2 m laying on the table. If K is the kinetic energy of the chain in J as it completely slips…Q 11-05-152Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two persons A and B perform same amount of work in moving a body through a certain distance d with application of forces acting at angles 45° and 60° with the direction…Q 11-05-153Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bullet of 10 g, moving with velocity v, collides head-on with the stationary bob of a pendulum and recoils with velocity 100 m s^-1. The length of the pendulum is 0.5…Q 11-05-154Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of mass m is dropped from a height h above the ground. At the same time another particle of the same mass is thrown vertically upwards from the ground with a…Q 11-05-155Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles of equal mass m have respective initial velocities ui and u(i + j2). They collide completely inelastically. The energy lost in the process is:Q 11-05-157Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is projected with a speed u from the ground at an angle θ = (π)/(3) w.r.t. horizontal (x-axis). When it has reached its maximum height, it collides…Q 11-05-158Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass 2 kg is driven by an engine delivering a constant power of 1 J s^-1. The body starts from rest and moves in a straight line. After 9 s, the body has…Q 11-05-159Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
If the potential energy between two molecules is given by U = -(A)/(r^6) + Br^12, then at equilibrium, the separation between the molecules and the potential energy are:Q 11-05-160Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Two bodies of the same mass are moving with the same speed, but in different directions in a plane. They have a completely inelastic collision and move together…Q 11-05-161Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
Particle A of mass m_1 moving with velocity (3 i + j) m s^-1 collides with another particle B of mass m_2 which is at rest initially. Let v_1 and v_2 be the velocities…Q 11-05-162Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A 60 HP electric motor lifts an elevator having a maximum total load capacity of 2000 kg. If the frictional force on the elevator is 4000 N, the speed of the elevator…Q 11-05-163Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle (m = 1 kg) slides down a frictionless track (AOC) starting from rest at a point A (height 2 m). After reaching C, the particle continues to move freely in…Q 11-05-164Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalEasy
An elevator in a building can carry a maximum of 10 persons, with the average mass of each person being 68 kg. The mass of the elevator itself is 920 kg and it moves…Q 11-05-165Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body A of mass m = 0.1 kg has an initial velocity of 3 i m s^-1. It collides elastically with another body B of the same mass which has an initial velocity of 5 j m…Q 11-05-166Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of mass m with an initial velocity ui collides perfectly elastically with a mass 3m at rest. It moves with a velocity vj after collision, then, v is given byQ 11-05-167Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A small block starts slipping down from a point B on an inclined plane AB, which is making an angle θ with the horizontal. Section BC is smooth and the remaining…Q 11-05-168Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of mass m is moving along the x-axis with initial velocity u i. It collides elastically with a particle of mass 10m at rest and then moves with half its…Q 11-05-169Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cricket ball of mass 0.15 kg is thrown vertically up by a bowling machine so that it rises to a maximum height of 20 m after leaving the machine. If the part pushing…Q 11-05-170Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle is moving unidirectionally on a horizontal plane under the action of a constant power supplying energy source. The displacement (s) – time (t) graph that…Q 11-05-171Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass 1.9 kg is at rest at the edge of a table, of height 1 m. A bullet of mass 0.1 kg collides with the block and sticks to it. If the velocity of the bullet…Q 11-05-172Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Blocks of masses m, 2m, 4m and 8m are arranged in a line on a frictionless floor. Another block of mass m, moving with speed v along the same line, collides with the…Q 11-05-173Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of charge q and mass m is subjected to an electric field E = E_0(1 - ax^2) in the x-direction, where a and E_0 are constants. Initially the particle was at…Q 11-05-174Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A small ball of mass m is thrown upward with velocity u from the ground. The ball experiences a resistive force mkv^2 where v is its speed. The maximum height attained…Q 11-05-175Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A person pushes a box on a rough horizontal platform surface. He applies a force of 200 N over a distance of 15 m. Thereafter, he gets progressively tired and his…Q 11-05-176Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A force acts on a 2 kg object so that its position is given as a function of time as x = 3t^2 + 5. What is the work done by this force in first 5 seconds?Q 11-05-177Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass m is kept on a platform which starts from rest with a constant acceleration g/2 upwards. Work done by normal reaction on the block in time t isQ 11-05-178Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A piece of wood of mass 0.03 kg is dropped from the top of a 100 m height building. At the same time, a bullet of mass 0.02 kg is fired vertically upward, with a…Q 11-05-179Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle which is experiencing a force, given by F = 3 i - 12 j, undergoes a displacement of d = 4 i. If the particle had a kinetic energy of 3 J at the beginning of…Q 11-05-180Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A bullet of mass 20 g has an initial speed of 1 m s^-1, just before it starts penetrating a mud wall of thickness 20 cm. If the wall offers a mean resistance of…Q 11-05-181Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Three blocks A, B and C are lying on a smooth horizontal surface, as shown in the figure. A and B have equal masses, m, while C has mass M. Block A is given an initial…Q 11-05-182Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle moves in one dimension from rest under the influence of a force that varies with the distance traveled by the particle as shown in the figure. The kinetic…Q 11-05-183Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m_1 moving with an unknown velocity of v_1 i, undergoes a collinear collision with a body of mass m_2 moving with a velocity v_2 i. After the collision,…Q 11-05-184Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform cable of mass M and length L is placed on a horizontal surface such that its (1n)^th part is hanging below the edge of the surface. To lift the hanging part…Q 11-05-186Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 2 kg makes an elastic collision with a second body at rest and continues to move in the original direction but with one fourth of its original speed.…Q 11-05-187Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A wedge of mass M = 4m lies on a frictionless plane. A particle of mass m approaches the wedge with speed v. There is no friction between the particle and the plane or…Q 11-05-188Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is moving with speed 2v and collides with a mass 2m moving with speed v in the same direction. After the collision, the first mass is stopped…Q 11-05-189Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
An alpha-particle of mass m suffers 1-dimensional elastic collision with a nucleus at rest of unknown mass. It is scattered directly backwards losing 64\% of its…Q 11-05-192Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A person of mass M is sitting on a swing of length L and swinging with an angular amplitude θ_0. If the person stands up when the swing passes through its lowest point,…Q 11-05-193Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQHard
A proton of mass m collides elastically with a particle of unknown mass at rest. After the collision, the proton and the unknown particle are seen moving at an angle of…Q 11-05-194Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m starts moving from rest along x-axis so that its velocity varies as v = a s where a is a constant and s is the distance covered by the body. The total…Q 11-05-195Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A time dependent force F = 6t acts on a particle of mass 1 kg. If the particle starts from rest, the work done by the force during the first 1 s will be:Q 11-05-196Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is dropped from a height h from the ground. Every time it hits the ground it loses 50\% of its kinetic energy. The total distance covered as t→∞ is:Q 11-05-197Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles A and B of equal mass M are moving with the same speed v as shown in figure. They collide completely inelastically and move as a single particle C. The…Q 11-05-198Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is moving in a circular path of radius a under the action of an attractive potential U = -(k)/(2r^2). Its total energy is:Q 11-05-199Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
In a collinear collision, a particle with an initial speed v_0 strikes a stationary particle of the same mass. If the final total kinetic energy is 50\% greater than…Q 11-05-200Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
It is found that if a neutron suffers an elastic collinear collision with a deuterium at rest, the fractional loss of its energy is P_d, while for its similar collision…Q 11-05-201Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy that will be ideally radiated by a 100 kW transmitter in 1 hour isQ 11-05-202Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
An electric lift with a maximum load of 2000 kg (lift + passengers) is moving up with a constant speed of 1.5 m s^-1. The frictional force opposing the motion is 3000…Q 11-05-203Work, Energy and PowerNEETMCQEasy
A particle is released from height S above the surface of the earth. At a certain height its kinetic energy is three times its potential energy. The height from the…Q 11-05-204Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider two blocks A and B of masses m_1 = 10 kg and m_2 = 5 kg that are placed on a frictionless table. The block A moves with a constant speed v = 3 m/s towards the…Q 11-05-205Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass 1 kg, moving along x with speed v_i = 10 m/s, enters a rough region ranging from x = 0.1 m to x = 1.9 m. The retarding force acting on the block in this…Q 11-05-206Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 25 kg is pulled along a horizontal surface by a force at an angle 45° with the horizontal. The friction coefficient between the block and the surface is…Q 11-05-207Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
An object of mass 1000 g, starting from rest at t = 0, experiences a time dependent force F = (2t i + 3t^2 j) N. The power generated by the force at time t is:Q 11-05-208Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
Which one of the following forces cannot be expressed in terms of potential energy?Q 11-05-209Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The work done by static friction on a body can be…Q 11-05-210Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass 2 kg starts from rest at x = 0 and moves along the x-axis under a force F that varies with position as shown in the graph. The maximum speed of the…Q 11-05-211Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A ball of mass m moving with speed u collides head-on with a stationary ball of mass 2m. The coefficient of restitution is 1/2. The fraction of the initial kinetic…Q 11-05-212Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass 1 kg is dropped from a height of 40 cm onto the top of a light vertical spring of force constant 100 N/m fixed on the ground. The maximum compression of…Q 11-05-213Work, Energy and PowerJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid sphere rolls without slipping on a horizontal surface. What fraction of its total kinetic energy is rotational?Q 11-06-001System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A frictionless circular wire of unit radius is fixed on the horizontal plane. Two point particles of unit mass start moving simultaneously from point A(θ = (π)/(2))…Q 11-06-002System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQHard
A solid sphere A of radius R and mass M is attached at a point to a smaller solid sphere B of radius r < R and mass m < M. Assume that the line joining their centres…Q 11-06-003System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
A thin horizontal disc is rotating about a vertical axis passing through its fixed centre O. Its angular momentum is L_A and L_B computed about points A and B,…Q 11-06-004System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
The Sun rotates around its centre once in 27 days. What will be the period of revolution if the Sun were to expand to twice its present radius without any external…Q 11-06-005System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
A uniform rod of mass 20 kg and length 5 m leans against a smooth vertical wall making an angle of 60° with it. The other end rests on a rough horizontal floor. The…Q 11-06-006System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
A sphere of radius R is cut from a larger solid sphere of radius 2R as shown in the figure. The ratio of the moment of inertia of the smaller sphere to that of the rest…Q 11-06-007System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
A wheel of a bullock cart is rolling on a level road as shown in the figure below. If its linear speed is v in the direction shown, which one of the following options…Q 11-06-008System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
The moment of inertia of a thin rod about an axis passing through its mid point and perpendicular to the rod is 2400 g cm^2. The length of the 400 g rod is nearly :Q 11-06-009System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
The ratio of radius of gyration of a solid sphere of mass M and radius R about its own axis to the radius of gyration of the thin hollow sphere of same mass and radius…Q 11-06-010System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
The angular acceleration of a body, moving along the circumference of a circle, is :Q 11-06-011System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
From a circular ring of mass 'M' and radius 'R' an arc corresponding to a 90° sector is removed. The moment of inertia of the remaining part of the ring about an axis…Q 11-06-012System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
A uniform rod of length 200 cm and mass 500 g is balanced on a wedge placed at 40 cm mark. A mass of 2 kg is suspended from the rod at 20 cm and another unknown mass…Q 11-06-013System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
Two particles of mass 5 kg and 10 kg respectively are attached to the two ends of a rigid rod of length 1 m with negligible mass. The centre of mass of the system from…Q 11-06-014System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
Find the torque about the origin when a force of 3j N acts on a particle whose position vector is 2k m.Q 11-06-015System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
A thin rod of length L is lying along the x-axis with its ends at x = 0 and x = L. Its linear density (mass/length) varies with x as k((x)/(L))^n, where n can be zero…Q 11-06-016System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
For the given uniform square lamina ABCD, whose centre is O, E and F are the midpoints of AB and DC. ThenQ 11-06-017System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a uniform square plate of side a and mass m. The moment of inertia of this plate about an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing through one of its…Q 11-06-018System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two solid spheres A and B are made of metals of different densities ρ_A and ρ_B respectively. If their masses are equal, the ratio of their moments of inertia…Q 11-06-019System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The moment of inertia of a thin circular disc about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane is I. Then, the moment of inertia of the disc…Q 11-06-020System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two solid spheres A and B, each of radius R, are made of materials of densities ρ_A and ρ_B respectively. Their moments of inertia about a diameter are I_A and I_B…Q 11-06-021System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A thin uniform rod of length l and mass m is swinging freely about a horizontal axis passing through its end. Its maximum angular speed is ω. Its centre of mass rises…Q 11-06-022System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A pulley of radius 2 m is rotated about its axis by a force F = (20t - 5t^2) N (where t is measured in seconds) applied tangentially. If the moment of inertia of the…Q 11-06-023System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
The angular momentum of a particle rotating with a central force is constant due toQ 11-06-024System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A disc is rolling (without slipping) on a frictionless surface. C is its centre, and Q and P are two points equidistant from C, as shown. Let V_P, V_Q and V_C be the…Q 11-06-025System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Masses of 1 kg, 2 kg and 3 kg are placed at the points (0, 0), (2, 0) and (0, 2) m respectively. The position of their centre of mass isQ 11-06-026System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A circular hole of radius (R)/(2) is cut from a uniform disc of radius R. The edge of the hole touches the edge of the disc. The centre of mass of the remaining part is…Q 11-06-027System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A shell fired from a gun explodes in mid-air into several fragments. Ignoring air resistance, the centre of mass of the fragmentsQ 11-06-028System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The moment of inertia of a uniform ring of mass M and radius R about a tangent in its plane isQ 11-06-029System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length L about an axis perpendicular to it and passing through one end isQ 11-06-030System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A light string is wound round a pulley (uniform disc) of mass 2 kg and radius 0.1 m, free to rotate about a fixed horizontal axis. A 1 kg block hangs from the free end…Q 11-06-031System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
For a uniform disc rolling without slipping, the fraction of its total kinetic energy that is rotational isQ 11-06-032System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A solid cylinder rolls without slipping down an incline of angle 30°. Its acceleration is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-06-033System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A ring, a disc, a solid sphere and a hollow sphere, all of the same mass and radius, are released together from rest at the top of the same incline and roll without…Q 11-06-034System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere rolls down from rest without slipping through a vertical height of 7 m. Its speed at the bottom is (g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-06-035System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A man stands at the centre of a turntable rotating freely at 30 rpm, holding two dumbbells at arm's length. The moment of inertia of the system is 6 kg m^2. When he…Q 11-06-036System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A disc of moment of inertia 2 kg m^2 spinning at 6 rad/s is gently placed on an identical disc at rest on the same axis. They soon rotate together. The kinetic energy…Q 11-06-037System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A constant torque of 20 N m acts on a wheel of moment of inertia 4 kg m^2, initially at rest, for 3 s. The angular momentum and the kinetic energy of the wheel…Q 11-06-038System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform rod of length L, pivoted at one end, is held horizontal and then released. Its angular acceleration at the moment of release isQ 11-06-039System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A force F = (3i + 4j) N acts at the point r = (2i - j) m. The torque about the origin isQ 11-06-040System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform disc of mass 4 kg and radius 0.5 m rolls without slipping on a level floor at 2 m/s. Find its total kinetic energy in joules.Q 11-06-041System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A flywheel starts from rest with a constant angular acceleration and reaches 20 rad/s in 5 s. Find the number of revolutions it makes in this time, rounded to the…Q 11-06-042System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid cylinder having radius R and length L is slipping on a rough horizontal plane. At time t = 0 the cylinder has a translational velocity v_0 = 49 m/s,…Q 11-06-043System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A solid sphere of radius 4 cm and mass 5 kg is rotating (rotation axis is passing through the centre of the sphere) with an angular velocity of 1200 rpm. It is brought…Q 11-06-044System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The position of center of mass of three masses 2 kg, 3 kg and 15 kg placed with respect to mid point (p) of normal bisector, as shown in the figure is ______.Q 11-06-045System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere (A) of mass 5m and a spherical shell (B) of mass m, both having same radius, are placed on a rough surface. When a force of same magnitude is applied…Q 11-06-046System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
Two identical bodies A and B of equal masses have initial velocities v_1 = 4i m/s and v_2 = 4j m/s respectively. The body A has acceleration a_1 = 6i + 6j m/s^2 while…Q 11-06-047System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A wheel initially at rest is subjected to a uniform angular acceleration about its axis. In the first 2 s it rotates through an angle θ_1 and in the next 2 s it rotates…Q 11-06-048System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An object of uniform density rolls up the curved path with the initial velocity v_0 as shown in the figure. If the maximum height attained by an object is…Q 11-06-049System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is divided into two unequal parts. The smaller part having mass M/8 is converted into a sphere of radius r and the larger part is…Q 11-06-050System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
The position of an object having mass 0.1 kg as a function of time t is given as r=(10t^2 i+5t^3 j) m. At t=1 s, which of the following statements are correct? A. The…Q 11-06-051System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is rotating in a circular path and at any instant its motion can be described as θ=(5t^4)/(40)-(t^3)/(3). The angular acceleration of the particle after 10…Q 11-06-052System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two blocks of masses 2 kg and 1 kg respectively, are tied to the ends of a string which passes over a light frictionless pulley as shown in the figure below. The masses…Q 11-06-053System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Moment of inertia about an axis AB for a rod of mass 40 kg and length 3 m is same as that of a solid sphere of mass of 10 kg and radius R about an axis parallel to AB…Q 11-06-054System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
When the position vector r = x i + y j + z k changes sign as - r, which one of the following vector will not flip under sign change?Q 11-06-055System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A fly wheel having mass 3 kg and radius 5 m is free to rotate about a horizontal axis. A string having negligible mass is wound around the wheel and the loose end of…Q 11-06-056System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two circular discs of radius each 10 cm are joined at their centres by a rod of length 30 cm and mass 600 gm as shown in figure. If the mass of each disc is 600 gm and…Q 11-06-057System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A solid sphere of radius 10 cm is rotating about an axis which is at a distance 15 cm from its centre. The radius of gyration about this axis is n cm. The value of n isQ 11-06-058System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A thin uniform rod (X) of mass M and length L is pivoted at a height ( L3) as shown in the figure. The rod is allowed to fall from a vertical position and lie…Q 11-06-059System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform solid cylinder of length L and radius R has moment of inertia about its axis equal to I_1. A small co-centric cylinder of length L/2 and radius R/3 carved…Q 11-06-060System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two masses 400 g and 350 g are suspended from the ends of a light string passing over a heavy pulley of radius 2 cm . When released from rest the heavier mass is…Q 11-06-061System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform circular disc of radius R and mass M is rotating about an axis perpendicular to its plane and passing through its centre. A small circular part of radius R/2…Q 11-06-062System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The position vectors of two 1 kg particles, (A) and (B), are given by r_A = (α_1t^2 i + α_2t j + α_3t k) m and r_B = (β_1t i + β_2t^2 j + β_3t k) m, respectively; (α_1…Q 11-06-063System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
The torque due to the force (2 i + j + 2 k) about the origin, acting on a particle whose position vector is ( i + j + k), would beQ 11-06-064System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a circular disc of radius 20 cm with centre located at the origin. A circular hole of radius 5 cm is cut from this disc in such a way that the edge of the hole…Q 11-06-065System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere of mass m and radius r is allowed to roll without slipping from the highest point of an inclined plane of length L that makes an angle 30° with the…Q 11-06-066System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular disk of radius R metre and mass M kg is rotating around the axis perpendicular to the disk. An external torque is applied to the disk such that θ(t) = 5t^2 -…Q 11-06-067System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform solid cylinder of mass m and radius r rolls along an inclined rough plane of inclination 45°. If it starts to roll from rest from the top of the plane, then…Q 11-06-068System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An object of mass m is projected from the origin in a vertical xy plane at an angle 45° with the x-axis with an initial velocity v_0. The magnitude and direction of the…Q 11-06-069System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere and a hollow sphere of the same mass and of same radius are rolled on an inclined plane. Let the time taken to reach the bottom by the solid sphere and…Q 11-06-070System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid sphere is rolling without slipping on a horizontal plane. The ratio of the linear kinetic energy of the centre of mass of the sphere and rotational kinetic…Q 11-06-071System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The centre of mass of a thin rectangular plate (fig - x) with sides of length a and b, whose mass per unit area (σ) varies as σ = (σ_0x)/(ab) (where σ_0 is a constant),…Q 11-06-072System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two iron solid discs of negligible thickness have radii R_1 and R_2 and moments of inertia I_1 and I_2, respectively. For R_2 = 2R_1, the ratio of I_1 and I_2 would be…Q 11-06-073System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The moment of inertia of a solid disc rotating about its diameter is 2.5 times the moment of inertia of a ring rotating in a similar way. The moment of inertia of a…Q 11-06-074System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform rod of mass 250 g having length 100 cm is balanced on a sharp edge at the 40 cm mark. A mass of 400 g is suspended at the 10 cm mark. To maintain the balance…Q 11-06-075System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The coordinates of a particle with respect to the origin in a given reference frame are (1, 1, 1) metres. If a force F = i - j + k acts on the particle, then the…Q 11-06-076System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Three identical spheres, each of mass 2M, are placed at the corners of a right angled triangle with mutually perpendicular sides equal to 4 m each. Taking the point of…Q 11-06-077System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A disc of radius R and mass M is rolling horizontally without slipping with speed v. It then moves up an inclined smooth surface as shown in the figure. The maximum…Q 11-06-078System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform rod AB of mass 2 kg and length 30 cm is at rest on a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse of 0.2 N s is applied to end B. The time taken by the rod to turn…Q 11-06-079System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid sphere and a hollow cylinder roll up without slipping on the same inclined plane with the same initial speed v. The sphere and the cylinder reach up to maximum…Q 11-06-080System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a system, two particles of masses m_1 = 3 kg and m_2 = 2 kg are placed at a certain distance from each other. The particle of mass m_1 is moved towards the centre of…Q 11-06-081System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The ratio of the radius of gyration of a hollow sphere to that of a solid cylinder of equal mass, for moments of inertia about their diameter axes AB as shown in the…Q 11-06-082System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A hollow sphere is rolling on a plane surface about its axis of symmetry. The ratio of its rotational kinetic energy to its total kinetic energy is (x)/(5). The value…Q 11-06-083System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the radius of the earth is reduced to three-fourths of its present value without change in its mass, then the duration of the day on earth will be ______ hours 30…Q 11-06-084System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three balls of masses 2 kg, 4 kg and 6 kg are placed at the midpoints of the sides of an equilateral triangle of side 2 m. The moment of inertia of the system about an…Q 11-06-085System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Four particles, each of mass 1 kg, are placed at four corners of a square of side 2 m. The moment of inertia of the system about an axis perpendicular to its plane and…Q 11-06-086System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A heavy iron bar of weight 12 kg-wt is having its one end on the ground and the other on the shoulder of a man. The rod makes an angle 60° with the horizontal. The…Q 11-06-087System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A ring and a solid sphere roll down the same inclined plane without slipping. They start from rest. The radii of both bodies are identical and the ratio of their…Q 11-06-088System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cylinder is rolling down on an inclined plane of inclination 60°. Its acceleration during rolling down will be (x)/(3) m s^-2, where x = ______ (use g = 10 m s^-2).Q 11-06-089System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body of mass 5 kg moving with a uniform speed 32 m s^-1 in the X–Y plane along the line y = x + 4. The angular momentum of the particle about the origin will be…Q 11-06-090System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform thin metal plate of mass 10 kg with dimensions is shown. The ratio of x and y coordinates of the centre of mass of the plate is n9. The value of n is ______.Q 11-06-091System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A thin circular disc of mass M and radius R is rotating in a horizontal plane about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane with angular…Q 11-06-092System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A heavy iron bar of weight W is having its one end on the ground and the other on the shoulder of a person. The bar makes an angle θ with the horizontal. The weight…Q 11-06-093System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A string is wrapped around the rim of a wheel of moment of inertia 0.40 kg m^2 and radius 10 cm. The wheel is free to rotate about its axis. Initially the wheel is at…Q 11-06-094System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A circular disc reaches from top to bottom of an inclined plane of length l. When it slips down the plane, it takes t s. When it rolls down the plane, it takes…Q 11-06-095System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass m is projected with a velocity u making an angle of 30° with the horizontal. The magnitude of angular momentum of the projectile about the point of…Q 11-06-096System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a disc of mass 5 kg and radius 2 m, rotating with angular velocity of 10 rad s^-1 about an axis through its centre perpendicular to its plane. An identical…Q 11-06-097System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two discs of moment of inertia I_1 = 4 kg m^2 and I_2 = 2 kg m^2 about their central axes and normal to their planes, rotating with angular speeds 10 rad s^-1 and 4 rad…Q 11-06-098System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid circular disc of mass 50 kg rolls along a horizontal floor so that its centre of mass has a speed of 0.4 m s^-1. The absolute value of work done on the disc to…Q 11-06-099System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical spheres each of mass 2 kg and radius 50 cm are fixed at the ends of a light rod so that the separation between the centres is 150 cm. Then, the moment of…Q 11-06-100System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body of mass m is projected with a speed u making an angle of 45° with the ground. The angular momentum of the body about the point of projection, at the highest…Q 11-06-101System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid sphere of mass 2 kg is making pure rolling on a horizontal surface with kinetic energy 2240 J. The velocity of centre of mass of the sphere will be ______ m s^-1.Q 11-06-102System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass 100 g is projected at time t=0 with a speed 20 m s^-1 at an angle 45° to the horizontal as given in the figure. The magnitude of the angular momentum…Q 11-06-103System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A thin uniform rod of length 2 m, cross sectional area A and density d is rotated about an axis passing through the centre and perpendicular to its length with angular…Q 11-06-104System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A uniform disc of mass 0.5 kg and radius r is projected with velocity 18 m s^-1 at t=0 s on a rough horizontal surface. It starts off with a purely sliding motion at…Q 11-06-105System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A solid sphere of mass 1 kg rolls without slipping on a plane surface. Its kinetic energy is 7×10^-3 J. The speed of the centre of mass of the sphere is ______ cm s^-1.Q 11-06-106System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two discs of same mass and different radii are made of different materials such that their thicknesses are 1 cm and 0.5 cm respectively. The densities of materials are…Q 11-06-107System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Solid sphere A is rotating about an axis PQ. If the radius of the sphere is 5 cm, then its radius of gyration about PQ will be x cm. The value of x is ______.Q 11-06-108System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A uniform solid cylinder with radius R and length L has moment of inertia I_1 about the axis of cylinder. A concentric solid cylinder of radius R'= R2 and length L'= L2…Q 11-06-109System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
An object of mass 8 kg is hanging from one end of a uniform rod CD of mass 2 kg and length 1 m pivoted at its end C on a vertical wall as shown in figure. It is…Q 11-06-110System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
I_CM is moment of inertia of a circular disc about an axis (CM) passing through its center and perpendicular to the plane of disc. I_AB is its moment of inertia about…Q 11-06-111System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
If a solid sphere of mass 5 kg and a disc of mass 4 kg have the same radius, then the ratio of moment of inertia of the disc about a tangent in its plane to the moment…Q 11-06-112System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A light rope is wound around a hollow cylinder of mass 5 kg and radius 70 cm. The rope is pulled with a force of 52.5 N. The angular acceleration of the cylinder will…Q 11-06-113System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A solid sphere and a solid cylinder of same mass and radius are rolling on a horizontal surface without slipping. The ratio of their radius of gyrations respectively…Q 11-06-114System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: An electric fan continues to rotate for some time…Q 11-06-115System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A force of -P k acts on the origin of the coordinate system. The torque about the point (2,-3) is P(a i+b j). The ratio of ab is x2. The value of x is ______.Q 11-06-116System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid sphere of mass 500 g and radius 5 cm is rotated about one of its diameters with angular speed of 10 rad s^-1. If the moment of inertia of the sphere about its…Q 11-06-117System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A circular plate is rotating in horizontal plane, about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the plate, with an angular velocity ω. A person sits at…Q 11-06-118System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
For rolling spherical shell, the ratio of rotational kinetic energy and total kinetic energy is x5. The value of x is ______.Q 11-06-119System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A disc is rolling without slipping on a surface. The radius of the disc is R. At t=0, the top most point on the disc is A as shown in figure. When the disc completes…Q 11-06-120System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere is rolling on a horizontal plane without slipping. If the ratio of angular momentum about axis of rotation of the sphere to the total energy of moving…Q 11-06-121System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical solid spheres each of mass 2 kg and radii 10 cm are fixed at the ends of a light rod. The separation between the centres of the spheres is 40 cm. The…Q 11-06-122System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ring and a solid sphere rotating about an axis passing through their centres have same radii of gyration. The axis of rotation is perpendicular to plane of ring. The…Q 11-06-123System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The moment of inertia of a semicircular ring about an axis, passing through the center and perpendicular to the plane of ring, is 1xMR^2, where R is the radius and M is…Q 11-06-124System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A hollow spherical ball of uniform density rolls up a curved surface with an initial velocity 3 m s^-1 (as shown in figure). Maximum height with respect to the initial…Q 11-06-125System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
If the earth suddenly shrinks to 164th of its original volume with its mass remaining the same, the period of rotation of earth becomes (24)/(x) h. The value of x is…Q 11-06-126System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid cylinder is released from rest from the top of an inclined plane of inclination 30° and length 60 cm. If the cylinder rolls without slipping, its speed upon…Q 11-06-127System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Moment of inertia of a disc of mass M and radius R about any of its diameters is (MR^2)/(4). The moment of inertia of this disc about an axis normal to the disc and…Q 11-06-128System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A metre scale is balanced on a knife edge at its centre. When two coins, each of mass 10 g, are put one on top of the other at the 10.0 cm mark, the scale is found to…Q 11-06-129System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A fly wheel is accelerated uniformly from rest and rotates through 5 rad in the first second. The angle rotated by the fly wheel in the next second will be:Q 11-06-130System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
If force F = 3 i + 4 j - 2 k acts on a particle having position vector 2 i + j + 2 k, then the torque about the origin will be:Q 11-06-131System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin circular ring of mass M and radius R is rotating with a constant angular velocity 2 rad s^-1 in a horizontal plane about an axis perpendicular to its plane and…Q 11-06-133System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid spherical ball is rolling on a frictionless horizontal plane surface about its axis of symmetry. The ratio of rotational kinetic energy of the ball to its total…Q 11-06-134System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid cylinder and a solid sphere, having the same mass M and radius R, roll down the same inclined plane from top without slipping. They start from rest. The ratio…Q 11-06-135System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Three identical spheres each of mass M are placed at the corners of a right angled triangle with mutually perpendicular sides equal to 3 m each. Taking the point of…Q 11-06-136System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A disc of mass 1 kg and radius R is free to rotate about a horizontal axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the plane of the disc. A body of the same…Q 11-06-137System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
The radius of gyration of a cylindrical rod about an axis of rotation perpendicular to its length and passing through the center will be ______ m. Given, the length of…Q 11-06-138System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two blocks of masses 10 kg and 30 kg are placed on the same straight line with coordinates (0, 0) cm and (x, 0) cm respectively. The block of 10 kg is moved on the same…Q 11-06-139System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A rolling wheel of 12 kg is on an inclined plane at position P and connected to a mass of 3 kg through a string of fixed length and pulley as shown in figure. Consider…Q 11-06-140System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A pulley of radius 1.5 m is rotated about its axis by a force F = (12t - 3t^2) N applied tangentially (while t is measured in seconds). If moment of inertia of the…Q 11-06-141System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A solid cylinder is suspended symmetrically through two massless strings wound on it, as shown in the figure. The distance from the initial rest position, the cylinder…Q 11-06-142System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Four identical discs each of mass M and diameter a are arranged in a small plane as shown in figure. If the moment of inertia of the system about OO' is x4Ma^2. Then,…Q 11-06-143System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (a) MI of the rod (length L, mass M) about an axis to the rod passing through the midpoint (b) MI of the rod (length L, mass 2M) about…Q 11-06-144System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The figure shows two solid discs with radius R and r respectively. If mass per unit area is the same for both, what is the ratio of MI of bigger disc around axis AB…Q 11-06-145System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure, two wheels P and Q are connected by a belt B. The radius of P is three times that of Q. In the case of the same rotational kinetic energy, the…Q 11-06-146System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Angular momentum of a single particle moving with constant speed along a circular path:Q 11-06-147System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A system consists of two identical spheres each of mass 1.5 kg and radius 50 cm at the ends of a light rod. The distance between the centres of the two spheres is 5 m.…Q 11-06-148System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Moment of inertia (M.I.) of four bodies, having same mass and radius, are reported as: I_1 = M.I. of thin circular ring about its diameter, I_2 = M.I. of circular disc…Q 11-06-149System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular hole of radius ((a)/(2)) is cut out of a circular disc of radius a as shown in figure. The centroid of the remaining circular portion with respect to point O…Q 11-06-150System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform thin bar of mass 6 kg and length 2.4 meter is bent to make an equilateral hexagon. The moment of inertia about an axis passing through the centre of mass and…Q 11-06-151System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a uniform wire of mass M and length L. It is bent into a semicircle. Its moment of inertia about a line perpendicular to the plane of the wire passing through…Q 11-06-152System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid cylinder of mass m is wrapped with an inextensible light string and, is placed on a rough inclined plane as shown in the figure. The frictional force acting…Q 11-06-153System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A rod of mass M and length L is lying on a horizontal frictionless surface. A particle of mass m travelling along the surface hits at one end of the rod with a velocity…Q 11-06-154System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A circular disc reaches from top to bottom of an inclined plane of length L. When it slips down the plane, it takes time t_1. When it rolls down the plane, it takes…Q 11-06-155System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body rolls down an inclined plane without slipping. The kinetic energy of rotation is 50% of its translational kinetic energy. The body is:Q 11-06-156System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two bodies, a ring and a solid cylinder of same material are rolling down without slipping an inclined plane. The radii of the bodies are same. The ratio of velocity of…Q 11-06-157System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A body rotating with an angular speed of 600 rpm is uniformly accelerated to 1800 rpm in 10 sec. The number of rotations made in the process is ______.Q 11-06-158System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider a situation in which a ring, a solid cylinder and a solid sphere roll down on the same inclined plane without slipping. Assume that they start rolling from…Q 11-06-159System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The position of the centre of mass of a uniform semi-circular wire of radius R placed in x-y plane with its centre at the origin and the line joining its ends as x-axis…Q 11-06-160System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The centre of a wheel rolling on a plane surface moves with a speed v_0. A particle on the rim of the wheel at the same level as the centre will be moving at a speed x…Q 11-06-161System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Four identical solid spheres each of mass m and radius a are placed with their centres on the four corners of a square of side b. The moment of inertia of the system…Q 11-06-162System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A cord is wound round the circumference of wheel of radius r. The axis of the wheel is horizontal and the moment of inertia about it is I. A weight mg is attached to…Q 11-06-163System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid disc of radius 20 cm and mass 10 kg is rotating with an angular velocity of 600 rpm, about an axis normal to its circular plane and passing through its centre…Q 11-06-164System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider a badminton racket with length scales as shown in the figure. If the mass of the linear and circular portions of the badminton racket are same (M) and the mass…Q 11-06-165System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
The solid cylinder of length 80 cm and mass M has a radius of 20 cm. Calculate the density of the material used if the moment of inertia of the cylinder about an axis…Q 11-06-166System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Moment of inertia of a square plate of side l about the axis passing through one of the corner and perpendicular to the plane of square plate is given by:Q 11-06-167System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two discs have moments of intertia I_1 and I_2 about their respective axes perpendicular to the plane and passing through the centre. They are rotating with angular…Q 11-06-168System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in figure, a spherical cavity (centred at O) of radius 1 is cut out of a uniform sphere of radius R (centred at C). The centre of mass of the remaining…Q 11-06-169System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A uniform sphere of mass 500 g rolls without slipping on a plane horizontal surface with its centre moving at a speed of 5.00 cm s^-1. Its kinetic energy is:Q 11-06-170System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Three solid spheres each of mass m and diameter d are stuck together such that the lines connecting the centres form an equilateral triangle of side of length d. The…Q 11-06-171System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
One end of a straight uniform 1 m long bar is pivoted on a horizontal table. It is released from rest when it makes an angle 30° from the horizontal. Its angular speed…Q 11-06-172System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A rod of length l has non-uniform linear mass density given by ρ(x) = a + b((x)/(l))^2, where a and b are constants and 0 ≤ x ≤ l. The value of x for the centre of mass…Q 11-06-173System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniformly thick wheel with moment of inertia I and radius R is free to rotate about its centre of mass, which is fixed. A massless string is wrapped over its rim and…Q 11-06-174System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin rod of mass 0.9 kg and length 1 m is suspended, at rest, from one end so that it can freely oscillate in the vertical plane. A particle of mass 0.1 kg moving in…Q 11-06-175System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Shown in the figure is a hollow ice-cream cone (it is open at the top). If its mass is M, the radius of its top is R and its height is H, then its moment of inertia…Q 11-06-176System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Four point masses, each of mass m, are fixed at the corners of a square of side l. The square is rotating with angular frequency ω about an axis passing through one of…Q 11-06-177System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The linear mass density of a thin rod AB of length L varies from A to B as λ(x) = λ_0(1 + xL), where x is the distance from A. If M is the mass of the rod, then its…Q 11-06-178System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The centre of mass of a solid hemisphere of radius 8 cm is x cm from the centre of the flat surface. Then the value of x is ______.Q 11-06-179System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Three point particles of masses 1.0 kg, 1.5 kg and 2.5 kg are placed at three corners of a right angle triangle of sides 4.0 cm, 3.0 cm and 5.0 cm as shown in the…Q 11-06-180System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a bob of mass m is tied to a massless string whose other end portion is wound on a flywheel (disc) of radius r and mass m. When released from…Q 11-06-181System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The radius of gyration of a uniform rod of length l, about an axis passing through a point l4 away from the centre of the rod, and perpendicular to it, is:Q 11-06-182System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The mass per unit area of a circular disc of radius a depends on the distance r from its centre as σ(r) = A + Br. The moment of inertia of the disc about the axis…Q 11-06-183System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The coordinates of the centre of mass of a uniform flag-shaped lamina (thin flat plate) of mass 4 kg are: (The coordinates of the corners are shown in the figure, in…Q 11-06-184System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a uniform rod of mass M = 4m and length l pivoted about its centre. A mass m moving with velocity v making angle θ = π4 to the rod's long axis collides with…Q 11-06-185System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform cylinder of mass M and radius R is to be pulled over a step of height a (a < R) by applying a force F at its centre O, perpendicular to the plane through the…Q 11-06-186System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Shown in the figure is a rigid and uniform one metre long rod AB held in horizontal position by two strings tied to its ends and attached to the ceiling. The rod is of…Q 11-06-187System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two uniform circular discs are rotating independently in the same direction around their common axis passing through their centres. The moment of inertia and angular…Q 11-06-188System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A square shaped hole of side l = (a)/(2) is carved out at a distance d = (a)/(2) from the centre O of a uniform circular disk of radius a. If the distance of the centre…Q 11-06-189System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Moment of inertia of a cylinder of mass M, length L and radius R about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder is I = M(R^24 +…Q 11-06-190System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass m = 1 kg slides with velocity v = 6 m s^-1 on a frictionless horizontal surface and collides with a uniform vertical rod and sticks to it as shown. The…Q 11-06-191System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A person of 80 kg mass is standing on the rim of a circular platform of mass 200 kg rotating about its axis at 5 revolutions per minute (rpm). The person now starts…Q 11-06-192System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform rod of length l is pivoted at one of its ends on a vertical shaft of negligible radius. When the shaft rotates at angular speed ω the rod makes an angle θ…Q 11-06-193System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A massless equilateral triangle EFG of side a (as shown in figure) has three particles of mass m situated at its vertices. The moment of inertia of the system about the…Q 11-06-194System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
ABC is a plane lamina of the shape of an equilateral triangle. D, E are mid-points of AB, AC and G is the centroid of the lamina. Moment of inertia of the lamina about…Q 11-06-195System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A circular disc of mass M and radius R is rotating about its axis with angular speed ω_1. If another stationary disc having radius R2 and same mass M is dropped…Q 11-06-196System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider two uniform discs of the same thickness and different radii R_1 = R and R_2 = α R made of the same material. If the ratio of their moments of inertia I_1 and…Q 11-06-197System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
For a uniform rectangular sheet of sides 60 cm and 80 cm, the ratio of moments of inertia about the axes perpendicular to the sheet and passing through O (the centre of…Q 11-06-198System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A wheel is rotating freely with an angular speed ω on a shaft. The moment of inertia of the wheel is I and the moment of inertia of the shaft is negligible. Another…Q 11-06-199System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A force F = ( i + 2 j + 3 k) N acts at a point (4 i + 3 j - k) m. Then the magnitude of torque about the point ( i + 2 j + k) m will be x N m. The value of x is ______.Q 11-06-200System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the Earth shrinks such that its density becomes 8 times the present value, then the new duration of the day in hours will beQ 11-06-201System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQMedium
A rod of length 50 cm is pivoted at one end. It is raised such that it makes an angle of 30° from the horizontal as shown and released from rest. Its angular speed when…Q 11-06-202System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
To mop-clean a floor, a cleaning machine presses a circular mop of radius R vertically down with a total force F and rotates it with a constant angular speed about its…Q 11-06-203System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A homogeneous solid cylindrical roller of radius R and mass M is pulled on a cricket pitch by a horizontal force. Assuming rolling without slipping, angular…Q 11-06-204System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical spherical balls of mass M and radius R each are stuck on two ends of a rod of length 2R and mass M (see figure). The moment of inertia of the system about…Q 11-06-205System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A rigid massless rod of length 3l has two masses attached at its ends: 5M_0 at one end and 2M_0 at the other. The rod is pivoted at a point P on the horizontal axis, at…Q 11-06-206System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is moving along a trajectory given by x = x_0 + aω_1t, y = y_0 + bω_2t The torque, acting on the particle about the origin, at t = 0 is:Q 11-06-207System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin disc of mass M and radius R has mass per unit area σ(r) = kr^2 where r is the distance from its centre. Its moment of inertia about an axis going through its…Q 11-06-208System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two coaxial discs, having moments of inertia I_1 and (I_1)/(2), are rotating with respective angular velocities ω_1 and (ω_1)/(2), about their common axis. They are…Q 11-06-209System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere of mass M and radius R is divided into two unequal parts. The first part has a mass of (7M)/(8) and is converted into a uniform disc of radius 2R. The…Q 11-06-210System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal coin of mass 5 g and radius 1 cm is fixed to a thin stick AB of negligible mass. The stick lies in the plane of the coin and touches its rim, so AB is a tangent…Q 11-06-211System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The time dependence of the position of a particle of mass m = 2 is given by r(t) = 2t i - 3t^2 j. Its angular momentum, with respect to the origin, at time t = 2 is:Q 11-06-212System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
An L-shaped object, made of thin rods of uniform mass density, is suspended with a string as shown in the figure. If AB = BC, and the angle made by AB with the downward…Q 11-06-213System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Four particles A, B, C and D with masses m_A = m, m_B = 2m, m_C = 3m and m_D = 4m are at the corners of a square. They have accelerations of equal magnitude with…Q 11-06-214System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin circular plate of mass M and radius R has its density varying as ρ(r) = ρ_0 r with ρ_0 as constant and r is the distance from its centre. The moment of inertia…Q 11-06-215System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform rectangular thin sheet ABCD of mass M has length a and breadth b, as shown in the figure. If the shaded portion HBGO is cut-off, the coordinates of the centre…Q 11-06-216System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular solid box of length 0.3 m is held horizontally, with one of its sides on the edge of a platform of height 5 m. When released, it slips off the table in a…Q 11-06-217System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A solid sphere and solid cylinder of identical radii approach an incline with the same linear velocity (see figure). Both roll without slipping all throughout. The two…Q 11-06-218System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The following bodies are made to roll up (without slipping) the same inclined plane from a horizontal plane: (i) a ring of radius R, (ii) a solid cylinder of radius R2…Q 11-06-220System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin smooth rod of length L and mass M is rotating freely with angular speed ω_0 about an axis perpendicular to the rod and passing through its center. Two beads of…Q 11-06-221System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Moment of inertia of a body about a given axis is 1.5 kg m^2. Initially the body is at rest. In order to produce a rotational kinetic energy of 1200 J, the angular…Q 11-06-222System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A slab is subjected to two forces F_1 and F_2 of same magnitude F as shown in the figure. Force F_2 is in XY-plane while force F_1 acts along z-axis at the point (2i +…Q 11-06-223System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
An equilateral triangle ABC is cut from a thin solid sheet of wood (see figure). D, E and F are the mid-points of its sides as shown and G is the centre of the…Q 11-06-224System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnitude of torque on a particle of mass 1 kg is 2.5 N m about the origin. If the force acting on it is 1 N, and the distance of the particle from the origin is 5…Q 11-06-225System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A string is wound around a hollow cylinder of mass 5 kg and radius 0.5 m. If the string is now pulled with a horizontal force of 40 N, and the cylinder is rolling…Q 11-06-226System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular disc D_1 of mass M and radius R has two identical discs D_2 and D_3 of the same mass M and radius R attached rigidly at its opposite ends (see figure). The…Q 11-06-227System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The position vector of the centre of mass r_cm of an asymmetric uniform bar of negligible area of cross-section as shown in figure is:Q 11-06-228System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Let the moment of inertia of a hollow cylinder of length 30 cm (inner radius 10 cm and outer radius 20 cm), about its axis be I. The radius of a thin cylinder of the…Q 11-06-229System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass 20 g is released with an initial velocity 5 m s^-1 along the curve from the point A, as shown in the figure. The point A is at height h from point B.…Q 11-06-230System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The moment of inertia of a solid sphere, about an axis parallel to its diameter and at a distance of x from it, is I(x). Which one of the graphs represents the…Q 11-06-231System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform rod of length l is being rotated in a horizontal plane with a constant angular speed about an axis passing through one of its ends. If the tension generated…Q 11-06-232System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular disc of radius b has a hole of radius a at its centre (see figure). If the mass per unit area of the disc varies as (σ_0)/(r), then the radius of gyration of…Q 11-06-233System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Three particles of masses 50 g, 100 g and 150 g are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side 1 m (as shown in the figure). The (x, y) coordinates of…Q 11-06-234System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform rod AB is suspended from a point X, at a variable distance x from A, as shown. To make the rod horizontal, a mass m is suspended from its end A. A set of (m,…Q 11-06-235System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A force of 40 N acts on a point B at the end of an L-shaped object as shown in the figure. The angle θ that will produce the maximum moment of the force about point A…Q 11-06-236System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin circular disk is in the xy plane as shown in the figure. The ratio of its moment of inertia about z and z' axes will be:Q 11-06-239System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder of length l and radius R about its perpendicular bisector is I. What is the ratio l/R such that the moment of inertia is…Q 11-06-240System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A slender uniform rod of mass M and length l is pivoted at one end so that it can rotate in a vertical plane (see figure). There is negligible friction at the pivot.…Q 11-06-241System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform disc of radius R and mass M is free to rotate only about its axis. A string is wrapped over its rim and a body of mass m is tied to the free end of the string…Q 11-06-242System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
Moment of inertia of an equilateral triangular lamina ABC, about the axis passing through its centre O and perpendicular to its plane is I_0 as shown in the figure. A…Q 11-06-243System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
In a physical balance working on the principle of moments, when 5 mg weight is placed on the left pan, the beam becomes horizontal. Both the empty pans of the balance…Q 11-06-244System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular hole of radius R4 is made in a thin uniform disc having mass M and radius R, as shown in figure. The moment of inertia of the remaining portion of the disc…Q 11-06-245System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Seven identical circular planar disks, each of mass M and radius R are welded symmetrically as shown. The moment of inertia of the arrangement about the axis normal to…Q 11-06-246System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
From a uniform circular disc of radius R and mass 9M, a small disc of radius R3 is removed as shown in the figure. The moment of inertia of the remaining disc about an…Q 11-06-247System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The ratio of the radius of gyration of a thin uniform disc about an axis passing through its centre and normal to its plane to the radius of gyration of the disc about…Q 11-06-248System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
Two objects of mass 10 kg and 20 kg respectively are connected to the two ends of a rigid rod of length 10 m with negligible mass. The distance of the center of mass of…Q 11-06-249System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
The angular speed of a fly wheel moving with uniform angular acceleration changes from 1200 rpm to 3120 rpm in 16 seconds. The angular acceleration in rad/s^2 isQ 11-06-250System of Particles and Rotational MotionNEETMCQEasy
A cord of negligible mass is wound around the rim of a wheel supported by spokes with negligible mass. The mass of the wheel is 10 kg and radius is 10 cm and it can…Q 11-06-251System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A square lamina OABC of side 10 cm is pivoted at O. Forces act on the lamina as shown in the figure. If the lamina remains stationary, then the magnitude of F is:Q 11-06-252System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
The moment of inertia of a rod of mass M and length L about an axis passing through its center and normal to its length is α. Now the rod is cut into two equal parts…Q 11-06-253System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
The moment of inertia of a circular ring of mass M and diameter r about a tangential axis lying in the plane of the ring is:Q 11-06-254System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A wheel of radius 0.2 m rotates freely about its center when a string that is wrapped over its rim is pulled by a force of 10 N as shown in the figure. The established…Q 11-06-255System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A force of 49 N acts tangentially at the highest point of a solid sphere of mass 20 kg, kept on a rough horizontal plane. If the sphere rolls without slipping, then the…Q 11-06-256System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following are correct expressions for the torque acting on a body? A. τ = r× L B. τ = (d)/(dt)( r× p) C. τ = r×(d p)/(dt) D. τ = Iα E. τ = r× F ( r =…Q 11-06-257System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular ring and a solid sphere having the same radius roll down an inclined plane from rest without slipping. The ratio of their velocities when they reach the…Q 11-06-258System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A wheel is rolling on a plane surface. The speed of a particle on the highest point of the rim is 8 m/s. The speed of the particle on the rim of the wheel at the same…Q 11-06-259System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid sphere with uniform density and radius R is rotating initially with constant angular velocity ω_1 about its diameter. After some time during the rotation it…Q 11-06-260System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform rod of length 5L is bent at a right angle, keeping one side of length 2L, and placed as shown in the figure (the 3L side along the y-axis and the 2L side…Q 11-06-261System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A, B and C are a disc, a solid sphere and a spherical shell respectively, with the same radii and masses. They are placed touching each other as shown in the figure,…Q 11-06-262System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
M and R are the mass and radius of a uniform disc. A small disc of radius R/3 is removed from the bigger disc as shown in the figure (the small disc touches the rim and…Q 11-06-263System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A rod of linear mass density λ and length L is bent to form a ring of radius R. The moment of inertia of the ring about any of its diameters is:Q 11-06-264System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin solid disk of 1 kg is rotating about its diameter axis at a speed of 1800 rpm. By applying an external torque of 25π N m for 40 s, the speed increases to 2100…Q 11-06-265System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cube of side 10 cm with unknown mass and a 200 g mass are hung at the two ends of a light rigid rod 27 cm long. The rod with the masses is placed on a wedge, the…Q 11-06-266System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalHard
A uniform rod of mass M and length L is free to rotate in a vertical plane about a horizontal axis through a point O at a distance L4 from one end, as shown. The rod is…Q 11-06-267System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A solid sphere of mass m rolls without slipping down a rough inclined plane of inclination θ. Consider the following statements: A. The friction on the sphere acts up…Q 11-06-268System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform disc of mass M and radius R is rotating with angular speed ω_0 about its axis. It is gently placed on a ring of the same mass M and radius R, initially at…Q 11-06-269System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular hole of radius R2 is cut from a uniform disc of radius R such that the edge of the hole passes through the centre O of the disc. If the mass of the remaining…Q 11-06-270System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainMCQHard
A solid cylinder is given a speed of 10 m/s up a rough incline of inclination 30° and rolls without slipping all the way up and back down. The time after which it…Q 11-06-271System of Particles and Rotational MotionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A planet has the same average density as Earth but twice its radius. If the escape speed from Earth is 11.2 km/s, the escape speed from the planet isQ 11-07-001GravitationNEETMCQMedium
Two planets P_1 and P_2 with equal mass have radii R_1 and R_2, respectively, where R_2 = (R_1)/(2). The escape speeds of P_1 and P_2 are v_1 and v_2, respectively.…Q 11-07-002GravitationNEETMCQEasy
In a solar system, the time-period of revolution of a planet tracing a circular orbit of radius R is proportional to :Q 11-07-003GravitationNEETMCQEasy
The radius of Martian orbit around the Sun is about 4 times the radius of the orbit of Mercury. The Martian year is 687 Earth days. Then which of the following is the…Q 11-07-004GravitationNEETMCQEasy
A body weighs 48 N on the surface of the earth. The gravitational force experienced by the body due to the earth at a height equal to one-third the radius of the earth…Q 11-07-005GravitationNEETMCQEasy
The mass of a planet is (1)/(10)th that of the earth and its diameter is half that of the earth. The acceleration due to gravity on that planet is :Q 11-07-006GravitationNEETMCQEasy
The minimum energy required to launch a satellite of mass m from the surface of earth of mass M and radius R in a circular orbit at an altitude of 2R from the surface…Q 11-07-007GravitationNEETMCQMedium
Two bodies of mass m and 9m are placed at a distance R. The gravitational potential on the line joining the bodies where the gravitational field equals zero, will be (G…Q 11-07-008GravitationNEETMCQMedium
A satellite is orbiting just above the surface of the earth with period T. If d is the density of the earth and G is the universal constant of gravitation, the quantity…Q 11-07-009GravitationNEETMCQMedium
The escape velocity from the Earth's surface is v. The escape velocity from the surface of another planet having a radius, four times that of Earth and same mass…Q 11-07-010GravitationNEETMCQEasy
A particle of mass 'm' is projected with a velocity v = kV_e (k < 1) from the surface of the earth. (V_e = escape velocity) The maximum height above the surface reached…Q 11-07-011GravitationNEETMCQMedium
A body weighs 72 N on the surface of the earth. What is the gravitational force on it, at a height equal to half the radius of the earth ?Q 11-07-012GravitationNEETMCQEasy
The gravitational force acting on a particle, due to a solid sphere of uniform density and radius R, at a distance of 3R from the centre of the sphere is F_1. A…Q 11-07-013GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
Two bodies of masses m and 4m are placed at a distance r. The gravitational potential at a point on the line joining them where the gravitational field is zero isQ 11-07-014GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The gravitational field in a region is given by E = (5i + 12j) N/kg. If a particle of mass 2 kg is moved from the origin to the point (12 m, 5 m) in this region, the…Q 11-07-015GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A body is projected vertically upwards from the surface of the earth with a velocity equal to half of the escape velocity of the earth. If R is the radius of the earth,…Q 11-07-016GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A launching vehicle carrying an artificial satellite of mass m is set for launch on the surface of the earth of mass M and radius R. If the satellite is intended to…Q 11-07-017GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The orbit of a geostationary satellite is circular. The time period of the satellite depends onQ 11-07-018GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is raised from the surface of the earth to a height nR (R is the radius of the earth). The magnitude of the change in the gravitational potential…Q 11-07-019GravitationNEETMCQMedium
In planetary motion, the areal velocity of the position vector of a planet depends on the angular velocity (ω) and the distance of the planet from the sun (r). If so,…Q 11-07-020GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An artificial satellite of mass m is revolving around in a circular orbit of radius r. If the mass of the earth is M, the angular momentum of the satellite with respect…Q 11-07-021GravitationNEETMCQEasy
If the earth were to rotate on its own axis such that the weight of a person at the equator becomes half the weight at the poles, then its time period of rotation is (g…Q 11-07-023GravitationNEETMCQMedium
The acceleration due to gravity at a depth of 1600 km below the Earth's surface is (g = 9.8 m/s^2 at the surface, radius of Earth = 6400 km)Q 11-07-024GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
At what height above the Earth's surface is the acceleration due to gravity equal to its value at a depth of (R)/(2), where R is the radius of the Earth?Q 11-07-025GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite orbits the Earth at a height equal to the Earth's radius R. If g is the acceleration due to gravity at the surface, its orbital speed isQ 11-07-026GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The orbital radius of satellite B is 4 times that of satellite A around the same planet. If A's period is 2 hours, B's period isQ 11-07-027GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The kinetic energy of a satellite in a circular orbit is 2 MJ. Its total mechanical energy and potential energy are respectivelyQ 11-07-028GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A satellite of mass m is moved from a circular orbit of radius 2R to one of radius 4R around the Earth (mass M, radius R). The work required isQ 11-07-029GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A planet has twice the radius of the Earth and the same mass. The escape velocity from its surface, in terms of that from the Earth v_e, isQ 11-07-030GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The escape velocity from the Earth is about 11.2 km/s. The orbital speed of a satellite very close to the Earth's surface is aboutQ 11-07-031GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A planet moves in an elliptical orbit around the Sun. Its distances from the Sun at perihelion and aphelion are r_1 and r_2. The ratio of its speeds at perihelion and…Q 11-07-032GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Three particles, each of mass m, are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side a. The gravitational potential energy of the system isQ 11-07-033GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The gravitational field due to a uniform solid sphere of mass M and radius R at a distance (R)/(2) from its centre isQ 11-07-034GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Inside a uniform thin spherical shell of mass M and radius R, the gravitational field and potential at a point halfway between the centre and the shell are respectivelyQ 11-07-035GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The height of a geostationary satellite above the Earth's surface is about 36000 km. Taking the Earth's radius as 6400 km, the orbital speed of such a satellite is aboutQ 11-07-036GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An astronaut in a spacecraft orbiting the Earth feels weightless becauseQ 11-07-037GravitationNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
With what minimum speed, in km/s, must a body be projected from the surface of a planet of mass 6 × 10^24 kg and radius 6.67 × 10^6 m to escape its gravity? (G = 6.67 ×…Q 11-07-038GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
The weight of a body on the Earth's surface is 90 N. Find its weight, in newtons, at a height equal to twice the Earth's radius above the surface.Q 11-07-039GravitationJEE MainNumericalEasy
When one moves from a point 16 km below the earth's surface to a point 16 km above the earth's surface. The change in g is approximately α\%. The value of α is ______.…Q 11-07-040GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of mass m is taken from the surface of earth to a height equal to twice the radius of earth (R_e). The increase in potential energy will be ______. (g is…Q 11-07-041GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The height in terms of radius of the earth (R), at which the acceleration due to gravity becomes (g)/(9), where g is acceleration due to gravity on earth's surface, is…Q 11-07-042GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A planet (P_1) is moving around the star of mass 2M in the orbit of radius R. Another planet (P_2) is moving around another star of mass 4M in a orbit of radius 2R.…Q 11-07-043GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If a body of mass 1 kg falls on the earth from infinity, it attains velocity (v) and kinetic energy (k) on reaching the surface of earth. The values of v and k…Q 11-07-044GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Three masses 200 kg, 300 kg and 400 kg are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle with sides 20 m . They are rearranged on the vertices of a bigger triangle…Q 11-07-045GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A small point of mass m is placed at a distance 2R from the centre O of a big uniform solid sphere of mass M and radius R. The gravitational force on m due to M is F_1.…Q 11-07-046GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): A simple pendulum is taken to a planet of mass…Q 11-07-047GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
If a satellite orbiting the Earth is 9 times closer to the Earth than the Moon, what is the time period of rotation of the satellite? Given rotational time period of…Q 11-07-048GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A satellite of mass (M)/(2) is revolving around the Earth in a circular orbit at a height of (R)/(3) from the Earth's surface. The angular momentum of the satellite is…Q 11-07-049GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
A satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius R around the earth. A second satellite is launched into an orbit of radius 1.03R. The time period of revolution…Q 11-07-050GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g. If the diameter of earth is reduced to one third of its original value and mass remains unchanged, then the…Q 11-07-051GravitationJEE MainNumericalEasy
Earth has mass 8 times and radius 2 times that of a planet. If the escape velocity from the earth is 11.2 km/s, the escape velocity in km/s from the planet will beQ 11-07-052GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The time period of a simple pendulum is longer…Q 11-07-053GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Three equal masses m are kept at the vertices (A, B, C) of an equilateral triangle of side a in free space. At t = 0, they are given initial velocities V_A = V_0 AC,…Q 11-07-054GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
Two planets, A and B, are orbiting a common star in circular orbits of radii R_A and R_B, respectively, with R_B = 2R_A. The planet B is 42 times more massive than…Q 11-07-055GravitationJEE MainNumericalEasy
If R is the radius of the earth and the acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the earth is g = π^2 m s^-2, then the length of the seconds pendulum at a height h…Q 11-07-056GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A light planet is revolving around a massive star in a circular orbit of radius R with a period of revolution T. If the force of attraction between the planet and the…Q 11-07-057GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal wire of uniform mass density having length L and mass M is bent to form a semicircular arc and a particle of mass m is placed at the centre of the arc. The…Q 11-07-058GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A 90 kg body placed at a distance 2R from the surface of the earth experiences a gravitational pull of (R = radius of earth, g = 10 m s^-2)Q 11-07-059GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The correct formula for the height of a satellite from the earth's surface is (T = period, R = radius of earth)Q 11-07-060GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum doing small oscillations at a place R height above the earth's surface has a time period of T_1 = 4 s. T_2 would be its time period if it is brought…Q 11-07-061GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II (where a = radius of planet orbit, r = radius of planet, M = mass of Sun, m = mass of planet): array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. &…Q 11-07-062GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite revolving around a planet in a stationary orbit has a time period of 6 hours. The mass of the planet is one-fourth the mass of the earth. The radius of the…Q 11-07-063GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
To project a body of mass m from the earth's surface to infinity, the required kinetic energy is (assume the radius of earth is R_E and g = acceleration due to gravity…Q 11-07-064GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Assuming the earth to be a sphere of uniform mass density, a body weighs 300 N on the surface of the earth. How much would it weigh at a depth of R/4 below the surface…Q 11-07-065GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The acceleration due to gravity on the surface of earth is g. If the diameter of earth reduces to half of its original value and mass remains constant, then…Q 11-07-066GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The angular speed of the moon in its orbit…Q 11-07-067GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
At what distance above and below the surface of the earth a body will have same weight? (Take radius of earth as R)Q 11-07-068GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A planet takes 200 days to complete one revolution around the Sun. If the distance of the planet from the Sun is reduced to one fourth of the original distance, how…Q 11-07-069GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two planets A and B having masses m_1 and m_2 move around the sun in circular orbits of radii r_1 and r_2 respectively. If angular momentum of A is L and that of B is…Q 11-07-070GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
Two satellites A and B go round a planet in circular orbits having radii 4R and R respectively. If the speed of A is 3v, the speed of B will be:Q 11-07-071GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
An astronaut takes a ball of mass m from earth to space. He throws the ball into a circular orbit about earth at an altitude of 318.5 km. From earth's surface to the…Q 11-07-072GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite of 10^3 kg mass is revolving in a circular orbit of radius 2R. If (10^4R)/(6) J energy is supplied to the satellite, it would revolve in a new circular…Q 11-07-073GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The gravitational potential at a point above the surface of earth is -5.12×10^7 J kg^-1 and the acceleration due to gravity at that point is 6.4 m s^-2. Assume the mean…Q 11-07-074GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The escape velocity of a body from earth is 11.2 km s^-1. If the radius of a planet is one-third the radius of earth and its mass is one-sixth that of earth, the escape…Q 11-07-075GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Four identical particles of mass m are kept at the four corners of a square. If the gravitational force exerted on one of the masses by the other masses is ((22 +…Q 11-07-076GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The mass of the moon is 1144 times the mass of a planet and its diameter 116 times the diameter of the planet. If the escape velocity on the planet is v, the escape…Q 11-07-077GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two particles of equal mass m move in a circle of radius r under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The speed of each particle will beQ 11-07-078GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The time period of a satellite of earth is 24 hours. If the separation between the earth and the satellite is decreased to one fourth of the previous value, then its…Q 11-07-079GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If the gravitational field in the space is given as -(K)/(r^2). Taking the reference point to be at r=2 cm with gravitational potential V=10 J kg^-1, find the…Q 11-07-080GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is allowed to fall from a height R above the earth, where R is the radius of earth. Its velocity when it strikes the earth's surface, ignoring air resistance,…Q 11-07-081GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
At a certain depth d below surface of earth, value of acceleration due to gravity becomes four times that of its value at a height 3R above earth surface, where R is…Q 11-07-082GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A body of weight W is projected vertically upwards from earth's surface to reach a height above the earth which is equal to nine times the radius of earth. The weight…Q 11-07-083GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The weight of a body at the surface of earth is 18 N. The weight of the body at an altitude of 3200 km above the earth's surface is (given, radius of earth R_e=6400 km)Q 11-07-084GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Acceleration due to earth's gravity decreases as you go 'up' or 'down' from earth's surface. Statement II: Acceleration due…Q 11-07-085GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: A pendulum clock when taken to Mount Everest becomes…Q 11-07-086GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If the distance of the earth from Sun is 1.5×10^6 km, then the distance of an imaginary planet from Sun, if its period of revolution is 2.83 years, isQ 11-07-087GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Assume that the earth is a solid sphere of uniform density and a tunnel is dug along its diameter throughout the earth. It is found that when a particle is released in…Q 11-07-088GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
T is the time period of simple pendulum on the earth's surface. Its time period becomes xT when taken to a height R (equal to earth's radius) above the earth's surface.…Q 11-07-089GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is taken from earth surface to the height h equal to twice the radius of earth (R_e), the increase in potential energy will be (g = acceleration due to…Q 11-07-090GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Every planet revolves around the sun in an elliptical orbit: A. The force acting on a planet is inversely proportional to square of distance from sun. B. Force acting…Q 11-07-091GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two planets A and B of radii R and 1.5R have densities ρ and ρ2 respectively. The ratio of acceleration due to gravity at the surface of B to A isQ 11-07-092GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: For a planet, if the ratio of mass of the planet to its radius increases, the escape velocity from the planet also…Q 11-07-093GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is released from a height equal to the radius (R) of the earth. The velocity of the body when it strikes the surface of the earth will be (given g = acceleration…Q 11-07-094GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical particles each of mass m go round a circle of radius a under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The angular speed of each particle will beQ 11-07-095GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Rotation of the earth shows effect on the value of acceleration due to gravity (g). Statement II: The effect of rotation of…Q 11-07-096GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The time period of a satellite, revolving above earth's surface at a height equal to R will be (Given g=π^2 m s^-2, R = radius of earth)Q 11-07-097GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The radii of two planets A and B are R and 4R and their densities are ρ and ρ3 respectively. The ratio of acceleration due to gravity at their surfaces g_A:g_B will beQ 11-07-098GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A space ship of mass 2×10^4 kg is launched into a circular orbit close to the earth surface. The additional velocity to be imparted to the space ship in the orbit to…Q 11-07-099GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
If V is the gravitational potential due to sphere of uniform density on its surface, then its value at the centre of sphere will beQ 11-07-100GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two satellites A and B move round the earth in the same orbit. The mass of A is twice the mass of B. The quantity which is same for the two satellites will beQ 11-07-101GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of escape velocity of a planet to the escape velocity of earth will be (Given: Mass of the planet is 16 times mass of earth and radius of the planet is 4…Q 11-07-102GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A planet having mass 9M_e and radius 4R_e, where M_e and R_e are mass and radius of earth respectively, has escape velocity in km s^-1 given by (Given escape velocity…Q 11-07-103GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A planet has double the mass of the earth. Its average density is equal to that of the earth. An object weighing W on earth will weigh on that planetQ 11-07-104GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Earth has atmosphere whereas moon doesn't have any…Q 11-07-105GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The weight of a body on the surface of the earth is 100 N. The gravitational force on it when taken at a height, from the surface of earth, equal to one-fourth the…Q 11-07-106GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the incorrect statement from the following:Q 11-07-107GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: If E be the total energy of a satellite moving around the earth, then its potential energy will be E2. Statement II: The…Q 11-07-108GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The weight of a body on the earth is 400 N. Then weight of the body when taken to a depth half of the radius of the earth will beQ 11-07-109GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The orbital angular momentum of a satellite is L, when it is revolving in a circular orbit at height h from earth surface. If the distance of satellite from the earth…Q 11-07-110GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The acceleration due to gravity at height h above the earth if h R (radius of earth) is given byQ 11-07-111GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two satellites of masses m and 3m revolve around the earth in circular orbits of radii r and 3r respectively. The ratio of orbital speeds of the satellites respectively…Q 11-07-112GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Assuming the earth to be a sphere of uniform mass density, the weight of a body at a depth d= R2 from the surface of earth, if its weight on the surface of earth is 200…Q 11-07-113GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If earth has a mass nine times and radius twice that of a planet P, then (v_e)/(3) x m s^-1 will be the minimum velocity required by a rocket to pull out of…Q 11-07-114GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Acceleration due to gravity is different at different places on the surface of earth. Statement II: Acceleration due to…Q 11-07-115GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The escape velocities of two planets A and B are in the ratio 1:2. If the ratio of their radii respectively is 1:3, then the ratio of acceleration due to gravity of…Q 11-07-116GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The approximate height from the surface of earth at which the weight of the body becomes (1)/(3) of its weight on the surface of earth is: [Radius of earth R = 6400 km…Q 11-07-117GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance between Sun and Earth is R. The duration of year if the distance between Sun and Earth becomes 3R will be:Q 11-07-118GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The height of any point P above the surface of earth is equal to diameter of earth. The value of acceleration due to gravity at point P will be: (Given g = acceleration…Q 11-07-119GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two satellites S_1 and S_2 are revolving in circular orbits around a planet with radius R_1 = 3200 km and R_2 = 800 km respectively. The ratio of the speed of satellite…Q 11-07-120GravitationJEE MainNumericalEasy
The variation of acceleration due to gravity (g) with distance (r) from the center of the earth is correctly represented by (Given R = radius of earth)Q 11-07-121GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: One is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: If we move from poles to equator, the direction of…Q 11-07-122GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Three identical particles A, B and C of mass 100 kg each are placed in a straight line with AB = BC = 13 m. The gravitational force on a fourth particle P of the same…Q 11-07-123GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The length of a seconds pendulum at a height h = 2R from earth surface will be: (Given: R = radius of earth and acceleration due to gravity at the surface of earth g =…Q 11-07-124GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is taken to a height above the surface of earth at a distance 5/4R from the centre of the earth, where the radius of earth R = 6400 km. The percentage…Q 11-07-125GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The percentage decrease in the weight of a rocket, when taken to a height of 32 km above the surface of earth, will be (Radius of earth = 6400 km)Q 11-07-126GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is projected vertically upwards from the surface of earth with a velocity equal to one third of escape velocity. The maximum height attained by the body will be…Q 11-07-127GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Statement I : The law of gravitation holds good for any pair of bodies in the universe. Statement II : The weight of any person becomes zero when the person is at the…Q 11-07-128GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Four spheres each of mass m form a square of side d (as shown in figure). A fifth sphere of mass M is situated at the centre of square. The total gravitational…Q 11-07-129GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Two satellites A and B having masses in the ratio 4 : 3 are revolving in circular orbits of radii 3r and 4r respectively around the earth. The ratio of total mechanical…Q 11-07-130GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is projected with velocity λ v_e in vertically upward direction from the surface of the earth into space. It is given that v_e is escape velocity and λ…Q 11-07-131GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
If the radius of earth shrinks by 2\% while its mass remains same. The acceleration due to gravity on the earth's surface will approximatelyQ 11-07-132GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Suppose two planets (spherical in shape) of radii R and 2R, but mass M and 9M respectively have a centre to centre separation 8R as shown in the figure. A satellite of…Q 11-07-133GravitationJEE MainNumericalHard
Two identical particles of mass 1 kg each go round a circle of radius R, under the action of their mutual gravitational attraction. The angular speed of each particle is:Q 11-07-134GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The planet Mars has two moons, if one of them has a period 7 hours, 30 minutes and an orbital radius of 9.0×10^3 km. Find the mass of Mars. \Given (4π^2)/(G) = 6×10^11…Q 11-07-135GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The masses and radii of the earth and moon are (M_1, R_1) and (M_2, R_2) respectively. Their centres are at a distance r apart. Find the minimum escape velocity for a…Q 11-07-136GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
If R_E be the radius of Earth, then the ratio between the acceleration due to gravity at a depth r below and a height r above the earth surface is: (Given: r < R_E)Q 11-07-137GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider two satellites S_1 and S_2 with periods of revolution 1 hr and 8 hr respectively revolving around a planet in circular orbits. The ratio of angular velocity of…Q 11-07-138GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Four identical particles of equal masses 1 kg made to move along the circumference of a circle of radius 1 m under the action of their own mutual gravitational…Q 11-07-139GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Two stars of masses m and 2m at a distance d rotate about their common centre of mass in free space. The period of revolution isQ 11-07-140GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body weighs 49 N on a spring balance at the north pole. What will be its weight recorded on the same weighing machine, if it is shifted to the equator? [Use g =…Q 11-07-141GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere of radius R gravitationally attracts a particle placed at 3R from its centre with a force F_1. Now a spherical cavity of radius ((R)/(2)) is made in the…Q 11-07-142GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Two satellites A and B of masses 200 kg and 400 kg are revolving round the earth at height of 600 km and 1600 km respectively. If T_A and T_B are the time periods of A…Q 11-07-143GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The escape velocities of planet A and B are same. But…Q 11-07-144GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If the angular velocity of earth's spin is increased such that the bodies at the equator start floating, the duration of the day would be approximately: (Take: g = 10 m…Q 11-07-145GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit under the central potential field, U(r) = (-C)/(r), where C is a positive constant. The correct radius-velocity graph of…Q 11-07-146GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The angular momentum of a planet of mass M moving around the sun in an elliptical orbit is L. The magnitude of the areal velocity of the planet is:Q 11-07-147GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A person whose mass is 100 kg travels from Earth to Mars in a spaceship. Neglect all other objects in sky and take acceleration due to gravity on the surface of the…Q 11-07-148GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius R around earth, while a second satellite is launched into a circular orbit of radius 1.02R. The percentage…Q 11-07-149GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a binary star system of star A and star B with masses m_A and m_B revolving in a circular orbit of radii r_A and r_B, respectively. If T_A and T_B are the time…Q 11-07-150GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body is projected vertically upwards from the surface of earth with a velocity sufficient enough to carry it to infinity. The time taken by it to reach height h is…Q 11-07-151GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
A planet revolving in elliptical orbit has: A. a constant velocity of revolution. B. has the least velocity when it is nearest to the sun. C. its areal velocity is…Q 11-07-152GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Find the gravitational force of attraction between the ring and sphere as shown in the diagram, where the plane of the ring is perpendicular to the line joining the…Q 11-07-153GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Assume that a tunnel is dug along a chord of the earth, at a perpendicular distance (R)/(2) from the earth's centre, where R is the radius of the earth. The wall of the…Q 11-07-154GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
In the reported figure of earth, the value of acceleration due to gravity is same at point A and C but it is smaller than that of its value at point B (surface of the…Q 11-07-155GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a planet in some solar system that has a mass double the mass of earth and density equal to the average density of the earth. If the weight of an object on…Q 11-07-156GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Inside a uniform spherical shell: (a) The gravitational field is zero. (b) The gravitational potential is zero. (c) The gravitational field is the same everywhere. (d)…Q 11-07-157GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A mass of 50 kg is placed at the center of a uniform spherical shell of mass 100 kg and radius 50 m. If the gravitational potential at a point, 25 m from the center is…Q 11-07-159GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
An asteroid is moving directly towards the centre of the earth. When at a distance of 10R (R is the radius of the earth) from the centre of the earth, it has a speed of…Q 11-07-160GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body A of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius R about a planet. Another body B of mass (m)/(2) collides with A with a velocity which is half (v2) the…Q 11-07-161GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Planet A has mass M and radius R. Planet B has half the mass and half the radius of Planet A. If the escape velocities from the Planets A and B are v_A and v_B,…Q 11-07-162GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The acceleration due to gravity on the earth's surface at the poles is g and the angular velocity of the earth about the axis passing through the poles is ω. An object…Q 11-07-163GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite is in an elliptical orbit around a planet P. It is observed that the velocity of the satellite when it is farthest from the planet is 6 times less than that…Q 11-07-164GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two planets have masses M and 16M and their radii are a and 2a, respectively. The separation between the centres of the planets is 10a. A body of mass m is fired from…Q 11-07-165GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
A satellite of mass M is launched vertically upwards with an initial speed u from the surface of the earth. After it reaches height R (R = radius of the earth), it…Q 11-07-166GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
A box weighs 196 N on a spring balance at the north pole. Its weight recorded on the same balance if it is shifted to the equator is close to (Take g = 10 m s^-2 at the…Q 11-07-167GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider two solid spheres of radii R_1 = 1 m, R_2 = 2 m and masses M_1 and M_2, respectively. The gravitational fields due to spheres (1) and (2) are shown. The value…Q 11-07-168GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The mass density of a spherical galaxy varies as (K)/(r) over a large distance r from its center. In that region, a small star is in a circular orbit of radius R. Then…Q 11-07-169GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The height h at which the weight of a body will be the same as that at the same depth h from the surface of the earth is (Radius of the earth is R and effect of the…Q 11-07-170GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite is moving in a low nearly circular orbit around the earth. Its radius is roughly equal to that of the earth's radius R_e. By firing rockets attached to it,…Q 11-07-171GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The mass density of a planet of radius R varies with the distance r from its centre as ρ(r) = ρ_0(1 - r^2R^2). Then the gravitational field is maximum at:Q 11-07-172GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
On the x-axis and at a distance x from the origin, the gravitational field due to a mass distribution is given by Ax(x^2+a^2)^3/2 in the x-direction. The magnitude of…Q 11-07-173GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A body is moving in a low circular orbit about a planet of mass M and radius R. The radius of the orbit can be taken to be R itself. Then the ratio of the speed of this…Q 11-07-174GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The value of the acceleration due to gravity is g_1 at a height h = R2 (R = radius of the earth) from the surface of the earth. It is again equal to g_1 at a depth d…Q 11-07-175GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy required to take a satellite to a height h above the Earth surface (radius of Earth = 6.4×10^3 km) is E_1, and the kinetic energy required for the satellite…Q 11-07-176GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite is moving with a constant speed v in circular orbit around the earth. An object of mass m is ejected from the satellite such that it just escapes from the…Q 11-07-177GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Two stars of masses 3×10^31 kg each, and at distance 2×10^11 m rotate in a plane about their common centre of mass O. A meteorite passes through O moving perpendicular…Q 11-07-178GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The value of acceleration due to gravity at Earth's surface is 9.8 m s^-2. The altitude above its surface at which the acceleration due to gravity decreases to 4.9 m…Q 11-07-179GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A spaceship orbits around a planet at a height of 20 km from its surface. Assuming that only the gravitational field of the planet acts on the spaceship, what will be…Q 11-07-180GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
If the angular momentum of a planet of mass m, moving around the Sun in a circular orbit is L, about the center of the Sun, its areal velocity isQ 11-07-181GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Four identical particles of mass M are located at the corners of a square of side a. What should be their speed if each of them revolves under the influence of other's…Q 11-07-182GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A rocket has to be launched from earth in such a way that it never returns. If E is the minimum energy delivered by the rocket launcher, what should be the minimum…Q 11-07-183GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid sphere of mass M and radius a is surrounded by a uniform concentric spherical shell of thickness 2a and mass 2M. The gravitational field at distance 3a from the…Q 11-07-184GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A test particle is moving in a circular orbit in the gravitational field produced by a mass density ρ(r) = (K)/(r^2). Identify the correct relation between the radius R…Q 11-07-185GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite is revolving in a circular orbit at a height h from the earth's surface, such that h R where R is the radius of the earth. Assuming that the effect of…Q 11-07-186GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The mass and the diameter of a planet are three times the respective values for the Earth. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum on the Earth is 2 s. The…Q 11-07-187GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A satellite of mass M is in a circular orbit of radius R about the centre of the earth. A meteorite of the same mass, falling towards the earth, collides with the…Q 11-07-188GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A straight rod of length L extends from x = a to x = L + a. The gravitational force it exerts on a point mass m at x = 0, if the mass per unit length of the rod is A +…Q 11-07-189GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Two satellites, A and B, have masses m and 2m respectively. A is in a circular orbit of radius R and B is in a circular orbit of radius 2R around the earth. The ratio…Q 11-07-190GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the weights of a body on the Earth's surface to that on the surface of a planet is 9 : 4. The mass of the planet is 1/9th of that of the Earth. If R is the…Q 11-07-191GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass m is moving in a circular orbit of radius R about a planet of mass M. At some instant, it splits into two equal masses. The first mass moves in a…Q 11-07-192GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
Take the mean distance of the moon and the sun from the earth to be 0.4 × 10^6 km and 150 × 10^6 km, respectively. Their masses are 8 × 10^22 kg and 2 × 10^30 kg,…Q 11-07-193GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
The relative uncertainty in the period of a satellite orbiting around the earth is 10^-2. If the relative uncertainty in the radius of the orbit is negligible, the…Q 11-07-194GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Suppose that the angular velocity of rotation of the Earth is increased. Then, as a consequence,Q 11-07-195GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The variation of acceleration due to gravity g with distance d from the centre of the earth is best represented by (R = Earth's radius):Q 11-07-196GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
If the Earth has no rotational motion, the weight of a person on the equator is W. Determine the speed with which the earth would have to rotate about its axis so that…Q 11-07-197GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
The mass density of a spherical body is given by ρ(r) = kr for r ≤ R and ρ(r) = 0 for r > R, where r is the distance from the center. The correct graph that describes…Q 11-07-198GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is moving with a uniform speed in a circular orbit of radius R in a central force inversely proportional to the n^th power of R. If the period of rotation of…Q 11-07-199GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass 60 g experiences a gravitational force of 3.0 N, when placed at a particular point. The magnitude of the gravitational field intensity at that point isQ 11-07-200GravitationNEETMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II List-I: (a) Gravitational constant (G) (b) Gravitational potential energy (c) Gravitational potential (d) Gravitational intensity List-II: (i)…Q 11-07-201GravitationNEETMCQEasy
A satellite of mass 1000 kg is launched to revolve around the earth in an orbit at a height of 270 km from the earth's surface. The kinetic energy of the satellite in…Q 11-07-202GravitationJEE MainNumericalEasy
Three identical spheres of mass m are placed at the vertices of an equilateral triangle of side a. When released, they interact only through gravitational force and…Q 11-07-203GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The kinetic energy needed to project a body of mass m…Q 11-07-204GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is kept at rest at a distance of 3R above the earth's surface, where R is the earth's radius. The minimum speed with which it must be projected so that it…Q 11-07-205GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The radius vector from the Sun to a planet…Q 11-07-206GravitationJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Neglecting air resistance and the rotation of…Q 11-07-207GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite moves in a circular orbit of radius r around the earth. Match List-I with List-II, which shows how each quantity depends on r. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & &…Q 11-07-208GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
The acceleration due to gravity at a height R2 above the earth's surface is equal to that at a depth d below the surface, where R is the radius of the earth (assumed…Q 11-07-209GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A satellite of mass m is in a circular orbit of radius 2R around the earth, where R is the radius of the earth and g the acceleration due to gravity at its surface. The…Q 11-07-210GravitationJEE MainMCQMedium
A planet moves around the sun (mass M) in an elliptical orbit. Its maximum distance from the sun is three times its minimum distance r_p. The speed of the planet when…Q 11-07-211GravitationJEE MainMCQHard
Four particles, each of mass m, are placed at the corners of a square of side a. The minimum work needed to separate them so that they are infinitely far from each…Q 11-07-212GravitationJEE MainNumericalMedium
The maximum elongation of a steel wire of 1 m length if the elastic limit of steel and its Young's modulus, respectively, are 8 × 10^8 N m^-2 and 2 × 10^11 N m^-2, is :Q 11-08-001Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEETMCQEasy
Let a wire be suspended from the ceiling (rigid support) and stretched by a weight W attached at its free end. The longitudinal stress at any point of cross-sectional…Q 11-08-002Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEETMCQEasy
A wire of length L, area of cross section A is hanging from a fixed support. The length of the wire changes to L_1 when mass M is suspended from its free end. The…Q 11-08-003Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEETMCQEasy
A wire of length 2 m and cross-sectional area 1 mm^2 is stretched by a force of 100 N. Young's modulus of the material is 2 × 10^11 N m^-2. The extension of the wire isQ 11-08-004Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two wires P and Q are made of the same material. The length of Q is twice that of P, and the diameter of P is twice that of Q. The same load is hung from each. The…Q 11-08-005Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two rods of equal length and equal cross-section, with Young's moduli Y_1 and Y_2, are joined end to end. The combination is stretched by a force. The effective Young's…Q 11-08-006Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A steel wire (Y = 2 × 10^11 N m^-2) is under a tensile stress of 2 × 10^8 N m^-2. Find the elastic energy stored per unit volume of the wire, in kJ m^-3.Q 11-08-007Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The bulk modulus of water is 2.2 × 10^9 N m^-2. When the pressure on some water is increased by 1.1 × 10^7 N m^-2, its volume decreases byQ 11-08-008Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A metal cube of side 10 cm has its bottom face fixed. A tangential force of 10^4 N is applied to its top face. The shear modulus of the metal is 2.5 × 10^10 N m^-2. The…Q 11-08-009Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A wire is stretched in such a way that its volume does not change. The Poisson's ratio of its material isQ 11-08-010Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A steel rod is held tightly between two rigid walls and heated through 50°C. For steel, α = 1.2 × 10^-5 K^-1 and Y = 2 × 10^11 N m^-2. The stress developed in the rod isQ 11-08-011Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform wire of length L, density ρ and Young's modulus Y hangs vertically from a rigid support. The extension of the wire due to its own weight isQ 11-08-012Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A material that undergoes a large plastic deformation between its elastic limit and its fracture point is calledQ 11-08-013Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Steel is said to be more elastic than rubber becauseQ 11-08-014Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A wire can hold a maximum load of 100 kg before breaking. Another wire of the same material, twice as long and with twice the radius, can hold a maximum load ofQ 11-08-015Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The Young's modulus of a perfectly rigid body isQ 11-08-016Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A load of 200 N stretches a wire by 2 mm, within the elastic limit. The elastic potential energy stored in the wire isQ 11-08-017Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A lift of mass 1600 kg is supported by thick iron wire. If the maximum stress which the wire can withstand is 4 × 10^8 N/m^2 and its radius is 4 mm, then maximum…Q 11-08-018Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The two wires A and B of equal cross-section but of different materials are joined together. The ratio of Young's modulus of wire A and wire B is 20/11. When the joined…Q 11-08-019Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Figure represents the extension (Δ l) of a wire of length 1 meter, suspended from the ceiling of the room at one end with a load W connected to the other end. If the…Q 11-08-020Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The Young's modulus of steel wire of radius r and length L is Y. If the radius r and length L of the wire are doubled then the value of YQ 11-08-021Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two wires as shown in the figure below, made of steel and have breaking stress of 12 × 10^8 N/m^2. Area of cross-section of upper wire is 0.008 cm^2 and of lower wire…Q 11-08-022Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cube has side length 5 cm and modulus of rigidity 10^5 N/m^2. The displacement produced by a force of 10 N in the upper face of cube is ______ mm.Q 11-08-023Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A copper wire of length 3 m is stretched by 3 mm by applying an external force. The volume of the wire is 600 × 10^-6 m^3. The elastic potential energy stored in the…Q 11-08-024Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A metal string A is suspended from a rigid support and its free end is attached to a block of mass M. Second block having mass 2M is suspended at the bottom of the…Q 11-08-025Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The increase in the pressure required to decrease the volume (Δ V) of water is 6.3 × 10^7 N/m^2. The percentage decrease in the volume is ______. (Bulk modulus of water…Q 11-08-026Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A string A of length 0.314 m and Young's modulus 2 × 10^10 N/m^2 is connected to another string B of length and Young's modulus both twice of those of A. This series…Q 11-08-027Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform wire of length l of weight w is suspended from the roof with a weight of W at the other end. The stress in the wire at (l)/(3) distance from the top is…Q 11-08-028Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two wires A and B made of different materials of lengths 6.0 cm and 5.4 cm , respectively and area of cross sections 3.0×10^-5 m^2 and 4.5×10^-5 m^2, respectively are…Q 11-08-029Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The increase in pressure required to decrease the volume of a water sample by 0.2\% is P×10^5 N m^-2. Bulk modulus of water is 2.15×10^9 N m^-2. The value of P is ______.Q 11-08-030Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The volume contraction of a solid copper cube of edge length 10 cm, when subjected to a hydraulic pressure of 7×10^6 Pa, would be ______ mm^3. (Given bulk modulus of…Q 11-08-031Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The fractional compression ((Δ V)/(V)) of water at a depth of 2.5 km below sea level is ______ %. Given, the bulk modulus of water = 2×10^9 N m^-2, density of water =…Q 11-08-032Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
With rise in temperature, the Young's modulus of elasticityQ 11-08-033Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
One end of a metal wire is fixed to a ceiling and a load of 2 kg hangs from the other end. A similar wire is attached to the bottom of the load and another load of 1 kg…Q 11-08-034Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An elastic spring under a tension of 3 N has a length a. Its length is b under a tension of 2 N. For its length (3a - 2b), the value of the tension will be ______ N.Q 11-08-035Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The density and breaking stress of a wire are 6×10^4 kg/m^3 and 1.2×10^8 N/m^2 respectively. The wire is suspended from a rigid support on a planet where the…Q 11-08-036Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Match List-I with List-II: array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & A force that restores an elastic body of unit area to its original state & I. & Bulk modulus \ B.…Q 11-08-037Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A wire of cross-sectional area A, modulus of elasticity 2×10^11 N m^-2 and length 2 m is stretched between two vertical rigid supports. When a mass of 2 kg is suspended…Q 11-08-038Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalHard
If average depth of an ocean is 4000 m and the bulk modulus of water is 2×10^9 N m^-2, then fractional compression (Δ V)/(V) of water at the bottom of ocean is α×10^-2.…Q 11-08-039Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The property of a body, by virtue of which it…Q 11-08-040Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of length L and radius r is clamped at one end. If its other end is pulled by a force F, its length increases by l. If the radius of the wire and the applied…Q 11-08-041Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two metallic wires P and Q have the same volume and are made up of the same material. If their areas of cross section are in the ratio 4:1 and force F_1 is applied to…Q 11-08-042Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two persons pull a wire towards themselves. Each person exerts a force of 200 N on the wire. Young's modulus of the material of the wire is 1×10^11 N m^-2. Original…Q 11-08-043Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Young's modulus of the material of a wire of length L and cross-sectional area A is Y. If the length of the wire is doubled and the cross-sectional area is halved, then…Q 11-08-044Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Each of three blocks P, Q and R shown in the figure has a mass of 3 kg. Each of the wires A and B has cross-sectional area 0.005 cm^2 and Young's modulus 2×10^11 N…Q 11-08-045Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The depth below the surface of sea to which a rubber ball must be taken so as to decrease its volume by 0.02\% is ______ m. (Take density of sea water = 10^3 kg m^-3,…Q 11-08-046Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two blocks of mass 2 kg and 4 kg hang from the two ends of a metal wire going over a smooth fixed pulley. The radius of the wire is 4.0×10^-5 m and Young's modulus of…Q 11-08-047Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Choose the correct relationship between Poisson ratio σ, bulk modulus K and modulus of rigidity η of a given solid object:Q 11-08-048Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A force is applied to a steel wire A, rigidly clamped at one end. As a result elongation in the wire is 0.2 mm. If same force is applied to another steel wire B of…Q 11-08-049Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin rod having a length of 1 m and area of cross-section 3×10^-6 m^2 is suspended vertically from one end. The rod is cooled from 210°C to 160°C. After cooling, a…Q 11-08-050Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Under the same load, wire A having length 5.0 m and cross section 2.5×10^-5 m^2 stretches uniformly by the same amount as another wire B of length 6.0 m and a cross…Q 11-08-051Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A 100 m long wire having cross-sectional area 6.25×10^-4 m^2 and Young's modulus is 10^10 N m^-2 is subjected to a load of 250 N, then the elongation in the wire will beQ 11-08-052Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion (A): Steel is used in the construction of buildings and…Q 11-08-053Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, in an experiment to determine Young's modulus of a wire, the extension–load curve is plotted. The curve is a straight line passing through the…Q 11-08-054Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A wire of length L and radius r is clamped rigidly at one end. When the other end of the wire is pulled by a force f, its length increases by l. Another wire of same…Q 11-08-055Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Young's moduli of the material of wires A and B are in the ratio of 1:4, while its area of cross sections are in the ratio of 1:3. If the same amount of load is applied…Q 11-08-056Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The length of a wire becomes l_1 and l_2 when 100 N and 120 N tension are applied respectively. If 10l_2=11l_1, then the natural length of wire will be 1xl_1. Here the…Q 11-08-057Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Under isothermal condition, the pressure of a gas is given by P=aV^-3, where a is a constant and V is the volume of the gas. The bulk modulus at constant temperature is…Q 11-08-058Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The elastic potential energy stored in a steel wire of length 20 m stretched through 2 cm is 80 J. The cross sectional area of the wire is ______ mm^2. (Given…Q 11-08-059Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A steel rod has a radius of 20 mm and a length of 2.0 m. A force of 62.8 kN stretches it along its length. Young's modulus of steel is 2.0×10^11 N m^-2. The…Q 11-08-060Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A metal block of mass m is suspended from a rigid support through a metal wire of diameter 14 mm. The tensile stress developed in the wire under equilibrium state is…Q 11-08-061Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An aluminium rod with Young's modulus Y=7.0×10^10 N m^-2 undergoes elastic strain of 0.04\%. The energy per unit volume stored in the rod in SI unit isQ 11-08-062Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two wires each of radius 0.2 cm and negligible mass, one made of steel and the other made of brass are loaded as shown in the figure. The elongation of the steel wire…Q 11-08-063Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A certain pressure P is applied to 1 litre of water and 2 litre of a liquid separately. Water gets compressed to 0.01\% whereas the liquid gets compressed to 0.03\%.…Q 11-08-064Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The Young's modulus of a steel wire of length 6 m and cross-sectional area 3 mm^2 is 2×10^11 N m^-2. The wire is suspended from its support on a given planet. A block…Q 11-08-065Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The bulk modulus of a liquid is 3×10^10 N m^-2. The pressure required to reduce the volume of liquid by 2\% is:Q 11-08-066Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The elongation of a wire on the surface of the earth is 10^-4 m. The same wire of same dimensions is elongated by 6×10^-5 m on another planet. The acceleration due to…Q 11-08-067Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The elastic behaviour of a material for linear stress and linear strain is shown in the figure. The energy density for a linear strain of 5×10^-4 is ______ kJ m^-3.…Q 11-08-068Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A wire of length L and radius r is clamped rigidly at one end. When the other end of the wire is pulled by a force F, its length increases by 5 cm. Another wire of the…Q 11-08-069Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In an experiment to determine the Young's modulus of a wire of length exactly 1 m, the extension in the length of the wire is measured as 0.4 mm with an uncertainty of…Q 11-08-070Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The area of cross section of the rope used to lift a load by a crane is 2.5×10^-4 m^2. The maximum lifting capacity of the crane is 10 metric tons. To increase the…Q 11-08-071Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform heavy rod of mass 20 kg, cross sectional area 0.4 m^2 and length 20 m is hanging from a fixed support. Neglecting the lateral contraction, the elongation in…Q 11-08-072Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A square aluminium (shear modulus is 25×10^9 N m^-2) slab of side 60 cm and thickness 15 cm is subjected to a shearing force (on its narrow face) of 18.0×10^4 N. The…Q 11-08-073Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A steel wire of length 3.2 m (Y_S = 2.0×10^11 N m^-2) and a copper wire of length 4.4 m (Y_C = 1.1×10^11 N m^-2), both of radius 1.4 mm are connected end to end. When…Q 11-08-074Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment to determine the Young's modulus, steel wires of five different lengths (1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 m) but of same cross-section (2 mm^2) were taken and curves…Q 11-08-075Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The force required to stretch a wire of cross-section 1 cm^2 to double its length will be : (Given Young's modulus of the wire = 2×10^11 N m^-2)Q 11-08-076Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A stone of mass 20 g is projected from a rubber catapult of length 0.1 m and area of cross section 10^-6 m^2 stretched by an amount 0.04 m. The velocity of the…Q 11-08-077Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform heavy rod of weight 10 kg m s^-2, cross-sectional area 100 cm^2 and length 20 cm is hanging from a fixed support. Young's modulus of the material of the rod…Q 11-08-078Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
When a rubber ball is taken to a depth of ______ m in deep sea, its volume decreases by 0.5\%. (The bulk modulus of rubber = 9.8×10^8 N m^-2, density of sea water =…Q 11-08-079Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Four identical hollow cylindrical columns of mild steel support a big structure of mass 50×10^3 kg. The inner and outer radii of each column are 50 cm and 100 cm…Q 11-08-080Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
If Y, K and η are the values of Young's modulus, bulk modulus and modulus of rigidity of any material respectively. Choose the correct relation for these parameters.Q 11-08-081Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform metallic wire is elongated by 0.04 m when subjected to a linear force F. The elongation, if its length and diameter is doubled and subjected to the same force…Q 11-08-082Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The value of tension in a long thin metal wire has been changed from T_1 to T_2. The lengths of the metal wire at two different values of tension T_1 and T_2 are _1 and…Q 11-08-083Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The length of a metal wire is _1, when the tension in it is T_1 and is _2 when the tension is T_2. The natural length of the wire is:Q 11-08-084Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The normal density of a material is ρ and its bulk modulus of elasticity is K. The magnitude of increase in density of material, when a pressure P is applied uniformly…Q 11-08-085Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The length of metallic wire is l_1 when tension in it is T_1. It is l_2 when the tension is T_2. The original length of the wire will be:Q 11-08-086Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two blocks of masses 3 kg and 5 kg are connected by a metal wire going over a smooth pulley. The breaking stress of the metal is (24)/(π)×10^2 N m^-2. What is the…Q 11-08-087Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Wires W_1 and W_2 are made of same material having the breaking stress of 1.25×10^9 N m^-2. W_1 and W_2 have cross-sectional area of 8×10^-7 m^2 and 4×10^-7 m^2,…Q 11-08-088Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A body of mass m = 10 kg is attached to one end of a wire of length 0.3 m. What is the maximum angular speed (in rad s^-1) with which it can be rotated about its other…Q 11-08-089Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A cube of metal is subjected to a hydrostatic pressure of 4 GPa. The percentage change in the length of the side of the cube is close to: (Given bulk modulus of metal,…Q 11-08-091Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The elastic limit of brass is 379 MPa. The minimum diameter of a brass rod if it is to support a 400 N load without exceeding its elastic limit will beQ 11-08-092Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment, brass and steel wires of length 1 m each with areas of cross section 1 mm^2 are used. The wires are connected in series and one end of the combined…Q 11-08-093Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A rod, of length L at room temperature and uniform area of cross section A, is made of a metal having coefficient of linear expansion α/°C. It is observed that an…Q 11-08-094Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A boy's catapult is made of rubber cord which is 42 cm long, with 6 mm diameter of cross-section and of negligible mass. The boy keeps a stone weighing 0.02 kg on it…Q 11-08-095Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A steel wire having a radius of 2.0 mm, carrying a load of 4 kg, is hanging from a ceiling. Given that g = 3.1π m s^-2, what will be the tensile stress that would be…Q 11-08-096Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Young's moduli of two wires A and B are in the ratio 7:4. Wire A is 2 m long and has radius R. Wire B is 1.5 m long and has radius 2 mm. If the two wires stretch by the…Q 11-08-097Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A load of mass M kg is suspended from a steel wire of length 2 m and radius 1.0 mm in Searle's apparatus experiment. The increase in length produced in the wire is 4.0…Q 11-08-098Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform cylindrical rod of length L and radius r, is made from a material whose Young's modulus of elasticity equals Y. When this rod is heated by temperature T and…Q 11-08-100Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Forces of 10^5 N each are applied in opposite directions, on the upper and lower faces of a cube of side 10 cm, shifting the upper face parallel to itself by 0.5 cm. If…Q 11-08-101Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A man grows into a giant such that his linear dimensions increase by a factor of 9. Assuming that his density remains same, the stress in the leg will change by a…Q 11-08-102Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A compressive force F is applied at the two ends of a long thin steel rod. It is heated, simultaneously, such that its temperature increases by Δ T. The net change in…Q 11-08-103Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A steel rail of length 5 m and area of cross section 40 cm^2 is prevented from expanding along its length while the temperature rises by 10°C. If coefficient of linear…Q 11-08-104Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid sphere of radius r made of a soft material of bulk modulus K is surrounded by a liquid in a cylindrical container. A massless piston of area a floats on the…Q 11-08-105Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements : One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The stretching of a spring is determined by…Q 11-08-106Mechanical Properties of SolidsNEETMCQMedium
A steel wire of length 2 m and Young's modulus 2.0×10^11 N m^-2 is stretched by a force. If the Poisson ratio and transverse strain for the wire are 0.2 and 10^-3…Q 11-08-107Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The length of a light string is 1.4 m when the tension on it is 5 N. If the tension increases to 7 N, the length of the string is 1.56 m. The original length of the…Q 11-08-108Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two slabs with square cross section of different materials (1, 2) with equal sides (l) and thickness d_1 and d_2 such that d_2 = 2d_1 and l > d_2. Considering that the…Q 11-08-109Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cylindrical rod of length 1 m and radius 4 cm is mounted vertically. It is subjected to a shear force of 10^5 N at the top. Considering an infinitesimally small…Q 11-08-110Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two wires A and B are made of the same material, having ratio of lengths (L_A)/(L_B) = 1/3 and their diameters ratio (d_A)/(d_B) = 2. If both the wires are stretched…Q 11-08-111Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A 3 m long wire of radius 3 mm shows an extension of 0.1 mm when loaded vertically by a mass of 50 kg in an experiment to determine Young's modulus. The value of…Q 11-08-112Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of a liquid is kept at 1 atm. It is compressed to 5 atm, which leads to a change of volume of 0.8 cm^3. If the bulk modulus of the liquid is 2 GPa, the initial…Q 11-08-113Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The graph shows the stress–strain lines for two wires P and Q within their elastic limits. The wires have equal lengths and the area of cross-section of P is twice that…Q 11-08-114Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform wire of mass m and length L hangs vertically from a rigid support, and a block of mass 2m is attached to its lower end. The ratio of the extension of the…Q 11-08-115Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainMCQHard
A solid sphere made of a material of bulk modulus 1.5 × 10^9 N/m² is lowered into a lake. The depth below the surface at which its radius decreases by 0.02\% is ______…Q 11-08-116Mechanical Properties of SolidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Water flows in a streamline motion through a horizontal pipe of circular cross-section as shown in the figure. The pressure difference of water between P and Q is 15 N…Q 11-09-001Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
In the measurement of viscosity of liquids using terminal velocity experiment, spherical balls of same radius but having different densities are used. The variation of…Q 11-09-002Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
Consider a water tank shown in the figure. It has one wall at x = L and can be taken to be very wide in the z direction. When filled with a liquid of surface tension S…Q 11-09-003Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQHard
A balloon is made of a material of surface tension S and its inflation outlet (from where gas is filled in it) has small area A. It is filled with a gas of density ρ…Q 11-09-004Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQHard
A thin flat circular disc of radius 4.5 cm is placed gently over the surface of water. If surface tension of water is 0.07 N m^-1, then the excess force required to…Q 11-09-005Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
The amount of energy required to form a soap bubble of radius 2 cm from a soap solution is nearly : (surface tension of soap solution = 0.03 N m^-1)Q 11-09-006Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
The venturi-meter works on :Q 11-09-007Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQEasy
The velocity of a small ball of mass M and density d, when dropped in a container filled with glycerine becomes constant after some time. If the density of glycerine is…Q 11-09-008Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
A capillary tube of radius r is immersed in water and water rises in it to a height h. The mass of the water in the capillary is 5 g. Another capillary tube of radius…Q 11-09-009Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQMedium
The absolute pressure at a depth of 10 m in a freshwater lake is about (atmospheric pressure = 10^5 Pa, density of water = 1000 kg m^-3, g = 10 m s^-2)Q 11-09-010Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a hydraulic lift the small and large pistons have areas 10 cm^2 and 500 cm^2. A force of 200 N on the small piston can support a mass of (g = 10 m s^-2)Q 11-09-011Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A U-tube contains water. Oil is poured into one arm until the oil column is 12 cm long, while the water level in the other arm stands 10 cm above the oil–water…Q 11-09-012Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An iceberg of density 900 kg m^-3 floats in sea water of density 1030 kg m^-3. The fraction of its volume above the water surface is aboutQ 11-09-013Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A wooden block floats in water with (2)/(3) of its volume submerged. In a liquid X it floats with (5)/(6) of its volume submerged. The density of liquid X isQ 11-09-014Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A solid weighs 60 N in air and 40 N when fully immersed in water. The relative density of the solid isQ 11-09-015Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Water flows through a horizontal pipe whose diameter narrows from 4 cm to 2 cm. If the speed in the wide part is 1 m s^-1, the speed in the narrow part isQ 11-09-016Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Water flows through a horizontal pipe. At point P its speed is 2 m s^-1 and at point Q it is 4 m s^-1. The pressure at P exceeds that at Q byQ 11-09-017Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A tank standing on the ground is filled with water to a height H. A small hole is to be made in its side so that the water jet lands as far from the tank as possible.…Q 11-09-018Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
Two identical rain drops fall through air at terminal speed v. They merge into one bigger drop. The terminal speed of the bigger drop isQ 11-09-019Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A steel ball of radius 1 mm moves at 0.1 m s^-1 through glycerine of viscosity 1.5 Pa s. The viscous drag on it is aboutQ 11-09-020Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Water (density 1000 kg m^-3, viscosity 10^-3 Pa s) flows at 0.1 m s^-1 through a pipe of diameter 2 cm. Find the Reynolds number of the flow.Q 11-09-021Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A soap bubble in air and an air bubble inside the same soap solution have the same radius. The ratio of the excess pressure inside the soap bubble to that inside the…Q 11-09-022Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two soap bubbles of radii 3 cm and 4 cm join isothermally in vacuum to form a single bubble. The radius of the new bubble isQ 11-09-023Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
Water (surface tension 0.07 N m^-1, contact angle 0°) rises in a glass capillary of radius 0.5 mm. The height of rise is (g = 10 m s^-2)Q 11-09-024Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a capillary tube water would rise to 6 cm, but the tube sticks out only 4 cm above the water surface. ThenQ 11-09-025Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A liquid drop of radius R and surface tension T is split into 1000 identical small drops. The work done isQ 11-09-026Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
When a glass capillary is dipped in mercury, the mercury level in the tubeQ 11-09-027Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A liquid of density 600 kg/m^3 flowing steadily in a tube of varying cross-section. The cross-section at a point A is 1.0 cm^2 and that at B is 20 mm^2. Both the points…Q 11-09-028Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A spherical liquid drop of radius R acquires the terminal velocity v_1 when falls through a gas of viscosity η. Now the drop is broken into 64 identical droplets and…Q 11-09-029Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylindrical vessel of 40 cm radius is completely filled with water and its capacity is 528 dm^3 (dm : decimeter). The vessel is placed on a solid block of exactly…Q 11-09-030Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQHard
Eight mercury drops, each of radius r, coalesce to form a bigger drop. The surface energy released in this process is ______ (S is the surface tension of mercury).Q 11-09-031Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A water spray gun is attached to a hose of cross sectional area 30 cm^2. The gun comprises of 10 perforations each of cross sectional area of 15 mm^2. If the water…Q 11-09-032Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The surface tension of a soap solution is 3.5 × 10^-2 N/m. The work required to increase the radius of a soap bubble from 1 cm to 2 cm is α × 10^-6 J. The value of α is…Q 11-09-033Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A liquid drop of diameter 2 mm breaks into 512 droplets. The change in surface energy is α×10^-6 J. The value of α is ______. (Take surface tension of liquid =0.08 N/m)Q 11-09-034Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A tub is filled with water and a wooden cube 10 cm×10 cm×10 cm is placed in the water. The wooden cube is found to float on the water with a part of it submerged in…Q 11-09-035Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The surface tension of a soap bubble is 0.03 N/m. The work done in increasing the diameter of bubble from 2 cm to 6 cm is απ×10^-4 J. The value of α is ______. (Take…Q 11-09-036Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
If an air bubble of diameter 2 mm rises steadily through a liquid of density 2000 kg/m^3 at a rate of 0.5 cm/s, then the coefficient of viscosity of liquid is ______…Q 11-09-037Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cubical block of density ρ_b = 600 kg/m^3 floats in a liquid of density ρ_e = 900kg/m^3. If the height of block is H = 8.0 cm then height of the submerged part is…Q 11-09-038Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A soap bubble of surface tension 0.04 N/m is blown to a diameter of 7 cm . If (15000 - x)μJ of work is done in blowing it further to make its diameter 14 cm , then the…Q 11-09-039Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Sixty four rain drops of radius 1 mm each falling down with a terminal velocity of 10 cm/s coalesce to form a bigger drop. The terminal velocity of bigger drop is…Q 11-09-040Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two soap bubbles of radius 2 cm and 4 cm, respectively, are in contact with each other. The radius of curvature of the common surface, in cm, is ______.Q 11-09-041Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A small rigid spherical ball of mass M is dropped in a long vertical tube containing glycerine. The velocity of the ball becomes constant after some time. If the…Q 11-09-042Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A tube of length L is shown in the figure. The radius of cross section at the point (1) is 2 cm and at the point (2) is 1 cm, respectively. If the velocity of water…Q 11-09-043Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A tube of length 1 m is filled completely with an ideal liquid of mass 2M, and closed at both ends. The tube is rotated uniformly in a horizontal plane about one of its…Q 11-09-044Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Hot water flows faster than cold water. Statement II: Soap water has higher surface tension as compared to fresh water. In…Q 11-09-045Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Water flows in a horizontal pipe whose one end is closed with a valve. The reading of the pressure gauge attached to the pipe is P_1. The reading of the pressure gauge…Q 11-09-046Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
An air bubble of radius 1.0 mm is observed at a depth of 20 cm below the free surface of a liquid having surface tension 0.095 J/m^2 and density 10^3 kg/m^3. The…Q 11-09-047Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The amount of work done to break a big water drop of radius R into 27 small drops of equal radius is 10 J. The work done required to break the same big drop into 64…Q 11-09-048Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
An air bubble of radius 0.1 cm lies at a depth of 20 cm below the free surface of a liquid of density 1000 kg/m^3. If the pressure inside the bubble is 2100 N/m^2…Q 11-09-049Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the experiment for measurement of viscosity η of a given liquid with a ball having radius R, consider the following statements: A. Graph between terminal velocity V…Q 11-09-050Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider the following statements: A. Surface tension arises due to extra energy of the molecules at the interior as compared to the molecules at the surface of a…Q 11-09-051Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A 400 g solid cube having an edge of length 10 cm floats in water. How much volume of the cube is outside the water? (Given: density of water = 1000 kg m^-3)Q 11-09-052Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a hydraulic lift, the surface area of the input piston is 6 cm^2 and that of the output piston is 1500 cm^2. If a 100 N force is applied to the input piston to raise…Q 11-09-053Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A plane is in level flight at constant speed and each of its two wings has an area of 40 m^2. If the speed of the air is 180 km h^-1 over the lower wing surface and 252…Q 11-09-054Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A big drop is formed by coalescing 1000 small droplets of water. The surface energy will becomeQ 11-09-055Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: When the speed of a liquid is zero everywhere, the pressure difference between any two points depends on the equation P_1 -…Q 11-09-056Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A soap bubble is blown to a diameter of 7 cm. 36960 erg of work is done in blowing it further. If the surface tension of the soap solution is 40 dyne/cm, then the new…Q 11-09-057Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The contact angle between a solid and a liquid is a property of the material of the solid and the liquid as well. Statement…Q 11-09-058Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Mercury is filled in a tube of radius 2 cm up to a height of 30 cm. The force exerted by the mercury on the bottom of the tube is ______ N. (Given: atmospheric pressure…Q 11-09-059Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: When a capillary tube is dipped into a liquid, the liquid neither rises nor falls in the capillary. The contact angle may…Q 11-09-060Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A hydraulic press containing water has two arms with diameters 14 cm and 1.4 cm. A force of 10 N is applied on the surface of water in the thinner arm. The force…Q 11-09-061Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A small ball of mass m and density ρ is dropped in a viscous liquid of density ρ_0. After some time, the ball falls with a constant velocity. The viscous force on the…Q 11-09-062Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A big drop is formed by coalescing 1000 small droplets of water. The ratio of the surface energy of the 1000 droplets to that of the big drop is (10)/(x). The value of…Q 11-09-063Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The pressure inside a soap bubble is greater than the pressure outside by an amount (given: R = radius of bubble, S = surface tension of the soap solution)Q 11-09-064Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): Viscosity of gases is greater than that of liquids. Statement (II): Surface tension of a liquid decreases due to the…Q 11-09-065Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The reading of a pressure metre attached with a closed pipe is 4.5×10^4 N m^-2. On opening the valve, water starts flowing and the reading of pressure metre falls to…Q 11-09-066Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: If a capillary tube is immersed first in cold water and then in hot water, the height of capillary rise will be smaller in…Q 11-09-067Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a test experiment on a model aeroplane in a wind tunnel, the flow speeds on the upper and lower surfaces of the wings are 70 m s^-1 and 65 m s^-1 respectively. If…Q 11-09-068Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A small liquid drop of radius R is divided into 27 identical liquid drops. If the surface tension is T, then the work done in the process will be:Q 11-09-069Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The correct Bernoulli's equation is (symbols have their usual meaning):Q 11-09-070Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A liquid column of height 0.04 cm balances the excess pressure of a soap bubble of certain radius. If the density of the liquid is 8×10^3 kg m^-3 and the surface…Q 11-09-071Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A cube of ice floats partly in water and partly in kerosene oil (kerosene forms a layer above the water). The ratio of volume of ice immersed in water to that in…Q 11-09-072Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Small water droplets of radius 0.01 mm are formed in the upper atmosphere and are falling with a terminal velocity of 10 cm/s. Due to condensation, if 8 such droplets…Q 11-09-073Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A sphere of relative density σ and diameter D has a concentric cavity of diameter d. The ratio of Dd, if it just floats on water in a tank, is:Q 11-09-074Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The excess pressure inside a soap bubble is thrice the excess pressure inside a second soap bubble. The ratio between the volume of the first and the second bubble is:Q 11-09-075Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spherical ball of radius 1×10^-4 m and density 10^5 kg/m^3 falls freely under gravity through a distance h before entering a tank of water. If after entering the…Q 11-09-076Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A big drop is formed by coalescing 1000 small identical drops of water. If E_1 is the total surface energy of the 1000 small drops and E_2 is the surface energy of the…Q 11-09-077Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A small steel ball is dropped into a long cylinder containing glycerine. Which one of the following is the correct representation of the velocity–time graph for the…Q 11-09-078Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A small spherical ball of radius r, falling through a viscous medium of negligible density, has terminal velocity v. Another ball of the same mass but of radius 2r,…Q 11-09-079Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Surface tension of a soap bubble is 2.0×10^-2 N m^-1. Work done to increase the radius of soap bubble from 3.5 cm to 7 cm will be [Take π=(22)/(7)]Q 11-09-080Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A fully loaded boeing aircraft has a mass of 5.4×10^5 kg. Its total wing area is 500 m^2. It is in level flight with a speed of 1080 km h^-1. If the density of air ρ is…Q 11-09-081Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal block of base area 0.20 m^2 is placed on a table, as shown in figure. A liquid film of thickness 0.25 mm is inserted between the block and the table. The block…Q 11-09-082Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The height of liquid column raised in a capillary tube of certain radius when dipped in liquid A vertically is 5 cm. If the tube is dipped in a similar manner in…Q 11-09-083Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spherical ball of radius 1 mm and density 10.5 g cc^-1 is dropped in glycerine of coefficient of viscosity 9.8 poise and density 1.5 g cc^-1. Viscous force on the…Q 11-09-085Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A spherical drop of liquid splits into 1000 identical spherical drops. If u_i is the surface energy of the original drop and u_f is the total surface energy of the…Q 11-09-086Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: A spherical body of radius (50.1) mm having a…Q 11-09-087Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
There is an air bubble of radius 1.0 mm in a liquid of surface tension 0.075 N m^-1 and density 1000 kg m^-3 at a depth of 10 cm below the free surface. The amount by…Q 11-09-088Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Figure below shows a liquid being pushed out of the tube by a piston having area of cross section 2.0 cm^2. The area of cross section at the outlet is 10 mm^2. If the…Q 11-09-089Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Eight equal drops of water are falling through air with a steady speed of 10 cm s^-1. If the drops coalesce, the new velocity isQ 11-09-090Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The surface tension of soap solution is 3.5×10^-2 N m^-1. The amount of work done required to increase the radius of soap bubble from 10 cm to 20 cm is ______ ×10^-4 J.…Q 11-09-091Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Glycerin of density 1.25×10^3 kg m^-3 is flowing through the conical section of pipe. The area of cross-section of the pipe at its ends are 10 cm^2 and 5 cm^2 and…Q 11-09-092Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The figure shows a liquid of given density flowing steadily in horizontal tube of varying cross-section. Cross-sectional areas at A is 1.5 cm^2 and B is 25 mm^2. If the…Q 11-09-093Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A small ball of mass M and density ρ is dropped in a viscous liquid of density ρ_0. After some time, the ball falls with a constant velocity. What is the viscous force…Q 11-09-094Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: When you squeeze one end of a tube to get toothpaste…Q 11-09-095Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
An air bubble of volume 1 cm^3 rises from the bottom of a lake 40 m deep to the surface at a temperature of 12°C. The atmospheric pressure is 1×10^5 Pa, the density of…Q 11-09-096Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
An air bubble of diameter 6 mm rises steadily through a solution of density 1750 kg m^-3 at the rate of 0.35 cm s^-1. The coefficient of viscosity of the solution…Q 11-09-097Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A hydraulic automobile lift is designed to lift vehicles of mass 5000 kg. The area of cross section of the cylinder carrying load is 250 cm^2. The maximum pressure the…Q 11-09-098Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Pressure in a reservoir of water is same at all points at the same level of water. Statement II: The pressure applied to…Q 11-09-099Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A mercury drop of radius 10^-3 m is broken into 125 equal size droplets. Surface tension of mercury is 0.45 N m^-1. The gain in surface energy isQ 11-09-100Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The surface of water in a water tank of cross section area 750 cm^2 on the top of a house is h m above the tap level. The speed of water coming out through the tap of…Q 11-09-101Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The terminal velocity v_t of a spherical rain drop depends on the radius r of the spherical rain drop asQ 11-09-102Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity of the upper layer of water in a river is 36 km h^-1. Shearing stress between horizontal layers of water is 10^-3 N m^-2. Depth of the river is ______ m.…Q 11-09-103Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An ideal fluid of density 800 kg m^-3 flows smoothly through a bent pipe (as shown in figure) that tapers in cross-sectional area from a to a2. The pressure difference…Q 11-09-104Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
If ρ is the density and η is the coefficient of viscosity of a fluid which flows with a speed v in a pipe of diameter d, the correct formula for Reynolds number R_e isQ 11-09-105Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A drop of liquid of density ρ is floating half immersed in a liquid of density σ and surface tension 7.5×10^-4 N cm^-1. The radius of the drop in cm will be: (Take g =…Q 11-09-106Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A water drop of radius 1 cm is broken into 729 equal droplets. If the surface tension of water is 75 dyne cm^-1, then the gain in surface energy up to first decimal…Q 11-09-107Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity of a small ball of mass m and density d_1, when dropped in a container filled with glycerine, becomes constant after some time. If the density of glycerine…Q 11-09-108Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The area of cross-section of a large tank is 0.5 m^2. It has a narrow opening near the bottom having area of cross-section 1 cm^2. A load of 25 kg is applied on the…Q 11-09-109Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A spherical soap bubble of radius 3 cm is formed inside another spherical soap bubble of radius 6 cm. If the internal pressure of the smaller bubble of radius 3 cm in…Q 11-09-110Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The diameter of an air bubble which was initially 2 mm, rises steadily through a solution of density 1750 kg m^-3 at the rate of 0.35 cm s^-1. Coefficient of viscosity…Q 11-09-111Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A light cylindrical vessel is kept on a horizontal surface. Area of the base is A. A hole of cross-sectional area a is made just at its bottom side. The minimum…Q 11-09-112Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A raindrop with radius R = 0.2 mm falls from a cloud at a height h = 2000 m above the ground. Assume that the drop is spherical throughout its fall and the force of…Q 11-09-113Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The water is filled up to a height of 12 m in a tank having vertical sidewalls. A hole is made in one of the walls at a depth h below the water level. The value of h…Q 11-09-114Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A hydraulic press can lift 100 kg when a mass m is placed on the smaller piston. It can lift ______ kg when the diameter of the larger piston is increased by 4 times…Q 11-09-115Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a water tank as shown in the figure. It's cross-sectional area is 0.4 m^2. The tank has an opening B near the bottom whose cross-section area is 1 cm^2. A load…Q 11-09-116Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two small drops of mercury each of radius R coalesce to form a single large drop. The ratio of total surface energy before and after the change isQ 11-09-117Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A large number of water drops, each of radius r, combine to have a drop of radius R. If the surface tension is T and mechanical equivalent of heat is J, the rise in…Q 11-09-118Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two spherical soap bubbles of radii r_1 and r_2 in vacuum combine under isothermal conditions. The resulting bubble has a radius equal to:Q 11-09-119Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two narrow bores of diameter 5.0 mm and 8.0 mm are joined together to form a U-shaped tube open at both ends. If this U-tube contains water, what is the difference in…Q 11-09-120Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A soap bubble of radius 3 cm is formed inside another soap bubble of radius 6 cm. The radius of an equivalent soap bubble that has the same excess pressure as inside…Q 11-09-121Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In Millikan's oil drop experiment, what is viscous force acting on an uncharged drop of radius 2.0×10^-5 m and density 1.2×10^3 kg m^-3? Take viscosity of liquid =…Q 11-09-122Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two liquids of densities ρ_1 and ρ_2 (ρ_2 = 2ρ_1) are filled up behind a square wall of side 10 m as shown in figure. Each liquid has a height of 5 m. The ratio of the…Q 11-09-123Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Water flows in a horizontal tube. The pressure of water changes by 700 N m^-2 between A and B where the areas of cross section are 40 cm^2 and 20 cm^2, respectively.…Q 11-09-124Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment to verify Stokes' law, a small spherical ball of radius r and density ρ falls under gravity through a distance h in air before entering a tank of…Q 11-09-126Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A fluid is flowing through a horizontal pipe of varying cross-section, with speed v m s^-1 at a point where the pressure is P pascal. At another point where the…Q 11-09-127Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal fluid flows (laminar flow) through a pipe of non-uniform diameter. The maximum and minimum diameters of the pipe are 6.4 cm and 4.8 cm, respectively. The ratio…Q 11-09-128Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A leak proof cylinder of length 1 m, made of a metal which has a very low coefficient of expansion, is floating vertically in water at 0 °C such that its height above…Q 11-09-129Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a solid sphere of radius R and mass density ρ(r) = ρ_0(1 - (r^2)/(R^2)), 0 < r ≤ R. The minimum density of a liquid in which it will float is:Q 11-09-130Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylindrical vessel containing a liquid is rotated about its axis so that the liquid rises at its sides as shown in the figure. The radius of vessel is 5 cm and the…Q 11-09-131Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A capillary tube made of glass of radius 0.15 mm is dipped vertically in a beaker filled with methylene iodide (surface tension = 0.05 N m^-1, density = 667 kg m^-3)…Q 11-09-132Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Pressure inside two soap bubbles are 1.01 and 1.02 atmosphere, respectively. The ratio of their volumes is:Q 11-09-133Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
When a long glass capillary tube of radius 0.015 cm is dipped in a liquid, the liquid rises to a height of 15 cm within it. If the contact angle between the liquid and…Q 11-09-134Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An air bubble of radius 1 cm in water has an upward acceleration of 9.8 cm s^-2. The density of water is 1 g cm^-3 and water offers negligible drag force on the bubble.…Q 11-09-135Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical cylindrical vessels are kept on the ground and each contain the same liquid of density d. The area of the base of both vessels is S but the height of…Q 11-09-136Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A hollow spherical shell of outer radius R floats just submerged under the water surface. The inner radius of the shell is r. If the specific gravity of the shell…Q 11-09-137Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The top of a water tank is open to air and its water level is maintained. It is giving out 0.74 m^3 water per minute through a circular opening of 2 cm radius in its…Q 11-09-138Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Water flows into a large tank with flat bottom at the rate of 10^-4 m^3s^-1. Water is also leaking out of a hole of area 1 cm^2 at its bottom. If the height of the…Q 11-09-139Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of surface tensions of mercury and water is given to be 7.5, while the ratio of their densities is 13.6. Their contact angles, with glass, are close to 135°…Q 11-09-140Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cubical block of side 0.5 m floats on water with 30\% of its volume under water. What is the maximum weight that can be put on the block without fully submerging it…Q 11-09-141Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Water from a tap emerges vertically downwards with an initial speed of 1.0 m s^-1. The cross-sectional area of the tap is 10^-4 m^2. Assume that the pressure is…Q 11-09-142Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A submarine experiences a pressure of 5.05×10^6 Pa at a depth of d_1 in a sea. When it goes further to a depth of d_2, it experiences a pressure of 8.08×10^6 Pa. Then…Q 11-09-143Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
Water from a pipe is coming at a rate of 100 litres per minute. If the radius of the pipe is 5 cm, the Reynolds number for the flow is of the order of (density of water…Q 11-09-144Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
If M is the mass of water that rises in a capillary tube of radius r, then mass of water which will rise in a capillary tube of radius 2r isQ 11-09-145Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A wooden block floating in a bucket of water has 4/5 of its volume submerged. When certain amount of an oil is poured into the bucket, it is found that the block is…Q 11-09-146Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A long cylindrical vessel is half filled with a liquid. When the vessel is rotated about its own vertical axis, the liquid rises up near the wall. If the radius of…Q 11-09-147Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A soap bubble, blown by a mechanical pump at the mouth of a tube, increases in volume with time at a constant rate. The graph that correctly depicts the time dependence…Q 11-09-148Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere, of radius R acquires a terminal velocity v_1 when falling (due to gravity) through a viscous fluid having a coefficient of viscosity η. The sphere is…Q 11-09-149Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin uniform tube is bent into a circle of radius r in the vertical plane. Equal volumes of two immiscible liquids, whose densities are ρ_1 and ρ_2 (ρ_1 > ρ_2), fill…Q 11-09-150Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQHard
When an air bubble of radius r rises from the bottom to the surface of a lake, its radius becomes (5r)/(4). Taking the atmospheric pressure to be equal to 10 m height…Q 11-09-151Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A small soap bubble of radius 4 cm is trapped inside another bubble of radius 6 cm without any contact. Let P_2 be the pressure inside the inner bubble and P_0, the…Q 11-09-152Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two tubes of radii r_1 and r_2 and lengths l_1 and l_2, respectively, are connected in series and a liquid flows through each of them in stream line conditions. P_1 and…Q 11-09-153Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
If a soap bubble expands, the pressure inside the bubbleQ 11-09-154Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQEasy
A spherical ball is dropped in a long column of a highly viscous liquid. The curve in the graph shown, which represents the speed of the ball (v) as a function of time…Q 11-09-155Mechanical Properties of FluidsNEETMCQEasy
A vessel with square cross-section and height of 6 m is vertically partitioned. A small window of 100 cm^2 with a hinged door is fitted at a depth of 3 m in the…Q 11-09-156Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two water drops each of radius r coalesce to form a bigger drop. If T is the surface tension, the surface energy released in this process is:Q 11-09-157Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a completely full cylindrical water tank of height 1.6 m and cross-sectional area 0.5 m^2. It has a small hole in its side at a height 90 cm from the bottom.…Q 11-09-158Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cylindrical vessels of equal cross-sectional area 2 m^2 contain water up to heights 10 m and 6 m, respectively. If the vessels are connected at their bottom, then…Q 11-09-159Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid steel ball of diameter 3.6 mm acquired a terminal velocity of 2.45×10^-2 m/s while falling under gravity through an oil of density 925 kg m^-3. Take the density…Q 11-09-160Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
The excess pressure inside a soap bubble A in air is half the excess pressure inside another soap bubble B in air. If the volume of the bubble A is n times the volume…Q 11-09-161Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two liquids A and B have θ_A and θ_B as contact angles in a capillary tube. If K = θ_A/θ_B, then identify the correct statement:Q 11-09-162Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQEasy
A capillary tube of radius 0.1 mm is partly dipped in water (surface tension 70 dyn/cm and glass–water contact angle ≈ 0°), inclined at 30° with the vertical. The…Q 11-09-163Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: A small steel ball falling through glycerine at its terminal velocity has zero net force acting on it, yet the viscous…Q 11-09-164Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
An open tank contains two immiscible liquids, one above the other. The graph shows the gauge pressure in the tank as a function of depth below the free surface. A solid…Q 11-09-165Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQHard
A soap bubble of radius r is formed inside another soap bubble of radius 6 cm, the two being concentric. The pressure inside the inner bubble exceeds the atmospheric…Q 11-09-166Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQMedium
An open rectangular tank 3 m long and 1 m deep contains water to a depth of 0.7 m. It is accelerated horizontally along its length, as shown. The maximum acceleration…Q 11-09-167Mechanical Properties of FluidsJEE MainMCQHard
The temperature of a metallic sphere of radius R is increased by a small amount Δ T. If the linear coefficient of thermal expansion of the metal is α, the approximate…Q 11-10-001Thermal Properties of MatterNEETMCQEasy
Three identical heat conducting rods are connected in series as shown in the figure. The rods on the sides have thermal conductivity 2K while that in the middle has…Q 11-10-002Thermal Properties of MatterNEETMCQMedium
A metallic bar of Young's modulus, 0.5 × 10^11 N m^-2 and coefficient of linear thermal expansion 10^-5 °C^-1, length 1 m and area of cross-section 10^-3 m^2 is heated…Q 11-10-003Thermal Properties of MatterNEETMCQMedium
A cup of coffee cools from 90°C to 80°C in t minutes, when the room temperature is 20°C. The time taken by a similar cup of coffee to cool from 80°C to 60°C at a room…Q 11-10-004Thermal Properties of MatterNEETMCQMedium
The quantities of heat required to raise the temperature of two solid copper spheres of radii r_1 and r_2 (r_1 = 1.5r_2) through 1 K are in the ratio :Q 11-10-005Thermal Properties of MatterNEETMCQEasy
What lengths of brass and iron rods at 0°C must be used if the difference between their lengths is always 0.2 m? The coefficients of linear expansion of brass and iron…Q 11-10-006Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A metal rod of Young's modulus Y and coefficient of linear expansion α is held at its two ends such that its length remains invariant. If its temperature is raised by t…Q 11-10-007Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An aluminium sphere of 20 cm diameter is heated from 0°C to 100°C. Its volume changes by (coefficient of linear expansion of aluminium = 23 × 10^-6 °C^-1)Q 11-10-008Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A wooden wheel of radius R is made of two semicircular parts. The two parts are held together by a ring made of a metal strip of cross-sectional area S and length L,…Q 11-10-009Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQHard
A metal rod having a linear coefficient of expansion 2 × 10^-5 °C^-1 has a length of 1 m at 25°C. The temperature at which it is shortened by 1 mm isQ 11-10-010Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
When the temperature of a body increases from t to t + Δ t, its moment of inertia increases from I to I + Δ I. The coefficient of linear expansion of the body is α. The…Q 11-10-011Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A pendulum clock gives correct time at 20°C at a place where g = 10 m/s^2. The pendulum consists of a light steel rod connected to a heavy ball. If it is taken to a…Q 11-10-012Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two rods of lengths L_1 and L_2 are welded together to make a composite rod of length (L_1 + L_2). If the coefficients of linear expansion of the materials of the rods…Q 11-10-013Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An equilateral triangle ABC is formed by joining three rods of equal length, and D is the mid-point of AB. The coefficient of linear expansion for AB is α_1 and for AC…Q 11-10-014Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQHard
A long cylindrical metal vessel, of coefficient of linear expansion α, is filled with a liquid up to a certain height. On heating, the level of the liquid in the…Q 11-10-015Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A solid whose volume does not change with temperature floats in a liquid. At temperatures t_1 and t_2 of the liquid, the fractions of the volume of the solid that…Q 11-10-016Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQHard
A piece of metal weighs 45 g in air and 25 g in a liquid of density 1.5 × 10^3 kg m^-3 kept at 30°C. When the temperature of the liquid is raised to 40°C, the metal…Q 11-10-017Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQHard
A one litre flask contains some mercury. It is found that at different temperatures the volume of air inside the flask remains the same. The volume of mercury taken in…Q 11-10-018Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
When a liquid in a glass vessel is heated, its apparent expansion is 10.30 × 10^-4 °C^-1. When the same liquid is heated in a metallic vessel, its apparent expansion is…Q 11-10-019Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The volume of mercury in the bulb of a thermometer is 10^-6 m^3. The area of cross-section of the capillary tube is 2 × 10^-7 m^2. If the temperature is raised by…Q 11-10-020Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A non-conducting body floats in a liquid at 20°C with (2)/(3) of its volume immersed in the liquid. When the liquid temperature is increased to 100°C, (3)/(4) of the…Q 11-10-021Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A glass flask of volume one litre is filled completely with mercury at 0°C. The flask is now heated to 100°C. The coefficient of volume expansion of mercury is 1.82 ×…Q 11-10-022Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The temperatures of the two ends A and B of a rod of length 25 cm and uniform circular cross-section are 100°C and 0°C respectively. In the steady state, the…Q 11-10-023Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two walls of thicknesses l_1 and l_2 and thermal conductivities K_1 and K_2 are in contact. In the steady state, if the temperatures at the outer faces are θ_1 and θ_2,…Q 11-10-024Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Three rods AB, BC and BD made of the same material and having the same area of cross-section and the same length are joined at B, as in a T-shape. The ends A, C and D…Q 11-10-025Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A cylinder of radius R made of a material of thermal conductivity K_1 is surrounded by a cylindrical shell of inner radius R and outer radius 2R made of a material of…Q 11-10-026Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
One end of a cylindrical rod is kept in a steam chamber and the other end in melting ice. 0.5 g of ice melts in 1 s. If the rod is replaced by another rod of the same…Q 11-10-027Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two slabs A and B of equal surface area are placed one over the other such that their surfaces are completely in contact. The thickness and the coefficient of thermal…Q 11-10-028Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Three rods of the same dimensions have thermal conductivities 3K, 2K and K. They are joined at one common point. The free end of the 3K rod is at 100°C, that of the 2K…Q 11-10-029Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A very small hole in an electric furnace is used for heating metals. The hole nearly acts as a black body. The area of the hole is 200 mm^2. To keep a metal at 727°C,…Q 11-10-030Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particular star (assuming it to be a black body) has a surface temperature of about 5 × 10^4 K. The wavelength in nanometres at which its radiation becomes maximum is…Q 11-10-031Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The power radiated by a black body is P and it radiates maximum energy around the wavelength λ_0. If the temperature of the black body is now changed so that it…Q 11-10-032Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A black body radiates energy at the rate of E watt/m^2 at a high temperature T K. When the temperature is reduced to (T)/(2) K, the radiant energy isQ 11-10-033Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A body cools from 70°C to 50°C in 5 minutes. The temperature of the surroundings is 20°C. Its temperature after the next 10 minutes isQ 11-10-034Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two liquids at temperatures 60°C and 20°C respectively have masses in the ratio 3 : 4 and their specific heats in the ratio 4 : 5. If the two liquids are mixed, the…Q 11-10-035Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Equal masses of three liquids A, B and C have temperatures 10°C, 25°C and 40°C respectively. If A and B are mixed, the mixture has a temperature of 15°C. If B and C are…Q 11-10-036Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
At what temperature do the Celsius and Fahrenheit scales give the same reading?Q 11-10-037Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A faulty thermometer reads 2° in melting ice and 102° in steam at normal pressure. When it reads 52°, the correct temperature on the Celsius scale isQ 11-10-038Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A steel scale is correct at 0°C. A length measured with it at 40°C reads 50.00 cm. If α_steel = 1.2 × 10^-5 °C^-1, the true length isQ 11-10-039Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
How much heat is needed to convert 10 g of ice at -10°C into steam at 100°C? (specific heat of ice = 0.5 cal/g°C, latent heat of fusion = 80 cal/g, latent heat of…Q 11-10-040Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
20 g of ice at 0°C is mixed with 40 g of water at 50°C. The final temperature of the mixture is (latent heat of fusion = 80 cal/g)Q 11-10-041Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
10 g of ice at 0°C is mixed with 10 g of water at 40°C. The final temperature and the mass of ice left are (latent heat of fusion = 80 cal/g)Q 11-10-042Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two rods of the same material and length have radii in the ratio 1 : 2. With the same temperature difference across their ends, the ratio of their rates of heat flow isQ 11-10-043Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The surface temperature of a black body is doubled. The wavelength at which it radiates most stronglyQ 11-10-044Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A body cools from 80°C to 60°C in 10 min in a room at 20°C. Using the average form of Newton's law of cooling, the time it takes to cool from 60°C to 40°C is aboutQ 11-10-045Thermal Properties of MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 50 cm long steel rod is clamped rigidly at both ends at 20°C and then heated to 70°C. Find the thermal stress produced, in units of 10^8 Pa. (Y = 2 × 10^11 Pa, α =…Q 11-10-046Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The heat extracted out of x gram of water initially at 50°C to cool it down to 0°C is sufficient to evaporate (1000 - x) gram of water also initially at 50°C. The value…Q 11-10-047Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The temperature of a metal strip having coefficient of linear expansion α is increased from T_1 to T_2 resulting in increase of its length by Δ L_1. The temperature is…Q 11-10-048Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following best represents the temperature versus heat supplied graph for water, in the range of -20°C to 120°C?Q 11-10-049Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
10 kg of ice at -10°C is added to 100 kg of water to lower its temperature from 25 °C. Consider no heat exchange to surroundings. The decrement to the temperature of…Q 11-10-050Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A brass wire of length 2 m and radius 1 mm at 27°C is held taut between two rigid supports. Initially it was cooled to a temperature of -43°C creating a tension T in…Q 11-10-051Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An amount of ice of mass 10^-3 kg and temperature -10°C is transformed to vapour of temperature 110°C by applying heat. The total amount of work required for this…Q 11-10-052Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two spherical bodies of same material having radii 0.2 m and 0.8 m are placed in same atmosphere. The temperature of the smaller body is 800 K and temperature of the…Q 11-10-053Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Three conductors of same length having thermal conductivity k_1, k_2 and k_3 are connected as shown in the figure. Area of cross sections of 1^st and 2^nd conductor are…Q 11-10-054Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A gun fires a lead bullet of temperature 300 K into a wooden block. The bullet, having melting temperature of 600 K, penetrates into the block and melts down. If the…Q 11-10-055Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following figures represents the relation between Celsius and Fahrenheit temperatures?Q 11-10-056Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of a body in air falls from 40°C to 24°C in 4 minutes. The temperature of the air is 16°C. The temperature of the body in the next 4 minutes will beQ 11-10-057Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A difference of temperature in a material can convert heat energy into electrical energy. To harvest the heat energy, the material should haveQ 11-10-058Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A cup of coffee cools from 90°C to 80°C in t minutes when the room temperature is 20°C. The time taken by a similar cup of coffee to cool from 80°C to 60°C at the same…Q 11-10-059Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
On the Celsius scale the temperature of a body increases by 40°C. The increase in temperature on the Fahrenheit scale isQ 11-10-060Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of ice at -10°C is slowly heated and converted to steam at 100°C. Which of the following curves represents the phenomenon qualitatively?Q 11-10-061Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A body cools from 60°C to 40°C in 6 minutes. If temperature of surroundings is 10°C, then after the next 6 minutes, its temperature will be ______ °C.Q 11-10-062Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
Heat energy of 184 kJ is given to ice of mass 600 g at -12°C. Specific heat of ice is 2222.3 J kg^-1 °C^-1 and latent heat of ice is 336 kJ kg^-1. (A) Final temperature…Q 11-10-063Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A faulty thermometer reads 5°C in melting ice and 95°C in steam. The correct temperature on absolute scale will be ______ K when the faulty thermometer reads 41°C.Q 11-10-064Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A water heater of power 2000 W is used to heat water. The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J kg^-1 K^-1. The efficiency of heater is 70\%. Time required to heat…Q 11-10-065Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A hole is drilled in a metal sheet. At 27°C, the diameter of hole is 5 cm. When the sheet is heated to 177°C, the change in the diameter of hole is d×10^-3 cm. The…Q 11-10-066Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bowl filled with very hot soup cools from 98°C to 86°C in 2 minutes when the room temperature is 22°C. How long it will take to cool from 75°C to 69°C?Q 11-10-067Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The graph between two temperature scales P and Q is shown in the figure. Between upper fixed point and lower fixed point there are 150 equal divisions of scale P and…Q 11-10-068Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two plates A and B have thermal conductivities 84 W m^-1K^-1 and 126 W m^-1K^-1 respectively. They have same surface area and same thickness. They are placed in contact…Q 11-10-069Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
On a temperature scale 'X', the boiling point of water is 65°X and the freezing point is -15°X. Assuming that the X scale is linear, the equivalent temperature…Q 11-10-070Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A body cools from 80°C to 60°C in 5 minutes. The temperature of the surrounding is 20°C. The time it takes to cool from 60°C to 40°C isQ 11-10-071Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A body cools in 7 minutes from 60°C to 40°C. The temperature of the surrounding is 10°C. The temperature of the body after the next 7 minutes will beQ 11-10-072Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A steel rod of length 1 m and cross-sectional area 10^-4 m^2 is heated from 0°C to 200°C without being allowed to extend or bend. The compressive tension produced in…Q 11-10-073Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two metallic blocks M_1 and M_2 of same area of cross-section are connected to each other (as shown in figure). If the thermal conductivity of M_2 is K then the thermal…Q 11-10-074Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A 100 g iron nail is hit by a 1.5 kg hammer striking at a velocity of 60 m s^-1. What will be the rise in the temperature of the nail if one fourth of energy of the…Q 11-10-075Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment to verify Newton's law of cooling, a graph is plotted between the temperature difference (Δ T) of the water and surroundings and time as shown in…Q 11-10-076Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A steam engine intakes 50 g of steam at 100°C per minute and cools it down to 20°C. If latent heat of vaporization of steam is 540 cal g^-1, then the heat rejected by…Q 11-10-077Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A solid metallic cube having total surface area 24 m^2 is uniformly heated. If its temperature is increased by 10°C, calculate the increase in volume of the cube.…Q 11-10-078Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A copper block of mass 5.0 kg is heated to a temperature of 500°C and is placed on a large ice block. What is the maximum amount of ice that can melt? [Specific heat of…Q 11-10-079Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A geyser heats water flowing at a rate of 2.0 kg per minute from 30°C to 70°C. If the geyser operates on a gas burner, the rate of combustion of fuel will be ______ g…Q 11-10-080Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A unit scale is to be prepared whose length does not change with temperature and remains 20 cm, using a bimetallic strip made of brass and iron each of different…Q 11-10-081Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block of ice of mass 120 g at temperature 0°C is put in 300 g of water at 25°C. x g of ice melts as the temperature of the water reaches 0°C. The value of x is…Q 11-10-082Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
An ice cube of dimensions 60 cm×50 cm×20 cm is placed in an insulation box of wall thickness 1 cm. The box keeping the ice cube at 0°C is brought to a room of…Q 11-10-083Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A lead bullet penetrates into a solid object and melts. Assuming that 40\% of its kinetic energy is used to heat it, the initial speed of bullet is (Given, initial…Q 11-10-084Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
If K_1 and K_2 are the thermal conductivities, L_1 and L_2 are the lengths and A_1 and A_2 are the cross sectional areas of steel and copper rods respectively such that…Q 11-10-085Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Read the following statements : A. When small temperature difference between a liquid and its surrounding is doubled the rate of loss of heat of the liquid becomes…Q 11-10-086Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A body takes 4 min to cool from 61°C to 59°C. If the temperature of the surroundings is 30°C, the time taken by the body to cool from 51°C to 49°C is:Q 11-10-087Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two thin metallic spherical shells of radii r_1 and r_2 (r_1 < r_2) are placed with their centres coinciding. A material of thermal conductivity K is filled in the…Q 11-10-088Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Each side of a box made of metal sheet in cubic shape is a at room temperature T, the coefficient of linear expansion of the metal sheet is α. The metal sheet is heated…Q 11-10-089Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: When a rod lying freely is heated, no thermal stress…Q 11-10-090Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The area of cross-section of a railway track is 0.01 m^2. The temperature variation is 10 °C. Coefficient of linear expansion of material of track is 10^-5 °C^-1. The…Q 11-10-091Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
In 5 minutes, a body cools from 75 °C to 65 °C at room temperature of 25 °C. The temperature of body at the end of next 5 minutes is ______ °C.Q 11-10-092Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The temperature θ at the junction of two insulating sheets, having thermal resistances R_1 and R_2 as well as top and bottom temperatures θ_1 and θ_2 (as shown in…Q 11-10-093Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of equal masses of three different liquids x, y and z are 10°C, 20°C and 30°C respectively. The temperature of mixture when x is mixed with y is 16°C…Q 11-10-094Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A rod CD of thermal resistance 10.0 K W^-1 is joined at the middle of an identical rod AB as shown in figure. The ends A, B and D are maintained at 200°C, 100°C and…Q 11-10-095Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The height of victoria's falls is 63 m. What is the difference in the temperature of water at the top and at the bottom of the fall? [Given 1 cal = 4.2 J and specific…Q 11-10-096Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Three containers C_1, C_2 and C_3 have water at different temperatures. The table below shows the final temperature T when different amounts of water (given in litres)…Q 11-10-097Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two different wires having lengths L_1 and L_2 and respective temperature coefficients of linear expansion α_1 and α_2 are joined end-to-end. Then the effective…Q 11-10-098Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Three rods of identical cross-section and length are made of three different materials of thermal conductivity K_1, K_2 and K_3, respectively. They are joined together…Q 11-10-099Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A non-isotropic solid metal cube has coefficients of linear expansion of 5×10^-5 /°C along the x-axis and 5×10^-6 /°C along the y and z-axes. If the coefficient of…Q 11-10-100Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
M grams of steam at 100 °C is mixed with 200 g of ice at its melting point in a thermally insulated container. If it produces liquid water at 40 °C [heat of…Q 11-10-101Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
When the temperature of a metal wire is increased from 0°C to 10°C, its length increases by 0.02\%. The percentage change in its mass density will be closest to:Q 11-10-102Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A bakelite beaker has volume capacity of 500 cc at 30°C. When it is partially filled with V_m volume (at 30°C) of mercury, it is found that the unfilled volume of the…Q 11-10-103Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A metallic sphere cools from 50°C to 40°C in 300 s. If atmospheric temperature around is 20°C, then the sphere's temperature after the next 5 minutes will be close to:Q 11-10-104Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A calorimeter of water equivalent 20 g contains 180 g of water at 25°C. m grams of steam at 100°C is mixed in it till the temperature of the mixture is 31°C. The value…Q 11-10-105Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The specific heat of water = 4200 J kg^-1K^-1 and the latent heat of ice = 3.4×10^5 J kg^-1. 100 grams of ice at 0°C is placed in 200 g of water at 25°C. The amount of…Q 11-10-106Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A bullet of mass 5 g, travelling with a speed of 210 m s^-1, strikes a fixed wooden target. One half of its kinetic energy is converted into heat in the bullet. The…Q 11-10-107Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A heat source at T = 10^3 K is connected to another heat reservoir at T = 10^2 K by a copper slab which is 1 m thick. Given that the thermal conductivity of copper is…Q 11-10-108Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An unknown metal of mass 192 g heated to a temperature of 100°C was immersed into a brass calorimeter of mass 128 g containing 240 g of water at a temperature of 8.4°C.…Q 11-10-109Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Temperature difference of 120°C is maintained between two ends of a uniform rod AB of length 2L. Another bent rod PQ, of same cross-section as AB and length (3L)/(2),…Q 11-10-110Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A thermally insulated vessel contains 150 g of water at 0°C. Then the air from the vessel is pumped out adiabatically. A fraction of water turns into ice and the rest…Q 11-10-111Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical beakers A and B contain equal volumes of two different liquids at 60°C each and left to cool down. Liquid in A has density of 8×10^2 kg m^-3 and specific…Q 11-10-112Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two materials having coefficients of thermal conductivity 3K and K and thickness d and 3d respectively, are joined to form a slab as shown in the figure. The…Q 11-10-113Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A massless spring (k = 800 N/m), attached with a mass (500 g) is completely immersed in 1 kg of water. The spring is stretched by 2 cm and released so that it starts…Q 11-10-114Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Ice at -20°C is added to 50 g of water at 40°C. When the temperature of the mixture reaches 0°C, it is found that 20 g of ice is still unmelted. The amount of ice added…Q 11-10-115Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two rods A and B of identical dimensions are at temperature 30°C. If A is heated up to 180°C and B up to T°C, then the new lengths are the same. If the ratio of the…Q 11-10-116Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A thermometer graduated according to a linear scale reads a value x_0 when in contact with boiling water, and x_0/3 when in contact with ice. What is the temperature of…Q 11-10-117Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
When 100 g of a liquid A at 100°C is added to 50 g of a liquid B at temperature 75°C, the temperature of the mixture becomes 90°C. The temperature of the mixture, if…Q 11-10-118Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal ball of mass 0.1 kg is heated up to 500°C and dropped into a vessel of heat capacity 800 J K^-1 and containing 0.5 kg water. The initial temperature of water…Q 11-10-119Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylinder of radius R is surrounded by a cylindrical shell of inner radius R and outer radius 2R. The thermal conductivity of the material of the inner cylinder is K_1…Q 11-10-120Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
When M_1 gram of ice at -10°C (specific heat = 0.5 cal g^-1°C^-1) is added to M_2 gram of water at 50°C, finally no ice is left and the water is at 0°C. The value of…Q 11-10-121Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
1 kg of water, at 20°C is heated in an electric kettle whose heating element has a mean (temperature averaged) resistance of 20 Ω. The rms voltage in the mains is 200…Q 11-10-122Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A body takes 10 minutes to cool from 60°C to 50°C. The temperature of surroundings is constant at 25°C. Then, the temperature of the body after next 10 minutes will be…Q 11-10-123Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A copper ball of mass 100 g is at a temperature T. It is dropped in a copper calorimeter of mass 100 g, filled with 170 g of water at room temperature. Subsequently,…Q 11-10-124Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An external pressure P is applied on a cube at 0°C so that it is equally compressed from all sides. K is the bulk modulus of the material of the cube and α is its…Q 11-10-125Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment, a sphere of aluminium of mass 0.20 kg is heated up to 150°C. Immediately, it is put into water of volume 150 cc at 27°C kept in a calorimeter of water…Q 11-10-126Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Heat capacity of body & I. & J kg^-1 \ B. & Specific heat capacity of body & II. & J K^-1 \ C. &…Q 11-10-127Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a rectangular sheet of solid material of length l = 9 cm and width d = 4 cm. The coefficient of linear expansion is α = 3.1×10^-5 K^-1 at room temperature and…Q 11-10-128Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A wire of length 10 cm and diameter 0.5 mm is used in a bulb. The temperature of the wire is 1727°C and the power radiated by the wire is 94.2 W. Its emissivity is x8,…Q 11-10-129Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two cylindrical rods A and B made of different materials are joined in a straight line. The ratios of lengths, radii and thermal conductivities of these rods are…Q 11-10-130Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
Water falls from a height of 200 m into a pool. Calculate the rise in temperature of the water, assuming no heat dissipation from the water in the pool. (Take g = 10…Q 11-10-131Thermal Properties of MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot engine works between a source at 500 K and a sink at 300 K. Its efficiency isQ 11-11-001ThermodynamicsNEETMCQEasy
In an adiabatic expansion, the temperature of one mole of an ideal monatomic gas (γ = 5/3) decreases from 60 K to 50 K. The work done by the gas in the process is :…Q 11-11-002ThermodynamicsNEETMCQEasy
One mole of an ideal monatomic gas undergoes a cyclic process as shown in the figure. The total heat supplied to the gas is :Q 11-11-003ThermodynamicsNEETMCQMedium
Two gases A and B are filled at the same pressure in separate cylinders with movable pistons of radius r_A and r_B, respectively. On supplying an equal amount of heat…Q 11-11-004ThermodynamicsNEETMCQMedium
A thermodynamic system is taken through the cycle abcda. The work done by the gas along the path bc is :Q 11-11-005ThermodynamicsNEETMCQEasy
A Carnot engine has an efficiency of 50\% when its source is at a temperature 327° C. The temperature of the sink is :Q 11-11-006ThermodynamicsNEETMCQEasy
Two cylinders A and B of equal capacity are connected to each other via a stop cock. A contains an ideal gas at standard temperature and pressure. B is completely…Q 11-11-007ThermodynamicsNEETMCQMedium
The work done to increase the temperature of one mole of an ideal gas by 30°C, if it is expanding under the condition V ∝ T^2/3, is (R = 8.314 J/mol K)Q 11-11-008ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
If c_P and c_V denote the specific heats of nitrogen per unit mass at constant pressure and constant volume respectively, thenQ 11-11-009ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
When a system is taken from state i to state f along the path iaf, it is found that Q = 50 cal and W = 20 cal. Along the path ibf, Q = 36 cal. W along the path ibf isQ 11-11-010ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Five moles of hydrogen initially at STP are compressed adiabatically so that its temperature becomes 673 K. The increase in internal energy of the gas, in kilojoule, is…Q 11-11-011ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The volume of one mole of a gas is changed from V to 2V at constant pressure p. If γ is the ratio of specific heats of the gas, the change in internal energy of the gas…Q 11-11-012ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas undergo a cyclic process 1 → 2 → 3 → 4 → 1. In processes 1 → 2 and 3 → 4 the pressure is proportional to the volume, while…Q 11-11-013ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas perform a cycle ABCDA. Processes AB and CD are at constant volume, and BC and DA are at constant pressure. The gas temperatures…Q 11-11-014ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
One mole of an ideal gas undergoes an isothermal change at temperature T so that its volume V is doubled. R is the molar gas constant. The work done by the gas during…Q 11-11-015ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A thermally insulated vessel contains an ideal gas of molecular mass M and ratio of specific heats γ. It is moving with speed v and is suddenly brought to rest.…Q 11-11-016ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
100 g of water is heated from 30°C to 50°C. Ignoring the slight expansion of the water, the change in its internal energy is (specific heat of water is 4184 J/kg K)Q 11-11-017ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
200 J of heat is supplied to a gas, and the gas does 80 J of work on its surroundings. The change in its internal energy isQ 11-11-018ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In which process is all the heat supplied to an ideal gas used to increase its internal energy?Q 11-11-019ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
When a diatomic ideal gas is heated at constant pressure, the fraction of the heat supplied that increases its internal energy isQ 11-11-020ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two moles of a monatomic ideal gas are heated at constant pressure from 300 K to 400 K. The heat supplied is (R = 8.3 J/mol K)Q 11-11-021ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas at 27°C is compressed adiabatically to (1)/(8) of its original volume. If γ = (5)/(3), its final temperature isQ 11-11-022ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A gas at pressure P is compressed adiabatically to (1)/(32) of its volume. If γ = 1.4, the final pressure isQ 11-11-023ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas expands from volume V to 2V once isothermally and once adiabatically, starting from the same state. Which statement is correct?Q 11-11-024ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The slope of an adiabatic curve on a P-V diagram, compared with that of an isothermal curve at the same point, isQ 11-11-025ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas is taken round the cycle shown by a rectangle on the P-V diagram with sides Δ P = 2 × 10^5 Pa and Δ V = 3 × 10^-3 m^3, traversed clockwise. The net heat…Q 11-11-026ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The efficiency of a Carnot engine is (1)/(4). When the temperature of its sink is lowered by 50 K, the efficiency becomes (1)/(3). The temperature of the source isQ 11-11-027ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot engine has an efficiency of 40\% with its sink at 300 K. By how much must the source temperature be raised to make the efficiency 50\%?Q 11-11-028ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A refrigerator works between -3°C and 27°C. Its maximum possible coefficient of performance isQ 11-11-029ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An engine absorbs 1000 J of heat from a source at 500 K in each cycle and rejects heat to a sink at 300 K. The maximum work it can do per cycle isQ 11-11-030ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
One mole of an ideal gas does W of work in an isobaric expansion. The heat absorbed is (γ = ratio of specific heats)Q 11-11-031ThermodynamicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Find the work done, in joules, when 2 mol of an ideal gas expand isothermally at 300 K from 10 L to 20 L. (R = 8.3 J/mol K, 2 = 0.693; give the answer to the nearest…Q 11-11-032ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A heat engine takes 1500 J from a hot reservoir and gives out 1050 J to a cold reservoir in each cycle. Find its efficiency as a percentage.Q 11-11-033ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
One mole of diatomic gas having rotational modes only is kept in a cylinder with a piston system. The cross-section area of the cylinder is 4 cm^2. The gas is heated…Q 11-11-034ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
Initial pressure and volume of a monoatomic ideal gas are P and V. The change in internal energy of this gas in adiabatic expansion to volume V_final = 27V is ______ J.Q 11-11-035ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A certain gas is isothermally compressed to ((1)/(3))^rd of its initial volume (V_0 = 3 litre) by applying required pressure. If the bulk modulus of the gas is 3 × 10^5…Q 11-11-036ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cylinder with adiabatic walls is closed at both ends and is divided into two compartments by a frictionless adiabatic piston. Ideal gas is filled in both (left and…Q 11-11-037ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R Statement I : Change in internal energy of a system containing n…Q 11-11-038ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the following statements: A. Zeroth law of thermodynamics gives concept of temperature B. First law of thermodynamics gives concept of internal energy C. In…Q 11-11-039ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas undergoes a process maintaining relation between pressure (P) and volume (V) as P = P_0(1 + ((V_0)/(V))^2)^-1, where P_0 and V_0 are constants. If two…Q 11-11-040ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
Heat is supplied to a diatomic gas at constant pressure. Then the ratio of Δ Q:Δ U:Δ W is ______.Q 11-11-041ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A vessel contains 0.15 m^3 of a gas at pressure 8 bar and temperature 140 °C with c_p=3R and c_v=2R. It is expanded adiabatically till pressure falls to 1 bar. The work…Q 11-11-042ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
5 moles of unknown gas is heated at constant volume from 10°C to 20°C. The molar specific heat of this gas at constant pressure c_p=8 cal/mol.°C and R=8.36 J/mol.°C.…Q 11-11-043ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A thermodynamic system is taken through the cyclic process ABC as shown in the figure. The total work done by the system during the cycle ABC is ______ J.Q 11-11-044ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the following p - V diagram the equation of state along the curved path is given by (V-2)^2 = 4ap where a is a constant. The total work done in the closed path isQ 11-11-045ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
10 mole of an ideal gas is undergoing the process shown in the figure. The heat involved in the process from P_1 to P_2 is α Joule ( P_1 = 21.7 Pa and P_2 = 30 Pa, C_v…Q 11-11-046ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Density of water at 4°C and 20°C are 1000 kg/m^3 and 998 kg/m^3 respectively. The increase in internal energy of 4 kg of water when it is heated from 4°C to 20°C is…Q 11-11-047ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given are statements for certain thermodynamic variables: (A) Internal energy, volume (V) and mass (M) are extensive variables. (B) Pressure (P), temperature (T) and…Q 11-11-048ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. List-I A. Pressure varies inversely with volume of an ideal gas. B. Heat absorbed goes partly to increase internal energy and partly to do…Q 11-11-049ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas initially at 0°C temperature is compressed suddenly to one fourth of its volume. If the ratio of specific heat at constant pressure to that at constant…Q 11-11-050ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Water of mass m gram is slowly heated to increase the temperature from T_1 to T_2. The change in entropy of the water, given specific heat of water is 1 J kg^-1K^-1, isQ 11-11-051ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas goes from an initial state to a final state. During the process, the pressure of the gas increases linearly with temperature. A. The work done by the gas…Q 11-11-052ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The temperature of 1 mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is increased by 50°C at constant pressure. The total heat added and change in internal energy are E_1 and E_2,…Q 11-11-053ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The magnitude of heat exchanged by a system for the given cyclic process ABCA (as shown in the figure) is (in SI unit)Q 11-11-054ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): In an insulated container, a gas is…Q 11-11-055ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot engine (E) is working between two temperatures 473 K and 273 K. In a new system, two engines are used: engine E_1 works between 473 K and 373 K, and engine E_2…Q 11-11-056ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The work done in an adiabatic change in an ideal gas depends upon onlyQ 11-11-057ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): With the increase in the pressure of an ideal…Q 11-11-058ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A polyatomic gas (C_V = 3R, C_P = 4R, where R is the gas constant) goes from phase space point A (P_A = 10^5 Pa, V_A = 4×10^-6 m^3) to point B (P_B = 5×10^4 Pa, V_B =…Q 11-11-059ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The pressure and volume of an ideal gas are related as PV^3/2 = K (constant). The work done when the gas is taken from state A(P_1, V_1, T_1) to state B(P_2, V_2, T_2) isQ 11-11-060ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A diatomic gas (γ = 1.4) does 200 J of work when it is expanded isobarically. The heat given to the gas in the process isQ 11-11-061ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of gas at temperature T is adiabatically expanded to double its volume. The adiabatic constant for the gas is γ = 3/2. The work done by the gas in the process…Q 11-11-062ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The heat absorbed by a system in going through the cyclic process shown (pressure in kPa, volume in cc) isQ 11-11-063ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
During an adiabatic process, if the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature, then the ratio (C_P)/(C_V) for the gas isQ 11-11-064ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The specific heat at constant pressure of a real gas obeying the equation PV^2 = RT isQ 11-11-065ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
A total of 48 J of heat is given to one mole of helium kept in a cylinder. The temperature of the helium increases by 2°C. The work done by the gas is (Given R = 8.3 J…Q 11-11-066ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
0.08 kg air is heated at constant volume through 5 °C. The specific heat of air at constant volume is 0.17 kcal kg^-1 °C^-1 and J = 4.18 joule cal^-1. The change in its…Q 11-11-067ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
During an adiabatic process, the pressure of a gas is found to be proportional to the cube of its absolute temperature. The ratio of (C_p)/(C_v) for the gas is:Q 11-11-068ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thermodynamic system is taken from an original state A to an intermediate state B by a linear process as shown in the figure. Its volume is then reduced to the…Q 11-11-069ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two different adiabatic paths for the same gas intersect two isothermal curves as shown in the P–V diagram. The relation between the ratio (V_a)/(V_d) and the ratio…Q 11-11-070ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A diatomic gas (γ = 1.4) does 100 J of work in an isobaric expansion. The heat given to the gas is:Q 11-11-071ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of 1 mole gas at temperature T is adiabatically expanded to double its volume. If adiabatic constant for the gas is γ = 3/2, then the work done by the gas in…Q 11-11-072ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The volume of an ideal gas (γ = 1.5) is changed adiabatically from 5 litres to 4 litres. The ratio of initial pressure to final pressure is:Q 11-11-073ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A real gas within a closed chamber at 27 °C undergoes the cyclic process as shown in the figure. The gas obeys the PV^3 = RT equation for the path A to B. The net work…Q 11-11-074ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQHard
Two thermodynamic processes A and B are shown in the figure as straight lines through the origin on a P versus V graph. Line A has slope γ and line B makes 45° with the…Q 11-11-075ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Choose the correct statement for processes A and B shown in the figure.Q 11-11-076ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: If dQ and dW represent the heat supplied to the…Q 11-11-077ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Heat is given to an ideal gas in an isothermal process. A. Internal energy of the gas will decrease. B. Internal energy of the gas will increase. C. Internal energy of…Q 11-11-078ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Efficiency of a reversible heat engine will be…Q 11-11-079ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Heat energy of 735 J is given to a diatomic gas allowing the gas to expand at constant pressure. Each gas molecule rotates around an internal axis but does not…Q 11-11-081ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A hypothetical gas expands adiabatically such that its volume changes from 8 litres to 27 litres. If the ratio of final pressure of the gas to initial pressure of the…Q 11-11-082ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
1 g of a liquid is converted to vapour at 3×10^5 Pa pressure. If 10\% of the heat supplied is used for increasing the volume by 1600 cm^3 during this phase change, then…Q 11-11-083ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an isothermal change, the change in pressure and volume of a gas can be represented for three different temperatures T_3>T_2>T_1 asQ 11-11-084ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot engine with efficiency 50\% takes heat from a source at 600 K. In order to increase the efficiency to 70\%, keeping the temperature of sink same, the new…Q 11-11-085ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Isothermal process & I. & Work done by the gas decreases internal energy \ B. & Adiabatic process…Q 11-11-086ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The initial pressure and volume of an ideal gas are P_0 and V_0. The final pressure of the gas when the gas is suddenly compressed to volume (V_0)/(4) will be (Given γ…Q 11-11-087ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thermodynamic system is taken through a cyclic process. The total work done in the process isQ 11-11-088ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A gas is compressed adiabatically. Which one of the following statements is NOT true?Q 11-11-089ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
1 kg of water at 100°C is converted into steam at 100°C by boiling at atmospheric pressure. The volume of water changes from 1.00×10^-3 m^3 as a liquid to 1.671 m^3 as…Q 11-11-090ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The thermodynamic process, in which internal energy of the system remains constant isQ 11-11-091ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An engine operating between the boiling and freezing points of water will have A. Efficiency more than 27\%. B. Efficiency less than the efficiency of a Carnot engine…Q 11-11-092ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A source supplies heat to a system at the rate of 1000 W. If the system performs work at a rate of 200 W, the rate at which internal energy of the system increases isQ 11-11-093ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: If heat is added to a system, its temperature must increase. Statement II: If positive work is done by a system in a…Q 11-11-094ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Work done by a Carnot engine operating between temperatures 127°C and 27°C is 2 kJ. The amount of heat transferred to the engine by the reservoir isQ 11-11-095ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider two containers A and B containing monoatomic gases at the same pressure P, volume V and temperature T. The gas in A is compressed isothermally to 1/8 of its…Q 11-11-096ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A sample of gas at temperature T is adiabatically expanded to double its volume. The work done by the gas in the process is (given γ=3/2)Q 11-11-097ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Carnot engine operating between two reservoirs has efficiency 1/3. When the temperature of cold reservoir is raised by x, its efficiency decreases to 1/6. The value…Q 11-11-098ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Carnot engine whose heat sink is at 27°C has an efficiency of 25\%. By how many degrees should the temperature of the source be changed to increase the efficiency by…Q 11-11-099ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Carnot engine takes 5000 kcal of heat from a reservoir at 727°C and gives heat to a sink at 127°C. The work done by the engine isQ 11-11-100ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A monoatomic gas performs a work of Q4 where Q is the heat supplied to it. The molar heat capacity of the gas will be ______ R during this transformation, where R is…Q 11-11-101ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The efficiency of a Carnot engine working between steam point and ice point will beQ 11-11-102ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A heat engine operates with the cold reservoir at temperature 324 K. The minimum temperature of the hot reservoir, if the heat engine takes 300 J heat from the hot…Q 11-11-103ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A certain amount of gas of volume V at 27°C temperature and pressure 2×10^7 N m^-2 expands isothermally until its volume gets doubled. Later it expands adiabatically…Q 11-11-104ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Let η_1 be the efficiency of an engine at T_1 = 447°C and T_2 = 147°C while η_2 is the efficiency at T_1 = 947°C and T_2 = 47°C. The ratio (η_1)/(η_2) will beQ 11-11-105ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
7 moles of a certain monoatomic ideal gas undergo a temperature increase of 40 K at constant pressure. The increase in the internal energy of the gas in this process is…Q 11-11-106ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A monoatomic gas at pressure P and volume V is suddenly compressed to one eighth of its original volume. The final pressure at constant entropy will beQ 11-11-107ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a carnot engine, the temperature of reservoir is 527°C and that of sink is 200 K. If the workdone by the engine when it transfers heat from reservoir to sink is…Q 11-11-108ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A diatomic gas (γ = 1.4) does 400 J of work when it is expanded isobarically. The heat given to the gas in the process is ______ J.Q 11-11-109ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In 1^st case, Carnot engine operates between temperatures 300 K and 100 K. In 2^nd case, as shown in the figure, a combination of two engines is used. The efficiency of…Q 11-11-110ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot engine has efficiency of 50\%. If the temperature of sink is reduced by 40°C, its efficiency increases by 30\%. The temperature of the source will be :Q 11-11-111ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the reported figure, there is a cyclic process ABCDA on a sample of 1 mol of a diatomic gas. The temperature of the gas during the process A → B and C → D are T_1…Q 11-11-112ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two Carnot engines A and B operate in series such that engine A absorbs heat at T_1 and rejects heat to a sink at temperature T. Engine B absorbs half of the heat…Q 11-11-113ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A reversible engine has an efficiency of 1/4. If the temperature of the sink is reduced by 58°C, its efficiency becomes double. Calculate the temperature of the sink:Q 11-11-114ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of gas with γ = 1.5 is taken through an adiabatic process in which the volume is compressed from 1200 cm^3 to 300 cm^3. If the initial pressure is 200 kPa, the…Q 11-11-115ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ (a) & Isothermal & (i) & Pressure constant \ (b) & Isochoric & (ii) & Temperature constant \ (c) &…Q 11-11-116ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
n mole of a perfect gas undergoes a cyclic process ABCA (see figure) consisting of the following processes. A → B: Isothermal expansion at temperature T so that the…Q 11-11-117ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
If one mole of an ideal gas at (P_1, V_1) is allowed to expand reversibly and isothermally (A to B) its pressure is reduced to one-half of the original pressure (see…Q 11-11-118ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A diatomic gas, having C_P = 7/2 R and C_V = 5/2 R, is heated at constant pressure. The ratio dU : dQ : dWQ 11-11-119ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a certain thermodynamical process, the pressure of a gas depends on its volume as kV^3. The work done when the temperature changes from 100 °C to 300 °C will be xnR…Q 11-11-120ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For an adiabatic expansion of an ideal gas, the fractional change in its pressure is equal to (where γ is the ratio of specific heats):Q 11-11-121ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas in a cylinder is separated by a piston in such a way that the entropy of one part is S_1 and that of the other part is S_2. Given that S_1 > S_2. If the…Q 11-11-122ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of 4 moles of a rigid diatomic gas from 0 °C to 50 °C when no work is done is ______ (R is the universal gas constant)Q 11-11-123ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the reported figure, heat energy absorbed by a system in going through a cyclic process is ______ π J.Q 11-11-124ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
1 mole of rigid diatomic gas performs a work of (Q)/(5) when heat Q is supplied to it. The molar heat capacity of the gas during this transformation is (xR)/(8). The…Q 11-11-126ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The volume V of a given mass of monoatomic gas changes with temperature T according to the relation V = KT^(2)/(3). The work done when temperature changes by 90 K will…Q 11-11-127ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A heat engine has an efficiency of (1)/(6). When the temperature of sink is reduced by 62°C, its efficiency gets doubled. The temperature of the source is:Q 11-11-128ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An electric appliance supplies 6000 J min^-1, heat to the system. If the system delivers a power of 90 W. How long it would take to increase the internal energy by…Q 11-11-129ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A refrigerator consumes an average 35 W power to operate between temperature -10°C to 25°C. If there is no loss of energy then how much average heat per second does it…Q 11-11-130ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A heat engine operates between a cold reservoir at temperature T_2 = 400 K and a hot reservoir at temperature T_1. It takes 300 J of heat from the hot reservoir and…Q 11-11-131ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A Carnot engine having an efficiency of (1)/(10) is being used as a refrigerator. If the work done on the refrigerator is 10 J, the amount of heat absorbed from the…Q 11-11-132ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following is an equivalent cyclic process corresponding to the thermodynamic cycle given in the figure? Here, 1 → 2 is adiabatic. (Graphs are schematic and…Q 11-11-133ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Starting at temperature 300 K, one mole of an ideal diatomic gas (γ = 1.4) is first compressed adiabatically from volume V_1 to V_2 = (V_1)/(16). It is then allowed to…Q 11-11-134ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In an adiabatic process, the density of a diatomic gas becomes 32 times its initial value. The final pressure of the gas is found to be n times the initial pressure.…Q 11-11-135ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An engine operates by taking a monatomic ideal gas through the cycle shown in the figure. The percentage efficiency of the engine is close to ______.Q 11-11-136ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A litre of dry air at STP expands adiabatically to a volume of 3 litres. If γ = 1.40, the work done by air is: (3^1.4 = 4.6555) [Take air to be an ideal gas]Q 11-11-137ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Carnot engine operates between two reservoirs of temperatures 900 K and 300 K. The engine performs 1200 J of work per cycle. The heat energy (in J) delivered by the…Q 11-11-138ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two ideal Carnot engines operate in cascade (all heat given up by one engine is used by the other engine to produce work) between temperatures T_1 and T_2. The…Q 11-11-139ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thermodynamic cycle xyzx is shown on a V-T diagram. The P-V diagram that best describes this cycle is: (Diagrams are schematic and not to scale)Q 11-11-140ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An engine takes in 5 moles of air at 20 °C and 1 atm, and compresses it adiabatically to 1/10^th of the original volume. Assuming air to be a diatomic ideal gas made up…Q 11-11-141ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A heat engine is involved with exchange of heat of 1915 J, -40 J, +125 J and -Q J, during one cycle achieving an efficiency of 50.0\%. The value of Q is:Q 11-11-142ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A balloon filled with helium (32°C and 1.7 atm) bursts. Immediately afterwards the expansion of helium can be considered as:Q 11-11-143ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
If minimum possible work is done by a refrigerator in converting 100 grams of water at 0°C to ice, how much heat (in calories) is released to the surroundings at…Q 11-11-144ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match the thermodynamic processes taking place in a system with the correct conditions. In the table: Δ Q is the heat supplied, Δ W is the work done and Δ U is change…Q 11-11-145ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three different processes that can occur in an ideal monoatomic gas are shown in the P vs V diagram. The paths are labelled as A → B, A → C and A → D. The change in…Q 11-11-146ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two Carnot engines A and B are operated in series. The first one, A, receives heat at T_1 (= 600 K) and rejects to a reservoir at temperature T_2. The second engine B…Q 11-11-147ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three Carnot engines operate in series between a heat source at a temperature T_1 and a heat sink at temperature T_4. The first engine works between T_1 and T_2, the…Q 11-11-148ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Half mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is heated at a constant pressure of 1 atm from 20°C to 90°C. Work done by the gas is (Gas constant R = 8.21 J mol^-1K^-1)Q 11-11-149ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
n moles of an ideal gas with constant volume heat capacity C_V undergo an isobaric expansion by certain volume. The ratio of the work done in the process, to the heat…Q 11-11-150ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A gas can be taken from A to B via two different processes ACB and ADB shown in the figure. When path ACB is used 60 J of heat flows into the system and 30 J of work is…Q 11-11-151ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The given diagram shows four processes i.e., isochoric, isobaric, isothermal and adiabatic. The correct assignment of the processes, in the same order is given byQ 11-11-152ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Following figure shows two processes A and B for a gas. If Δ Q_A and Δ Q_B are the amount of heat absorbed by the system in two cases, and Δ U_A and Δ U_B are changes…Q 11-11-153ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A rigid diatomic ideal gas undergoes an adiabatic process at room temperature. The relation between temperature and volume for this process is TV^x = constant, then x is:Q 11-11-154ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a process, temperature and volume of one mole of an ideal monoatomic gas are varied according to the relation VT = K, where K is a constant. In this process the…Q 11-11-155ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the given cyclic process CAB as shown for a gas, the work done is:Q 11-11-156ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of an ideal gas is taken through the cyclic process abca as shown in the figure. The change in the internal energy of the gas along the path ca is -180 J. The…Q 11-11-157ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A diatomic gas with rigid molecules does 10 J of work when expanded at constant pressure. What would be the heat energy absorbed by the gas, in this process?Q 11-11-159ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
One mole of an ideal monatomic gas is compressed isothermally in a rigid vessel to double its pressure at room temperature, 27°C. The magnitude of work done on the gas…Q 11-11-160ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A Carnot's engine works like a refrigerator between 250 K and 300 K. It receives 500 cal heat from the reservoir at a lower temperature. The amount of work done in each…Q 11-11-161ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
One mole of an ideal monatomic gas is taken along the path ABCA as shown in the PV diagram. The maximum temperature attained by the gas along the path BC is given by:Q 11-11-163ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An engine operates by taking n moles of an ideal gas through the cycle ABCDA shown in figure. The thermal efficiency of the engine is (take C_v = 1.5R, where R is gas…Q 11-11-164ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the P–V diagram given for an ideal gas, the gas goes from state 1 to state 2 along the curve P = constantV. Out of the following, which one correctly represents the…Q 11-11-165ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two moles of an ideal monoatomic gas occupies a volume V at 27°C. The gas expands adiabatically to a volume 2V. Calculate (a) the final temperature of the gas and (b)…Q 11-11-166ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas undergoes four different processes from the same initial state as shown in the figure below. Those processes are adiabatic, isothermal, isobaric and…Q 11-11-167ThermodynamicsNEETMCQEasy
In an adiabatic process, which of the following statements is true?Q 11-11-168ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the characteristics of an adiabatic process in a monoatomic gas. (A) Internal energy is constant. (B) Work done in the process is equal to the change in…Q 11-11-169ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
During the melting of a slab of ice at 273 K at atmospheric pressure:Q 11-11-170ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A gas is kept in a container having walls which are thermally non-conducting. Initially the gas has a volume of 800 cm^3 and temperature 27°C. The change in temperature…Q 11-11-171ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas exists in a state with pressure P_0 and volume V_0. It is isothermally expanded to 4 times its initial volume, then isobarically compressed to its original…Q 11-11-172ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Isobaric & I. & Δ Q = Δ W \ B. & Isochoric & II. & Δ Q = Δ U \ C. & Adiabatic & III. & Δ Q = 0 \…Q 11-11-173ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas undergoes the cyclic process shown in the figure: on a graph of V (in cm^3, vertical) against P (in kPa, horizontal) the cycle is a circle extending from P…Q 11-11-174ThermodynamicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Isothermal & I. & Δ W (work done) = 0 \ B. & Adiabatic & II. & Δ Q (supplied heat) = 0 \ C. &…Q 11-11-175ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A monoatomic gas having γ = 5/3 is stored in a thermally insulated container and the gas is suddenly compressed to (1/8)^th of its initial volume. The ratio of final…Q 11-11-176ThermodynamicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The mean free path of molecules in an ideal gas A is half that of another ideal gas B. The diameter of the spherical molecules of gas A is twice the diameter of the…Q 11-12-001Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQEasy
An ideal gas is made of polyatomic molecules. Each of the molecules has three translational, three rotational and f number of vibrational modes. If the ratio of heat…Q 11-12-002Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
An oxygen cylinder of volume 30 litre has 18.20 moles of oxygen. After some oxygen is withdrawn from the cylinder, its gauge pressure drops to 11 atmospheric pressure…Q 11-12-003Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQHard
A container has two chambers of volumes V_1 = 2 litres and V_2 = 3 litres separated by a partition made of a thermal insulator. The chambers contains n_1 = 5 and n_2 =…Q 11-12-004Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
The following graph represents the T-V curves of an ideal gas (where T is the temperature and V the volume) at three pressures P_1, P_2 and P_3 compared with those of…Q 11-12-005Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
The temperature of a gas is -50° C. To what temperature the gas should be heated so that the rms speed is increased by 3 times?Q 11-12-006Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
Match Column - I and Column - II and choose the correct match from the given choices. Column - I: (A) Root mean square speed of gas molecules (B) Pressure exerted by…Q 11-12-007Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
A cylinder contains hydrogen gas at pressure of 249 kPa and temperature 27°C. Its density is : (R = 8.3 J mol^-1K^-1)Q 11-12-008Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQEasy
The mean free path for a gas, with molecular diameter d and number density n can be expressed as :Q 11-12-009Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQEasy
The average thermal energy for a mono-atomic gas is : (k_B is Boltzmann constant and T, absolute temperature)Q 11-12-010Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQEasy
The gas in a vessel is subjected to a pressure of 20 atm at a temperature of 27°C. The pressure of the gas in the vessel after one-half of the gas is released from the…Q 11-12-011Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two gases A and B having the same pressure P, volume V and absolute temperature T are mixed. If the mixture has the volume V and temperature T respectively, then the…Q 11-12-012Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A closed hollow insulated cylinder is filled with gas at 0°C and also contains an insulated piston of negligible weight and negligible thickness at the middle point.…Q 11-12-013Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQHard
The rms speed of oxygen molecules at 300 K is about (R = 8.31 J mol^-1 K^-1, molar mass 32 g mol^-1)Q 11-12-014Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
For a gas at a given temperature, the ratio v_rms : v_avg : v_mp isQ 11-12-015Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A gas has density 1.2 kg m^-3 at a pressure of 10^5 Pa. Find the rms speed of its molecules in m s^-1.Q 11-12-016Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalMedium
The total translational kinetic energy of 2 moles of a monatomic ideal gas at 300 K is about (R = 8.31 J mol^-1 K^-1)Q 11-12-017Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
One mole of a monatomic gas is mixed with one mole of a rigid diatomic gas. The ratio γ = C_p/C_v for the mixture isQ 11-12-018Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A diatomic gas is at a high enough temperature that its vibrational mode is also excited. Its ratio of specific heats γ isQ 11-12-019Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The pressure of a gas is doubled while its temperature is kept constant. Its mean free pathQ 11-12-020Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The average translational kinetic energy of a gas molecule at 27°C is about (k_B = 1.38 × 10^-23 J K^-1)Q 11-12-021Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
At what temperature will the rms speed of hydrogen molecules equal the rms speed of oxygen molecules at 320 K?Q 11-12-022Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An air bubble released at the bottom of a lake has three times its original volume when it reaches the surface. Assuming the temperature is the same throughout, the…Q 11-12-023Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The internal energy of one mole of a rigid diatomic ideal gas at temperature T isQ 11-12-024Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The number of molecules per cubic metre of an ideal gas at 1.01 × 10^5 Pa and 273 K is about (k_B = 1.38 × 10^-23 J K^-1)Q 11-12-025Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A gas is heated at constant pressure until the rms speed of its molecules doubles. Its volume becomesQ 11-12-026Kinetic TheoryNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two closed vessels of same volume are joined through a narrow tube and both vessels are filled with air of pressure 90 kPa and temperature 400 K. Keeping the…Q 11-12-027Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
If 2 mole of an ideal monoatomic gas at temperature T, is mixed with 6 mole of another ideal monoatomic gas at temperature 2T then the temperature of mixture is:Q 11-12-028Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas at pressure P and temperature T is expanding such that PT^3 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion of the gas is ______.Q 11-12-029Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R Assertion A : If the average kinetic energy of H_2 and O_2…Q 11-12-030Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
One gas of n_1 mole of molecules at temperature T_1, volume V_1, and pressure P_1, and another gas of n_2 mole of molecules at temperature T_2, volume V_2, and pressure…Q 11-12-031Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A mixture of carbon dioxide and oxygen has volume 8310 cm^3, temperature 300 K, pressure 100 kPa and mass 13.2 g. The number of moles of carbon dioxide and oxygen gases…Q 11-12-032Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The mean free path of a molecule of diameter 5×10^-10 m at the temperature 41°C and pressure 1.38×10^5 Pa, is given as ______ m. (Given k_B = 1.38×10^-23 J/K).Q 11-12-033Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A gas of certain mass filled in a closed cylinder at a pressure of 3.23 kPa has temperature 50°C. The gas is now heated to double its temperature. The modified pressure…Q 11-12-034Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
For a diatomic gas, if γ_1 = ((C_p)/(C_v)) for rigid molecules and γ_2 = ((C_p)/(C_v)) for another diatomic molecule, but also having vibrational modes, then which one…Q 11-12-035Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
For a particular ideal gas, which of the following graphs represents the variation of mean squared velocity of the gas molecules with temperature?Q 11-12-036Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The kinetic energy of translation of the molecules in 50 g of CO_2 gas at 17°C isQ 11-12-037Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of vapour densities of two gases at the same temperature is (4)/(25), then the ratio of r.m.s. velocities will beQ 11-12-038Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A container of fixed volume contains a gas at 27°C. To double the pressure of the gas, the temperature of the gas should be raised to ______ °C.Q 11-12-039Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two moles of a monoatomic gas are mixed with six moles of a diatomic gas. The molar specific heat of the mixture at constant volume isQ 11-12-040Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
If the root mean square velocity of a hydrogen molecule at a given temperature and pressure is 2 km s^-1, the root mean square velocity of oxygen at the same condition…Q 11-12-041Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The P-T diagram of an ideal gas having three different densities ρ_1, ρ_2, ρ_3 (in three different cases) is shown in the figure. Which of the following is correct?Q 11-12-042Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The translational degrees of freedom (f_t) and rotational degrees of freedom (f_r) of a CH_4 molecule areQ 11-12-043Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
If the collision frequency of hydrogen molecules in a closed chamber at 27°C is Z, then the collision frequency of the same system at 127°C isQ 11-12-044Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
If n is the number density and d is the diameter of the molecule, then the average distance covered by a molecule between two successive collisions (i.e. mean free…Q 11-12-045Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample contains a mixture of helium and oxygen gas. The ratio of the root mean square speeds of helium and oxygen in the sample isQ 11-12-046Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy of 10 non-rigid diatomic molecules at temperature T isQ 11-12-047Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The average kinetic energy of a monatomic molecule is 0.414 eV at temperature: (Use k_B = 1.38×10^-23 J K^-1)Q 11-12-048Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The total kinetic energy of 1 mole of oxygen at 27 °C is: [Use universal gas constant R = 8.31 J mol^-1 K^-1]Q 11-12-049Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Two vessels A and B are of the same size and are at same temperature. A contains 1 g of hydrogen and B contains 1 g of oxygen. P_A and P_B are the pressures of the…Q 11-12-050Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of a gas having 2.0×10^25 molecules per cubic metre at 1.38 atm (Given, k = 1.38×10^-23 J K^-1) is:Q 11-12-051Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
N moles of a polyatomic gas (f = 6) must be mixed with two moles of a monoatomic gas so that the mixture behaves as a diatomic gas. The value of N is:Q 11-12-052Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A mixture of one mole of monoatomic gas and one mole of a diatomic gas (rigid) are kept at room temperature (27 °C). The ratio of specific heat of gases at constant…Q 11-12-053Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): The mean free path of gas molecules is inversely proportional to square of molecular diameter. Statement (II): Average…Q 11-12-054Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of a gas is -78 °C and the average translational kinetic energy of its molecules is K. The temperature at which the average translational kinetic energy…Q 11-12-055Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
At which temperature is the r.m.s. velocity of a hydrogen molecule equal to that of an oxygen molecule at 47°C?Q 11-12-056Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
If three moles of a monoatomic gas (γ = 5/3) are mixed with two moles of a diatomic gas (γ = 7/5), the value of the adiabatic exponent γ for the mixture is:Q 11-12-057Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The given figure represents two isobaric processes, at pressures P_1 and P_2, for the same mass of an ideal gas. ThenQ 11-12-058Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The parameter that remains the same for molecules of all gases at a given temperature is:Q 11-12-059Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A gas mixture consists of 8 moles of argon and 6 moles of oxygen at temperature T. Neglecting all vibrational modes, the total internal energy of the system isQ 11-12-060Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A bicycle tyre is filled with air having pressure of 270 kPa at 27°C. The approximate pressure of the air in the tyre when the temperature increases to 36°C isQ 11-12-061Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
At 300 K, the rms speed of oxygen molecules is √((α+5)/(α)) times to that of its average speed in the gas. Then, the value of α will be (use π=(22)/(7))Q 11-12-062Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The pressure (P) and temperature (T) relationship of an ideal gas obeys the equation PT^2= constant. The volume expansion coefficient of the gas will beQ 11-12-063Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A flask contains hydrogen and oxygen in the ratio of 2:1 by mass at temperature 27°C. The ratio of average kinetic energy per molecule of hydrogen and oxygen…Q 11-12-064Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The correct relation between γ=(C_P)/(C_V) and temperature T isQ 11-12-065Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The temperature of a gas is -73°C. When the gas is heated to 527°C, the root mean square speed of the molecules is doubled.…Q 11-12-066Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Let γ_1 be the ratio of molar specific heat at constant pressure and molar specific heat at constant volume of a monoatomic gas and γ_2 be the similar ratio of diatomic…Q 11-12-067Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The root mean square velocity of molecules of gas isQ 11-12-068Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
According to law of equipartition of energy the molar specific heat of a diatomic gas at constant volume where the molecule has one additional vibrational mode isQ 11-12-069Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The mean free path of molecules of a certain gas at STP is 1500d, where d is the diameter of the gas molecules. While maintaining the standard pressure, the mean free…Q 11-12-070Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A flask contains Hydrogen and Argon in the ratio 2:1 by mass. The temperature of the mixture is 30°C. The ratio of average kinetic energy per molecule of the two gases…Q 11-12-071Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A gas mixture consists of 2 moles of oxygen and 4 moles of neon at temperature T. Neglecting all vibrational modes, the total internal energy of the system will beQ 11-12-072Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Three vessels of equal volume contain gases at the same temperature and pressure. The first vessel contains neon (monoatomic), the second contains chlorine (diatomic)…Q 11-12-073Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The root mean square speed of molecules of nitrogen gas at 27°C is approximately (Given mass of a nitrogen molecule =4.6×10^-26 kg and take Boltzmann constant…Q 11-12-074Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
If the r.m.s. speed of chlorine molecule is 490 m s^-1 at 27°C, the r.m.s. speed of argon molecules at the same temperature will be (Atomic mass of argon =39.9 u,…Q 11-12-075Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The rms speed of oxygen molecule in a vessel at particular temperature is (1+5x)^1/2v, where v is the average speed of the molecule. The value of x will be (take…Q 11-12-076Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The number of air molecules per cm^3 is increased from 3×10^19 to 12×10^19. The ratio of collision frequency of air molecules before and after the increase in number…Q 11-12-077Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of an ideal gas is increased from 200 K to 800 K. If r.m.s. speed of gas at 200 K is v_0, then r.m.s. speed of the gas at 800 K will beQ 11-12-078Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature at which the kinetic energy of oxygen molecules becomes double than its value at 27°C isQ 11-12-079Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & 3 translational degrees of freedom & I. & Monoatomic gases \ B. & 3 translational, 2 rotational…Q 11-12-080Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The average kinetic energy of a molecule of the gas isQ 11-12-081Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
For three low density gases A, B, C pressure versus temperature graphs are plotted while keeping them at constant volume, as shown in the figure. The temperature…Q 11-12-082Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
0.056 kg of nitrogen is enclosed in a vessel at a temperature of 127°C. The amount of heat required to double the speed of its molecules is ______ kcal. (Take R = 2 cal…Q 11-12-083Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalMedium
The relation between root mean square speed v_rms and most probable speed v_p for the molar mass M of oxygen gas molecule at the temperature of 300 K will beQ 11-12-084Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of specific heats (C_P)/(C_V) in terms of degrees of freedom f is given by:Q 11-12-085Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
When a gas filled in a closed vessel is heated by raising the temperature by 1°C, its pressure increases by 0.4\%. The initial temperature of the gas is ______ K.Q 11-12-086Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
A thermally insulated vessel contains an ideal gas of molecular mass M and ratio of specific heats 1.4. The vessel is moving with speed v and is suddenly brought to…Q 11-12-087Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The following statements are given: (1) The average kinetic energy of a gas molecule decreases when the temperature is reduced. (2) The average kinetic energy of a gas…Q 11-12-089Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Sound travels in a mixture of two moles of helium and n moles of hydrogen. If the rms speed of gas molecules in the mixture is 2 times the speed of sound, then the…Q 11-12-090Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A gas has n degrees of freedom. The ratio of the specific heat of the gas at constant volume to the specific heat of the gas at constant pressure will beQ 11-12-091Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A mixture of hydrogen and oxygen has volume 2000 cm^3, temperature 300 K, pressure 100 kPa and mass 0.76 g. The ratio of number of moles of hydrogen to number of moles…Q 11-12-092Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
For a perfect gas, two pressures P_1 and P_2 are shown in figure. The graph showsQ 11-12-093Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
According to kinetic theory of gases, A. The motion of the gas molecules freezes at 0°C. B. The mean free path of gas molecules decreases if the density of molecules is…Q 11-12-094Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Same gas is filled in two vessels of the same volume at the same temperature. If the ratio of the number of molecules is 1 : 4, then A. The r.m.s. velocity of gas…Q 11-12-095Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Which statements are correct about degrees of freedom? A. A molecule with n degrees of freedom has n^2 different ways of storing energy. B. Each degree of freedom is…Q 11-12-096Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I : The average momentum of a molecule in a sample of an ideal gas depends on temperature. Statement II : The rms speed of…Q 11-12-097Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The number of molecules in one litre of an ideal gas at 300 K and 2 atmospheric pressure with mean kinetic energy 2×10^-9 J per molecule is:Q 11-12-098Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
One mole of an ideal gas is taken through an adiabatic process where the temperature rises from 27°C to 37°C. If the ideal gas is composed of polyatomic molecule that…Q 11-12-099Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
For an ideal gas the instantaneous change in pressure P with volume V is given by the equation (dP)/(dV) = -aP. If P = P_0 at V = 0 is the given boundary condition,…Q 11-12-100Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A mixture of hydrogen and oxygen has volume 500 cm^3, temperature 300 K, pressure 400 kPa and mass 0.76 g. The ratio of masses of oxygen to hydrogen will be:Q 11-12-101Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
On the basis of kinetic theory of gases, the gas exerts pressure because its molecules:Q 11-12-102Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The root-mean-square speed of molecules of a given mass of a gas at 27 °C and 1 atmosphere pressure is 200 m s^-1. The root-mean-square speed of molecules of the gas at…Q 11-12-103Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider a sample of oxygen behaving like an ideal gas. At 300 K, the ratio of root-mean-square (RMS) velocity to the average velocity of the gas molecule would be:…Q 11-12-105Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a mixture of gas molecule of types A, B and C having masses m_A < m_B < m_C. The ratio of their root mean square speeds at normal temperature and pressure is:Q 11-12-106Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following graphs represent the behaviour of an ideal gas? Symbols have their usual meaning.Q 11-12-107Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The correct relation between the degrees of freedom f and the ratio of specific heat γ is:Q 11-12-108Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
What will be the average value of energy for a monoatomic gas in thermal equilibrium at temperature T?Q 11-12-109Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A container is divided into two chambers by a partition. The volume of first chamber is 4.5 litre and second chamber is 5.5 litre. The first chamber contains 3.0 moles…Q 11-12-110Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalMedium
The internal energy (U), pressure (P) and volume (V) of an ideal gas are related as U = 3PV + 4. The gas isQ 11-12-111Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A system consists of two types of gas molecules A and B having the same number density 2×10^25 m^-3. The diameter of A and B are 10 Å and 5 Å respectively. They suffer…Q 11-12-112Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
The R.M.S. speeds of the molecules of Hydrogen, Oxygen, and Carbon dioxide at the same temperature are v_H, v_O and v_C respectively, then:Q 11-12-113Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A cylindrical container of volume 4.0×10^-3 m^3 contains one mole of hydrogen and two moles of carbon dioxide. Assume the temperature of the mixture is 400 K. The…Q 11-12-114Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas is expanding such that PT^3 = constant. The coefficient of volume expansion of the gas is:Q 11-12-115Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A balloon carries a total load of 185 kg at normal pressure and temperature of 27°C. What load will the balloon carry on rising to a height at which the barometric…Q 11-12-116Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
If the R.M.S. speed of oxygen molecules at 0°C is 160 m s^-1. Find the R.M.S. speed of hydrogen molecules at 0°C.Q 11-12-117Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a mixture of n moles of helium gas and 2n moles of oxygen gas (molecules taken to be rigid) as an ideal gas. Its (C_P)/(C_V) value will be:Q 11-12-118Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider two ideal diatomic gases A and B at some temperature T. Molecules of the gas A are rigid, and have a mass m. Molecules of the gas B have an additional…Q 11-12-119Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Nitrogen gas is at 300 °C temperature. The temperature (in K) at which the rms speed of an H_2 molecule would be equal to the rms speed of a nitrogen molecule is…Q 11-12-120Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
Molecules of an ideal gas are known to have three translational degrees of freedom and two rotational degrees of freedom. The gas is maintained at a temperature T. The…Q 11-12-121Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Initially a gas of diatomic molecules is contained in a cylinder of volume V_1 at a pressure P_1 and temperature 250 K. Assume that 25\% of the molecules get…Q 11-12-122Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a dilute gas at pressure P and temperature T, the time between successive collisions of a molecule varies with T as:Q 11-12-123Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Two moles of an ideal gas with (C_P)/(C_V) = 5/3 are mixed with three moles of another ideal gas with (C_P)/(C_V) = 4/3. The value of (C_P)/(C_V) for the mixture is:Q 11-12-124Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The plot that depicts the behaviour of the mean free time τ (time between two successive collisions) for the molecules of an ideal gas, as a function of temperature…Q 11-12-125Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A gas mixture consists of 3 moles of oxygen and 5 moles of argon at temperature T. Assuming the gases to be ideal and the oxygen bond to be rigid, the total internal…Q 11-12-126Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas in a closed container is slowly heated. As its temperature increases, which of the following statements are true? (A) The mean free path of the molecules…Q 11-12-127Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a gas of triatomic molecules. The molecules are assumed to be triangular and made of massless rigid rods whose vertices are occupied by atoms. The internal…Q 11-12-128Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
To raise the temperature of a certain mass of gas by 50°C at a constant pressure, 160 calories of heat is required. When the same mass of gas is cooled by 100°C at…Q 11-12-129Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Match the (C_p)/(C_v) ratio for ideal gases with different type of molecules: array|l|l| Molecule type & C_p/C_v \ (A) Monoatomic & (I) 7/5 \ (B) Diatomic rigid…Q 11-12-130Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A closed vessel contains 0.1 mole of a monoatomic ideal gas at 200 K. If 0.05 mole of the same gas at 400 K is added to it, the final equilibrium temperature (in K) of…Q 11-12-131Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
The change in the magnitude of the volume of an ideal gas when a small additional pressure Δ P is applied at a constant temperature, is the same as the change when the…Q 11-12-132Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 15 g mass of nitrogen gas is enclosed in a vessel at a temperature 27°C. The amount of heat transferred to the gas, so that r.m.s. velocity of molecules is doubled,…Q 11-12-134Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
2 kg of a monoatomic gas is at a pressure of 4×10^4 N m^-2. The density of the gas is 8 kg m^-3. What is the order of energy of the gas due to its thermal motion?Q 11-12-135Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A cylinder with fixed capacity of 67.2 litre contains helium gas at STP. The amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of the gas by 20°C is: [Given that R = 8.31…Q 11-12-136Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
One mole of an ideal gas passes through a process where pressure and volume obey the relation P = P_0[1 - 1/2((V_0)/(V))^2]. Here P_0 and V_0 are constants. Calculate…Q 11-12-138Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
When heat Q is supplied to a diatomic gas of rigid molecules, at constant volume its temperature increases by Δ T. The heat required to produce the same change in…Q 11-12-139Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A mixture of 2 moles of helium gas (atomic mass = 4 u), and 1 mole of argon gas (atomic mass = 40 u) is kept at 300 K in a container. The ratio of their rms speeds…Q 11-12-140Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
If 10^22 gas molecules each of mass 10^-26 kg collide with a surface (perpendicular to it) elastically per second over an area 1 m^2 with a speed 10^4 m/s, the pressure…Q 11-12-141Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature, at which the root mean square velocity of hydrogen molecules equals their escape velocity from the earth, is closest to [Boltzmann constant k_B =…Q 11-12-142Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
For given gas at 1 atm pressure, rms speed of the molecules is 200 m/s at 127°C. At 2 atm pressure and at 227°C, the rms speed of the molecules will beQ 11-12-143Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
An HCl molecule has rotational, translational and vibrational motions. If the rms velocity of HCl molecules in its gaseous phase is v, m is its mass and k_B is…Q 11-12-144Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The specific heats, C_p and C_v of a gas of diatomic molecules, A, are given (in units of J mol^-1K^-1) by 29 and 22, respectively. Another gas of diatomic molecules,…Q 11-12-145Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
A gas mixture consists of 3 moles of oxygen and 5 moles of argon at temperature T. Considering only translational and rotational modes, the total internal energy of the…Q 11-12-146Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal gas occupies a volume of 2 m^3 at a pressure of 3×10^6 Pa. The energy of the gas is:Q 11-12-147Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A vertical closed cylinder is separated into two parts by a frictionless piston of mass m and of negligible thickness. The piston is free to move along the length of…Q 11-12-148Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder at pressure of 2 atm and temperature 300 K. The mean time between two successive collisions is 6×10^-8 s. If the pressure is…Q 11-12-149Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Two moles of helium gas is mixed with three moles of hydrogen molecules (taken to be rigid). What is the molar specific heat of mixture at constant volume? (R = 8.3…Q 11-12-150Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The number density of molecules of a gas depends on their distance r from the origin as, n(r) = n_0e^-α r^4. Then the number of molecules is proportional to:Q 11-12-151Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The value closest to the thermal velocity of a Helium atom at room temperature (300 K) in m s^-1 is: [k_B = 1.4×10^-23 J/K; m_He = 7×10^-27 kg]Q 11-12-152Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
Two moles of helium are mixed with n moles of hydrogen. If (C_p)/(C_v) = 3/2 for the mixture then the value of n is,Q 11-12-153Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
C_p - C_v = (R)/(M), where C_p and C_v are specific heats at constant pressure and constant volume respectively. It is observed that C_p - C_v = a for hydrogen gas and…Q 11-12-154Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The temperature of an open room of volume 30 m^3 increases from 17°C to 27°C due to the sunshine. The atmospheric pressure in the room remains 1×10^5 Pa. If n_i and n_f…Q 11-12-155Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal gas has molecules with 5 degrees of freedom. The ratio of specific heats at constant pressure (C_p) and at constant volume (C_V) is:Q 11-12-156Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
N moles of diatomic gas in a cylinder is at a temperature T. Heat is supplied to the cylinder such that the temperature remains constant but n moles of the diatomic gas…Q 11-12-157Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The mass of a hydrogen molecule is 3.32×10^-27 kg. If 10^23 hydrogen molecules strike, per second, a fixed wall of area 2 cm^2 at an angle of 45° to the normal, and…Q 11-12-158Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
The volume occupied by the molecules contained in 4.5 kg water at STP, if the intermolecular forces vanish away isQ 11-12-159Kinetic TheoryNEETMCQMedium
γ_A is the specific heat ratio of monoatomic gas A having 3 translational degrees of freedom. γ_B is the specific heat ratio of polyatomic gas B having 3 translational,…Q 11-12-160Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
The internal energy of air in a 4 m×4 m×3 m sized room at 1 atmospheric pressure will be ______ ×10^6 J. (Consider air as a diatomic gas; take 1 atm = 10^5 Pa)Q 11-12-161Kinetic TheoryJEE MainNumericalEasy
The pressure of an ideal gas contained in a closed vessel is increased by 0.4\% when heated by 1°C. Its initial temperature must be:Q 11-12-162Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
The mean free path and the average speed of oxygen molecules at 300 K and 1 atm are 3×10^-7 m and 600 m/s, respectively. Find the frequency of its collisions.Q 11-12-163Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
There are two vessels filled with an ideal gas where the volume of one is double the volume of the other. The larger vessel contains the gas at 8 kPa at 1000 K while…Q 11-12-164Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Triatomic rigid gas & I. & C_P/C_V = 5/3 \ B. & Diatomic non-rigid gas & II. & C_P/C_V = 7/5 \ C.…Q 11-12-165Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQMedium
Helium and argon are put in a flask at the same room temperature (300 K). The ratio of the average kinetic energies (per molecule) of helium and argon is: (Given: molar…Q 11-12-166Kinetic TheoryJEE MainMCQEasy
A cylindrical cork of uniform density floats in a liquid of density ρ_1. If the cork is depressed slightly and released, it oscillates harmonically with time period T.…Q 11-13-001OscillationsNEETMCQMedium
Consider a spring-mass simple harmonic oscillator in one dimension. The mass of the particle is m kg and the spring constant is k N m^-1. At a given instant, the…Q 11-13-002OscillationsNEETMCQMedium
In an oscillating spring mass system, a spring is connected to a box filled with sand. As the box oscillates, sand leaks slowly out of the box vertically so that the…Q 11-13-003OscillationsNEETMCQHard
Two identical point masses P and Q, suspended from two separate massless springs of spring constants k_1 and k_2, respectively, oscillate vertically. If their maximum…Q 11-13-004OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
If x = 5(π t + (π)/(3)) m represents the motion of a particle executing simple harmonic motion, the amplitude and time period of motion, respectively, are :Q 11-13-005OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
If the mass of the bob in a simple pendulum is increased to thrice its original mass and its length is made half its original length, then the new time period of…Q 11-13-006OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
The x-t graph of a particle performing simple harmonic motion is shown in the figure. The acceleration of the particle at t = 2 s is :Q 11-13-007OscillationsNEETMCQMedium
A body is executing simple harmonic motion with frequency 'n', the frequency of its potential energy is :Q 11-13-008OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
A spring is stretched by 5 cm by a force 10 N. The time period of the oscillations when a mass of 2 kg is suspended by it is :Q 11-13-009OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
The phase difference between displacement and acceleration of a particle in a simple harmonic motion is :Q 11-13-010OscillationsNEETMCQEasy
A particle executes SHM given by x = 0.05(4π t + (π)/(6)) m. Its amplitude, frequency and initial phase areQ 11-13-011OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A particle in SHM has amplitude 10 cm and period 2 s. Its speed when it is 6 cm from the mean position isQ 11-13-012OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum speed and maximum acceleration of a particle in SHM are 4 m/s and 16 m/s^2. Its amplitude isQ 11-13-013OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In SHM of amplitude A, at what displacement from the mean position is the kinetic energy equal to the potential energy?Q 11-13-014OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particle in SHM is at a displacement of half its amplitude. The fraction of its total energy that is kinetic isQ 11-13-015OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A particle executes SHM with period T starting from the mean position. The minimum time it takes to reach half its amplitude isQ 11-13-016OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The time taken by a particle in SHM of period T to go from the extreme position to half the amplitude isQ 11-13-017OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The displacement of a particle is x = 3ω t + 4ω t cm. Its motion isQ 11-13-018OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two springs of force constants k_1 = 200 N/m and k_2 = 300 N/m are joined in series. The force constant of the combination isQ 11-13-019OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A mass on a spring oscillates with period T. The spring is cut into two equal halves and the same mass is attached to one half. The new period isQ 11-13-020OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A block hangs from a light spring, which stretches it by 4 cm at equilibrium. If the block is pulled down slightly and released, its period of oscillation is (g = π^2…Q 11-13-021OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 1 kg block on a spring of force constant 100 N/m oscillates with frequency f. What mass must be added so that the frequency becomes (f)/(2)?Q 11-13-022OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The length of a seconds pendulum (period 2 s) at a place where g = π^2 m/s^2 isQ 11-13-023OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum has period T in a stationary lift. If the lift accelerates upward at (g)/(3), the period becomesQ 11-13-024OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A simple pendulum of length l hangs from the roof of a car moving on a straight level road with acceleration a. Its period of small oscillation isQ 11-13-025OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
If the length of a simple pendulum is increased by 44\%, its period increases byQ 11-13-026OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A pendulum clock keeps correct time on the Earth. On the Moon, where g is (1)/(6) of its value on Earth, the period of its pendulum becomesQ 11-13-027OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A liquid column of total length L in a U-tube of uniform cross-section is disturbed slightly and oscillates. Its period isQ 11-13-028OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform rod of length L is pivoted at one end and oscillates in a vertical plane as a compound pendulum. The length of a simple pendulum with the same period isQ 11-13-029OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A block of mass M on a smooth floor is attached to a spring and oscillates with amplitude A. When it passes through the mean position, a lump of putty of mass m is…Q 11-13-030OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A tunnel is dug along a diameter of the Earth. A ball dropped into it would perform SHM. Its period is about (radius of Earth = 6.4 × 10^6 m, g = 10 m/s^2)Q 11-13-031OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The acceleration of a particle is related to its displacement by a = -16x (SI units). If its maximum displacement is 0.5 m, its maximum speed isQ 11-13-032OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In damped oscillations of a lightly damped oscillator, which quantity decreases exponentially with time?Q 11-13-033OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A system with natural frequency f_0 is driven by a periodic force of frequency f. The amplitude of the forced oscillations is largest whenQ 11-13-034OscillationsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 0.2 kg block on a spring of force constant 80 N/m oscillates with amplitude 5 cm. Find the maximum speed of the block, in m/s.Q 11-13-035OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle executes SHM of amplitude 4 cm. Its speed at the mean position is 12 cm/s. Find its speed, in cm/s, when it is 2√(3) cm from the mean position.Q 11-13-036OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The frequency of oscillation of a mass m suspended by a spring is v_1. If the length of the spring is cut to half, the same mass oscillates with frequency v_2. The…Q 11-13-037OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is executing simple harmonic motion. Its amplitude is A and time period is 5 sec. The time required by it to move from x = A to x = A√(2) is ______ sec.Q 11-13-038OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spring stretches by 2 mm when it is loaded with a mass of 200 g. From equilibrium position the mass is further pulled down by 2 mm and released. The frequency…Q 11-13-039OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List - I with List - II. array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ A. & ^2ω t & I. & Periodic with time period T = (π)/(ω) but not simple harmonic motion (SHM) \…Q 11-13-040OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A uniform disc of radius R and mass M is free to oscillate about the axis A as shown in the figure. For small oscillations the time period is ______. (g is acceleration…Q 11-13-041OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
The velocity of a particle executing simple harmonic motion along x-axis is described as v^2 = 50 - x^2, where x represents displacement. If the time period of motion…Q 11-13-042OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equation of motion of a particle is given by x=a(50t+π/3) cm. The particle will come to rest at time t_1 and it will have zero acceleration at time t_2. The t_1 and…Q 11-13-043OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a spring is kept in a stretched position with some extension by holding the masses 1 kg and 0.2 kg with a separation more than spring natural…Q 11-13-044OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement of a particle, executing simple harmonic motion with time period T, is expressed as x(t) = Aω t, where A is the amplitude. The maximum value of…Q 11-13-045OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A cylindrical block of mass M and area of cross section A is floating in a liquid of density ρ and with its axis vertical. When depressed a little and released the…Q 11-13-046OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spring of force constant 15 N/m is cut into two pieces. If the ratio of their length is 1 : 3, then the force constant of smaller piece is ______ N/m.Q 11-13-047OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A light hollow cube of side length 10 cm and mass 10 g is floating in water. It is pushed down and released to execute simple harmonic oscillations. The time period of…Q 11-13-048OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is executing simple harmonic motion with time period 2 s and amplitude 1 cm. If D and d are the total distance and displacement covered by the particle in…Q 11-13-049OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle oscillates along the x-axis according to the law x(t) = x_0^2((t)/(2)), where x_0 = 1 m. The kinetic energy (K) of the particle as a function of x is…Q 11-13-050OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Knowing initial position x_0 and initial…Q 11-13-051OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two bodies A and B of equal mass are suspended from two massless springs of spring constants k_1 and k_2, respectively. If the bodies oscillate vertically such that…Q 11-13-052OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A mass m is suspended from a spring of negligible mass and the system oscillates with a frequency f_1. The frequency of oscillations if a mass 9m is suspended from the…Q 11-13-053OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In simple harmonic motion, the total mechanical energy of the given system (a particle P of mass m attached to a spring of constant k) is E. If the mass of the…Q 11-13-054OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement of a particle executing SHM is given by x = 10(ω t + (π)/(3)) m. The time period of motion is 3.14 s. The velocity of the particle at t = 0 is ______…Q 11-13-055OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle is doing simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 0.06 m and a time period of 3.14 s. The maximum velocity of the particle is ______ cm/s.Q 11-13-056OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle executes simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 4 cm. At the mean position, velocity of the particle is 10 cm s^-1. The distance of the particle from…Q 11-13-057OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ball suspended by a thread swings in a vertical plane so that its magnitude of acceleration in the extreme position and lowest position are equal. The angle (θ) of…Q 11-13-058OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
When the displacement of a simple harmonic oscillator is one third of its amplitude, the ratio of total energy to the kinetic energy is (x)/(8), where x = ______.Q 11-13-059OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A simple harmonic oscillator has an amplitude A and time period 6π second. Assuming the oscillation starts from its mean position, the time required by it to travel…Q 11-13-060OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An object of mass 0.2 kg executes simple harmonic motion along the x axis with frequency of ((25)/(π)) Hz. At the position x = 0.04 m the object has kinetic energy 0.5…Q 11-13-061OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The position, velocity and acceleration of a particle executing simple harmonic motion are found to have magnitudes of 4 m, 2 m s^-1 and 16 m s^-2 at a certain instant.…Q 11-13-062OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass 0.50 kg executes simple harmonic motion under the force F = -50 (N m^-1) x. The time period of oscillation is (x)/(35) s. The value of x is ______.…Q 11-13-063OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A simple pendulum is placed at a place where its distance from the earth's surface is equal to the radius of the earth. If the length of the string is 4 m, then the…Q 11-13-064OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle performs simple harmonic motion with amplitude A. Its speed is increased to three times at an instant when its displacement is (2A)/(3). The new amplitude of…Q 11-13-065OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The time period of simple harmonic motion of mass M in the given figure is π√((α M)/(5K)), where the value of α is ______.Q 11-13-066OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of mass 250 g executes a simple harmonic motion under a periodic force F=(-25x) N. The particle attains a maximum speed of 4 m s^-1 during its oscillation.…Q 11-13-067OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The general displacement of a simple harmonic oscillator is x=Aω t. Let T be its time period. The slope of its potential energy (U)–time (t) curve will be maximum when…Q 11-13-068OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a simple harmonic motion in a mass spring system shown, the surface is frictionless. When the mass of the block is 1 kg, the angular frequency is ω_1. When the mass…Q 11-13-069OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The velocity of a particle executing SHM varies with displacement (x) as 4v^2=50-x^2. The time period of oscillations is (x)/(7) s. The value of x is ______. [Take…Q 11-13-070OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The maximum potential energy of a block executing simple harmonic motion is 25 J. A is amplitude of oscillation. At A2, the kinetic energy of the block isQ 11-13-071OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the figure given below, a block of mass M=490 g placed on a frictionless table is connected with two springs having same spring constant (K=2 N m^-1). If the block…Q 11-13-072OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A block of mass 2 kg is attached with two identical springs of spring constant 20 N m^-1 each. The block is placed on a frictionless surface and the ends of the springs…Q 11-13-073OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A mass m attached to free end of a spring executes SHM with a period of 1 s. If the mass is increased by 3 kg the period of oscillation increases by one second, the…Q 11-13-074OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle executes simple harmonic motion between x=-A and x=+A. If time taken by particle to go from x=0 to A2 is 2 s, then time taken by particle in going from x= A2…Q 11-13-075OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle executes SHM of amplitude A. The distance from the mean position when its kinetic energy becomes equal to its potential energy isQ 11-13-076OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a linear simple harmonic motion (SHM) (A) Restoring force is directly proportional to the displacement. (B) The acceleration and displacement are opposite in…Q 11-13-077OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
For a periodic motion represented by the equation y=ω t+ω t, the amplitude of the motion isQ 11-13-078OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular block of mass 5 kg attached to a horizontal spiral spring executes simple harmonic motion of amplitude 1 m and time period 3.14 s. The maximum force…Q 11-13-079OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The variation of kinetic energy (KE) of a particle executing simple harmonic motion with the displacement (x) starting from mean position to extreme position (A) is…Q 11-13-080OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is executing simple harmonic motion (SHM). The ratio of potential energy and kinetic energy of the particle when its displacement is half of its amplitude…Q 11-13-081OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Which graph represents the difference between total energy and potential energy of a particle executing SHM vs its distance from mean position?Q 11-13-082OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
At a given point of time the value of displacement of a simple harmonic oscillator is given as y=A(30°). If amplitude is 40 cm and kinetic energy at that time is 200 J,…Q 11-13-083OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A mass m is attached to two springs as shown in figure. The spring constants of two springs are K_1 and K_2. For the frictionless surface, the time period of…Q 11-13-084OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum with length 100 cm and bob of mass 250 g is executing S.H.M. of amplitude 10 cm. The maximum tension in the string is found to be x40 N. The value of…Q 11-13-085OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For particle P revolving round the centre O with radius of circular path r and angular velocity ω, as shown in below figure, the projection of OP on the x-axis at time…Q 11-13-086OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle executes S.H.M. of amplitude A along x-axis. At t=0, the position of the particle is x= A2 and it moves along positive x-axis. The displacement of particle…Q 11-13-087OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude of a particle executing SHM is 3 cm. The displacement at which its kinetic energy will be 25\% more than the potential energy is ______ cm.Q 11-13-088OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A block is fastened to a horizontal spring. The block is pulled to a distance x=10 cm from its equilibrium position (at x=0) on a frictionless surface from rest. The…Q 11-13-089OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Choose the correct length (L) versus square of time period (T^2) graph for a simple pendulum executing simple harmonic motion.Q 11-13-090OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two massless springs with spring constants 2k and 9k carry 50 g and 100 g masses at their free ends. These two masses oscillate vertically such that their maximum…Q 11-13-091OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
The time period of a simple pendulum in a stationary lift is T. If the lift accelerates with g6 vertically upwards then the time period will be (where g = acceleration…Q 11-13-092OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
In figure (A), mass 2m is fixed on mass m which is attached to two springs of spring constant k. In figure (B), mass m is attached to two springs of spring constant k…Q 11-13-093OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
When a particle executes simple harmonic motion, the nature of the graph of velocity as a function of displacement will beQ 11-13-094OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
As per the given figures, two springs of spring constants k and 2k are connected to mass m. If the period of oscillation in figure (a) is 3 s, then the period of…Q 11-13-095OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The displacement of simple harmonic oscillator after 3 seconds starting from its mean position is equal to half of its amplitude. The time period of harmonic motion isQ 11-13-096OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The equation of a particle executing simple harmonic motion is given by x = π(t + 1/3) m. At t = 1 s, the speed of particle will be (Given: π = 3.14)Q 11-13-097OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle executes simple harmonic motion. Its amplitude is 8 cm and time period is 6 s. The time it will take to travel from its position of maximum displacement to…Q 11-13-098OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A mass 0.9 kg, attached to a horizontal spring, executes SHM with an amplitude A_1. When this mass passes through its mean position, then a smaller mass of 124 g is…Q 11-13-099OscillationsJEE MainNumericalHard
A particle starts executing simple harmonic motion (SHM) of amplitude a and total energy E. At any instant, its kinetic energy is (3E)/(4), then its displacement y is…Q 11-13-100OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
An object of mass 0.5 kg is executing simple harmonic motion. Its amplitude is 5 cm and time period (T) is 0.2 s. What will be the potential energy of the object at an…Q 11-13-101OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle executes simple harmonic motion represented by displacement function as x(t) = A(ω t + φ). If the position and velocity of the particle at t = 0 s are 2 cm…Q 11-13-102OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle of mass 1 kg is hanging from a spring of force constant 100 N m^-1. The mass is pulled slightly downward and released so that it executes free simple…Q 11-13-103OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bob of mass m suspended by a thread of length undergoes simple harmonic oscillations with time period T. If the bob is immersed in a liquid that has density 1/4 times…Q 11-13-104OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a body executing S.H.M.: (a) Potential energy is always equal to its K.E. (b) Average potential and kinetic energy over any given time interval are always equal.…Q 11-13-105OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given figure, a mass M is attached to a horizontal spring which is fixed on one side to a rigid support. The spring constant of the spring is k. The mass…Q 11-13-106OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure, a body of mass M is held between two massless springs, on a smooth inclined plane. The free ends of the springs are attached to firm supports. If…Q 11-13-107OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
When a particle executes SHM, the nature of graphical representation of velocity as a function of displacement is:Q 11-13-108OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the time period of a two meter long simple pendulum is 2 s, the acceleration due to gravity at the place where pendulum is executing S.H.M. is:Q 11-13-109OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle is making simple harmonic motion along the X-axis. If at a distances x_1 and x_2 from the mean position the velocities of the particle are v_1 and v_2,…Q 11-13-111OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
The motion of a mass on a spring, with spring constant K is as shown in figure. The equation of motion is given by, x(t) = Aω t + Bω t with ω = √((K)/(m)). Suppose that…Q 11-13-112OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
T_0 is the time period of a simple pendulum at a place. If the length of the pendulum is reduced to (1)/(16) times of its initial value, the modified time period isQ 11-13-113OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
If two similar springs each of spring constant K_1 are joined in series, the new spring constant and time period would be changed by a factor:Q 11-13-114OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: A second's pendulum has a time period of 1 second. Statement II: It takes precisely one second to move between the two…Q 11-13-115OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle executes S.H.M., the graph of velocity as a function of displacement is:Q 11-13-116OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle executes S.H.M. with amplitude A and time period T. The displacement of the particle when its speed is half of maximum speed is √(x)A2. The value of x isQ 11-13-117OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Time period of a simple pendulum is T. The time taken to complete (5)/(8) oscillations starting from mean position is (α)/(12)T. The value of α is ______.Q 11-13-118OscillationsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a simple harmonic oscillation, what fraction of total mechanical energy is in the form of kinetic energy, when the particle is midway between mean and extreme…Q 11-13-119OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the length of the pendulum in pendulum clock increases by 0.1\%, then the error in time per day is:Q 11-13-120OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the equations x_1 = 5(2π t + (π)/(4)) and x_2 = 5√(2)(2π t + 2π t). The amplitude of the second motion is ______ times…Q 11-13-121OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The variation of displacement with time of a particle executing free simple harmonic motion is shown in the figure. The potential energy U(x) versus time (t) plot of…Q 11-13-122OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two simple harmonic motions are represented by the equations y_1 = 10(3π t + (π)/(3)); y_2 = 5(3π t + √(3)3π t). Ratio of amplitude of y_1 to y_2 = x : 1. The value of…Q 11-13-123OscillationsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ring is hung on a nail. It can oscillate, without slipping or sliding, (i) in its plane with a time period T_1 and (ii) back and forth in a direction perpendicular to…Q 11-13-124OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
An object of mass m is suspended at the end of a massless wire of length L and area of cross-section A. The Young's modulus of the material of the wire is Y. If the…Q 11-13-125OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
When a particle of mass m is attached to a vertical spring of spring constant k and released, its motion is described by y(t) = y_0^2ω t, where y is measured from the…Q 11-13-126OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
The displacement-time graph of a particle executing SHM is given in the figure (sketch is schematic and not to scale). Which of the following statements is/are true for…Q 11-13-127OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle is executing simple harmonic motion (SHM) of amplitude A, along the x-axis, about x = 0. When its potential energy (PE) equals kinetic energy (KE), the…Q 11-13-129OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A rod of mass M and length 2L is suspended at its middle by a wire. It exhibits torsional oscillations. If two masses, each of mass m, are attached at a distance L/2…Q 11-13-130OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle executes simple harmonic motion with an amplitude of 5 cm. When the particle is at 4 cm from the mean position, the magnitude of its velocity in SI units is…Q 11-13-131OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylindrical plastic bottle of negligible mass is filled with 310 ml of water and left floating in a pond with still water. If pressed downward slightly and released,…Q 11-13-132OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
The displacement of a damped harmonic oscillator is given by x(t) = e^-0.1t(10π t + ). Here t is in seconds. The time taken for its amplitude of vibration to drop to…Q 11-13-133OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum of length L is placed between the vertical plates of a parallel plate capacitor having a horizontal electric field E. Its bob has mass m and charge q.…Q 11-13-134OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A block of mass m, lying on a smooth horizontal surface, is attached to a spring (of negligible mass) of spring constant k. The other end of the spring is fixed, as…Q 11-13-135OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two masses m and (m)/(2) are connected at the two ends of a massless rigid rod of length l. The rod is suspended by a thin wire of torsional constant k at the centre of…Q 11-13-136OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A damped harmonic oscillator has a frequency of 5 oscillations per second. The amplitude drops to half its value for every 10 oscillations. The time it will take to…Q 11-13-137OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle undergoing simple harmonic motion has time dependent displacement given by x(t) = A(π t)/(90). The ratio of kinetic to potential energy of this particle at t…Q 11-13-139OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A simple pendulum of length 1 m is oscillating with an angular frequency 10 rad/s. The support of the pendulum starts oscillating up and down with a small angular…Q 11-13-141OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
Two light identical springs of spring constant k are attached horizontally at the two ends of a uniform horizontal rod AB of length l and mass m. The rod is pivoted at…Q 11-13-142OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A simple harmonic motion is represented by: y = 5(3π t + 33π t) cm The amplitude and time period of the motion are:Q 11-13-143OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spring whose unstretched length is l has a force constant k. The spring is cut into two pieces of unstretched lengths l_1 and l_2 where, l_1 = nl_2 and n is an…Q 11-13-144OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A body of mass M and charge q is connected to a spring of spring constant k. It is oscillating along x-direction about its equilibrium position in the horizontal plane,…Q 11-13-145OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
Two simple harmonic motions, x(t) = A(at + δ) and y(t) = B(bt), are at right angles. They are combined to form Lissajous figures. Identify the correct match below.Q 11-13-146OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
An oscillator of mass M is at rest in its equilibrium position in a potential, V = 1/2k(x - X)^2. A particle of mass m comes from the right with speed u and collides…Q 11-13-147OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A particle executes simple harmonic motion and it is located at x = a, b and c at time t_0, 2t_0 and 3t_0 respectively. The frequency of the oscillation is:Q 11-13-148OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
A particle is executing simple harmonic motion with a time period T. At time t = 0, it is at its position of equilibrium. The kinetic energy–time graph of the particle…Q 11-13-149OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of maximum acceleration to maximum velocity in a simple harmonic motion is 10 s^-1. At t = 0 the displacement is 5 m. What is the maximum acceleration? The…Q 11-13-150OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A 1 kg block attached to a spring vibrates with a frequency of 1 Hz on a frictionless horizontal table. Two springs identical to the original spring are attached in…Q 11-13-151OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 0.1 kg is connected to an elastic spring of spring constant 640 N m^-1 and oscillates in a damping medium of damping constant 10^-2 kg s^-1. The system…Q 11-13-152OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
A silver atom in a solid oscillates in simple harmonic motion in some direction with a frequency of 10^12 s^-1. What is the force constant of the bonds connecting one…Q 11-13-154OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two pendulums of length 121 cm and 100 cm start vibrating in phase. At some instant, the two are at their mean position in the same phase. The minimum number of…Q 11-13-155OscillationsNEETMCQMedium
A particle is subjected to two simple harmonic motions as: x_1 = 7 5t cm and x_2 = 27(5t + (π)/(3)) cm where x is displacement and t is time in seconds. The maximum…Q 11-13-156OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two blocks of masses m and M (M > m) are placed on a frictionless table as shown in the figure. A massless spring with spring constant k is attached to the lower block.…Q 11-13-157OscillationsJEE MainMCQHard
Two simple pendulums having lengths l_1 and l_2 with negligible string mass undergo angular displacements θ_1 and θ_2 from their mean positions, respectively. If the…Q 11-13-158OscillationsJEE MainMCQEasy
A block of mass 2 kg is attached to one end of a massless spring whose other end is fixed at a wall. The spring–mass system moves on a frictionless horizontal table.…Q 11-13-159OscillationsJEE MainMCQMedium
For sound waves, if the number of nodes for the 5^th harmonic of an open-ended pipe is n and that for the 9^th harmonic of the same pipe with one of its ends closed is…Q 11-14-001WavesNEETMCQMedium
A pipe open at both ends has a fundamental frequency f in air. The pipe is now dipped vertically in a water drum to half of its length. The fundamental frequency of the…Q 11-14-002WavesNEETMCQEasy
The ratio of frequencies of fundamental harmonic produced by an open pipe to that of closed pipe having the same length is :Q 11-14-003WavesNEETMCQEasy
In a guitar, two strings A and B made of same material are slightly out of tune and produce beats of frequency 6 Hz. When tension in B is slightly decreased, the beat…Q 11-14-004WavesNEETMCQMedium
A wave is described by y = 0.02(4π t - 0.5π x) in SI units. Its speed isQ 11-14-005WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
For the wave y = 5 2π((t)/(0.04) - (x)/(40)), with x and y in cm and t in s, the wavelength and frequency areQ 11-14-006WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
For the wave y = 0.1(100π t - 2π x) (SI units), the maximum speed of a particle of the medium isQ 11-14-007WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two points on a progressive wave of wavelength 60 cm are 10 cm apart along the direction of propagation. The phase difference between them isQ 11-14-008WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A string of linear mass density 0.01 kg/m is stretched with a tension of 100 N. The speed of transverse waves on it isQ 11-14-009WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The tension in a stretched string is increased by 44\%. The speed of transverse waves on it increases byQ 11-14-010WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform rope of mass m and length L hangs from a ceiling. The speed of a transverse pulse at a distance x from its lower end isQ 11-14-011WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The speed of sound in a gas at 27°C is 330 m/s. At what temperature will it be 660 m/s?Q 11-14-012WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The ratio of the speed of sound in hydrogen to that in oxygen at the same temperature is (both are diatomic)Q 11-14-013WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A string 1 m long is fixed at both ends. The speed of transverse waves on it is 200 m/s. Its fundamental frequency isQ 11-14-014WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A string fixed at both ends vibrates in its third harmonic at 300 Hz. The string is 90 cm long. The speed of waves on it isQ 11-14-015WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two successive resonant frequencies of a string fixed at both ends are 420 Hz and 490 Hz. Its fundamental frequency isQ 11-14-016WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two successive resonant frequencies of a pipe are 450 Hz and 750 Hz. The pipe isQ 11-14-017WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The fundamental frequency of a pipe closed at one end is 200 Hz. The frequency of its second overtone isQ 11-14-018WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a resonance tube experiment with a 512 Hz fork, the first and second resonances occur at air-column lengths of 16 cm and 49 cm. The speed of sound in air isQ 11-14-019WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a resonance tube experiment, the first and second resonances occur at air-column lengths of 16 cm and 49 cm. The end correction of the tube isQ 11-14-020WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A tuning fork of frequency 256 Hz produces 4 beats per second with another fork. When the second fork is loaded with a little wax, the beat frequency decreases. The…Q 11-14-021WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two sound waves of wavelengths 1.00 m and 1.01 m produce 4 beats per second. The speed of sound isQ 11-14-022WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A source of frequency 500 Hz moves towards a stationary observer at 30 m/s. If the speed of sound is 330 m/s, the frequency heard isQ 11-14-023WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A train sounding a whistle of 600 Hz approaches and then passes a stationary listener at 30 m/s. The change in frequency heard by the listener as the train passes is…Q 11-14-024WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A car moving at 20 m/s towards a wall sounds its horn of frequency 400 Hz. The frequency of the echo heard by the driver is (speed of sound = 340 m/s)Q 11-14-025WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The intensity of a sound increases by a factor of 100. The increase in its sound level isQ 11-14-026WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a stationary wave on a string, the distance between two consecutive nodes is 15 cm. If the frequency is 200 Hz, the speed of the component travelling waves isQ 11-14-027WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following pairs of waves superpose to form a stationary wave?Q 11-14-028WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of length 50 cm and mass 5 g is stretched with a tension of 400 N between two fixed supports. Find its fundamental frequency, in Hz.Q 11-14-029WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
An open organ pipe has a fundamental frequency of 300 Hz. The first overtone of a closed pipe has the same frequency as the first overtone of this open pipe. Find the…Q 11-14-030WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A transverse wave on a string is described by y = 3(36t + 0.018x + π/4), where x, y are in cm and t in seconds. The least distance between the two successive crests in…Q 11-14-031WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equation of a plane progressive wave is given by y=5π(200t-(x)/(150)) where x and y are in cm and t is in second. The velocity of the wave is ______ m/s.Q 11-14-032WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The speed of a longitudinal wave in a metallic bar is 400 m/s. If the density and Young's modulus of the bar material are increased by 0.5% and 1%, respectively then…Q 11-14-033WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two tuning forks A and B are sounded together giving rise to 8 beats in 2 s. When fork A is loaded with wax, the beat frequency is reduced to 4 beats in 2 s. If the…Q 11-14-034WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The fifth harmonic of a closed organ pipe is found to be in unison with the first harmonic of an open pipe. The ratio of lengths of closed pipe to that of the open pipe…Q 11-14-035WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A closed organ pipe and an open organ pipe are filled by two different gases having same bulk modulus but different densities ρ_1 and ρ_2, respectively. The frequency…Q 11-14-036WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The equation of a transverse wave travelling along a string is y(x,t) = 4.0[20×10^-3x + 600t] mm, where x is in mm and t is in seconds. The velocity of the wave isQ 11-14-037WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: A sound wave has higher speed in solids than gases.…Q 11-14-038WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A tuning fork resonates with a sonometer wire of length 1 m stretched with a tension of 6 N. When the tension in the wire is changed to 54 N, the same tuning fork…Q 11-14-039WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A sonometer wire of resonating length 90 cm has a fundamental frequency of 400 Hz when kept under some tension. The resonating length of the wire with a fundamental…Q 11-14-040WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two open organ pipes of lengths 60 cm and 90 cm resonate at their 6^th and 5^th harmonics respectively. The difference of frequencies for the given modes is ______ Hz.…Q 11-14-041WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A closed organ pipe 150 cm long gives 7 beats per second with an open organ pipe of length 350 cm, both vibrating in fundamental mode. The velocity of sound is ______ m…Q 11-14-042WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A closed and an open organ pipe have the same length. If the ratio of frequencies of their seventh overtones is ((a-1)/(a)), then the value of a is ______.Q 11-14-043WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A plane progressive wave is given by y = 22π(330t - x) m. The frequency of the wave is:Q 11-14-044WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In a closed organ pipe, the frequency of the fundamental note is 30 Hz. A certain amount of water is now poured in the organ pipe so that the fundamental frequency is…Q 11-14-045WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A point source at the origin is emitting sound waves of intensity 16×10^-8 W m^-2. The difference in intensity (magnitude only) at two points located at distances of 2…Q 11-14-046WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The fundamental frequency of a closed organ pipe is equal to the first overtone frequency of an open organ pipe. If the length of the open pipe is 60 cm, the length of…Q 11-14-047WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The speed of sound in oxygen at S.T.P. will be approximately: (Given R = 8.3 J K^-1, γ = 1.4)Q 11-14-048WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Two simple harmonic waves having equal amplitudes of 8 cm and equal frequency of 10 Hz are moving along the same direction. The resultant amplitude is also 8 cm. The…Q 11-14-049WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A person observes two moving trains, A reaching the station and B leaving the station with equal speed of 30 m s^-1. If both trains emit sounds with frequency 300 Hz…Q 11-14-050WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
For a solid rod, the Young's modulus of elasticity is 3.2×10^11 N m^-2 and density is 8×10^3 kg m^-3. The velocity of longitudinal wave in the rod will beQ 11-14-051WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement equations of two interfering waves are given by y_1=10(ω t+π3) cm, y_2=5[(ω t)+3ω t] cm respectively. The amplitude of the resultant wave is ______ cm.Q 11-14-052WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A travelling wave is described by the equation y(x,t)=0.05(8x-4t) m. The velocity of the wave is [All the quantities are in SI unit]Q 11-14-053WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance between two consecutive points with phase difference of 60° in a wave of frequency 500 Hz is 6.0 m. The velocity with which wave is travelling is ______ km…Q 11-14-054WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A train blowing a whistle of frequency 320 Hz approaches an observer standing on the platform at a speed of 66 m s^-1. The frequency observed by the observer will be…Q 11-14-055WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
In an experiment with sonometer when a mass of 180 g is attached to the string, it vibrates with fundamental frequency of 30 Hz. When a mass m is attached, the string…Q 11-14-056WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The fundamental frequency of vibration of a string between two rigid supports is 50 Hz. The mass of the string is 18 g and its linear mass density is 20 g m^-1. The…Q 11-14-057WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equation of wave is given by Y=10^-2[2π(160t-0.5x)+π4], where x and Y are in m and t in s. The speed of the wave is ______ km h^-1.Q 11-14-058WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of density 8×10^3 kg m^-3 is stretched between two clamps 0.5 m apart. The extension developed in the wire is 3.2×10^-4 m. If Y=8×10^10 N m^-2, the fundamental…Q 11-14-060WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a certain organ pipe, the first three resonance frequencies are in the ratio of 1:3:5 respectively. If the frequency of fifth harmonic is 405 Hz and the speed of…Q 11-14-061WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A person driving car at a constant speed of 15 m s^-1 is approaching a vertical wall. The person notices a change of 40 Hz in the frequency of his car's horn upon…Q 11-14-062WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The ratio of speed of sound in hydrogen gas to the speed of sound in oxygen gas at the same temperature isQ 11-14-063WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The engine of a train moving with speed 10 m s^-1 towards a platform sounds a whistle at frequency 400 Hz. The frequency heard by a passenger inside the train is…Q 11-14-064WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An organ pipe 40 cm long is open at both ends. The speed of sound in air is 360 m s^-1. The frequency of the second harmonic is ______ Hz.Q 11-14-065WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A guitar string of length 90 cm vibrates with a fundamental frequency of 120 Hz. The length of the string producing a fundamental of 180 Hz will be ______ cm.Q 11-14-066WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A transverse harmonic wave on a string is given by y(x,t)=5(6t+0.003x), where x and y are in cm and t in s. The wave velocity is ______ m s^-1.Q 11-14-067WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A steel wire with mass per unit length 7.0×10^-3 kg m^-1 is under tension of 70 N. The speed of transverse waves in the wire will beQ 11-14-068WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The equations of two waves are given by: y_1 = 5 2π(x - vt) cm y_2 = 3 2π(x - vt + 1.5) cm These waves are simultaneously passing through a string. The amplitude of the…Q 11-14-069WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two travelling waves of equal amplitudes and equal frequencies move in opposite directions along a string. They interfere to produce a stationary wave whose equation is…Q 11-14-070WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The first overtone frequency of an open organ pipe is equal to the fundamental frequency of a closed organ pipe. If the length of the closed organ pipe is 20 cm, the…Q 11-14-071WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A set of 20 tuning forks is arranged in a series of increasing frequencies. If each fork gives 4 beats with respect to the preceding fork and the frequency of the last…Q 11-14-072WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
An observer is riding on a bicycle and moving towards a hill at 18 km h^-1. He hears a sound from a source at some distance behind him directly as well as after its…Q 11-14-073WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two waves executing simple harmonic motion travelling in the same direction with the same amplitude and frequency are superimposed. The resultant amplitude is equal to…Q 11-14-074WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
When a car is approaching the observer, the frequency of its horn is 100 Hz. After passing the observer, it is 50 Hz. If the observer moves with the car, the frequency…Q 11-14-075WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A transverse wave is represented by y = 2(ω t - kx) cm. The value of wavelength (in cm) for which the wave velocity becomes equal to the maximum particle velocity will beQ 11-14-076WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An observer moves towards a stationary source of sound with a velocity one-fifth of the velocity of sound. The percentage change in the apparent frequency isQ 11-14-077WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If a wave gets refracted into a denser medium, then which of the following is true?Q 11-14-078WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of length 30 cm, stretched between rigid supports, has it's n^th and (n + 1)^th harmonics at 400 Hz and 450 Hz, respectively. If tension in the string is 2700 N,…Q 11-14-079WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the wave equation y = 0.5(2π)/(λ)(400t - x) m the velocity of the wave will be :Q 11-14-080WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The frequency of echo will be ______ Hz if the train blowing a whistle of frequency 320 Hz is moving with a velocity of 36 km h^-1 towards a hill from which an echo is…Q 11-14-081WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A wire having a linear mass density 9.0×10^-4 kg m^-1 is stretched between two rigid supports with a tension of 900 N. The wire resonates at a frequency of 500 Hz. The…Q 11-14-082WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
Which of the following equations represents a travelling wave?Q 11-14-083WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two cars are approaching each other at an equal speed of 7.2 km hr^-1. When they see each other, both blow horns having a frequency of 676 Hz. The beat frequency heard…Q 11-14-084WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A student is performing the experiment of the resonance column. The diameter of the column tube is 6 cm. The frequency of the tuning fork is 504 Hz. Speed of the sound…Q 11-14-085WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The amplitude of wave disturbance propagating in the positive x-direction is given by y = (1)/((1+x)^2) at time t = 0 and y = (1)/(1 + (x - 2)^2) at t = 1 s, where x…Q 11-14-086WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The frequency of a car horn encountered a change from 400 Hz to 500 Hz. When the car approaches a vertical wall. If the speed of sound is 330 m s^-1. Then the speed of…Q 11-14-087WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The mass per unit length of a uniform wire is 0.135 g cm^-1. A transverse wave of the form y = -0.21(x + 30t) is produced in it, where x is in meter and t is in second.…Q 11-14-089WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A tuning fork A of unknown frequency produces 5 beats s^-1 with a fork of known frequency 340 Hz. When fork A is filed, the beat frequency decreases to 2 beats s^-1.…Q 11-14-090WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two travelling waves produce a standing wave represented by equation y = (1.0 mm)[(1.57 cm^-1)x][(78.5 s^-1)t]. The node closest to the origin in the region x > 0 will…Q 11-14-091WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A source and a detector move away from each other in absence of wind with a speed of 20 m s^-1 with respect to the ground. If the detector detects a frequency of 1800…Q 11-14-092WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two waves are simultaneously passing through a string and their equations are: y_1 = A_1 k(x - vt), y_2 = A_2 k(x - vt + x_0). Given amplitudes A_1 = 12 mm and A_2 = 5…Q 11-14-093WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two cars X and Y are approaching each other with velocities 36 km h^-1 and 72 km h^-1 respectively. The frequency of a whistle sound as emitted by a passenger in car X,…Q 11-14-094WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A tuning fork is vibrating at 250 Hz. The length of the shortest closed organ pipe that will resonate with the tuning fork will be ______ cm. (Take speed of sound in…Q 11-14-095WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A transverse wave travels on a taut steel wire with a velocity of v when tension in it is 2.06×10^4 N. When the tension is changed to T, the velocity changed to…Q 11-14-096WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of length L and mass per unit length 6.0×10^-3 kg m^-1 is put under tension of 540 N. Two consecutive frequencies that it resonates at are 420 Hz and 490 Hz.…Q 11-14-097WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A driver in a car, approaching a vertical wall, notices that the frequency of his car horn has changed from 440 Hz to 480 Hz when it gets reflected from the wall. If…Q 11-14-098WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Two coherent sources of sound, S_1 and S_2, produce sound waves of the same wavelength λ = 1 m and are in phase. S_1 and S_2 are placed 1.5 m apart (see figure). A…Q 11-14-099WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A sound source S is moving along a straight track with speed v, and is emitting sound of frequency f_0. An observer is standing at a finite distance, at the point O,…Q 11-14-100WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The speed of a transverse wave on a straight wire (mass 6.0 g, length 60 cm and area of cross-section 1.0 mm^2) is 90 m s^-1. If the Young's modulus of the wire is…Q 11-14-101WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A stationary observer receives sound from two identical tuning forks, one of which approaches and the other one recedes with the same speed (much less than the speed of…Q 11-14-102WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A one metre long (both ends open) organ pipe is kept in a gas that has double the density of air at STP. Assuming the speed of sound in air at STP is 300 m/s, the…Q 11-14-103WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical strings X and Z made of same material have tension T_X and T_Z in them. If their fundamental frequencies are 450 Hz and 300 Hz, respectively, then the…Q 11-14-104WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of density 9 × 10^-3 kg cm^-3 is stretched between two clamps 1 m apart. The resulting strain in the wire is 4.9 × 10^-4. The lowest frequency (in Hz) of the…Q 11-14-105WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform thin rope of length 12 m and mass 6 kg hangs vertically from a rigid support and a block of mass 2 kg is attached to its free end. A transverse short wave…Q 11-14-106WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
For a transverse wave travelling along a straight line, the distance between two peaks (crests) is 5 m, while the distance between one crest and one trough is 1.5 m.…Q 11-14-107WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The driver of a bus approaching a big wall notices that the frequency of his bus's horn changes from 420 Hz to 490 Hz when he hears it after it gets reflected from the…Q 11-14-108WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
In a resonance tube experiment when the tube is filled with water up to a height of 17.0 cm from bottom, it resonates with a given tuning fork. When the water level is…Q 11-14-109WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A musician using an open flute of length 50 cm produces second harmonic sound waves. A person runs towards the musician from another end of a hall at a speed of 10 km…Q 11-14-110WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A train moves towards a stationary observer with speed 34 m/s. The train sounds a whistle and its frequency registered by the observer is f_1. If the speed of the train…Q 11-14-111WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A string of length 1 m and mass 5 g is fixed at both ends. The tension in the string is 8.0 N. The string is set into vibration using an external vibrator of frequency…Q 11-14-112WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A closed organ pipe has a fundamental frequency of 1.5 kHz. The number of overtones that can be distinctly heard by a person with this organ pipe will be (Assume that…Q 11-14-113WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A stationary source emits sound waves of frequency 500 Hz. Two observers moving along a line passing through the source detect sound to be of frequencies 480 Hz and 530…Q 11-14-114WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A source of sound S is moving with a velocity of 50 m s^-1 towards a stationary observer. The observer measures the frequency of the source as 1000 Hz. What will be the…Q 11-14-115WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The correct figure that shows, schematically, the wave pattern produced by the superposition of two waves of frequencies 9 Hz and 11 Hz, isQ 11-14-116WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A heavy ball of mass M is suspended from the ceiling of a car by a light string of mass m (m M). When the car is at rest, the speed of transverse waves in the string is…Q 11-14-117WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A wire of length 2L, is made by joining two wires A and B of same length but different radii r and 2r and made of the same material. It is vibrating at a frequency such…Q 11-14-118WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A string is clamped at both the ends and it is vibrating in its 4^th harmonic. The equation of the stationary wave is y = 0.3(0.157x)(200π t). The length of the string…Q 11-14-119WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The pressure wave, P = 0.01(1000t - 3x) N m^-2, corresponds to the sound produced by a vibrating blade on a day when atmospheric temperature is 0°C. On some other day…Q 11-14-120WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cars A and B are moving away from each other in opposite directions. Both the cars are moving with speed of 20 m s^-1 with respect to the ground. If an observer in…Q 11-14-121WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A string 2.0 m long and fixed at its ends is driven by a 240 Hz vibrator. The string vibrates in its third harmonic mode. The speed of the wave and its fundamental…Q 11-14-122WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Equation of travelling wave on a stretched string of linear density 5 g/m is y = 0.03(450t - 9x) where distance and time are measured in SI units. The tension in the…Q 11-14-123WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A travelling harmonic wave is represented by the equation y(x, t) = 10^-3(50t + 2x), where x and y are in meter and t is in seconds. Which of the following is a correct…Q 11-14-124WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A resonance tube is old and has a jagged end. It is still used in the laboratory to determine the velocity of sound in air. A tuning fork of frequency 512 Hz produces…Q 11-14-125WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A submarine A travelling at 18 km/hr is being chased along the line of its velocity by another submarine B travelling at 27 km/hr. B sends a sonar signal of 500 Hz to…Q 11-14-126WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A progressive wave travelling along the positive x-direction is represented by y(x, t) = A(kx - ω t + φ). Its snapshot at t = 0 is given in the figure. For this wave,…Q 11-14-127WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A small speaker delivers 2 W of audio output. At what distance from the speaker will one detect 120 dB intensity sound? [Given reference intensity of sound as 10^-12…Q 11-14-128WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two sources of sound S_1 and S_2 produce sound waves of same frequency 660 Hz. A listener is moving from source S_1 towards S_2 with a constant speed u_0 m/s and he…Q 11-14-129WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A tuning fork of frequency 480 Hz is used in an experiment for measuring speed of sound (v) in air by resonance tube method. Resonance is observed to occur at two…Q 11-14-130WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A tuning fork vibrates with frequency 256 Hz and gives one beat per second with the third normal mode of vibration of an open pipe. What is the length of the pipe?…Q 11-14-131WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
5 beats/second are heard when a tuning fork is sounded with a sonometer wire under tension, when the length of the sonometer wire is either 0.95 m or 1 m. The frequency…Q 11-14-132WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The end correction of a resonance column is 1 cm. If the shortest length resonating with the tuning fork is 10 cm, the next resonating length should beQ 11-14-133WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two sitar strings, A and B playing the note 'Dha' are slightly out of tune and produce beats of frequency 5 Hz. The tension of the string B is slightly increased and…Q 11-14-134WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two wires W_1 and W_2 have the same radius r and respective densities ρ_1 and ρ_2, such that ρ_2 = 4ρ_1. They are joined together at the point O, as shown in the…Q 11-14-135WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A standing wave is formed by the superposition of two waves travelling in opposite directions. The transverse displacement is given by y(x, t) = 0.5((5π)/(4)x)(200π t).…Q 11-14-136WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A granite rod of 60 cm length is clamped at its middle point and is set into longitudinal vibrations. The density of granite is 2.7×10^3 kg m^-3 and its Young's modulus…Q 11-14-137WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
If the initial tension on a stretched string is doubled, then the ratio of the initial and final speeds of a transverse wave along the string isQ 11-14-138WavesNEETMCQEasy
A sinusoidal wave of wavelength 7.5 cm travels a distance of 1.2 cm along the x-direction in 0.3 s. The crest P is at x = 0 at t = 0 s and the maximum displacement of…Q 11-14-139WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
In the resonance experiment, two air columns (closed at one end) of 100 cm and 120 cm length give 15 beats per second when each one is sounding in its respective…Q 11-14-140WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment with a closed organ pipe, it is filled with water up to (1/5)th of its volume. The frequency of the fundamental note will change by:Q 11-14-141WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The displacement of a wave is expressed as x(t) = 5(628t + π2) m. The wavelength of the wave when its velocity is 300 m/s is:Q 11-14-142WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Two harmonic waves moving in the same direction superimpose to form a wave x = a(1.5t)(50.5t), where t is in seconds. Find the period with which they beat (close to the…Q 11-14-143WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The equation of a wave travelling on a string is y = (20π x + 10π t), where x and t are distance and time in SI units. The minimum distance between two points having…Q 11-14-144WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Two strings with circular cross section and made of the same material are stretched to have the same tension. A transverse wave is then made to pass through both the…Q 11-14-145WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude and phase of a wave that is formed by the superposition of two harmonic travelling waves, y_1(x, t) = 4(kx - ω t) and y_2(x, t) = 2(kx - ω t + (2π)/(3)),…Q 11-14-146WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Point charges +4 μC and +1 μC are 30 cm apart. At what distance from the 4 μC charge, on the line joining them, is the electric field zero?Q 12-01-001Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A point charge Q is placed inside a cavity within a solid isolated conducting sphere. Consider points A, B and C as shown in the figure, where the magnitudes of the…Q 12-01-002Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQMedium
Two identical charged conducting spheres A and B have their centres separated by a certain distance. Charge on each sphere is q and the force of repulsion between them…Q 12-01-003Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
If _S E· dS = 0 over a surface, then :Q 12-01-004Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
An electric dipole is placed at an angle of 30° with an electric field of intensity 2 × 10^5 N C^-1. It experiences a torque equal to 4 N m. Calculate the magnitude of…Q 12-01-005Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
Polar molecules are the molecules :Q 12-01-006Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
A dipole is placed in an electric field as shown. In which direction will it move ?Q 12-01-007Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQHard
A spherical conductor of radius 10 cm has a charge of 3.2 × 10^-7 C distributed uniformly. What is the magnitude of electric field at a point 15 cm from the centre of…Q 12-01-008Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
Two identical point charges repel each other with a force F when r apart. If the charge on each is doubled and the separation is halved, the force becomesQ 12-01-009Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Two point charges +4 μC and +9 μC are 50 cm apart. The point on the line joining them where the electric field is zero is at a distance from the 4 μC charge ofQ 12-01-010Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Charges +q, +q and -2q are placed at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side a. The magnitude of the net force on the -2q charge isQ 12-01-011Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two small identical balls, each of mass m and charge q, hang from a common point by threads of length l. In equilibrium each thread makes a small angle θ with the…Q 12-01-012Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is placed in a uniform electric field of 2 × 10^4 N/C. Its acceleration is (e = 1.6 × 10^-19 C, m_e = 9.1 × 10^-31 kg)Q 12-01-013Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A charge q is placed at the centre of a cube. The electric flux through one face of the cube isQ 12-01-014Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A charge q is placed at one corner of a cube. The electric flux through the whole surface of the cube isQ 12-01-015Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field at a distance r from an infinitely long straight wire with uniform linear charge density λ isQ 12-01-016Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field just outside a large uniformly charged plane sheet of surface charge density σ isQ 12-01-017Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A uniformly charged solid sphere of radius R produces a field E_0 at its surface. The field at distance (R)/(2) from the centre and at distance 2R from the centre areQ 12-01-018Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An electric dipole of moment p is placed in a uniform electric field E with its axis at 30° to the field. The torque on it isQ 12-01-019Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field at a point on the axis of a short dipole is E. At a point at the same distance on its equatorial line, the field isQ 12-01-020Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A charge of +1 μC is at the origin and -1 μC is at (0, 2 mm). The electric field at (10 cm, 0) is approximately ((1)/(4πε_0) = 9 × 10^9 N m^2C^-2)Q 12-01-021Electric Charges and FieldsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A small ball of mass 2 g and charge +5 μC hangs from a thread in a uniform horizontal electric field. In equilibrium the thread makes 45° with the vertical. Find the…Q 12-01-022Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two point charges q_1 = 3 μ C and q_2 = -4 μ C are placed at points (2i + 3j + 3k) and (i + j + k) respectively. Force on charge q_2 is ______ N. (Take (1)/(4πε_0) = 9…Q 12-01-023Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin half ring of radius 35 cm is uniformly charged with a total charge of Q coulomb. If the magnitude of the electric field at centre of the half ring is 100 V/m,…Q 12-01-024Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A rigid dipole undergoes a simple harmonic motion about its centre in the presence of an electric field E_1 = E_0x. If another electric field E_2 = 2E_0(y + z) is…Q 12-01-025Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
Two short electric dipoles A and B having dipole moment p_1 and p_2 respectively are placed with their axis mutually perpendicular as shown in the figure. The resultant…Q 12-01-026Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two point charges 8 μ C and -2 μ C are located at x=2 cm and x=4 cm, respectively on the x-axis. The ratio of electric flux due to these charges through two spheres of…Q 12-01-027Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the correct statements : A. Electrostatic field lines form closed loops. B. The electric field lines point radially outward when charge is greater than zero.…Q 12-01-028Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A point charge q = 1μC is located at a distance 2 cm from one end of a thin insulating wire of length 10 cm having a charge Q = 24μC, distributed uniformly along its…Q 12-01-029Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three charges +2q, +3q and -4q are situated at (0, -3a), (2a, 0) and (-2a, 0) respectively in the xy plane. The resultant dipole moment about origin is ______ .Q 12-01-030Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron is made to enter symmetrically between two parallel and equally but oppositely charged metal plates, each of 10 cm length. The electron emerges out of the…Q 12-01-031Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A line charge of length a/2 is kept at the centre of an edge BC of a cube ABCDEFGH having edge length a, as shown in the figure. If the density of line charge is λ C…Q 12-01-032Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A positive ion A and a negative ion B have charges 6.67×10^-19 C and 9.6×10^-10 C, and masses 19.2×10^-27 kg and 9×10^-27 kg respectively. At an instant, the ions are…Q 12-01-033Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two point charges -4 μC and 4 μC, constituting an electric dipole, are placed at (-9, 0, 0) cm and (9, 0, 0) cm in a uniform electric field of strength 10^4 N C^-1. The…Q 12-01-034Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A square loop of sides a = 1 m is held normally in front of a point charge q = 1 C, the charge lying on the axis of the loop at a distance a/2 from its centre. The flux…Q 12-01-035Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalHard
A small uncharged conducting sphere is placed in contact with an identical sphere but having 4×10^-8 C charge and then removed to a distance such that the force of…Q 12-01-036Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass m and charge q is fastened to one end A of a massless string having equilibrium length l, whose other end is fixed at point O. The whole system is…Q 12-01-037Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
An electric dipole of dipole moment 6×10^-6 C m is placed in a uniform electric field of magnitude 10^6 V/m. Initially, the dipole moment is parallel to the electric…Q 12-01-038Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electric dipole of mass m, charge q, and length l is placed in a uniform electric field E = E_0 i. When the dipole is rotated slightly from its equilibrium position…Q 12-01-039Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (A) Electric field inside (distance r > 0 from centre) of a uniformly charged spherical shell with surface charge density σ and radius…Q 12-01-040Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A point charge causes an electric flux of -2×10^4 N m^2C^-1 to pass through a spherical Gaussian surface of 8.0 cm radius, centred on the charge. The value of the point…Q 12-01-041Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical charged spheres are suspended by strings of equal lengths. The strings make an angle θ with each other. When suspended in water the angle remains the…Q 12-01-042Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
C_1 and C_2 are two hollow concentric cubes enclosing charges 2Q and 3Q respectively as shown in the figure. The ratio of electric flux passing through C_1 and C_2 isQ 12-01-043Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Suppose a uniformly charged wall provides a uniform electric field of 2×10^4 N C^-1 normal to it. A charged particle of mass 2 g suspended through a silk thread of…Q 12-01-044Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An infinitely long positively charged straight thread has a linear charge density λ C m^-1. An electron revolves along a circular path having its axis along the length…Q 12-01-045Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
An infinite plane sheet of charge having uniform surface charge density +σ_s C/m^2 is placed on the x-y plane. Another infinitely long line charge having uniform linear…Q 12-01-046Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A charge q is placed at the centre of one of the surfaces of a cube. The flux linked with the cube isQ 12-01-047Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a hydrogen-like system, the ratio of the Coulombian force and the gravitational force between an electron and a proton is of the order ofQ 12-01-048Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Vehicles carrying inflammable fluids usually have metallic chains touching the groundQ 12-01-049Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field at a point P on the axis of a short electric dipole, at a distance r from its centre O, is E. The electric field at a point R on the equatorial line,…Q 12-01-050Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
σ is the uniform surface charge density of a thin spherical shell of radius R. The electric field at any point on the surface of the spherical shell isQ 12-01-051Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three infinitely long, thin charged sheets are placed parallel to the y-z plane at x = -a (surface charge density -σ), x = a (density -2σ) and x = 3a (density +σ). The…Q 12-01-052Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical conducting spheres P and S with charge Q on each repel each other with a force of 16 N. A third identical uncharged conducting sphere R is successively…Q 12-01-053Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin metallic wire having cross sectional area of 10^-4 m^2 is used to make a ring of radius 30 cm. A positive charge of 2π C is uniformly distributed over the ring,…Q 12-01-054Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalHard
Two charges of -4 μC and +4 μC are placed at the points A(1, 0, 4) m and B(2, -1, 5) m located in an electric field E = 0.20 i V cm^-1. The magnitude of the torque…Q 12-01-055Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two charges of 5Q and -2Q are situated at the points (3a, 0) and (-5a, 0) respectively. The electric flux through a sphere of radius 4a having centre at origin is:Q 12-01-056Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron is moving under the influence of the electric field of a uniformly charged infinite plane sheet S having surface charge density +σ. The electron at t = 0 is…Q 12-01-057Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalHard
An electric field is given by (6 i + 5 j + 3 k) N C^-1. The electric flux through a surface area 30 i m^2 lying in the YZ-plane (in SI unit) is:Q 12-01-058Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric field E = (2 i + 6 j + 8 k)/(6) passes through the surface of 4 m^2 area having unit vector n = ((2 i + j + k)/(6)). The electric flux for that surface is…Q 12-01-059Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the net electric field at point P along the Y axis is zero, then the ratio of |(q_2)/(q_3)| is (8)/(5 x), where x = ______.Q 12-01-060Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Five charges +q, +5q, -2q, +3q and -4q are situated as shown in the figure. The electric flux due to this configuration through the surface S is:Q 12-01-061Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric field E = (2x i) N C^-1 exists in space. A cube of side 2 m is placed in the space as shown in the figure. The electric flux through the cube is ______ N…Q 12-01-062Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of charge -q and mass m moves in a circle of radius r around an infinitely long line charge of linear density +λ. Then the time period will be given as:…Q 12-01-063Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical charged spheres are suspended by strings of equal lengths. The strings make an angle of 37° with each other. When suspended in a liquid of density 0.7 g…Q 12-01-064Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two charges q and 3q are separated by a distance r in air. At a distance x from charge q, the resultant electric field is zero. The value of x is:Q 12-01-065Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
The force between two point charges q_1 and q_2 placed in vacuum at r cm apart is F. The force between them when placed in a medium having dielectric constant K = 5 at…Q 12-01-066Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a cuboid of dimension 2L×2L× L, a charge q is placed at the centre of the surface S having area of 4L^2. The flux through the opposite surface to S is given byQ 12-01-067Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
A point charge q_1=4q_0 is placed at origin. Another point charge q_2=-q_0 is placed at x=12 cm. Charge of proton is q_0. The proton is placed on x-axis so that the…Q 12-01-068Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a charged spherical ball, electrostatic potential inside the ball varies with r as V=2ar^2+b. Here, a and b are constant and r is the distance from the center. The…Q 12-01-069Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Electric field in a certain region is given by E=(A)/(x^2) i+(B)/(y^3) j. The SI units of A and B areQ 12-01-070Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a point charge Q is placed at the centre of conducting spherical shell of inner radius a and outer radius b. The electric field due to charge Q…Q 12-01-071Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in figure, a cuboid lies in a region with electric field E=2x^2 i-4y j+6 k N C^-1. The magnitude of charge within the cuboid is nε_0 C. The value of n is…Q 12-01-072Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Expression for an electric field is given by E=4000x^2 i V m^-1. The electric flux through the cube of side 20 cm when placed in electric field (as shown in the figure)…Q 12-01-073Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
If two charges q_1 and q_2 are separated with distance d and placed in a medium of dielectric constant k, what will be the equivalent distance between charges in air…Q 12-01-074Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A stream of positively charged particles having qm=2×10^11 C kg^-1 and velocity v_0=3×10^7 i m s^-1 is deflected by an electric field 1.8 j kV m^-1. The electric field…Q 12-01-075Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform electric field of 10 N C^-1 is created between two parallel charged plates (as shown in figure). An electron enters the field symmetrically between the plates…Q 12-01-076Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A point charge of 10 μC is placed at the origin. At what location on the X-axis should a point charge of 40 μC be placed so that the net electric field is zero at x=2…Q 12-01-077Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A 10 μC charge is divided into two parts and placed at 1 cm distance so that the repulsive force between them is maximum. The charges of the two parts areQ 12-01-078Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three point charges q, -2q and 2q are placed on x axis at a distance x=0, x=3/4R and x=R respectively from origin as shown. If q=2×10^-6 C and R=2 cm, the magnitude of…Q 12-01-079Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric field due to a short electric dipole at a large distance (r) from center of dipole on the equatorial plane varies with distance asQ 12-01-080Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron revolves around an infinite cylindrical wire having uniform linear charge density 2×10^-8 C m^-1 in circular path under the influence of attractive…Q 12-01-081Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
As shown in the figure, a configuration of two equal point charges (q_0=+2 μC) is placed on an inclined plane. Mass of each point charge is 20 g. Assume that there is…Q 12-01-082Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A capacitor of capacitance C is charged to a potential V. The flux of the electric field through a closed surface enclosing the positive plate of the capacitor isQ 12-01-083Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: If an electric dipole of dipole moment 30×10^-5 C m…Q 12-01-084Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two charges of each magnitude 0.01 C and separated by a distance of 0.4 mm constitute an electric dipole. If the dipole is placed in an uniform electric field E of 10…Q 12-01-085Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin infinite sheet charge and an infinite line charge of respective charge densities +σ and +λ are placed parallel at 5 m distance from each other. Points P and Q…Q 12-01-086Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalHard
A dipole comprises of two charged particles of identical magnitude q and opposite in nature. The mass m of the positive charged particle is half of the mass of the…Q 12-01-087Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
Graphical variation of electric field due to a uniformly charged insulating solid sphere of radius R, with distance r from the centre O is represented byQ 12-01-088Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric dipole of dipole moment 6.0×10^-6 C m is placed in a uniform electric field of 1.5×10^3 N C^-1 in such a way that dipole moment is along electric field. The…Q 12-01-089Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Let σ be the uniform surface charge density of two infinite thin plane sheets shown in figure. Then the electric fields in three different regions E_I, E_II and E_III areQ 12-01-090Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two equal positive point charges are separated by a distance 2a. The distance of a point from the centre of the line joining two charges on the equatorial line…Q 12-01-091Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cubical volume is bounded by the surfaces x=0, x=a, y=0, y=a, z=0, z=a. The electric field in the region is given by E=E_0x i, where E_0=4×10^4 N C^-1m^-1. If a=2 cm,…Q 12-01-092Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A vertical electric field of magnitude 4.9×10^5 N C^-1 just prevents a water droplet of mass 0.1 g from falling. The value of charge on the droplet will be: (Given g =…Q 12-01-093Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical charged particles each having a mass 10 g and charge 2.0×10^-7 C are placed on a horizontal table with a separation of L between them such that they stay…Q 12-01-094Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A long cylindrical volume contains a uniformly distributed charge of density ρ. The radius of the cylindrical volume is R. A charged particle (q) revolves around the…Q 12-01-095Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure, a very large plane sheet of positive charge is shown. P_1 and P_2 are two points at distance l and 2l from the charge distribution. If σ is the surface…Q 12-01-096Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Sixty four conducting drops each of radius 0.02 m and each carrying a charge of 5 μC are combined to form a bigger drop. The ratio of surface density of the bigger drop…Q 12-01-097Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
The volume charge density of a sphere of radius 6 m is 2 μC cm^-3. The number of lines of force per unit surface area coming out from the surface of the sphere is…Q 12-01-098Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three point charges of magnitude 5 μC, 0.16 μC and 0.3 μC are located at the vertices A, B, C of a right angled triangle whose sides are AB = 3 cm, BC = 32 cm and CA =…Q 12-01-099Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three identical charged balls each of charge 2 C are suspended from a common point P by silk threads of 2 m each (as shown in figure). They form an equilateral triangle…Q 12-01-101Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical positive charges Q each are fixed at a distance of 2a apart from each other. Another point charge q_0 with mass m is placed at midpoint between two fixed…Q 12-01-102Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
A long cylindrical volume contains a uniformly distributed charge of density ρ C m^-3. The electric field inside the cylindrical volume at a distance x = (2ε_0)/(ρ) m…Q 12-01-103Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A charge of 4 μC is to be divided into two. The distance between the two divided charges is constant. The magnitude of the divided charges so that the force between…Q 12-01-104Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two electric dipoles of dipole moments 1.2×10^-30 C m and 2.4×10^-30 C m are placed in two different uniform electric fields of strengths 5×10^4 N C^-1 and 15×10^4 N…Q 12-01-105Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two identical tennis balls each having mass m and charge q are suspended from a fixed point by threads of length l. What is the equilibrium separation when each thread…Q 12-01-106Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles A and B having charges 20 μC and -5 μC respectively are held fixed with a separation of 5 cm. At what position should a third charged particle be placed…Q 12-01-107Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the incorrect statement: (a) The electric lines of force entering into a Gaussian surface provide negative flux. (b) A charge q is placed at the centre of a…Q 12-01-108Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A cube of side a has point charges +Q located at each of its vertices except at the origin where the charge is -Q. The electric field at the centre of cube is:Q 12-01-109Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two electrons each are fixed at a distance 2d. A third charge proton placed at the midpoint is displaced slightly by a distance x (x d) perpendicular to the line…Q 12-01-110Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A point charge of +12 μC is at a distance 6 cm vertically above the centre of a square of side 12 cm as shown in figure. The magnitude of the electric flux through the…Q 12-01-111Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric field in a region is given by E = (3/5E_0 i + 4/5E_0 j) N C^-1. The ratio of flux of reported field through the rectangular surface of area 0.2 m^2…Q 12-01-112Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An infinite number of point charges, each carrying 1 μC charge, are placed along the y-axis at y = 1 m, 2 m, 4 m, 8 m, .... The total force on a 1 C point charge,…Q 12-01-113Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A certain charge Q is divided into two parts q and (Q - q). How should the charges Q and q be divided so that q and (Q - q) placed at a certain distance apart…Q 12-01-114Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A body having specific charge 8 μC g^-1 is resting on a frictionless plane at a distance 10 cm from the wall (as shown in the figure). It starts moving towards the wall…Q 12-01-115Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electric dipole is placed on x-axis in proximity to a line charge of linear charge density 3.0×10^-6 C m^-1. Line charge is placed on z-axis and positive and…Q 12-01-116Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
The total charge enclosed in an incremental volume of 2×10^-9 m^3 located at the origin is ______ nC, if electric flux density of its field is found as D = e^-x y i -…Q 12-01-117Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Find the electric field at point P (as shown in figure) on the perpendicular bisector of a uniformly charged thin wire of length L carrying a charge Q. The distance of…Q 12-01-118Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
An inclined plane making an angle of 30° with the horizontal is placed in a uniform horizontal electric field 200 NC as shown in the figure. A body of mass 1 kg and…Q 12-01-119Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
Given below are two statements Statement I: An electric dipole is placed at the centre of a hollow sphere. The flux of electric field through the sphere is zero, but…Q 12-01-120Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two ideal electric dipoles A and B, having their dipole moment p_1 and p_2 respectively are placed on a plane with their centres at O as shown in the figure. At point C…Q 12-01-121Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid metal sphere of radius R having charge q is enclosed inside the concentric spherical shell of inner radius a and outer radius b as shown in the figure. The…Q 12-01-122Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniformly charged disc of radius R having surface charge density σ is placed in the xy plane with its center at the origin. Find the electric field intensity along…Q 12-01-123Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Figure shows a rod AB, which is bent in a 120° circular arc of radius R. A charge (-Q) is uniformly distributed over rod AB. What is the electric field E at the centre…Q 12-01-124Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m and charge q is released from rest in a uniform electric field. If there is no other force on the particle, the dependence of its speed v on the…Q 12-01-125Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Ten charges are placed on the circumference of a circle of radius R with constant angular separation between successive charges. Alternate charges 1, 3, 5, 7, 9 have…Q 12-01-129Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Charges Q_1 and Q_2 are at points A and B of a right-angled triangle OAB (right angle at O). The resultant electric field at point O is perpendicular to the hypotenuse;…Q 12-01-130Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider the force F on a charge q due to a uniformly charged spherical shell of radius R carrying charge Q distributed uniformly over it. Which one of the following…Q 12-01-131Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two infinite planes, each with uniform surface charge density +σ, are kept in such a way that the angle between them is 30°. The electric field in the region shown…Q 12-01-132Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
Three charged particles A, B and C with charges -4q, 2q and -2q are present on the circumference of a circle of radius d. The charged particles A, C and the centre O of…Q 12-01-133Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
In finding the electric field using Gauss's law, the formula | E| = q_encε_0|A| is applicable. In the formula ε_0 is the permittivity of free space, A is the area of…Q 12-01-134Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A charged particle (mass m and charge q) moves along the x-axis with velocity V_0. When it passes through the origin it enters a region having uniform electric field E…Q 12-01-135Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A small point mass carrying some positive charge on it, is released from the edge of a table. There is a uniform electric field in this region in the horizontal…Q 12-01-136Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two charged thin infinite plane sheets of uniform charge density σ_+ and σ_-, where |σ_+| > |σ_-|, intersect at right angle. Which of the following best represents the…Q 12-01-137Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Charge is distributed within a sphere of radius R with a volume charge density ρ(r) = (A)/(r^2)e^-2r/a, where A and a are constants. If Q is the total charge of this…Q 12-01-138Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two point charges q_1 (√(10) μC) and q_2 (-25 μC) are placed on the x-axis at x = 1 m and x = 4 m respectively. The electric field (in V/m) at a point y = 3 m on the…Q 12-01-139Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Charges -q and +q, located at A and B, respectively, constitute an electric dipole. Distance AB = 2a, O is the mid point of the dipole and OP is perpendicular to AB. A…Q 12-01-140Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three charges +Q, q, +Q are placed respectively, at distance, 0, d/2 and d from the origin, on the x-axis. If the net force experienced by +Q, placed at x = 0, is zero,…Q 12-01-141Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
For a uniformly charged ring of radius R, the electric field on its axis has the largest magnitude at a distance h from its centre. Then value of h isQ 12-01-142Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric dipole is formed by two equal and opposite charges q with separation d. The charges have same mass m. It is kept in a uniform electric field E. If it is…Q 12-01-144Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Four point charges -q, +q, +q and -q are placed on y-axis at y = -2d, y = -d, y = +d and y = +2d, respectively. The magnitude of the electric field E at a point on the…Q 12-01-145Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
An electric field of 1000 V/m is applied to an electric dipole at angle of 45°. The value of electric dipole moment is 10^-29 C m. What is the potential energy of the…Q 12-01-146Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Determine the electric dipole moment of the system of three charges, placed on the vertices of an equilateral triangle, as shown in the figure:Q 12-01-147Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Shown in the figure is a shell made of a conductor. It has inner radius a and outer radius b, and carries charge Q. At its centre a dipole p is placed as shown, then:Q 12-01-148Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A point dipole p = -p_0x is kept at the origin. The potential and electric field due to this dipole on the y-axis at a distance d are, respectively: (Take V = 0 at…Q 12-01-149Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Let a total charge 2Q be distributed in a sphere of radius R, with the charge density given by ρ(r) = kr, where r is the distance from the centre. Two charges A and B,…Q 12-01-150Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQHard
A charge Q is placed at a distance a2 above the centre of a square surface of side length a. The electric flux through the square surface due to the charge would be?Q 12-01-151Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A solid ball of radius R has a charge density ρ given by ρ = ρ_0(1 - rR) for 0 ≤ r ≤ R. The electric field outside the ball is:Q 12-01-152Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical conducting spheres A and B carry an equal charges. They are separated by a distance much larger than their diameters, and the force between them is F. A…Q 12-01-153Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric dipole has fixed dipole moment p, which makes angle θ with respect to x-axis. When subjected to an electric field E_1 = E i, it experiences a torque T_1 = τ…Q 12-01-154Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Four closed surfaces and corresponding charge distributions are shown below. Let the respective electric fluxes through the surfaces be φ_1, φ_2, φ_3 and φ_4. Then:Q 12-01-155Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two point charges -q and +q are placed at a distance of L, as shown in the figure. The magnitude of electric field intensity at a distance R (R L) varies as:Q 12-01-156Electric Charges and FieldsNEETMCQEasy
Consider two infinitely large plane parallel conducting plates as shown below. The plates are uniformly charged with a surface charge density +σ and -2σ. The force…Q 12-01-157Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A point charge +q is placed at the origin. A second point charge +9q is placed at (d, 0, 0) in the Cartesian coordinate system. The point in between them where the…Q 12-01-158Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
A small bob of mass 100 mg and charge +10 μC is connected to an insulating string of length 1 m. It is brought near an infinitely long non-conducting sheet of charge…Q 12-01-159Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a circular loop that is uniformly charged and has a radius a2. Find the position along the positive z-axis of the Cartesian coordinate system where the…Q 12-01-160Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two infinite identical charged sheets (each +σ) and a charged spherical body of charge density ρ are arranged as shown in the figure. Then the correct relation between…Q 12-01-161Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two small spherical balls of mass 10 g each with charges -2 μC and 2 μC are attached to the two ends of a very light rigid rod of length 20 cm. The arrangement is now…Q 12-01-162Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A metallic ring is uniformly charged as shown in the figure. AC and BD are two mutually perpendicular diameters. The electric field due to arc AB at O is E in…Q 12-01-163Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
A dipole with two electric charges of 2 μC magnitude each, with separation distance 0.5 μm, is placed between the plates of a capacitor such that its axis is parallel…Q 12-01-164Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field in a region is given by E = (2 i + 4 j + 6 k)×10^3 N/C. The flux of the field through a rectangular surface parallel to the x–z plane is 6.0 N…Q 12-01-165Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An infinitely long wire has uniform linear charge density λ = 2 nC/m. The net flux through a Gaussian cube of side length 3 cm, if the wire passes through two corners…Q 12-01-166Electric Charges and FieldsJEE MainMCQMedium
Three identical capacitors P, Q and S, each of the capacitance C, are connected to a battery of voltage V, as shown in the figure. If the energy stored in the capacitor…Q 12-02-001Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
A unit positive point charge is taken slowly through an infinitesimally thin tube that is inside a charged dielectric sphere of radius R, having uniform positive charge…Q 12-02-002Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQHard
Consider a fixed uniformly charged insulating sphere with radius R and total charge +Q. A point charge -q (q << Q) with mass m is released from rest at a distance of 3R…Q 12-02-003Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
The plates of a parallel plate capacitor are separated by d. Two slabs of different dielectric constant K_1 and K_2 with thickness (3)/(8)d and (d)/(2), respectively…Q 12-02-004Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQHard
An electric dipole with dipole moment 5 × 10^-6 C m is aligned with the direction of a uniform electric field of magnitude 4 × 10^5 N/C. The dipole is then rotated…Q 12-02-005Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
In the following circuit, the equivalent capacitance between terminal A and terminal B is :Q 12-02-006Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A : The potential (V) at any axial point, at 2 m…Q 12-02-007Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
A thin spherical shell is charged by some source. The potential difference between the two points C and P (in V) shown in the figure is: (Take (1)/(4πε_0) = 9 × 10^9 SI…Q 12-02-008Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
If the plates of a parallel plate capacitor connected to a battery are moved close to each other, then A. the charge stored in it, increases. B. the energy stored in…Q 12-02-009Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
The equivalent capacitance of the system shown in the following circuit is :Q 12-02-010Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
An electric dipole is placed as shown in the figure. The electric potential (in 10^2 V) at point P due to the dipole is (ε_0 = permittivity of free space and…Q 12-02-011Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor has a uniform electric field 'E' in the space between the plates. If the distance between the plates is 'd' and the area of each plate is…Q 12-02-012Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
Two charged spherical conductors of radius R_1 and R_2 are connected by a wire. Then the ratio of surface charge densities of the spheres (σ_1/σ_2) is :Q 12-02-013Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
The equivalent capacitance of the combination shown in the figure is :Q 12-02-014Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
Twenty seven drops of same size are charged at 220 V each. They combine to form a bigger drop. Calculate the potential of the bigger drop.Q 12-02-015Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
In a certain region of space with volume 0.2 m^3, the electric potential is found to be 5 V throughout. The magnitude of electric field in this region is :Q 12-02-016Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor with air as medium is 6 μF. With the introduction of a dielectric medium, the capacitance becomes 30 μF. The permittivity…Q 12-02-017Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
A short electric dipole has a dipole moment of 16 × 10^-9 C m. The electric potential due to the dipole at a point at a distance of 0.6 m from the centre of the dipole,…Q 12-02-018Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
Two charges q and -q are kept apart. Then at any point on the perpendicular bisector of the line joining the two chargesQ 12-02-019Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A charge Q is placed at each corner of a cube of side a. The potential at the centre of the cube isQ 12-02-020Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
The electric potential in a region is V = 4x^2 volt, with x in metres. The electric field at x = 1 m isQ 12-02-021Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The work done in moving a charge of 3 μC between two points on an equipotential surface at 100 V isQ 12-02-022Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An electron is accelerated from rest through a potential difference of 200 V. Its final speed is (e/m = 1.76 × 10^11 C/kg)Q 12-02-023Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Three charges q, q and -q are at the corners of an equilateral triangle of side a. The electrostatic potential energy of the system isQ 12-02-024Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A hollow metal sphere of radius 10 cm carries a charge that makes its surface potential 80 V. The potential at its centre and at 20 cm from its centre areQ 12-02-025Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor has plates of area 0.02 m^2 separated by 1 mm of air. Its capacitance is (ε_0 = 8.85 × 10^-12 F/m)Q 12-02-026Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor is charged by a battery and then disconnected. A dielectric slab of constant K is now inserted to fill the gap. Which of the following is true?Q 12-02-027Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with plate separation d has a metal slab of thickness (d)/(2) inserted between its plates, parallel to them. The capacitance becomesQ 12-02-028Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A slab of dielectric constant 4 and thickness (d)/(2) is placed between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor of separation d and capacitance C_0 (air). The new…Q 12-02-029Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 4 μF capacitor charged to 50 V is connected to an uncharged 6 μF capacitor. The common potential and the energy lost areQ 12-02-030Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Three capacitors of 2 μF, 3 μF and 6 μF are connected in series across a 12 V battery. The charge on each capacitor isQ 12-02-031Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The energy density in the electric field between the plates of a capacitor where the field is 10^5 V/m is (ε_0 = 8.85 × 10^-12 F/m)Q 12-02-032Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The plates of an isolated charged capacitor are pulled apart to twice their separation. The work done by the external agent equalsQ 12-02-033Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Find the equivalent capacitance, in μF, of a 3 μF capacitor in series with a parallel combination of 2 μF and 4 μF.Q 12-02-034Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A parallel plate capacitor is having separation between plates 0.885 mm. It has a capacitance of 1 μF when the space between the plates is filled with an insulating…Q 12-02-035Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A three coulomb charge moves from the point (0, -2, -5) to the point (5, 1, 2) in an electric field expressed as E = 2xi + 3y^2j + 4k N/C. The work done in moving the…Q 12-02-036Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric potential as a function of x, y is given by V = 5(x^2 - y^2) V. The electric field at a point (2, 3) m is ______ V/m.Q 12-02-037Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A sphere of capacitance 100 pF is charged to a potential of 100 V. Another identical uncharged metal sphere is brought in contact with the charged sphere, then the…Q 12-02-038Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
From the circuit given below, the capacitance between terminals A and B shown in the circuit is ______ μF. (take C_1 = C_2 = C_3 = 1 μF and C_4 = 2 μF.)Q 12-02-039Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R Assertion A : In electrostatics, a conductor does not store any net…Q 12-02-040Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate air capacitor is connected to a battery. The plates are pulled apart at uniform speed v. If x is the separation between the plates at any instant, then…Q 12-02-041Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate air capacitor has a capacitance C. When it is half filled as shown in figure with a dielectric constant K=5, the percentage increase in the capacitance…Q 12-02-042Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two charged conducting spheres S_1 and S_2 of radii 8 cm and 18 cm are connected to each other by a wire. After equilibrium is established, the ratio of electric fields…Q 12-02-043Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two metal plates (A, B) are kept horizontally with separation of ((12)/(π)) cm, with plate A on the top. An atomizer jet sprays oil (density 1.5 g/cm³) droplets of…Q 12-02-044Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
Identify the correct statements : A. Effective capacitance of a series combination of capacitors is always smaller than the smallest capacitance of the capacitor in the…Q 12-02-045Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two point charges of 1 nC and 2 nC are placed at the two corners of equilateral triangle of side 3 cm . The work done in bringing a charge of 3 nC from infinity to the…Q 12-02-046Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Three parallel plate capacitors each with area A and separation d are filled with two dielectric ( k_1 and k_2 ) in the following fashion. Which of the following is…Q 12-02-047Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
The electrostatic potential in a charged spherical region of radius r varies as V = ar^3 + b, where a and b are constants. The total charge in the sphere of unit radius…Q 12-02-048Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
There are three co-centric conducting spherical shells A, B and C of radii a, b and c respectively ( c > b > a ) and they are charged with charge q_1, q_2 and q_3…Q 12-02-049Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel-plate capacitor of capacitance 40 μF is connected to a 100 V power supply. Now the intermediate space between the plates is filled with a dielectric material…Q 12-02-050Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
For a short dipole placed at origin O, the dipole moment P is along the x-axis, as shown in the figure. If the electric potential and electric field at A are V_0 and…Q 12-02-051Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Identify the valid statements relevant to the given circuit at the instant when the key is closed. A. There will be no current through resistor R. B. There will be…Q 12-02-052Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two charges 7 μC and -4 μC are placed at (-7 cm, 0, 0) and (7 cm, 0, 0) respectively. Given ε_0 = 8.85×10^-12 C^2N^-1m^-2, the electrostatic potential energy of the…Q 12-02-053Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor was made with two rectangular plates, each with a length of l = 3 cm and breadth of b = 1 cm. The distance between the plates is 3 μm. Out of…Q 12-02-054Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a parallel plate capacitor of area A (of each plate) and separation d between the plates. If E is the electric field and ε_0 is the permittivity of free space…Q 12-02-055Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Four identical point charges +q_0 are placed at the corners A, B, C, D of a square of side a (configuration 1). They are then moved to the midpoints G, E, H, F of the…Q 12-02-056Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Three infinitely long wires with linear charge density λ are placed along the x-axis, y-axis and z-axis respectively. Which of the following denotes an equipotential…Q 12-02-057Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
Two capacitors C_1 and C_2 are connected in parallel to a battery. The charge-time graph is shown below for the two capacitors. The energies stored in them are U_1 and…Q 12-02-058Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 1 μF is charged to a potential difference of 20 V. The distance between the plates is 1 μm. The energy density between the…Q 12-02-059Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor C_1 = 6 μF is charged to a potential difference of V_0 = 5 V using a 5 V battery. The battery is removed and another capacitor C_2 = 12 μF is inserted in…Q 12-02-060Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
An electric dipole is placed at a distance of 2 cm from an infinite plane sheet having positive charge density σ_0, as shown in the figure. Choose the correct option…Q 12-02-061Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor consisting of two circular plates of radius 10 cm is being charged by a constant current of 0.15 A. If the rate of change of potential…Q 12-02-062Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical capacitors have the same capacitance C. One of them is charged to potential V and the other to potential 2V. The negative ends of both are connected…Q 12-02-063Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer G of 2 Ω resistance is connected in the given circuit. The ratio of the charges stored in C_1 and C_2 isQ 12-02-064Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In the electrical circuit drawn below, the amount of charge stored in the capacitor in the steady state is ______ μC.Q 12-02-065Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 12.5 pF is charged by a battery connected between its plates to a potential difference of 12.0 V. The battery is now…Q 12-02-066Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three capacitors of capacitances 25 μF, 30 μF and 45 μF are connected in parallel to a supply of 100 V. The energy stored in the above combination is E. When these…Q 12-02-067Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric field between the two parallel plates of a capacitor of 1.5 μF capacitance drops to one third of its initial value in 6.6 μs when the plates are connected…Q 12-02-068Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electric charge 10^-6 μC is placed at origin (0, 0) m of the X–Y co-ordinate system. Two points P and Q are situated at (3, 3) m and (6, 0) m respectively. The…Q 12-02-069Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The charge accumulated on the capacitor connected in the following circuit is ______ μC. (Given C = 150 μF)Q 12-02-070Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Work done by electric field on moving a…Q 12-02-071Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric potential at the surface of an atomic nucleus (Z = 50) of radius 9×10^-13 cm is α×10^6 V. What is the value of α? (Charge of proton 1.6×10^-19 C)Q 12-02-072Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the given figure, the charge stored in the 6 μF capacitor, when points A and B are joined by a connecting wire, is ______ μC.Q 12-02-073Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two charged conducting spheres of radii a and b are connected to each other by a conducting wire. The ratio of charges of the two spheres respectively is:Q 12-02-074Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor has air as dielectric medium and two conducting plates of area 12 cm^2 and they are 0.6 cm apart. When a slab of dielectric having area 12 cm^2 and 0.6 cm…Q 12-02-075Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A capacitor is made of a flat plate of area A and a second plate having a stair-like structure as shown in the figure. If the area of each stair is A3 and the height is…Q 12-02-076Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
At the centre of a half ring of radius R = 10 cm and linear charge density 4 nC m^-1, the potential is xπ V. The value of x is ______.Q 12-02-077Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
The electrostatic potential due to an electric dipole at a distance r varies as:Q 12-02-078Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor of capacitance C and potential V has energy E. It is connected to another capacitor of capacitance 2C and potential 2V. Then the loss of energy is x3E,…Q 12-02-079Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with plate separation 5 mm is charged up by a battery. It is found that on introducing a dielectric sheet of thickness 2 mm, while keeping…Q 12-02-080Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
The distance between charges +q and -q is 2l and between +2q and -2q is 4l, all placed on a line with common centre O as shown. The electrostatic potential at point P…Q 12-02-081Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A point charge 2×10^-2 C is moved from P to S in a uniform electric field of 30 N C^-1 directed along positive x-axis. If coordinates of P and S are (1,2,0) m and…Q 12-02-082Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two isolated metallic solid spheres of radii R and 2R are charged such that both have same charge density σ. The spheres are then connected by a thin conducting wire.…Q 12-02-083Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A capacitor of capacitance 900 μF is charged by a 100 V battery. The capacitor is disconnected from the battery and connected to another uncharged identical capacitor…Q 12-02-084Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Which of the following correctly represents the variation of electric potential (V) of a charged spherical conductor of radius (R) with radial distance (r) from the…Q 12-02-085Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Considering a group of positive charges, which of the following statements is correct?Q 12-02-086Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two parallel plate capacitors C_1 and C_2 each having capacitance of 10 μF are individually charged by a 100 V D.C. source. Capacitor C_1 is kept connected to the…Q 12-02-087Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalHard
The electric potential at the centre of two concentric half rings of radii R_1 and R_2, having same linear charge density λ, isQ 12-02-088Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with air between the plates has a capacitance of 15 pF. The separation between the plates becomes twice and the space between them is filled…Q 12-02-089Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
A parallel plate capacitor has plate area 40 cm^2 and plates separation 2 mm. The space between the plates is filled with a dielectric medium of a thickness 1 mm and…Q 12-02-090Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor has capacitance 5 μF when its parallel plates are separated by air medium of thickness d. A slab of material of dielectric constant 1.5 having area equal to…Q 12-02-091Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the network shown below, the charge accumulated in the capacitor in steady state will beQ 12-02-092Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown, the energy stored in the capacitor is n μJ. The value of n is ______.Q 12-02-093Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given figure the total charge stored in the combination of capacitors is 100 μC. The value of 'x' is ______.Q 12-02-094Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
The distance between two plates of a capacitor is d and its capacitance is C_1, when air is the medium between the plates. If a metal sheet of thickness (2d)/(3) and of…Q 12-02-095Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 2 F is charged to a potential V. The energy stored in the capacitor is E_1. The capacitor is now connected to another…Q 12-02-096Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit, C_1=2 μF, C_2=0.2 μF, C_3=2 μF, C_4=4 μF, C_5=2 μF, C_6=2 μF. The charge stored on capacitor C_4 is ______ μC.Q 12-02-097Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalHard
64 identical drops each charged up to potential of 10 mV are combined to form a bigger drop. The potential of the bigger drop will be ______ mV.Q 12-02-098Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
For a uniformly charged thin spherical shell, the electric potential V radially away from the centre O of shell can be graphically represented asQ 12-02-099Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor with plate area A and plate separation d is filled with a dielectric material of dielectric constant K=4. The thickness of the dielectric…Q 12-02-100Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
As shown in the figure, two parallel plate capacitors having equal plate area of 200 cm^2 are joined in such a way that a b. The equivalent capacitance of the…Q 12-02-101Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
In this figure the resistance of the coil of galvanometer G is 2 Ω. The emf of the cell is 4 V. The ratio of potential difference across C_1 and C_2 isQ 12-02-102Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Electric potential at a point P due to a point charge of 5×10^-9 C is 50 V. The distance of P from the point charge is (Assume 14πε_0=9×10^9 N m^2 C^-2)Q 12-02-103Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A 600 pF capacitor is charged by 200 V supply. It is then disconnected from the supply and is connected to another uncharged 600 pF capacitor. Electrostatic energy lost…Q 12-02-104Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equivalent capacitance of the combination shown isQ 12-02-105Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Three concentric spherical metallic shells X, Y and Z of radius a, b and c respectively (a<b<c) have surface charge densities σ, -σ and σ, respectively. The shells X…Q 12-02-106Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Two metallic spheres are charged to the same…Q 12-02-107Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor is formed by two plates each of area 30π cm^2 separated by 1 mm. A material of dielectric strength 3.6×10^7 V m^-1 is filled between the…Q 12-02-108Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
If the charge on a capacitor is increased by 2 C, the energy stored in it increases by 44\%. The original charge on the capacitor is (in C)Q 12-02-109Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The equivalent capacitance between points A and B in the figure shown below will be ______ μF.Q 12-02-110Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two metallic plates form a parallel plate capacitor. The distance between the plates is d. A metal sheet of thickness d2 and of area equal to the area of each plate is…Q 12-02-111Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
27 identical drops are charged at 22 V each. They combine to form a bigger drop. The potential of the bigger drop will be ______ V.Q 12-02-112Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two capacitors having capacitance C_1 and C_2 respectively are connected as shown in figure. Initially, capacitor C_1 is charged to a potential difference V volt by a…Q 12-02-113Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Non-polar materials do not have any permanent…Q 12-02-114Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The charge on the capacitor of capacitance 15 μF in the figure given below isQ 12-02-115Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor with plate area A and plate separation d = 2 m has a capacitance of 4 μF. The new capacitance of the system if half of the space between them…Q 12-02-116Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A condenser of 2 μF capacitance is charged steadily from 0 to 5 C. Which of the following graphs represents correctly the variation of potential difference V across its…Q 12-02-117Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The capacitance of an isolated conducting sphere of radius R_1 becomes n times when it is enclosed by a concentric conducting sphere of radius R_2 connected to earth.…Q 12-02-118Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two parallel plate capacitors of capacity C and 3C are connected in parallel combination and charged to a potential difference 18 V. The battery is then disconnected…Q 12-02-119Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
The total charge on the system of capacitances C_1 = 1 μF, C_2 = 2 μF, C_3 = 4 μF and C_4 = 3 μF connected in parallel is (Assume a battery of 20 V is connected to the…Q 12-02-120Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A composite parallel plate capacitor is made up of two different dielectric materials with different thicknesses (t_1 and t_2) as shown in figure. The two different…Q 12-02-121Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two uniformly charged spherical conductors A and B of radii 5 mm and 10 mm are separated by a distance of 2 cm. If the spheres are connected by a conducting wire, then…Q 12-02-122Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A source of potential difference V is connected to the combination of two identical capacitors as shown in the figure. When key K is closed, the total energy stored…Q 12-02-123Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A force of 10 N acts on a charged particle placed between two plates of a charged capacitor. If one plate of capacitor is removed, then the force acting on that…Q 12-02-124Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor of capacitance 50 pF is charged by 100 V source. It is then connected to another uncharged identical capacitor. Electrostatic energy loss in the process is…Q 12-02-125Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
A parallel plate capacitor is made up of stair like structure with a plate area A of each stair and that is connected with a wire of length b, as shown in the figure.…Q 12-02-126Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalHard
A parallel plate capacitor with width 4 cm, length 8 cm and separation between the plates of 4 mm is connected to a battery of 20 V. A dielectric slab of dielectric…Q 12-02-127Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two capacitors, each having capacitance 40 μF are connected in series. The space between one of the capacitors is filled with dielectric material of dielectric constant…Q 12-02-128Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor of capacitance C = 1 μF is suddenly connected to a battery of 100 V through a resistance R = 100 Ω. The time taken for the capacitor to be charged to get 50…Q 12-02-129Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
In the reported figure, a capacitor is formed by placing a compound dielectric between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor. The expression for the capacity of the…Q 12-02-130Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two capacitors of capacities 2C and C are joined in parallel and charged up to potential V. The battery is removed and the capacitor of capacity C is filled completely…Q 12-02-131Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (a) Capacitance, C (b) Permittivity of free space, ε_0 (c) Permeability of free space, μ_0 (d) Electric field, E List-II (i)…Q 12-02-132Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor of 50 μF is connected in a circuit as shown in figure. The charge on the upper plate of the capacitor is ______ μC.Q 12-02-134Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 200 μF is connected to a battery of 200 V. A dielectric slab of dielectric constant 2 is now inserted into the space between…Q 12-02-135Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two equal capacitors are first connected in series and then in parallel. The ratio of the equivalent capacities in the two cases will be:Q 12-02-136Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
512 identical drops of mercury are charged to a potential of 2 V each. The drops are joined to form a single drop. The potential of this drop is V in Volt. Find V.Q 12-02-137Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider the combination of two capacitors C_1 and C_2, with C_2 > C_1. When connected in parallel, the equivalent capacitance is 10 times the equivalent capacitance of…Q 12-02-138Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
27 similar drops of mercury are maintained at 10 V each. All these spherical drops combine into a single big drop. The potential energy of the bigger drop is ______…Q 12-02-139Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
If q_f is the free charge on the capacitor plates and q_b is the bound charge on the dielectric slab of dielectric constant k placed between the capacitor plates, then…Q 12-02-140Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The two thin coaxial rings, each of radius a and having charges +Q and -Q respectively are separated by a distance of s. The potential difference between the centres of…Q 12-02-141Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel-plate capacitor with plate area A has separation d between the plates. Two dielectric slabs of dielectric constant K_1 and K_2 of same area (A)/(2) and…Q 12-02-142Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Calculate the amount of charge on capacitor of 4 μF. The internal resistance of battery is 1 Ω:Q 12-02-143Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Three capacitors C_1 = 2 μF, C_2 = 6 μF and C_3 = 12 μF are connected as shown in the figure. Find the ratio of the charges on capacitors C_1, C_2 and C_3 respectively.Q 12-02-144Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider two charged metallic spheres S_1 and S_2 of radii R_1 and R_2, respectively. The electric fields E_1 (on S_1) and E_2 (on S_2) on their surfaces are such that…Q 12-02-145Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitor is made of two square plates each of side a making a very small angle α between them, as shown in figure. The capacitance will be close to:Q 12-02-146Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
Two identical capacitors A and B, charged to the same potential 5V are connected in two different circuits as shown below at time t = 0. If the charge on capacitors A…Q 12-02-147Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown, the charge on the 5 μF capacitor is:Q 12-02-148Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor has plates of length l, width w and separation d. It is connected to a battery of emf V. A dielectric slab of the same thickness d and of…Q 12-02-149Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical electric point dipoles have dipole moments p_1 = p i and p_2 = -p i and are held on the x-axis at distance a from each other. When released, they move…Q 12-02-150Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
A parallel plate capacitor has plates of area A separated by distance d between them. It is filled with a dielectric which has a dielectric constant that varies as K(x)…Q 12-02-151Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A 60 pF capacitor is fully charged by a 20 V supply. It is then disconnected from the supply and is connected to another uncharged 60 pF capacitor in parallel. The…Q 12-02-152Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
The effective capacitance of a parallel combination of two capacitors C_1 and C_2 is 10 μF. When these capacitors are individually connected to a voltage source of 1 V,…Q 12-02-153Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A 5 μF capacitor is charged fully by a 220 V supply. It is then disconnected from the supply and is connected in series to another uncharged 2.5 μF capacitor. If the…Q 12-02-154Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
A charge Q is distributed over two concentric conducting thin spherical shells of radii r and R (R > r). If the surface charge densities on the two shells are equal,…Q 12-02-155Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A 10 μF capacitor is fully charged to a potential difference of 50 V. After removing the source voltage it is connected to an uncharged capacitor in parallel. Now the…Q 12-02-156Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two isolated conducting spheres S_1 and S_2 of radius 2/3R and 1/3R have 12 μC and -3 μC charges, respectively, and are at a large distance from each other. They are…Q 12-02-157Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit shown in the figure, the total charge is 750 μC and the voltage across capacitor C_2 is 20 V. Then the charge on capacitor C_2 is:Q 12-02-158Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Hydrogen ion and singly ionized helium atom are accelerated, from rest, through the same potential difference. The ratio of final speeds of hydrogen and helium ions is…Q 12-02-159Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Concentric metallic hollow spheres of radii R and 4R hold charges Q_1 and Q_2 respectively. Given that surface charge densities of the concentric spheres are equal, the…Q 12-02-160Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two point charges 4q and -q are fixed on the x-axis at x = - d2 and x = d2, respectively. If a third point charge q is taken from the origin to x = d along a semicircle…Q 12-02-161Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A capacitor C is fully charged with voltage V_0. After disconnecting the voltage source, it is connected in parallel with another uncharged capacitor of capacitance C2.…Q 12-02-162Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A solid sphere of radius R carries a charge Q + q distributed uniformly over its volume. A very small point-like piece of it of mass m gets detached from the bottom of…Q 12-02-163Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two capacitors of capacitances C and 2C are charged to potential differences V and 2V, respectively. These are then connected in parallel in such a manner that the…Q 12-02-164Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with square plates is filled with four dielectrics of dielectric constants K_1, K_2, K_3, K_4 arranged as shown in the figure. The effective…Q 12-02-165Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two electric dipoles A, B with respective dipole moments d_A = -4qa i and d_B = -2qa i are placed on the x-axis with a separation R, with A at the origin and B at x =…Q 12-02-166Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A charge Q is distributed over three concentric spherical shells of radii a, b, c (a < b < c) such that their surface charge densities are equal to one another. The…Q 12-02-167Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor is of area 6 cm^2 and a separation 3 mm. The gap is filled with three dielectric materials of equal thickness (see figure) with dielectric…Q 12-02-168Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Four equal point charges Q each are placed in the xy plane at (0, 2), (4, 2), (4, -2) and (0, -2). The work required to put a fifth charge Q at the origin of the…Q 12-02-169Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor having capacitance 12 pF is charged by a battery to a potential difference of 10 V between its plates. The charging battery is now…Q 12-02-170Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniformly charged ring of radius 3a and total charge q is placed in x-y plane centred at origin. A point charge q is moving towards the ring along the z-axis and has…Q 12-02-171Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
The charge q versus voltage V graphs for the series and parallel combinations of two given capacitors are straight lines through the origin. At V = 10 V one line gives…Q 12-02-172Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
In free space, a particle A of charge 1 μC is held fixed at point P. Another particle B of the same charge and mass 4 μg is kept at a distance of 1 mm from P. If B is…Q 12-02-173Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor is made of two square plates of side a, separated by a distance d (d a). The lower triangular portion is filled with a dielectric of…Q 12-02-174Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQHard
A solid conducting sphere, having a charge Q, is surrounded by an uncharged conducting hollow spherical shell. Let the potential difference between the surface of the…Q 12-02-175Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Voltage rating of a parallel plate capacitor is 500 V. Its dielectric can withstand a maximum electric field of 10^6 V/m. The plate area is 10^-4 m^2. What is the…Q 12-02-176Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A positive point charge is released from rest at a distance r_0 from a positive line charge with uniform charge density. The speed (v) of the point charge, as a…Q 12-02-177Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field in a region is given by E = (Ax + B) i, where E is in N C^-1 and x is in metres. The values of constants are A = 20 SI unit and B = 10 SI unit. If…Q 12-02-178Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor has 1 μF capacitance. One of its two plates is given +2 μC charge and the other plate, +4 μC charge. The potential difference developed…Q 12-02-179Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A system of three charges are placed as shown in the figure. If D d, the potential energy of the system is best given byQ 12-02-180Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A capacitor with capacitance 5 μF is charged to 5 μC. If the plates are pulled apart to reduce the capacitance to 2 μF, how much work is done?Q 12-02-181Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The parallel combination of two air filled parallel plate capacitors of capacitance C and nC is connected to a battery of voltage, V. When the capacitors are fully…Q 12-02-182Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The given graph shows variation (with distance r from centre) of:Q 12-02-183Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Three charges Q, +q and +q are placed at the vertices of a right-angle isosceles triangle as shown below. The net electrostatic energy of the configuration is zero, if…Q 12-02-184Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure shown below, the charge on the left plate of the 10 μF capacitor is -30 μC. The charge on the right plate of the 6 μF capacitor is:Q 12-02-185Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Seven capacitors, each of capacitance 2 μF, are to be connected in a configuration to obtain an effective capacitance of ((6)/(13))μF. Which of the combinations, shown…Q 12-02-186Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
There is a uniform spherically symmetric surface charge density at a distance R_0 from the origin. The charge distribution is initially at rest and starts expanding…Q 12-02-187Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
The figure shows a capacitor of capacitance C connected to a battery via a switch, having a total charge Q on it, in steady-state. When the switch S is turned from…Q 12-02-188Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with plates of area 1 m^2 each, are at a separation of 0.1 m. If the electric field between the plates is 100 N/C, the magnitude of charge on…Q 12-02-189Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit shown, find C if the effective capacitance of the whole circuit is to be 0.5 μF. All values in the circuit are in μF.Q 12-02-190Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical parallel plate capacitors, of capacitance C each, have plates of area A, separated by a distance d. The space between the plates of the two capacitors, is…Q 12-02-191Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, the charge on the 4 μF capacitor will be:Q 12-02-192Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The equivalent capacitance between A and B in the circuit is given below.Q 12-02-193Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor with area 200 cm^2 and separation between the plates 1.5 cm, is connected across a battery of emf V. If the force of attraction between the…Q 12-02-194Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
In a circuit, two uncharged capacitors C_1 and C_2 are connected in series with a cell of emf E, a resistor R and a switch S. The switch S is closed at t = 0. The…Q 12-02-195Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A capacitance of 2 μF is required in an electrical circuit across a potential difference of 1.0 kV. A large number of 1 μF capacitors are available which can withstand…Q 12-02-196Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy stored in the electric field produced by a metal sphere is 4.5 J. If the sphere contains 4 μC charge, its radius will be: [Take (1)/(4πε_0) = 9×10^9 N m^2C^-2]Q 12-02-198Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A combination of parallel plate capacitors is maintained at a certain potential difference. When a 3 mm thick slab is introduced between all the plates, in order to…Q 12-02-199Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Three concentric metal shells A, B and C of respective radii a, b and c (a < b < c) have surface charge densities +σ, -σ and +σ respectively. The potential of shell B is:Q 12-02-200Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 90 pF is connected to a battery of emf 20 V. If a dielectric material of dielectric constant K = 5/3 is inserted between the…Q 12-02-201Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two hollow conducting spheres of radii R_1 and R_2 (R_1 R_2) have equal charges. The potential would beQ 12-02-202Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
The angle between the electric lines of force and the equipotential surface isQ 12-02-203Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQEasy
A capacitor of capacitance C = 900 pF is charged fully by 100 V battery B as shown in figure (a). Then it is disconnected from the battery and connected to another…Q 12-02-204Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceNEETMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Net dipole moment of a polar linear isotropic…Q 12-02-205Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two large plane parallel conducting plates are kept 10 cm apart as shown in the figure. The potential difference between them is V. The potential difference between the…Q 12-02-206Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor is filled equally (half) with two dielectrics of dielectric constant ε_1 and ε_2, as shown in the figures. The distance between the plates is…Q 12-02-207Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
The electrostatic potential on the surface of a uniformly charged spherical shell of radius R = 10 cm is 120 V. The potentials at the centre of the shell, at a distance…Q 12-02-208Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Using a battery, a 100 pF capacitor is charged to 60 V and then the battery is removed. After that, a second uncharged capacitor is connected to the first capacitor in…Q 12-02-209Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Four capacitors each of capacitance 16 μF are connected as shown in the figure. The capacitance between points A and B is ______ (in μF).Q 12-02-210Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three parallel plate capacitors C_1, C_2 and C_3, each of capacitance 5 μF, are connected as shown in the figure (C_1 and C_2 in series, together in parallel with C_3).…Q 12-02-211Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Two charges q_1 and q_2 are separated by a distance of 30 cm. A third charge q_3 initially at C, as shown in the figure, is moved along the circular path of radius 40…Q 12-02-212Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The outer body of an aircraft is made of metal,…Q 12-02-213Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor has charge 5×10^-6 C. A dielectric slab is inserted between the plates and almost fills the space between the plates. If the induced charge…Q 12-02-214Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Work done in moving a test charge between two points…Q 12-02-215Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
Electric charge is transferred to an irregular metallic disk as shown in the figure. If σ_1, σ_2, σ_3 and σ_4 are the charge densities at the given points, choose the…Q 12-02-216Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQMedium
Two metal spheres of radius R and 3R have the same surface charge density σ. If they are brought in contact and then separated, the surface charge densities on the…Q 12-02-217Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainMCQEasy
The space between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor of plate area 4 cm^2 and separation d = 1.77 mm is filled with two uniform dielectric layers, each of…Q 12-02-218Electrostatic Potential and CapacitanceJEE MainNumericalMedium
Three 6 Ω resistors are connected in parallel across an ideal 12 V battery. The current drawn from the battery isQ 12-03-001Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The equivalent resistance between points A and B in the circuit shown isQ 12-03-002Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Consider two circuits, (A) and (B), each having two resistors. One of them has a positive temperature coefficient of resistance, +α, while the other one has a negative…Q 12-03-003Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
The current passing through the battery in the given circuit, is:Q 12-03-004Current ElectricityNEETMCQHard
A wire of resistance R is cut into 8 equal pieces. From these pieces two equivalent resistances are made by adding four of these together in parallel. Then these two…Q 12-03-005Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
A constant voltage of 50 V is maintained between the points A and B of the circuit shown in the figure. The current through the branch CD of the circuit is :Q 12-03-006Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
A wire of length 'l' and resistance 100 Ω is divided into 10 equal parts. The first 5 parts are connected in series while the next 5 parts are connected in parallel.…Q 12-03-007Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The terminal voltage of the battery, whose emf is 10 V and internal resistance 1 Ω, when connected through an external resistance of 4 Ω as shown in the figure is :Q 12-03-008Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
Two heaters A and B have power rating of 1 kW and 2 kW, respectively. Those two are first connected in series and then in parallel to a fixed power source. The ratio of…Q 12-03-009Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
If the galvanometer G does not show any deflection in the circuit shown, the value of R is given by :Q 12-03-010Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
Resistance of a carbon resistor determined from colour codes is (22000 5\%) Ω. The colour of third band must be :Q 12-03-011Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The magnitude and direction of the current in the following circuit isQ 12-03-012Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
10 resistors, each of resistance R are connected in series to a battery of emf E and negligible internal resistance. Then those are connected in parallel to the same…Q 12-03-013Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The resistance of platinum wire at 0°C is 2 Ω and 6.8 Ω at 80°C. The temperature coefficient of resistance of the wire is :Q 12-03-014Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
In a potentiometer circuit a cell of EMF 1.5 V gives balance point at 36 cm length of wire. If another cell of EMF 2.5 V replaces the first cell, then at what length of…Q 12-03-015Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The effective resistance of a parallel connection that consists of four wires of equal length, equal area of cross-section and same material is 0.25 Ω. What will be the…Q 12-03-016Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
Column - I gives certain physical terms associated with flow of current through a metallic conductor. Column - II gives some mathematical relations involving electrical…Q 12-03-017Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
Three resistors having resistances r_1, r_2 and r_3 are connected as shown in the given circuit. The ratio (i_3)/(i_1) of currents in terms of resistances used in the…Q 12-03-018Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The solids which have the negative temperature coefficient of resistance are :Q 12-03-019Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
Which of the following graph represents the variation of resistivity (ρ) with temperature (T) for copper ?Q 12-03-020Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
The color code of a resistance is given below : The values of resistance and tolerance, respectively, are :Q 12-03-021Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
A charged particle having drift velocity of 7.5 × 10^-4 m s^-1 in an electric field of 3 × 10^-10 V m^-1, has a mobility in m^2V^-1s^-1 of :Q 12-03-022Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
A resistance wire connected in the left gap of a metre bridge balances a 10 Ω resistance in the right gap at a point which divides the bridge wire in the ratio 3 : 2.…Q 12-03-023Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
A current of 3.2 A flows through a wire. The number of electrons crossing any cross-section per second is (e = 1.6 × 10^-19 C)Q 12-03-024Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A copper wire of cross-section 1 mm^2 carries 1.6 A. If the number density of free electrons is 10^29 m^-3, the drift speed is (e = 1.6 × 10^-19 C)Q 12-03-025Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A wire is stretched uniformly so that its length doubles. Its resistance becomesQ 12-03-026Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of resistance R is stretched until its radius becomes half. Its new resistance isQ 12-03-027Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 12 Ω wire is bent into a circle. The resistance between two points at the ends of a diameter isQ 12-03-028Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 12 Ω wire is bent into a circle. The resistance between two points that subtend 90° at the centre isQ 12-03-029Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A cell of emf 2 V and internal resistance 0.5 Ω is connected to a 3.5 Ω resistor. The current and terminal voltage areQ 12-03-030Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A cell gives 0.5 A through a 4 Ω resistor and 0.9 A through a 2 Ω resistor. Its internal resistance isQ 12-03-031Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A battery of emf E and internal resistance r delivers maximum power to an external resistor R whenQ 12-03-032Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Four identical cells, each of emf 1.5 V and internal resistance 0.5 Ω, are connected in series across a 4 Ω resistor. The current through the resistor isQ 12-03-033Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two cells of emf 2 V and 4 V, with internal resistances 1 Ω and 2 Ω, are connected in parallel (like terminals together). The emf of the combination isQ 12-03-034Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 6 V battery of negligible internal resistance is connected across 3 Ω in series with a parallel combination of 6 Ω and 3 Ω. The current through the 6 Ω resistor isQ 12-03-035Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a Wheatstone bridge, P = 10 Ω, Q = 20 Ω and R = 15 Ω. For balance, the fourth resistance S must beQ 12-03-036Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a metre bridge, the null point is at 40 cm from the left end when a 6 Ω resistor is in the left gap. The resistance in the right gap isQ 12-03-037Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The emfs of two cells are compared with a potentiometer. The balancing lengths are 300 cm and 200 cm when used singly, and the cells are then connected in series so as…Q 12-03-038Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A potentiometer wire 4 m long has a potential difference of 2 V across it. A cell balances at 2.5 m. Its emf isQ 12-03-039Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A cell balances at 60 cm on a potentiometer when on open circuit, and at 50 cm when a 5 Ω resistor is connected across it. Its internal resistance isQ 12-03-040Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 100 W, 220 V bulb is operated on a 110 V supply. The power it consumes isQ 12-03-041Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 60 W bulb and a 100 W bulb, both rated for 220 V, are connected in series to a 220 V supply. Which bulb glows brighter?Q 12-03-042Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An electric heater of 1 kW is used for 2 hours a day for 30 days. At ₹6 per unit, the cost isQ 12-03-043Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A heater coil boils a certain amount of water in 10 min. If the coil is cut in half and one half is used on the same supply, the same water boils inQ 12-03-044Current ElectricityNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Using Kirchhoff's laws, find the current, in amperes, through a 2 Ω resistor connected between the positive terminals of two cells whose negative terminals are joined,…Q 12-03-045Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The resistivity of a wire is 1.7 × 10^-8 Ω m. Find the resistance, in ohm, of 100 m of it with cross-section 1 mm^2.Q 12-03-046Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The stored charge in the capacitor in steady state of the following circuit is ______ μC.Q 12-03-047Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
Refer to the circuit diagram given below. The heat generated across the 6 Ω resistance in 100 second is (α)/(100) J. The value of α is ______. (Nearest integer)Q 12-03-048Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
Two cells of emfs 1 V and 2 V and internal resistance 2 Ω and 1 Ω, respectively connected in parallel, gave a current of 1 A through an external resistance. If the…Q 12-03-049Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
Refer to the figure given below. The values of I_1, I_2 and I_3 are ______.Q 12-03-050Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQHard
Refer to the figure given below, current between terminals A and B is ______ A.Q 12-03-051Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Under steady state condition the potential difference across the capacitor in the circuit is ______ V.Q 12-03-052Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
When an external resistance of 5 Ω is connected across terminals of a cell, a current of 0.25 A flows through it. When the 5 Ω resistor is replaced by a 2 Ω resistor, a…Q 12-03-053Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The voltage and the current between A and B points shown in the circuit are ______.Q 12-03-054Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Two resistors of 200 Ω and 400 Ω are connected in series with a battery of 100 V. A bulb rated at 200 V, 100 W is connected across the 400 Ω resistance. The potential…Q 12-03-055Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A Wheatstone bridge is initially at room temperature and all arms of the bridge have same value of resistances (R_1 = R_2 = R_3 = R_4). When R_3 resistance is heated to…Q 12-03-056Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
For the two cells having same EMF E and internal resistance r, the current passing through the external resistor 6Ω is same when both the cells are connected either in…Q 12-03-057Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the potentiometer, when the cell in the secondary circuit is shunted with 4Ω resistance, the balance is obtained at the length 120 cm of wire. Now when the same cell…Q 12-03-058Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The equivalent resistance between the points A and B in the following circuit is x5Ω. The value of x is ______ .Q 12-03-059Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The reading of the ammeter (A) in steady state in the following circuit (assuming negligible internal resistance of the ammeter) is ______ A.Q 12-03-060Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A regular hexagon is formed by six wires each of resistance rΩ and the corners are joined to the centre by wires of same resistance. If the current enters at one corner…Q 12-03-061Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In a meter bridge experiment to determine the value of unknown resistance, first the resistances 2Ω and 3Ω are connected in the left and right gaps of the bridge and…Q 12-03-062Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two resistors of 100Ω each are connected in series with a 9 V battery. A voltmeter of 400Ω resistance is connected to measure the voltage drop across one of the…Q 12-03-063Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two resistors 2Ω and 3Ω are connected in the gaps of bridge as shown in figure. The null point is obtained with the contact of jockey at some point on wire XY. When an…Q 12-03-064Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement-I: The equivalent emf of two nonideal batteries connected in parallel is smaller than either of the two emfs. Statement-II:…Q 12-03-065Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The sliding contact of a potentiometer is in the middle of the potentiometer wire having resistance R_p = 1 Ω as shown in the figure. An external resistance of R_e = 2…Q 12-03-066Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following resistivity (ρ) vs temperature (T) curves is most suitable to be used in wire bound standard resistors?Q 12-03-067Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The net current flowing in the given circuit is ______ A.Q 12-03-068Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
At steady state the charge on the capacitor, as shown in the circuit below, is ______ μC.Q 12-03-069Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance 9 Ω is bent to form an equilateral triangle. Then the equivalent resistance across any two vertices will be ______ ohm.Q 12-03-070Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance R is bent into an equilateral triangle and an identical wire is bent into a square. The ratio of resistance between the two end points of an edge…Q 12-03-071Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Find the equivalent resistance between the two ends of the following circuit.Q 12-03-072Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The value of current I in the electrical circuit given below, when the potential at A is equal to the potential at B, will be ______ A.Q 12-03-073Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The reading of the ideal voltmeter V in the circuit shown is (each cell has emf 5 V and internal resistance 0.2 Ω)Q 12-03-074Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The current in a conductor is expressed as I = 3t^2 + 4t^3, where I is in ampere and t is in second. The amount of electric charge that flows through a section of the…Q 12-03-075Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a metre bridge, when a resistance in the left gap is 2 Ω and an unknown resistance is in the right gap, the balance length is found to be 40 cm. On shunting the…Q 12-03-076Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistances of the platinum wire of a platinum resistance thermometer at the ice point and steam point are 8 Ω and 10 Ω respectively. After inserting it in a hot…Q 12-03-077Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Twelve wires each having resistance 2 Ω are joined to form a cube. A battery of 6 V emf is joined across points a and c. The voltage difference between e and f is…Q 12-03-078Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
An electric bulb rated 50 W – 200 V is connected across a 100 V supply. The power dissipated by the bulb isQ 12-03-079Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two wires A and B are made of the same material and have the same mass. Wire A has a radius of 2.0 mm and wire B has a radius of 4.0 mm. The resistance of wire B is 2…Q 12-03-080Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given figure R_1 = 10 Ω, R_2 = 8 Ω, R_3 = 4 Ω and R_4 = 8 Ω. The battery is ideal with emf 12 V. The equivalent resistance of the circuit and the current…Q 12-03-081Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A 20 Ω resistor is connected in series with a parallel combination of 5 Ω and 10 Ω resistors across a 10 V battery. The ratio of heat dissipated per second through the…Q 12-03-082Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of resistance 20 Ω is divided into 10 equal parts. Pairs of these parts are connected in parallel, and the resulting parallel pairs are then connected in series.…Q 12-03-083Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance R and radius r is stretched till its radius becomes r/2. If the new resistance of the stretched wire is xR, then the value of x is ______.Q 12-03-084Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance R and length L is cut into 5 equal parts. If these parts are joined parallelly, then resultant resistance will be:Q 12-03-085Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of length 10 cm and radius 7×10^-4 m is connected across the right gap of a meter bridge. When a resistance of 4.5 Ω is connected on the left gap by using a…Q 12-03-086Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Wheatstone bridge principle is used to measure the specific resistance S_1 of a given wire, having length L and radius r. If X is the resistance of the wire, then…Q 12-03-087Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Three voltmeters, all having different internal resistances, are joined as shown in figure. When some potential difference is applied across A and B, their readings are…Q 12-03-088Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric current through a wire varies with time as I = I_0 + β t, where I_0 = 20 A and β = 3 A s^-1. The amount of electric charge crossed through a section of the…Q 12-03-089Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A 16 Ω wire is bent to form a square loop. A 9 V battery with internal resistance 1 Ω is connected across one of its sides. If a 4 μF capacitor is connected across one…Q 12-03-090Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
In the given circuit, the current in resistance R_3 is:Q 12-03-091Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit, the current flowing through the resistance 20 Ω is 0.3 A, while the ammeter reads 0.9 A. The value of R_1 is ______ Ω.Q 12-03-092Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the given circuit, the terminal potential difference of the cell is:Q 12-03-093Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Resistance of a wire at 0 °C, 100 °C and t °C is found to be 10 Ω, 10.2 Ω and 10.95 Ω respectively. The temperature t in Kelvin scale is ______.Q 12-03-094Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Water boils in an electric kettle in 20 minutes after being switched on. Using the same main supply, the length of the heating element should be ______ to ______ times…Q 12-03-095Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A heater is designed to operate with a power of 1000 W in a 100 V line. It is connected in combination with a resistance of 10 Ω and a resistance R to a 100 V mains as…Q 12-03-096Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The equivalent resistance between A and B is:Q 12-03-097Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The current flowing through the 1 Ω resistor is (n)/(10) A. The value of n is ______.Q 12-03-098Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
The effective resistance between A and B, if the resistance of each resistor is R, will be:Q 12-03-099Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
At room temperature (27 °C), the resistance of a heating element is 50 Ω. The temperature coefficient of the material is 2.4×10^-4 °C^-1. The temperature of the…Q 12-03-100Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
To determine the resistance (R) of a wire, a circuit is designed below. The V–I characteristic curve for this circuit is plotted for the voltmeter and the ammeter…Q 12-03-101Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A potential divider circuit is shown in the figure. The output voltage V_0 isQ 12-03-102Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
An electric toaster has resistance of 60 Ω at room temperature (27°C). The toaster is connected to a 220 V supply. If the current flowing through it reaches 2.75 A, the…Q 12-03-103Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cells are connected in opposition in a single closed loop. Cell E_1 has 8 V emf and 2 Ω internal resistance; cell E_2 has 2 V emf and 4 Ω internal resistance. There…Q 12-03-104Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
When a potential difference V is applied across a wire of resistance R, it dissipates energy at a rate W. If the wire is cut into two halves and these halves are…Q 12-03-105Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two resistances of 100 Ω and 200 Ω are connected in series with a battery of 4 V and negligible internal resistance. A voltmeter is used to measure the voltage across…Q 12-03-106Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two conductors have the same resistance at 0°C but their temperature coefficients of resistance are α_1 and α_2. The respective temperature coefficients for their…Q 12-03-107Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The equivalent resistance between A and B of the following network is ______ Ω.Q 12-03-108Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
By what percentage will the illumination of the lamp decrease if the current drops by 20\%?Q 12-03-109Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistance per centimetre of a metre bridge wire is r, with X Ω resistance in the left gap. The balancing length from the left end is at 40 cm with 25 Ω resistance…Q 12-03-110Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the following circuit, the battery has an emf of 2 V and an internal resistance of 2/3 Ω. The power consumption in the entire circuit is ______ W.Q 12-03-111Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Ratio of thermal energy released in two resistors R and 3R connected in parallel in an electric circuit isQ 12-03-112Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a metre bridge experiment the balance point is obtained if the gaps are closed by 2 Ω and 3 Ω. A shunt of X Ω is added to the 3 Ω resistor to shift the balancing…Q 12-03-113Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
With the help of potentiometer, we can determine the value of emf of a given cell. The sensitivity of the potentiometer is (A) directly proportional to the length of…Q 12-03-114Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A null point is found at 200 cm in potentiometer when cell in secondary circuit is shunted by 5 Ω. When a resistance of 15 Ω is used for shunting, null point moves to…Q 12-03-115Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
When two resistances R_1 and R_2 connected in series and introduced into the left gap of a meter bridge and a resistance of 10 Ω is introduced into the right gap, a…Q 12-03-116Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The charge flowing in a conductor changes with time as Q(t)=α t-β t^2+γ t^3, where α, β and γ are constants. Minimum value of current isQ 12-03-117Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The equivalent resistance between A and B is ______.Q 12-03-119Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQHard
If the potential difference between B and D is zero, the value of x is 1n Ω. The value of n is ______.Q 12-03-120Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The drift velocity of electrons for a conductor connected in an electrical circuit is V_d. The conductor is now replaced by another conductor with same material and…Q 12-03-121Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical cells, when connected either in parallel or in series give same current in an external resistance 5 Ω. The internal resistance of each cell will be ______…Q 12-03-122Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
H amount of thermal energy is developed by a resistor in 10 s when a current of 4 A is passed through it. If the current is increased to 16 A, the thermal energy…Q 12-03-123Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
For the given circuit, in the steady state, |V_B-V_D|= ______ V.Q 12-03-124Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalHard
As shown in the figure, a network of resistors is connected to a battery of 24 V with an internal resistance of 3 Ω. The currents through the resistors R_4 and R_5 are…Q 12-03-125Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A hollow cylindrical conductor has length of 3.14 m, while its inner and outer diameters are 4 mm and 8 mm respectively. The resistance of the conductor is n×10^-3 Ω.…Q 12-03-126Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A cell of emf 90 V is connected across series combination of two resistors each of 100 Ω resistance. A voltmeter of resistance 400 Ω is used to measure the potential…Q 12-03-127Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
If a copper wire is stretched to increase its length by 20\%, the percentage increase in resistance of the wire is ______ %.Q 12-03-128Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A uniform metallic wire carries a current 2 A, when 3.4 V battery is connected across it. The mass of uniform metallic wire is 8.92×10^-3 kg, density is 8.92×10^3 kg…Q 12-03-129Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, the equivalent resistance between the terminals A and B is ______ Ω.Q 12-03-130Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The resistance of a wire is 5 Ω. Its new resistance in ohm, if stretched to 5 times of its original length will beQ 12-03-131Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two cells are connected between points A and B as shown. Cell 1 has emf of 12 V and internal resistance of 3 Ω. Cell 2 has emf of 6 V and internal resistance of 6 Ω. An…Q 12-03-132Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The equivalent resistance of resistors in a series combination is smaller than least resistance used in the combination.…Q 12-03-133Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A network of four resistances is connected to 9 V battery, as shown in figure. The magnitude of voltage difference between the points A and B is ______ V.Q 12-03-134Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a metallic conductor, under the effect of applied electric field, the free electrons of the conductorQ 12-03-135Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular parallelepiped is measured as 1 cm×1 cm×100 cm. If its specific resistance is 3×10^-7 Ω m, then the resistance between its two opposite rectangular faces…Q 12-03-136Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two identical heater filaments are connected first in parallel and then in series. At the same applied voltage, the ratio of heat produced in same time for parallel to…Q 12-03-137Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit diagram shown in figure given below, the current flowing through resistance 3 Ω is x3 A. The value of x is ______.Q 12-03-138Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The current flowing through R_2 isQ 12-03-139Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQHard
Two identical cells each of emf 1.5 V are connected in series across a 10 Ω resistance. An ideal voltmeter connected across 10 Ω resistance reads 1.5 V. The internal…Q 12-03-140Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance 160 Ω is melted and drawn in a wire of one-fourth of its length. The new resistance of the wire will beQ 12-03-141Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The current flowing through a conductor connected across a source is 2 A and 1.2 A at 0°C and 100°C respectively. The current flowing through the conductor at 50°C will…Q 12-03-142Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A potential V_0 is applied across a uniform wire of resistance R. The power dissipation is P_1. The wire is then cut into two equal halves and a potential of V_0 is…Q 12-03-143Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The length of a metallic wire is increased by 20\% and its area of cross-section is reduced by 4\%. The percentage change in resistance of the metallic wire is ______.Q 12-03-144Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Figure shows a part of an electric circuit. The potentials at points a, b and c are 30 V, 12 V and 2 V respectively. The current through the 20 Ω resistor will beQ 12-03-145Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in the figure the voltmeter reads 2 V across 5 Ω resistor. The resistance of the voltmeter is ______ Ω.Q 12-03-146Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A current of 2 A flows through a wire of cross-sectional area 25.0 mm^2. The number of free electrons in a cubic metre are 2.0×10^28. The drift velocity of the…Q 12-03-147Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equivalent resistance between A and B as shown in figure isQ 12-03-148Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The number density of free electrons in copper is nearly 8×10^28 m^-3. A copper wire has its area of cross-section =2×10^-6 m^2 and is carrying a current of 3.2 A. The…Q 12-03-149Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equivalent resistance of the circuit shown below between points a and b isQ 12-03-150Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
10 resistors each of resistance 10 Ω can be connected in such a way as to get maximum and minimum equivalent resistance. The ratio of maximum and minimum equivalent…Q 12-03-151Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equivalent resistance between A and B of the network shown in figure isQ 12-03-152Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment to find emf of a cell using potentiometer, the length of null point for a cell of emf 1.5 V is found to be 60 cm. If this cell is replaced by another…Q 12-03-153Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: For measuring the potential difference across a…Q 12-03-154Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Equivalent resistance between the adjacent corners of a regular n-sided polygon of uniform wire of resistance R would beQ 12-03-155Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit the value of |(I_1+I_3)/(I_2)| is ______.Q 12-03-156Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical cells each of emf 1.5 V are connected in parallel across a parallel combination of two resistors each of resistance 20 Ω. A voltmeter connected in the…Q 12-03-157Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In a potentiometer arrangement, a cell gives a balancing point at 75 cm length of wire. This cell is now replaced by another cell of unknown emf. If the ratio of the…Q 12-03-158Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
What will be the most suitable combination of three resistors A = 2 Ω, B = 4 Ω, C = 6 Ω so that ((22)/(3))Ω is the equivalent resistance of the combination?Q 12-03-159Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A potentiometer wire of length 10 m and resistance 20 Ω is connected in series with a 25 V battery and an external resistance 30 Ω. A cell of emf E in the secondary…Q 12-03-160Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A resistor develops 300 J of thermal energy in 15 s when a current of 2 A is passed through it. If the current increases to 3 A, the energy developed in 10 s is ______ J.Q 12-03-161Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The total current supplied to the circuit as shown in figure by the 5 V battery is ______ A.Q 12-03-162Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two cells of the same emf E but different internal resistances r_1 and r_2 are connected in series with an external resistance R as shown in the figure. The terminal…Q 12-03-163Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The length of a given cylindrical wire is increased to double of its original length. The percentage increase in the resistance of the wire will be ______ %.Q 12-03-164Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
An aluminium wire is stretched to make its length 0.4\% larger. The percentage change in resistance isQ 12-03-165Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Find the equivalent resistance between points A and B.Q 12-03-166Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure, the value of V_0 will be ______ V.Q 12-03-167Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Eight copper wires of length l and diameter d are joined in parallel to form a single composite conductor of resistance R. If a single copper wire of length 2l has the…Q 12-03-168Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A current of 15 mA flows in the circuit as shown in figure. The value of potential difference between the points A and B will beQ 12-03-169Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In a potentiometer arrangement, a cell of emf 1.20 V gives a balance point at 36 cm length of wire. This cell is now replaced by another cell of emf 1.80 V. The…Q 12-03-170Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The current I in the given circuit will beQ 12-03-171Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Resistances are connected in a meter bridge circuit as shown in the figure. The balancing length l_1 is 40 cm. Now an unknown resistance x is connected in series with P…Q 12-03-172Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A battery of 6 V is connected to the circuit as shown below. The current I drawn from the battery isQ 12-03-173Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A potentiometer wire of length 300 cm is connected in series with a resistance 780 Ω and a standard cell of emf 4 V. A constant current flows through the potentiometer…Q 12-03-174Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A cell, shunted by a 8 Ω resistance, is balanced across a potentiometer wire of length 3 m. The balancing length is 2 m when the cell is shunted by 4 Ω resistance. The…Q 12-03-175Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius 4 mm is 4×10^6 A m^-2. The current through the outer portion of the wire between radial distances R2 and R is ______…Q 12-03-176Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The current density in a cylindrical wire of radius r = 4.0 mm is 1.0×10^6 A m^-2. The current through the outer portion of the wire between radial distances r2 and r…Q 12-03-177Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the given circuit 'a' is an arbitrary constant. The value of m for which the equivalent circuit resistance is minimum, will be √( x2). The value of x is ______ .Q 12-03-178Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two sources of equal emfs are connected in series. This combination is connected to an external resistance R. The internal resistances of the two sources are r_1 and…Q 12-03-179Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A 1 m long copper wire carries a current of 1 A. If the cross section of the wire is 2.0 mm^2 and the resistivity of copper is 1.7×10^-8 Ω m. The force experienced by…Q 12-03-180Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In meter bridge experiment for measuring unknown resistance S, the unknown resistance S is in the left gap and R in the right gap. The null point is obtained at a…Q 12-03-181Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A. The drift velocity of electrons decreases with the increase in the temperature of conductor. B. The drift velocity is inversely proportional to the area of…Q 12-03-182Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in the figure, in steady state, the charge stored in the capacitor is ______ ×10^-6 C.Q 12-03-183Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a meter bridge experiment with resistances R_1 and R_2 in the two gaps, the balancing length AC corresponding to null deflection of the galvanometer is 40 cm. The…Q 12-03-184Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of resistance R_1 is drawn out so that its length is increased by twice of its original length. The ratio of new resistance to original resistance is:Q 12-03-185Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A potentiometer wire AB of resistance 20 Ω and length 300 cm is connected in series with a resistance box (R.B.) and a standard cell of emf 4 V. For a resistance R of…Q 12-03-186Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given figure, a battery of emf E is connected across a conductor PQ of length l and different area of cross-sections having radii r_1 and r_2 (r_2 < r_1). Choose…Q 12-03-187Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The resistance of a conductor at 15°C is 16 Ω and at 100°C is 20 Ω. What will be the temperature coefficient of resistance of the conductor?Q 12-03-188Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
For the circuit shown, the value of current at time t = 3.2 s will be ______ A. [Voltage distribution V(t) is shown by Fig. (1) and the circuit is shown in Fig. (2)]Q 12-03-189Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The voltage drop across 15 Ω resistance in the given figure will be ______ V.Q 12-03-190Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
A square-shaped wire with a resistance of each side 3 Ω is bent to form a complete circle. The resistance between two diametrically opposite points of the circle in a…Q 12-03-191Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The equivalent resistance of the given circuit between the terminals A and B is:Q 12-03-192Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A resistor dissipates 192 J of energy in 1 s when a current of 4 A is passed through it. Now, when the current is doubled, the amount of thermal energy dissipated in 5…Q 12-03-193Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A current through a wire depends on time as i = α_0 t + β t^2, where α_0 = 20 A s^-1 and β = 8 A s^-2. Find the charge crossed through a section of the wire in 15 s.Q 12-03-194Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A cell E_1 of emf 6 V and internal resistance 2 Ω is connected with another cell E_2 of emf 4 V and internal resistance 8 Ω (as shown in the figure). The potential…Q 12-03-195Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A cylindrical wire of radius 0.5 mm and conductivity 5×10^7 S m^-1 is subjected to an electric field of 10 mV m^-1. The expected value of current in the wire will be…Q 12-03-196Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the given circuit of potentiometer, the potential difference E across AB (10 m length) is larger than E_1 and E_2 as well. For key K_1 (closed), the jockey is…Q 12-03-197Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a 72 cm long wire AB as shown in the figure. The galvanometer jockey is placed at P on AB at a distance x cm from A. The galvanometer shows zero deflection.…Q 12-03-198Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two wires of same length and thickness having specific resistances 6 Ω cm and 3 Ω cm respectively are connected in parallel. The effective resistivity is ρ Ω cm. The…Q 12-03-199Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The value of current in the 6 Ω resistance is:Q 12-03-200Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A current of 5 A is passing through a non-linear magnesium wire of cross-section 0.04 m^2. At every point the direction of current density is at an angle of 60° with…Q 12-03-201Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure switches S_1 and S_2 are in open condition. The resistance across ab when the switches S_1 and S_2 are closed is ______ Ω.Q 12-03-202Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A Copper (Cu) rod of length 25 cm and cross-sectional area 3 mm^2 is joined with a similar Aluminium (Al) rod as shown in figure. Find the resistance of the combination…Q 12-03-203Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In an electric circuit, a cell of certain emf provides a potential difference of 1.25 V across a load resistance of 5 Ω. However, it provides a potential difference of…Q 12-03-204Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
Five equal resistances are connected in a network as shown in figure. The net resistance between the points A and B is:Q 12-03-205Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In an electrical circuit, a battery is connected to pass 20 C of charge through it in a certain given time. The potential difference between two plates of the battery…Q 12-03-206Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire of 1 Ω has a length of 1 m. It is stretched till its length increases by 25\%. The percentage change in resistance to the nearest integer is:Q 12-03-207Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given potentiometer circuit arrangement, the balancing length AC is measured to be 250 cm. When the galvanometer connection is shifted from point (1) to point…Q 12-03-208Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The given potentiometer has its wire of resistance 10 Ω. When the sliding contact is in the middle of the potentiometer wire, the potential drop across 2 Ω resistor is:Q 12-03-209Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A 16 Ω wire is bent to form a square loop. A 9 V supply having an internal resistance of 1 Ω is connected across one of its sides. The potential drop across the…Q 12-03-210Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The material filled between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor has resistivity 200 Ω m. The value of capacitance of the capacitor is 2 pF. If a potential…Q 12-03-211Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure, the emf of the cell is 2.2 V and if internal resistance is 0.6 Ω. Calculate the power dissipated in the whole circuit:Q 12-03-212Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
What equal length of an iron wire and a copper-nickel alloy wire, each of 2 mm diameter connected parallel to give an equivalent resistance of 3 Ω? (Given resistivities…Q 12-03-213Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
An electric bulb of 500 W at 100 V is used in a circuit having a 200 V supply. Calculate the resistance R to be connected in series with the bulb so that the power…Q 12-03-214Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
If you are provided a set of resistances, 2 Ω, 4 Ω, 6 Ω and 8 Ω. Connect these resistances to obtain an equivalent resistance of (46)/(3) Ω.Q 12-03-215Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Five identical cells each of internal resistance 1 Ω and emf 5 V are connected in series and in parallel with an external resistance R. For what value of R, current in…Q 12-03-216Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
First, a set of n equal resistors of 10 Ω each are connected in series to a battery of E.M.F. 20 V and internal resistance 10 Ω. A current I is observed to flow. Then,…Q 12-03-217Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalEasy
The colour coding on a carbon resistor is shown in the given figure. The resistance value of the given resistor is:Q 12-03-218Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the equivalent resistance of the network (shown in figure) between the points a and b when switch is open and switch is closed is x : 8. The value of x isQ 12-03-219Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The series combination of two batteries, both of the same emf 10 V, but different internal resistance of 20 Ω and 5 Ω, is connected to the parallel combination of two…Q 12-03-220Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a metre bridge experiment S is a standard resistance. R is a resistance wire. It is found that the balancing length, measured from the end of the bridge wire on the…Q 12-03-222Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the circuit given in the figure, the currents in different branches and the value of one resistor are shown. Then the potential at point B with respect to the point…Q 12-03-223Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure shown, the current in the 10 V battery is close to:Q 12-03-224Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQHard
A circuit to verify Ohm's law uses an ammeter and a voltmeter, connected correctly to the resistor in series or parallel. In the circuit:Q 12-03-225Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The current I_1 (in A) flowing through the 1 Ω resistor in the following circuit is:Q 12-03-226Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a building there are 15 bulbs of 45 W, 15 bulbs of 100 W, 15 small fans of 10 W and 2 heaters of 1 kW. The voltage of the electric main supply is 220 V. The minimum…Q 12-03-227Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The balancing length for a cell is 560 cm in a potentiometer experiment. When an external resistance of 10 Ω is connected in parallel to the cell, the balancing length…Q 12-03-228Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The length of a potentiometer wire is 1200 cm and it carries a current of 60 mA. For a cell of emf 5 V and internal resistance of 20 Ω, the null point on it is found to…Q 12-03-229Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Four resistances of 15 Ω, 12 Ω, 4 Ω and 10 Ω respectively, in cyclic order, form a Wheatstone's network. The resistance that is to be connected in parallel with the…Q 12-03-230Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider four conducting materials copper, tungsten, mercury and aluminium with resistivity ρ_C, ρ_T, ρ_M and ρ_A respectively. Then:Q 12-03-231Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A potentiometer wire PQ of 1 m length is connected to a standard cell E_1. Another cell E_2 of emf 1.02 V is connected with a resistance r and switch S (as shown in…Q 12-03-232Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal cell of emf 10 V is connected in the circuit shown in figure. Each resistance is 2 Ω. The potential difference (in V) across the capacitor when it is fully…Q 12-03-233Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
Model a torch battery of length l to be made up of a thin cylindrical bar of radius a and a concentric thin cylindrical shell of radius b, with the space in between…Q 12-03-234Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Two resistors 400 Ω and 800 Ω are connected in series across a 6 V battery. The potential difference measured by a voltmeter of 10 kΩ across 400 Ω resistor is close to:Q 12-03-235Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A battery of 3.0 V is connected to a resistor dissipating 0.5 W of power. If the terminal voltage of the battery is 2.5 V, the power dissipated within the internal…Q 12-03-237Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit diagram shown, the value of current i_1 flowing from A to C through the two 4 Ω resistors along AC is:Q 12-03-238Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Four resistances 40 Ω, 60 Ω, 90 Ω and 110 Ω make the arms of a quadrilateral ABCD (AB = 40 Ω, BC = 60 Ω, AD = 90 Ω, DC = 110 Ω). Across AC is a battery of emf 40 V and…Q 12-03-239Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electrical power line, having a total resistance of 2 Ω, delivers 1 kW at 220 V. The efficiency of the transmission line is approximately:Q 12-03-240Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A carbon resistor has colour bands green, orange, yellow and gold, in that order. What is the value of the resistance?Q 12-03-241Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit the internal resistance of the 18 V cell is negligible. If R_1 = 400 Ω, R_3 = 100 Ω and R_4 = 500 Ω and the reading of an ideal voltmeter across…Q 12-03-242Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit the cells have zero internal resistance. The currents (in amperes) passing through resistance R_1 and R_2 respectively, are:Q 12-03-243Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform metallic wire has a resistance of 18 Ω and is bent into an equilateral triangle. Then, the resistance between any two vertices of the triangle is:Q 12-03-244Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A 2 W carbon resistor is colour coded with green, black, red and silver respectively. The maximum current which can be passed through this resistor is:Q 12-03-245Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A potentiometer wire AB having length L and resistance 12r is joined to a cell D of emf ε and internal resistance r. A cell C having emf ε/2 and internal resistance 3r…Q 12-03-246Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The actual value of a resistance R is 30 Ω. It is measured using the standard formula R = VI, where V and I are the readings of a voltmeter connected directly across R…Q 12-03-247Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The Wheatstone bridge shown in the figure below, gets balanced when the carbon resistor used as R_1 has the colour code (orange, red, brown). The resistors R_2 and R_4…Q 12-03-248Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A current of 2 mA was passed through an unknown resistor which dissipated a power of 4.4 W. Dissipated power when an ideal power supply of 11 V is connected across it is:Q 12-03-249Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A current of 5 A passes through a copper conductor (resistivity = 1.7×10^-8 Ω m) of radius of cross-section 5 mm. Find the mobility of the charges if their drift…Q 12-03-250Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Two cells, each of emf 1.5 V and internal resistance r, are connected in series with a 2 Ω resistor and a parallel combination of 15 Ω and 10 Ω resistors. An ideal…Q 12-03-251Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment, the resistance of a material is measured as a function of temperature (in some range). A graph of R(T) against (1)/(T^2) is found to be a straight…Q 12-03-252Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a meter bridge experiment, a resistance box R is in the left gap and an unknown resistance X in the right gap; the balance length l is measured from the left end of…Q 12-03-253Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Space between two concentric conducting spheres of radii a and b (b > a) is filled with a medium of resistivity ρ. The resistance between the two spheres will be:Q 12-03-254Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A copper wire is stretched to make it 0.5\% longer. The percentage change in its electrical resistance if its volume remains unchanged isQ 12-03-255Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
When the switch S, in the circuit shown, is closed, then the value of current i will beQ 12-03-256Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Drift speed of electrons, when 1.5 A current flows in a copper wire of cross section 5 mm^2, is v_d. If the electron density in copper is 9×10^28 m^-3 the value of v_d…Q 12-03-257Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A carbon resistor has colour bands red, violet, orange and silver, in that order. Its value and tolerance are given respectively byQ 12-03-258Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
For the circuit shown, with R_1 = 1.0 Ω, R_2 = 2.0 Ω, E_1 = 2 V and E_2 = E_3 = 4 V, the potential difference between the points a and b is approximately (in V)Q 12-03-259Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A 200 Ω resistor has certain colour code. If one replaces the red colour by green in the code, the new resistance will beQ 12-03-260Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A four-wire potentiometer is made of a 400 cm long wire, which extends between A and B. The resistance per unit length of the potentiometer wire is r = 0.01 Ω/cm. The…Q 12-03-261Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A cell of internal resistance r drives current through an external resistance R. The power delivered by the cell to the external resistance will be maximum whenQ 12-03-262Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the figure shown, what is the current (in ampere) drawn from the battery? You are given: R_1 = 15 Ω, R_2 = 10 Ω, R_3 = 20 Ω, R_4 = 5 Ω, R_5 = 25 Ω, R_6 = 30 Ω, E =…Q 12-03-263Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of resistance R is bent to form a square ABCD as shown in the figure. The effective resistance between E and C is (E is mid-point of arm CD)Q 12-03-264Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Determine the charge on the capacitor in the following circuit:Q 12-03-265Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal wire of resistance 3 Ω is elongated to make a uniform wire of double its previous length. This new wire is now bent and the ends joined to make a circle. If two…Q 12-03-266Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a conductor, if the number of conduction electrons per unit volume is 8.5×10^28 m^-3 and mean free time is 25 fs (femto second), its approximate resistivity is (m_e…Q 12-03-267Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two equal resistances when connected in series to a battery, consume electric power of 60 W. If these resistances are now connected in parallel combination to the same…Q 12-03-268Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Wheatstone bridge (see figure), resistances P and Q are approximately equal. When R = 400 Ω, the bridge is balanced. On interchanging P and Q, the value of R, for…Q 12-03-269Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistance of the meter bridge AB in given figure is 4 Ω. With a cell of emf ε = 0.5 V and rheostat resistance R_h = 2 Ω the null point is obtained at some point J.…Q 12-03-270Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown, the potential difference between A and B isQ 12-03-271Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the experimental set up of metre bridge shown in the figure, the null point is obtained at a distance of 40 cm from A. If a 10 Ω resistor is connected in series with…Q 12-03-272Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal battery of emf 4 V and resistance R are connected in series in the primary circuit of a potentiometer of length 1 m and resistance 5 Ω. The value of R, to give…Q 12-03-273Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two electric bulbs, rated at (25 W, 220 V) and (100 W, 220 V), are connected in series across a 220 V voltage source. If the 25 W and 100 W bulbs draw powers P_1 and…Q 12-03-274Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a meter bridge, the wire of length 1 m has a non-uniform cross-section such that, the variation (dR)/(dl) of its resistance R with length l is (dR)/(dl) ∝ (1)/( l).…Q 12-03-275Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQHard
The charge on a capacitor plate in a circuit, as a function of time, is shown in the figure. What is the value of current at t = 4 s?Q 12-03-276Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit diagram, the currents, I_1 = -0.3 A, I_4 = 0.8 A and I_5 = 0.4 A, are flowing as shown. The currents I_2, I_3 and I_6, respectively, are:Q 12-03-277Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
To verify Ohm's law, a student connects the voltmeter across the battery as shown in the figure. The measured voltage is plotted as a function of the current, and the…Q 12-03-278Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistive network shown below is connected to a D.C. source of 16 V. The power consumed by the network is 4 Watt. The value of R is:Q 12-03-279Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In a meter bridge, resistance X is in the left gap and resistance Y in the right gap. It is given that resistance Y = 12.5 Ω and that the balance is obtained at a…Q 12-03-280Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit all resistance is of the value of R ohm each. The equivalent resistance between A and B is:Q 12-03-281Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A copper rod of cross-sectional area A carries a uniform current I through it. At temperature T, if the volume charge density of the rod is ρ, how long will the charges…Q 12-03-282Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A constant voltage is applied between two ends of a metallic wire. If the length is halved and the radius of the wire is doubled, the rate of heat developed in the wire…Q 12-03-283Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A heating element has a resistance of 100 Ω at room temperature. When it is connected to a supply of 220 V, a steady current of 2 A passes in it and temperature is…Q 12-03-284Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit diagram, when the current reaches a steady-state in the circuit, the charge on the capacitor of capacitance C will be:Q 12-03-285Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown, the current in each resistance is:Q 12-03-286Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following statements is false?Q 12-03-287Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A 9 V battery with an internal resistance of 0.5 Ω is connected across an infinite network, as shown in the figure. All ammeters A_1, A_2, A_3 and voltmeter V are…Q 12-03-288Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A potentiometer PQ is set up to compare two resistances, as shown in the figure. The ammeter A in the circuit reads 1.0 A when the two-way key K_3 is open. The balance…Q 12-03-289Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In a meter bridge experiment resistances are connected as shown in the figure. Initially resistance P = 4 Ω and the neutral point N is at 60 cm from A. Now an unknown…Q 12-03-290Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform wire of length l and radius r has a resistance of 100 Ω. It is recast into a wire of radius r2. The resistance of new wire will be:Q 12-03-291Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
The figure shows three circuits I, II and III which are connected to a 3 V battery. If the powers dissipated by the configurations I, II and III are P_1, P_2 and P_3…Q 12-03-292Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
Two batteries with e.m.f. 12 V and 13 V are connected in parallel across a load resistor of 10 Ω. The internal resistances of the two batteries are 1 Ω and 2 Ω…Q 12-03-293Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
On interchanging the resistances, the balance point of a meter bridge shifts to the left by 10 cm. The resistance of their series combination is 1 kΩ. How much was the…Q 12-03-294Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
In a potentiometer experiment, it is found that no current passes through the galvanometer when the terminals of the cell are connected across 52 cm of the…Q 12-03-295Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two resistors of resistance, 100 Ω and 200 Ω are connected in parallel in an electrical circuit. The ratio of the thermal energy developed in 100 Ω to that in 200 Ω in…Q 12-03-296Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
As the temperature increases, the electrical resistanceQ 12-03-297Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
A copper wire of length 10 m and radius (10^-2√(π)) m has electrical resistance of 10 Ω. The current density in the wire for an electric field strength of 10 (V/m) isQ 12-03-298Current ElectricityNEETMCQEasy
A wheatstone bridge is used to determine the value of unknown resistance X by adjusting the variable resistance Y as shown in the figure. For the most precise…Q 12-03-299Current ElectricityNEETMCQMedium
The battery of a mobile phone is rated as 4.2 V, 5800 mAh. How much energy is stored in it when fully charged?Q 12-03-300Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A motor operating on 100 V draws a current of 1 A. If the efficiency of the motor is 91.6\%, then the loss of power in units of cal/s is:Q 12-03-301Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
Two cells of emf 1 V and 2 V and internal resistance 2 Ω and 1 Ω, respectively, are connected in series with an external resistance of 6 Ω. The total current in the…Q 12-03-302Current ElectricityJEE MainNumericalMedium
The current passing through a wire as a function of time is given as I(t) = 0.02t + 0.01 A. The charge that will flow through the wire from t = 1 s to t = 2 s is:Q 12-03-303Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
There are n identical electric bulbs, each designed to draw a power p independently from the mains supply. They are now joined in series across the mains supply. The…Q 12-03-304Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
From the combination of resistors with resistance values R_1 = R_2 = R_3 = 5 Ω and R_4 = 10 Ω, which of the combinations shown in the figure is the best circuit to get…Q 12-03-305Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQEasy
A wire of resistance R is bent into a triangular pyramid as shown in the figure, with each segment having the same length. The resistance between points A and B is R/n.…Q 12-03-306Current ElectricityJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton moves at 2 × 10^6 m/s perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T. Find the radius of its circular path in cm. (Take m_p = 1.67×10^-27 kg, e =…Q 12-04-001Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE AdvancedNumericalHard
A current I_0 flows through a metallic circular loop of radius r as shown in the figure. Resistance of the segment ABC is half that of ADC. Magnitude of magnetic field…Q 12-04-002Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
Two infinitely long parallel conducting wires A and B carry currents I and 2I, respectively, in the same direction. The wire A has uniform mass per unit length λ and…Q 12-04-003Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
An electron (mass 9 × 10^-31 kg and charge 1.6 × 10^-19 C) moving with speed c/100 (c = speed of light) is injected into a magnetic field B of magnitude 9 × 10^-4 T…Q 12-04-004Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A 2 amp current is flowing through two different small circular copper coils having radii ratio 1:2. The ratio of their respective magnetic moments will beQ 12-04-005Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A model for quantized motion of an electron in a uniform magnetic field B states that the flux passing through the orbit of the electron is n(h/e) where n is an…Q 12-04-006Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQHard
A tightly wound 100 turns coil of radius 10 cm carries a current of 7 A. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the centre of the coil is (Take permeability of free…Q 12-04-007Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A wire carrying a current I along the positive x-axis has length L. It is kept in a magnetic field B = (2i + 3j - 4k) T. The magnitude of the magnetic force acting on…Q 12-04-008Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A very long conducting wire is bent in a semi-circular shape from A to B as shown in figure. The magnetic field at point P for steady current configuration is given by :Q 12-04-009Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQHard
A thick current carrying cable of radius 'R' carries current 'I' uniformly distributed across its cross-section. The variation of magnetic field B(r) due to the cable…Q 12-04-010Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
An infinitely long straight conductor carries a current of 5 A as shown. An electron is moving with a speed of 10^5 m/s parallel to the conductor. The perpendicular…Q 12-04-011Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
In the product F = q(v × B) = qv × (Bi + Bj + B_0k) For q = 1 and v = 2i + 4j + 6k and F = 4i - 20j + 12k What will be the complete expression for B ?Q 12-04-012Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
A uniform conducting wire of length 12a and resistance 'R' is wound up as a current carrying coil in the shape of, (i) an equilateral triangle of side 'a'. (ii) a…Q 12-04-013Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQMedium
A long solenoid of 50 cm length having 100 turns carries a current of 2.5 A. The magnetic field at the centre of the solenoid is : (μ_0 = 4π × 10^-7 T m A^-1)Q 12-04-014Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A proton moves with speed 3 × 10^5 m/s at 60° to a uniform magnetic field of 0.2 T. The distance it advances along the field in one revolution (the pitch of its helix)…Q 12-04-015Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A proton and an alpha particle have the same kinetic energy and move perpendicular to the same uniform magnetic field. The ratio of the radii of their circular paths,…Q 12-04-016Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A proton, a deuteron and an alpha particle are each accelerated from rest through the same potential difference and then enter a uniform magnetic field at right angles.…Q 12-04-017Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A cyclotron has a magnetic field of 1 T and dees of radius 0.5 m. Find the maximum kinetic energy, in MeV, of the protons it produces. (m_p = 1.67 × 10^-27 kg, e = 1.6…Q 12-04-018Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalHard
In a region, a uniform electric field of 3 × 10^4 V/m and a uniform magnetic field of 0.02 T are perpendicular to each other. A charged particle moving perpendicular to…Q 12-04-019Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A charged particle enters, at right angles, a region of uniform magnetic field of width d (the field is perpendicular to the plane of motion). In the field its path…Q 12-04-020Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A charged particle enters a region of uniform magnetic field at right angles to the flat boundary of the region and to the field. It moves in a semicircle and leaves…Q 12-04-021Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two long straight parallel wires are 5 cm apart and carry currents of 10 A and 20 A in the same direction. The force per metre length between them isQ 12-04-022Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A square loop of side a carries current I. The magnetic field at its centre isQ 12-04-023Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
A current I flows around a closed loop made of two radii of a circle of radius R joined by the quarter-circle arc between them. The magnetic field at the centre of the…Q 12-04-024Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two concentric circular loops of radii R and 2R lie in the same plane and carry equal currents I in opposite directions. The magnetic field at their common centre isQ 12-04-025Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A circular coil of radius R carries a steady current. The ratio of the magnetic field on its axis at a distance √(3)R from the centre to the field at the centre isQ 12-04-026Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A toroid has 500 turns and mean radius 10 cm, and carries a current of 2 A. The magnetic field inside its core isQ 12-04-027Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular coil of 50 turns and area 4 × 10^-3 m^2 carries a current of 2 A in a uniform magnetic field of 0.5 T. The plane of the coil makes an angle of 30° with…Q 12-04-028Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A thin ring of radius R carries a charge q spread uniformly over it. It rotates about its axis with angular speed ω. Its magnetic moment isQ 12-04-029Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A current loop of magnetic moment 2 A m^2 is in a uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T. Find the work (in J) needed to turn it from its stable equilibrium position to its…Q 12-04-030Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A galvanometer of resistance 50 Ω gives full-scale deflection for 5 mA. To use it as an ammeter of range 0–5 A, the resistance to connect is aboutQ 12-04-031Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer of resistance 100 Ω gives full-scale deflection for 1 mA. To convert it into a voltmeter of range 0–10 V, a resistance ofQ 12-04-032Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The number of turns in the coil of a moving-coil galvanometer is doubled, using the same wire so that its resistance also doubles. Its current sensitivity and voltage…Q 12-04-033Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A wire bent into a semicircle of radius R carries current I. It lies in a plane perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B. The net magnetic force on the wire isQ 12-04-034Moving Charges and MagnetismNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A current carrying circular loop of radius 2 cm with unit normal n = k + i√(2) is placed in a magnetic field, B = B_0(3i + 2k). If B_0 = 4 × 10^-3 T and current I =…Q 12-04-035Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A 5 mg particle carrying a charge of 5π × 10^-6 C is moving with velocity of (3i + 2k) × 10^-2 m/s in a region having magnetic field B = 0.1k Wb/m^2. It moves a…Q 12-04-036Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A current of 30 A each flows in opposite directions in two conducting wires, placed parallel to each other at a distance of 8 cm. The magnetic field at the mid point…Q 12-04-037Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A moving coil of galvanometer when shunted with 2 Ω resistance gives a full scale deflection for a current of 500 mA. When a resistance of 470 Ω is connected in series…Q 12-04-038Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
The charged particle moving in a uniform magnetic field of (3i + 2j) T has an acceleration (4i - (x)/(2)j) m/s^2. The value of x isQ 12-04-039Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle of charge q and mass m is projected from origin with an initial velocity v = (v_0√(2)x + v_0√(2)y). There exists a uniform magnetic field B = B_0z and a…Q 12-04-040Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
A circular coil of radius 2 cm and 125 turns carries a current of 1 A. The coil is placed in a uniform magnetic field of magnitude 0.4 T. The axis of the coil makes an…Q 12-04-041Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A voltmeter with internal resistance of x Ω can be used to measure upto 20 V. In order to increase its measuring range to 30 V, the required modification is to ______.Q 12-04-042Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
An insulated wire is wound so that it forms a flat coil with N = 200 turns. The radius of the innermost turn is r_1 = 3 cm, and of the outermost turn r_2 = 6 cm. If 20…Q 12-04-043Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
Two identical long current carrying wires are bent into the shapes shown in the following figures. If the magnitude of magnetic fields at the centres P and Q of a…Q 12-04-044Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
1 μC charge moving with velocity v=( i-2 j+3 k) m/s in the region of magnetic field B=(2 i+3 j-5 k) T. The magnitude of force acting on it is α×10^-6 N. The value of α…Q 12-04-045Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A particle having charge 10^-9 C moving in x-y plane in fields of 0.4 j N/C and 4×10^-3 k T experiences a force of (4 i+2 j)×10^-10 N. The velocity of the particle at…Q 12-04-046Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A long cylindrical conductor with large cross section carries an electric current distributed uniformly over its cross-section. Magnetic field due to this current is:…Q 12-04-047Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field at the centre of a current carrying circular loop of radius R is 16 μT. The magnetic field at a distance x = 3R on its axis from the centre is ______…Q 12-04-048Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Three long straight wires carrying current are arranged mutually parallel as shown in the figure. The force experienced by 15 cm length of wire Q is ______ . (μ_o =…Q 12-04-049Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A moving coil galvanometer of resistance 100Ω shows a full scale deflection for a current of 1 mA . The value of resistance required to convert this galvanometer into…Q 12-04-050Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical circular loops P and Q each of radius r are lying in parallel planes such that they have common axis. The current through P and Q are I and 4I…Q 12-04-051Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton is moving undeflected in a region of crossed electric and magnetic fields at a constant speed of 2×10^5 m s^-1. When the electric field is switched off, the…Q 12-04-052Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two long parallel wires X and Y, separated by a distance of 6 cm, carry currents of 5 A and 4 A, respectively, in opposite directions as shown in the figure. Magnitude…Q 12-04-053Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider a moving coil galvanometer (MCG): A. The torsional constant in moving coil galvanometer has dimensions [ML^2T^-2]. B. Increasing the current sensitivity may…Q 12-04-054Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer having a coil of resistance 30 Ω needs 20 mA of current for full-scale deflection. If a maximum current of 3 A is to be measured using this galvanometer,…Q 12-04-055Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A current of 5 A exists in a square loop of side (1)/(2) m. Then the magnitude of the magnetic field B at the centre of the square loop will be p×10^-6 T, where the…Q 12-04-056Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A long straight wire of a circular cross-section with radius a carries a steady current I. The current I is uniformly distributed across this cross-section. The plot of…Q 12-04-057Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
N equally spaced charges, each of value q, are placed on a circle of radius R. The circle rotates about its axis with an angular velocity ω as shown in the figure. A…Q 12-04-058Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): An electron in a certain region of uniform…Q 12-04-059Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A tightly wound long solenoid carries a current of 1.5 A. An electron is executing uniform circular motion inside the solenoid with a time period of 75 ns. The number…Q 12-04-060Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a long thin conducting wire carrying a uniform current I. A particle having mass M and charge q is released at a distance a from the wire with a speed v_0…Q 12-04-061Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
An infinite wire has a circular bend of radius a and carries a current I as shown in the figure. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the origin O of the arc is given…Q 12-04-062Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a long straight wire of circular cross-section (radius a) carrying a steady current I. The current is uniformly distributed across this cross-section. The…Q 12-04-063Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic field inside a 200-turn solenoid of radius 10 cm is 2.9×10^-4 T. If the solenoid carries a current of 0.29 A, then the length of the solenoid is ______ π cm.Q 12-04-064Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A galvanometer has a resistance of 50 Ω and allows a maximum current of 5 mA. It can be converted into a voltmeter to measure up to 100 V by connecting in series a…Q 12-04-065Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A regular polygon of 6 sides is formed by bending a wire of length 4π metre. If an electric current of 4π3 A flows through the sides of the polygon, the magnetic field…Q 12-04-066Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
In an ammeter, 5\% of the main current passes through the galvanometer. If the resistance of the galvanometer is G, the resistance of the ammeter will beQ 12-04-067Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A moving coil galvanometer has 100 turns and each turn has an area of 2.0 cm^2. The magnetic field produced by the magnet is 0.01 T and the deflection in the coil is…Q 12-04-068Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron is projected with uniform velocity along the axis inside a current carrying long solenoid. ThenQ 12-04-069Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field existing in a region is given by B = 0.2(1 + 2x) k T. A square loop of edge 50 cm carrying 0.5 A current is placed in the x-y plane with its edges…Q 12-04-070Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two parallel long current carrying wires separated by a distance 2r are shown in the figure. The ratio of the magnetic field at A to the magnetic field produced at C is…Q 12-04-071Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a co-axial straight cable, the central conductor and the outer conductor carry equal currents in opposite directions. The magnetic field is zeroQ 12-04-072Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
In the experiment to determine the galvanometer resistance by the half-deflection method, the plot of 1/θ vs the resistance (R) of the resistance box is shown in the…Q 12-04-073Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalHard
A straight metal wire carrying a current of 2 A, having resistance 1 Ω, resistivity 2×10^-6 Ω m, area of cross-section 10 mm^2 and mass 500 g, is suspended horizontally…Q 12-04-074Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A galvanometer of resistance 100 Ω, when connected in series with 400 Ω, measures a voltage of up to 10 V. The value of the resistance required to convert the…Q 12-04-075Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The electrostatic force ( F_1) and magnetic force ( F_2) acting on a charge q moving with velocity v can be written asQ 12-04-076Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A solenoid of length 0.5 m has a radius of 1 cm and is made up of m turns. It carries a current of 5 A. If the magnitude of the magnetic field inside the solenoid is…Q 12-04-077Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A current element Δ l = Δ x i is placed at the origin and carries a large current I = 10 A. The magnetic field on the y-axis at a distance of 0.5 m from the element,…Q 12-04-078Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular coil having 200 turns, 2.5×10^-4 m^2 area and carrying 100 μA current is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 1 T. Initially the magnetic dipole moment ( M)…Q 12-04-079Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Match List-I with List-II (the graphs of List-II are shown in the figure). The wires carry steady currents. List-I (Y against X): - A. Y = magnetic susceptibility, X =…Q 12-04-080Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An ammeter A consists of a 240 Ω coil connected in parallel to a 10 Ω shunt. It is connected in series with a 140.4 Ω resistor across a 24 V battery. The reading of the…Q 12-04-081Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A coil having 100 turns, area of 5×10^-3 m^2, carrying a current of 1 mA is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.20 T in such a way that the plane of the coil is…Q 12-04-082Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A proton moving with a constant velocity passes through a region of space without any change in its velocity. If E and B represent the electric and magnetic fields…Q 12-04-083Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two long, straight wires carry equal currents in opposite directions as shown in figure. The separation between the wires is 5.0 cm. The magnitude of the magnetic field…Q 12-04-084Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A current of 200 μA deflects the coil of a moving coil galvanometer through 60°. The current to cause deflection through (π)/(10) radian is:Q 12-04-085Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field at the centre of a wire loop formed by two semicircular wires of radii R_1 = 2π m and R_2 = 4π m carrying current I = 4 A as per figure given below…Q 12-04-086Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A galvanometer having coil resistance 10 Ω shows a full scale deflection for a current of 3 mA. For it to measure a current of 8 A, the value of the shunt should be:Q 12-04-087Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The deflection in a moving coil galvanometer falls from 25 divisions to 5 divisions when a shunt of 24 Ω is applied. The resistance of the galvanometer coil will be:Q 12-04-088Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles X and Y having equal charges are being accelerated through the same potential difference. Thereafter, they enter normally in a region of uniform magnetic…Q 12-04-089Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A charge of 4.0 μC is moving with a velocity of 4.0×10^6 m s^-1 along the positive y-axis under a magnetic field B of strength (2 k) T. The force acting on the charge…Q 12-04-090Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron with kinetic energy 5 eV enters a region of uniform magnetic field of 3 μT perpendicular to its direction. An electric field E is applied perpendicular to…Q 12-04-091Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A long straight wire of radius a carries a steady current I. The current is uniformly distributed across its cross section. The ratio of the magnetic field at a2 and 2a…Q 12-04-092Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A galvanometer has a coil of resistance 200 Ω with a full scale deflection at 20 μA. The value of resistance to be added to use it as an ammeter of range (0 - 20) mA is:Q 12-04-093Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): When currents vary with time, Newton's third law is valid only if momentum carried by the electromagnetic field is taken…Q 12-04-094Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop of edge length 2 m carrying a current of 2 A is placed with its edges parallel to the x–y axes. A magnetic field is passing through the x–y plane and…Q 12-04-095Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A proton and a deutron (q = +e, m = 2.0 u) having same kinetic energies enter a region of uniform magnetic field B, moving perpendicular to B. The ratio of the radius…Q 12-04-096Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two insulated circular loops A and B, each of radius a and carrying a current I in the anticlockwise direction, are placed with a common centre O in mutually…Q 12-04-097Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The horizontal component of earth's magnetic field at a place is 3.5×10^-5 T. A very long straight conductor carrying a current of 2 A in the direction from South-East…Q 12-04-098Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A current of 5 A flows in a square loop of side 1 m placed in air. The magnetic field at the centre of the loop is X2×10^-7 T. The value of X is ______.Q 12-04-099Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A rigid wire consists of a semicircular portion of radius R and two straight sections. The wire is partially immersed in a uniform magnetic field B = B_0 k (out of the…Q 12-04-100Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform magnetic field of 2×10^-3 T acts along the positive Y-direction. A rectangular loop of sides 20 cm and 10 cm with a current of 5 A is in the Y-Z plane. The…Q 12-04-102Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two circular coils P and Q of 100 turns each have the same radius of π cm. The currents in P and Q are 1 A and 2 A respectively. P and Q are placed with their planes…Q 12-04-103Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A single current carrying loop of wire carrying current I flowing in anticlockwise direction seen from the +z direction and lying in the xy plane is shown in figure.…Q 12-04-104Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
The magnitude of magnetic induction at mid-point O due to current arrangement as shown in figure will beQ 12-04-105Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The electric current in a circular coil of four turns produces a magnetic induction 32 T at its centre. The coil is unwound and is rewound into a circular coil of…Q 12-04-106Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A massless square loop, of wire of resistance 10 Ω, supporting a mass of 1 g, hangs vertically with one of its sides in a uniform magnetic field of 10^3 G, directed…Q 12-04-107Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic moments associated with two closely wound circular coils A and B of radius r_A=10 cm and r_B=20 cm respectively are equal if (where N_A, I_A and N_B, I_B…Q 12-04-108Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a current of 2 A flowing in an equilateral triangle of side 43 cm. The magnetic field at the centroid O of the triangle is (Neglect the effect…Q 12-04-109Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A current carrying rectangular loop PQRS is made of uniform wire. The length PR=QS=5 cm and PQ=RS=100 cm. If ammeter current reading changes from I to 2I, the ratio of…Q 12-04-110Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The number of turns of the coil of a moving coil galvanometer is increased in order to increase current sensitivity by 50\%. The percentage change in voltage…Q 12-04-111Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A long conducting wire having a current I flowing through it, is bent into a circular coil of N turns. Then it is bent into a circular coil of n turns. The magnetic…Q 12-04-112Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two long straight wires P and Q carrying equal current 10 A each were kept parallel to each other at 5 cm distance. Magnitude of magnetic force experienced by 10 cm…Q 12-04-113Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular loop of radius R is carrying current i A. The ratio of magnetic field at the centre of circular loop and at a distance R from the center of the loop on its…Q 12-04-114Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A long solenoid is formed by winding 70 turns cm^-1. If 2.0 A current flows, then the magnetic field produced inside the solenoid is ______. (μ_0=4π×10^-7 T m A^-1)Q 12-04-115Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A single turn current loop in the shape of a right angle triangle with sides 5 cm, 12 cm, 13 cm is carrying a current of 2 A. The loop is in a uniform magnetic field of…Q 12-04-116Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List I (current configuration, see figure) with List II (magnetic field at point O). List II: I. B_0=(μ_0I)/(4π r)[π+2] II. B_0=(μ_0)/(4) Ir III. B_0=(μ_0I)/(2π…Q 12-04-117Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
For a moving coil galvanometer, the deflection in the coil is 0.05 rad when a current of 10 mA is passed through it. If the torsional constant of suspension wire is…Q 12-04-118Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two long parallel wires carrying currents 8 A and 15 A in opposite directions are placed at a distance of 7 cm from each other. A point P is at equidistant from both…Q 12-04-119Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electron is moving along the positive x-axis. If uniform magnetic field is applied parallel to the negative z-axis, then A. The electron will experience magnetic…Q 12-04-120Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A straight wire AB of mass 40 g and length 50 cm is suspended by a pair of flexible leads in uniform magnetic field of magnitude 0.40 T as shown in the figure. The…Q 12-04-121Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
For designing a voltmeter of range 50 V and an ammeter of range 10 mA using a galvanometer which has a coil of resistance 54 Ω showing a full scale deflection for 1 mA…Q 12-04-122Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron in a hydrogen atom revolves around its nucleus with a speed of 6.76×10^6 m s^-1 in an orbit of radius 0.52 Å. The magnetic field produced at the nucleus of…Q 12-04-123Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A straight wire carrying a current of 14 A is bent into a semicircular arc of radius 2.2 cm as shown in the figure. The magnetic field produced by the current at the…Q 12-04-124Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
The current sensitivity of moving coil galvanometer is increased by 25\%. This increase is achieved only by changing in the number of turns of coils and area of cross…Q 12-04-125Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is allowed to move with constant velocity along the axis of current carrying straight solenoid. (A) The electron will experience magnetic force along the…Q 12-04-126Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
When a resistance of 5 Ω is shunted with a moving coil galvanometer, it shows a full scale deflection for a current of 250 mA, however when 1050 Ω resistance is…Q 12-04-127Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A long straight wire of circular cross-section (radius a) is carrying steady current I. The current I is uniformly distributed across this cross-section. The magnetic…Q 12-04-128Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical circular wires of radius 20 cm and carrying current 2 A are placed in perpendicular planes as shown in figure. The net magnetic field at the centre of the…Q 12-04-129Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
A student is provided with a variable voltage source V, a test resistor R_T=10 Ω, two identical galvanometers G_1 and G_2 and two additional resistors, R_1=10 MΩ and…Q 12-04-130Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton with a kinetic energy of 2.0 eV moves into a region of uniform magnetic field of magnitude π2×10^-3 T. The angle between the direction of magnetic field and…Q 12-04-131Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
Certain galvanometers have a fixed core made of non magnetic metallic material. The function of this metallic material isQ 12-04-132Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A charged particle moving in magnetic field B has the components of velocity along B as well as perpendicular to B. The path of the charged particle will beQ 12-04-133Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of magnetic field at the centre of a current carrying coil of radius r to the magnetic field at distance r from the centre of coil on its axis is x:1. The…Q 12-04-134Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: If the number of turns in the coil of a moving coil galvanometer is doubled then the current sensitivity becomes double.…Q 12-04-135Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Find the magnetic field at the point P in figure. The curved portion is a semicircle connected to two long straight wires.Q 12-04-136Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A charged particle of 2 μC accelerated by a potential difference of 100 V enters a region of uniform magnetic field of magnitude 4 mT at right angle to the direction of…Q 12-04-137Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
As shown in the figure, a long straight conductor with semicircular arc of radius (π)/(10) m is carrying current I=3 A. The magnitude of the magnetic field at the…Q 12-04-138Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): In a uniform magnetic field, speed and energy…Q 12-04-139Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field at the centre of a circular coil of radius r, due to current I flowing through it, is B. The magnetic field at a point along the axis at a distance…Q 12-04-140Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton, a deuteron and an α-particle with same kinetic energy enter into a uniform magnetic field at right angle to magnetic field. The ratio of the radii of their…Q 12-04-141Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A teacher in his physics laboratory allotted an experiment to determine the resistance G of a galvanometer. Students took the observations for 1/3 deflection in the…Q 12-04-142Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A long straight wire with a circular cross-section having radius R is carrying a steady current I. The current I is uniformly distributed across this cross-section.…Q 12-04-143Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
If n represents the actual number of deflections in a converted galvanometer of resistance G and shunt resistance S, then the total current I when its figure of merit…Q 12-04-144Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A long solenoid carrying a current produces a magnetic field B along its axis. If the current is doubled and the number of turns per cm is halved, the new value of…Q 12-04-145Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton and an alpha particle of the same velocity enter a uniform magnetic field which is acting perpendicular to their direction of motion. The ratio of the radii of…Q 12-04-146Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two 10 cm long straight wires, each carrying a current of 5 A, are kept parallel to each other. If each wire experienced a force of 10^-5 N, then the separation between…Q 12-04-147Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two charged particles, having the same kinetic energy, are allowed to pass through a uniform magnetic field perpendicular to the direction of motion. If the ratio of…Q 12-04-148Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic moment of an electron (e) revolving in an orbit around the nucleus with an orbital angular momentum L is given byQ 12-04-149Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron with energy 0.1 keV moves at right angle to the earth's magnetic field of 1×10^-4 Wb m^-2. The frequency of revolution of the electron will be (Take mass of…Q 12-04-150Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The electric current in a circular coil of 2 turns produces a magnetic induction B_1 at its centre. The coil is unwound and is rewound into a circular coil of 5 turns…Q 12-04-151Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A charged particle is moving in a uniform magnetic field (2 i + 3 j) T. If it has an acceleration of (α i - 4 j) m s^-2, then the value of α will beQ 12-04-152Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
B_X and B_Y are the magnetic fields at the centres of two coils X and Y respectively, each carrying equal current. If coil X has 200 turns and 20 cm radius and coil Y…Q 12-04-153Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two concentric circular loops of radii r_1 = 30 cm and r_2 = 50 cm are placed in the X–Y plane as shown in the figure. A current I = 7 A is flowing through them in the…Q 12-04-154Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A velocity selector consists of electric field E = E k and magnetic field B = B j with B = 12 mT. The value of E required for an electron of energy 728 eV moving along…Q 12-04-155Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A 72 Ω galvanometer is shunted by a resistance of 8 Ω. The percentage of the total current which passes through the galvanometer isQ 12-04-156Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two long parallel conductors S_1 and S_2 are separated by a distance 10 cm and carrying currents of 4 A and 2 A respectively. The conductors are placed along x-axis in…Q 12-04-157Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
A deuteron and a proton moving with equal kinetic energy enter into to a uniform magnetic field at right angle to the field. If r_d and r_p are the radii of their…Q 12-04-158Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A cyclotron is used to accelerate protons. If the operating magnetic field is 1.0 T and the radius of the cyclotron 'dees' is 60 cm, the kinetic energy of the…Q 12-04-159Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The current sensitivity of a galvanometer can be increased by : (A) decreasing the number of turns (B) increasing the magnetic field (C) decreasing the area of the coil…Q 12-04-160Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Figure A and B show two long straight wires of circular cross-section (a and b with a < b), carrying current I which is uniformly distributed across the cross-section.…Q 12-04-162Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a galvanometer shunted with 5 Ω resistance and 2\% of current passes through it. What is the resistance of the given galvanometer?Q 12-04-163Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A coil having N turns is wound tightly in the form of a spiral with inner and outer radii a and b respectively. Find the magnetic field at centre, when a current I…Q 12-04-164Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A current of 1.5 A is flowing through a triangle, of side 9 cm each. The magnetic field at the centroid of the triangle is: (Assume that the current is flowing in the…Q 12-04-165Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton, a deuteron and an α particle are moving with same momentum in a uniform magnetic field. The ratio of magnetic forces acting on them ______ is and their speed…Q 12-04-166Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Magnetic fields at two points on the axis of a circular coil at a distance of 0.05 m and 0.2 m from the centre are in the ratio 8 : 1. The radius of coil is ______.Q 12-04-167Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton and an α-particle, having kinetic energies K_p and K_α, respectively, enter into a magnetic field at right angles. The ratio of the radii of the trajectory of…Q 12-04-168Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A deuteron and an alpha particle having equal kinetic energy enter perpendicular into a magnetic field. Let r_d and r_α be their respective radii of circular path. The…Q 12-04-169Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two ions having same mass have charges in the ratio 1 : 2. They are projected normally in a uniform magnetic field with their speeds in the ratio 2 : 3. The ratio of…Q 12-04-170Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The fractional change in the magnetic field intensity at a distance r from centre on the axis of current carrying coil of radius a to the magnetic field intensity at…Q 12-04-171Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
If the maximum value of accelerating potential provided by a radio frequency oscillator is 12 kV. The number of revolution made by a proton in a cyclotron to achieve…Q 12-04-172Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalHard
A coil in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side 10 cm lies in a vertical plane between the pole pieces of permanent magnet producing a horizontal magnetic field…Q 12-04-173Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two ions of masses 4 amu and 16 amu have charges +2e and +3e respectively. These ions pass through the region of the constant perpendicular magnetic field. The kinetic…Q 12-04-174Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A uniform conducting wire of length is 24a, and resistance R is wound up as a current carrying coil in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side a and then in the…Q 12-04-175Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
For full scale deflection of total 50 divisions, 50 mV voltage is required in galvanometer. The resistance of galvanometer if its current sensitivity is 2 div/mA will be:Q 12-04-176Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A coaxial cable consists of an inner wire of radius a surrounded by an outer shell of inner and outer radii b and c respectively. The inner wire carries an electric…Q 12-04-177Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer having a coil resistance 100 Ω gives a full scale deflection when a current of 1 mA is passed through it. What is the value of the resistance which can…Q 12-04-178Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A very long wire ABDMNDC is shown in figure carrying current I. AB and BC parts are straight, long and at right angle. At D the wire forms a circular turn DMND of…Q 12-04-179Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
A long, straight wire of radius a carries a current distributed uniformly over its cross-section. The ratio of the magnetic fields due to the wire at distance (a)/(3)…Q 12-04-180Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A small circular loop of conducting wire has radius a and carries current I. It is placed in a uniform magnetic field B perpendicular to its plane such that when…Q 12-04-181Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer is used in the laboratory for detecting the null point in electrical experiments. If, on passing a current of 6 mA, it produces a deflection of 2°, its…Q 12-04-183Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of charge q and mass m is moving with a velocity -v i (v 0) towards a large screen placed in the Y-Z plane at a distance d. If there is a magnetic field B =…Q 12-04-184Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is moving along the +x direction with a velocity of 6×10^6 m s^-1. It enters a region of uniform electric field of 300 V/cm pointing along the +y direction.…Q 12-04-185Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A charged particle going around in a circle can be considered to be a current loop. A particle of mass m carrying charge q is moving in a plane with speed v under the…Q 12-04-186Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop of side 2a and carrying current I is kept in the xz plane with its centre at the origin. A long wire carrying the same current I is placed parallel to the…Q 12-04-187Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
A particle of mass m and charge q has an initial velocity v = v_0 j. If an electric field E = E_0 i and magnetic field B = B_0 i act on the particle, its speed will…Q 12-04-188Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton with kinetic energy of 1 MeV moves from south to north. It gets an acceleration of 10^12 m/s^2 by an applied magnetic field (west to east). The value of the…Q 12-04-189Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A beam of protons with speed 4 × 10^5 m s^-1 enters a uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T at an angle 60° to the magnetic field. The pitch of the resulting helical path of…Q 12-04-190Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A region of length l contains a uniform magnetic field of 0.3 T directed along its length. A proton enters the region with velocity 4 × 10^5 m s^-1 making an angle 60°…Q 12-04-191Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A wire carrying current I is bent in the shape ABCDEFA as shown, where rectangles ABCDA and ADEFA are perpendicular to each other. If the sides of the rectangles are of…Q 12-04-192Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Magnitude of magnetic field (in SI units) at the centre of a hexagonal shape coil of side 10 cm, 50 turns and carrying current I (Ampere) in units of (μ_0 I)/(π) is:Q 12-04-193Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A charged particle carrying charge 1 μC is moving with velocity (2 i + 3 j + 4 k) m s^-1. If an external magnetic field of (5 i + 3 j - 6 k)×10^-3 T exists in the…Q 12-04-194Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A galvanometer coil has 500 turns and each turn has an average area of 3×10^-4 m^2. If a torque of 1.5 N m is required to keep this coil parallel to a magnetic field…Q 12-04-195Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A wire A, bent in the shape of an arc of a circle, carrying a current of 2 A and having radius 2 cm and another wire B, also bent in the shape of an arc of a circle,…Q 12-04-196Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer of resistance G is converted into a voltmeter of range 0 - 1 V by connecting a resistance R_1 in series with it. The additional resistance that should be…Q 12-04-197Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop of side 2a, and carrying current I is kept in XZ plane with its centre at origin. A long wire carrying the same current I is placed parallel to the z-axis…Q 12-04-198Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle having the same charge as of electron moves in a circular path of radius 0.5 cm under the influence of a magnetic field of 0.5 T. If an electric field of 100…Q 12-04-199Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
One of the two identical conducting wires of length L is bent in the form of a circular loop and the other one into a circular coil of N identical turns. If the same…Q 12-04-200Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
An insulating thin rod of length l has a linear charge density ρ(x) = ρ_0(x)/(l) on it. The rod is rotated about an axis passing through the origin (x = 0) and…Q 12-04-201Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A moving coil galvanometer allows a full scale current of 10^-4 A. A series resistance of 2×10^4 Ω is required to convert the galvanometer into a voltmeter of range 0–5…Q 12-04-202Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Two long parallel wires A and B, a distance d apart, carry currents I_1 and I_2 in opposite directions. A third wire C carrying a current I is to be kept parallel to…Q 12-04-203Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton, an electron, and a helium nucleus, have the same energy. They are in circular orbits in a plane due to magnetic field perpendicular to the plane. Let r_p, r_e…Q 12-04-204Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop is carrying a steady current I and the magnitude of its magnetic dipole moment is m. If this square loop is changed to a circular loop and it carries the…Q 12-04-205Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnitude of the magnetic field at the centre of an equilateral triangular loop of side 1 m which is carrying a current of 10 A is: [Take μ_0 = 4π×10^-7 N A^-2]Q 12-04-206Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A current loop, having two circular arcs joined by two radial lines is shown in the figure. It carries a current of 10 A. The magnetic field at point O will be close toQ 12-04-207Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An infinitely long current carrying wire and a small current carrying loop are in the plane of the paper as shown. The radius of the loop is a and distance of its…Q 12-04-208Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular coil having N turns and radius r carries a current I. It is held in the XZ plane in a magnetic field B i. The torque on the coil due to the magnetic field isQ 12-04-209Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Two very long, straight, and insulated wires are kept at 90° angle from each other in xy-plane as shown in figure. These wires carry currents of equal magnitude I,…Q 12-04-210Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A moving coil galvanometer has resistance 50 Ω and it indicates full deflection at 4 mA current. A voltmeter is made using this galvanometer and a 5 kΩ resistance. The…Q 12-04-211Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular coil (dimension 5 cm×2.5 cm) with 100 turns, carrying a current of 3 A in the clockwise direction, is kept centered at the origin and in the X-Z plane. A…Q 12-04-213Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistance of a galvanometer is 50 ohm and the maximum current which can be passed through it is 0.002 A. What resistance must be connected to it in order to…Q 12-04-214Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A moving coil galvanometer has a coil with 175 turns and area 1 cm^2. It uses a torsion band of torsion constant 10^-6 N m/rad. The coil is placed in a magnetic field B…Q 12-04-215Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment, electrons are accelerated, from rest, by applying a voltage of 500 V. Calculate the radius of the path if a magnetic field 100 mT is then applied.…Q 12-04-216Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A galvanometer having a resistance of 20 Ω and 30 divisions on both sides has figure of merit 0.005 ampere/division. The resistance that should be connected in series…Q 12-04-217Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The region between y = 0 and y = d contains a magnetic field B = Bz. A particle of mass m and charge q enters the region with a velocity v = vi. If d = (mv)/(2qB), the…Q 12-04-218Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass m and charge q is in an electric and magnetic field given by E = 2i + 3j; B = 4j + 6k The charged particle is shifted from the origin to the point…Q 12-04-219Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The galvanometer deflection, when key K_1 is closed but K_2 is open, equals θ_0 (see figure). On closing K_2 also and adjusting R_2 to 5 Ω, the deflection in…Q 12-04-220Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A proton and an α-particle (with their masses in the ratio of 1 : 4 and charges in the ratio of 1 : 2) are accelerated from rest through a potential difference V. If a…Q 12-04-221Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, two infinitely long, identical wires are bent by 90° and placed in such a way that the segments LP and QM are along the x-axis, while segments…Q 12-04-222Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer of resistance 100 Ω has 50 divisions on its scale and has sensitivity of 20 μA/division. It is to be converted to a voltmeter with three ranges, of 0–2…Q 12-04-224Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin ring of 10 cm radius carries a uniformly distributed charge. The ring rotates at a constant angular speed of 40π rad s^-1 about its axis, perpendicular to its…Q 12-04-225Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A moving coil galvanometer, having a resistance G, produces full scale deflection when a current I_g flows through it. This galvanometer can be converted into (i) an…Q 12-04-226Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron, moving along the x-axis with an initial energy of 100 eV, enters a region of magnetic field B = (1.5×10^-3 T)k at S (see figure). The field extends between…Q 12-04-227Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
Find the magnetic field at point P due to a straight line segment AB of length 6 cm carrying a current of 5 A (see figure). (μ_0 = 4π×10^-7 N A^-2)Q 12-04-228Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A Helmholtz coil has a pair of loops, each with N turns and radius R. They are placed coaxially at distance R and the same current I flows through the loops in the same…Q 12-04-229Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A current of 1 A is flowing on the sides of an equilateral triangle of side 4.5×10^-2 m. The magnetic field at the centre of the triangle will be:Q 12-04-230Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A galvanometer with its coil resistance 25 Ω requires a current of 1 mA for its full deflection. In order to construct an ammeter to read up to a current of 2 A the…Q 12-04-231Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
In a circuit for finding the resistance of a galvanometer by half deflection method, a 6 V battery and a high resistance of 11 kΩ are used. The figure of merit of the…Q 12-04-232Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQHard
A charge q is spread uniformly over an insulated loop of radius r. If it is rotated with an angular velocity ω with respect to normal axis then magnetic moment of the…Q 12-04-233Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
When a current of 5 mA is passed through a galvanometer having a coil of resistance 15 Ω, it shows full-scale deflection. The value of the resistance to be put in…Q 12-04-234Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
In a certain region static electric and magnetic fields exist. The magnetic field is given by B = B_0( i + 2 j - 4 k). If a test charge moving with a velocity v = v_0(3…Q 12-04-235Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A negative test charge is moving near a long straight wire carrying a current. The force acting on the test charge is parallel to the direction of the current. The…Q 12-04-236Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform magnetic field B of 0.3 T is along the positive Z-direction. A rectangular loop (abcd) of sides 10 cm×5 cm carries a current I of 12 A. Out of the following…Q 12-04-237Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
The dipole moment of a circular loop carrying a current I, is m and the magnetic field at the centre of the loop is B_1. When the dipole moment is doubled by keeping…Q 12-04-238Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron, a proton and an alpha particle having the same kinetic energy are moving in circular orbits of radii r_e, r_p, r_α respectively in a uniform magnetic field…Q 12-04-239Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements Statement I : Biot-Savart's law gives us the expression for the magnetic field strength of an infinitesimal current element (Idl) of a…Q 12-04-240Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
A long solenoid of radius 1 mm has 100 turns per mm. If 1 A current flows in the solenoid, the magnetic field strength at the centre of the solenoid isQ 12-04-241Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
From Ampere's circuital law for a long straight wire of circular cross-section carrying a steady current, the variation of magnetic field in the inside and outside…Q 12-04-242Moving Charges and MagnetismNEETMCQEasy
Let B_1 be the magnitude of the magnetic field at the center of a circular coil of radius R carrying current I. Let B_2 be the magnitude of the magnetic field at an…Q 12-04-243Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
In a moving coil galvanometer, two moving coils M_1 and M_2 have the following particulars: R_1 = 5 Ω, N_1 = 15, A_1 = 3.6×10^-3 m^2, B_1 = 0.25 T R_2 = 7 Ω, N_2 = 21,…Q 12-04-244Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
A 4.0 cm long straight wire carrying a current of 8 A is placed perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field of strength 0.15 T. The magnetic force on the wire is ______ mN.Q 12-04-245Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalEasy
A loop ABCDA, carrying current I = 12 A, is placed in a plane and consists of two semicircular segments of radius R_1 = 6π m and R_2 = 4π m joined by the straight…Q 12-04-246Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainNumericalMedium
In an electromagnetic system, the quantity representing the ratio of electric flux and magnetic flux has dimension of M^PL^QT^RA^S, where the values of Q and R are:Q 12-04-247Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
Uniform magnetic fields of different strengths (B_1 and B_2), both normal to the plane of the paper, exist as shown in the figure. A charged particle of mass m and…Q 12-04-248Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of charge q, mass m and kinetic energy E enters a magnetic field perpendicular to its velocity and undergoes a circular arc of radius r. Which of the graphs…Q 12-04-249Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQEasy
The figure shows a current carrying square loop ABCD of edge length a lying in a plane. Current I enters at A and leaves at C. If the resistance of the ABC part is r…Q 12-04-250Moving Charges and MagnetismJEE MainMCQMedium
In a uniform magnetic field of 0.049 T, a magnetic needle performs 20 complete oscillations in 5 seconds as shown. The moment of inertia of the needle is 9.8 × 10^-6 kg…Q 12-05-001Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQMedium
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (Material): A. Diamagnetic B. Ferromagnetic C. Paramagnetic D. Non-magnetic List-II (Susceptibility ()): I. = 0 II. 0 > -1 III. >> 1…Q 12-05-002Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQEasy
An iron bar of length L has magnetic moment M. It is bent at the middle of its length such that the two arms make an angle 60° with each other. The magnetic moment of…Q 12-05-003Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQMedium
The net magnetic flux through any closed surface is :Q 12-05-004Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQEasy
An iron rod of susceptibility 599 is subjected to a magnetising field of 1200 A m^-1. The permeability of the material of the rod is : (μ_0 = 4π × 10^-7 T m A^-1)Q 12-05-005Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQEasy
A bar magnet of magnetic moment M_1 is axially cut into two equal parts. If these two pieces are arranged perpendicular to each other, the resultant magnetic moment is…Q 12-05-006Magnetism and MatterNEETMCQMedium
A bar magnet has moment of inertia 49 × 10^-2 kg m^2 and vibrates in a magnetic field of induction 0.5 × 10^-4 T. The time period of vibration is 8.8 s. The magnetic…Q 12-05-007Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two bar magnets are placed in a vibration magnetometer and allowed to vibrate. They make 20 oscillations per minute when their similar poles are on the same side, while…Q 12-05-008Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
With a standard rectangular bar magnet, the time period of a vibration magnetometer is 4 s. The bar magnet is cut parallel to its length into four equal pieces. The…Q 12-05-009Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A bar magnet of length 10 cm and pole strength 2 A m is cut into two equal halves perpendicular to its length. The magnetic moment of each half isQ 12-05-010Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field of a short bar magnet at a point 10 cm from its centre on the axial line is 2 × 10^-4 T. The field at a point 20 cm from its centre on the equatorial…Q 12-05-011Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A bar magnet of moment 2 A m^2 is placed at 30° to a uniform field of 0.3 T. The torque on it isQ 12-05-012Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The work done in turning a magnet of moment M from the direction of a uniform field B to the opposite direction isQ 12-05-013Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A circular coil of 100 turns and radius 5 cm carries a current of 2 A. Its magnetic moment isQ 12-05-014Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
At a place, the horizontal component of the Earth's field is 3 × 10^-5 T and the angle of dip is 60°. The total field there isQ 12-05-015Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
At the magnetic equator, the angle of dip isQ 12-05-016Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A dip circle is placed in a vertical plane at 30° to the magnetic meridian. The apparent dip is 45°. The true dip δ satisfiesQ 12-05-017Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The relative permeability of a material is 0.9995. The material isQ 12-05-018Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The susceptibility of a paramagnetic substance at 27°C is 3 × 10^-4. Its susceptibility at 327°C isQ 12-05-019Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A solenoid of 1000 turns per metre carries 2 A. An iron core of relative permeability 400 is inserted. The magnetic field inside is (μ_0 = 4π × 10^-7 T m/A)Q 12-05-020Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A magnetising field of 1500 A/m produces a magnetisation of 3 × 10^5 A/m in a sample. Its susceptibility isQ 12-05-021Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Materials used for making permanent magnets should haveQ 12-05-022Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The area of the hysteresis loop of a ferromagnetic material is a measure ofQ 12-05-023Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A diamagnetic substance placed in a non-uniform magnetic fieldQ 12-05-024Magnetism and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A short bar magnet placed with its axis at 30° to a uniform field of 0.25 T experiences a torque of 4.5 × 10^-2 N m. Find its magnetic moment in A m^2.Q 12-05-025Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solenoid has a core made of material with relative permeability 400. The magnetic field produced in the interior of solenoid is 1.0 T. The magnetic intensity in SI…Q 12-05-026Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical small bar magnets each of dipole moment 3√(5) J/T are placed at a center to center separation of 10 cm, with their axes perpendicular to each other as…Q 12-05-027Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalHard
A short bar magnet placed with its axis at 30° with an external field of 800 Gauss, experiences a torque of 0.016 N.m. The work done in moving it from most stable to…Q 12-05-028Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bar magnet has total length 2l = 20 units and the field point P is at a distance d = 10 units from the centre of the magnet, as shown in the figure. If the relative…Q 12-05-029Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQHard
Match List-I with List-II. List-I (A) Magnetic induction (B) Magnetic intensity (C) Magnetic flux (D) Magnetic moment List-II (I) Ampere metre^2 (II) Weber (III) Gauss…Q 12-05-030Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic moment of a bar magnet is 0.5 A m^2. It is suspended in a uniform magnetic field of 8×10^-2 T. The work done in rotating it from its most stable to its…Q 12-05-031Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic potential due to a magnetic dipole at a point on its axis situated at a distance of 20 cm from its centre is 1.5×10^-5 T m. The magnetic moment of the…Q 12-05-032Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
Paramagnetic substances: A. align themselves along the direction of external magnetic field. B. attract strongly towards external magnetic field. C. have susceptibility…Q 12-05-033Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The coercivity of a magnet is 5×10^3 A/m. The amount of current required to be passed in a solenoid of length 30 cm and number of turns 150, so that the magnet gets…Q 12-05-034Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A straight magnetic strip has a magnetic moment of 44 A m^2. If the strip is bent in a semicircular shape, its magnetic moment will be ______ A m^2. (given π = (22)/(7))Q 12-05-035Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bar magnet with a magnetic moment 5.0 A m^2 is placed in parallel position relative to a magnetic field of 0.4 T. The amount of required work done in turning the…Q 12-05-036Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A solenoid of 1200 turns is wound uniformly in a single layer on a glass tube 2 m long and 0.2 m in diameter. The magnetic intensity at the center of the solenoid when…Q 12-05-038Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: For diamagnetic substance -1≤<0, where is the magnetic susceptibility. Statement II: Diamagnetic substances when placed in…Q 12-05-039Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The free space inside a current carrying toroid is filled with a material of susceptibility 2×10^-2. The percentage increase in the value of magnetic field inside the…Q 12-05-040Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The diamagnetic property depends on temperature. Statement II: The induced magnetic dipole moment in a diamagnetic sample…Q 12-05-041Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A compass needle oscillates 20 times per minute at a place where the dip is 30° and 30 times per minute where the dip is 60°. The ratio of total magnetic field due to…Q 12-05-042Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The magnetic intensity at the centre of a long current carrying solenoid is found to be 1.6×10^3 A m^-1. If the number of turns is 8 per cm, then the current flowing…Q 12-05-043Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Electromagnets are made of soft iron. Reason R: Soft…Q 12-05-044Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The current required to be passed through a solenoid of 15 cm length and 60 turns in order to demagnetise a bar magnet of magnetic intensity 2.4×10^3 A m^-1 is ______ A.Q 12-05-045Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
Soft iron is a suitable material for making an electromagnet. This is because soft iron hasQ 12-05-046Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Susceptibilities of paramagnetic and ferromagnetic substances increase with decrease in temperature. Statement II:…Q 12-05-047Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A bar magnet having a magnetic moment of 2.0×10^5 J T^-1 is placed along the direction of a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 14×10^-5 T. The work done in…Q 12-05-048Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The susceptibility of a paramagnetic material is 99. The permeability of the material in Wb/A-m, is [Permeability of free space μ_0 = 4π×10^-7 Wb/A-m]Q 12-05-049Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A magnet hung at 45° with magnetic meridian makes an angle of 60° with the horizontal. The actual value of the angle of dip isQ 12-05-050Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two bar magnets oscillate in a horizontal plane in earth's magnetic field with time periods of 3 s and 4 s respectively. If their moments of inertia are in the ratio of…Q 12-05-051Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A compass needle of oscillation magnetometer oscillates 20 times per minute at a place P of dip 30°. The number of oscillations per minute become 10 at another place Q…Q 12-05-052Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In a uniform magnetic field, the magnetic needle has a magnetic moment 9.85×10^-2 A m^2 and moment of inertia 5×10^-6 kg m^2. If it performs 10 complete oscillations in…Q 12-05-053Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A long solenoid with 1000 turns m^-1 has a core material with relative permeability 500 and volume 10^3 cm^3. If the core material is replaced by another material…Q 12-05-054Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A soft ferromagnetic material is placed in an external magnetic field. The magnetic domains:Q 12-05-055Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
At an angle of 30° to the magnetic meridian, the apparent dip is 45°. Find the true dip:Q 12-05-057Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic susceptibility of a material of a rod is 499. Permeability in vacuum is 4π×10^-7 H m^-1. Absolute permeability of the material of the rod isQ 12-05-058Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: The ferromagnetic property depends on temperature. At high temperature, ferromagnet becomes paramagnet. Statement II: At high temperature, the domain wall…Q 12-05-059Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the correct option.Q 12-05-060Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two short magnetic dipoles m_1 and m_2 each having magnetic moment of 1 A m^2 are placed at point O and P respectively. The distance between OP is 1 m. The torque…Q 12-05-061Magnetism and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List - I with List - II: array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ a & Magnetic induction & i & ML^2T^-2A^-1 \ b & Magnetic flux & ii & M^0L^-1A \ c & Magnetic…Q 12-05-062Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An iron rod of volume 10^-3 m^3 and relative permeability 1000 is placed as core in a solenoid with 10 turns cm^-1. If a current of 0.5 A is passed through the…Q 12-05-063Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider a circular coil of wire carrying constant current I, forming a magnetic dipole. The magnetic flux through an infinite plane that contains the circular coil and…Q 12-05-064Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Magnetic materials used for making permanent magnets (P) and magnets in a transformer (T) have different properties. Which of the following properties best matches the…Q 12-05-065Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A perfectly diamagnetic sphere has a small spherical cavity at its centre, which is filled with a paramagnetic substance. The whole system is placed in a uniform…Q 12-05-066Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A small bar magnet placed with its axis at 30° with an external magnetic field of 0.06 T experiences a torque of 0.018 N m. The minimum work required to rotate it from…Q 12-05-067Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A paramagnetic sample shows a net magnetisation of 6 A/m when it is placed in an external magnetic field of 0.4 T at a temperature of 4 K. When the sample is placed in…Q 12-05-068Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A magnet of total magnetic moment 10^-2 i A m^2 is placed in a time varying magnetic field, B i (ω t) where B = 1 T and ω = 0.125 rad s^-1. The work done for reversing…Q 12-05-070Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A hoop and a solid cylinder of same mass and radius are made of a permanent magnetic material with their magnetic moments along their respective axes. But the magnetic…Q 12-05-071Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
At some location the horizontal component of earth's magnetic field is 18×10^-6 T. At this location, a magnetic needle of length 0.12 m and pole strength 1.8 A m is…Q 12-05-072Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A bar magnet is demagnetized by inserting it inside a solenoid of length 0.2 m, 100 turns, and carrying a current of 5.2 A. The coercivity of the bar magnet isQ 12-05-073Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A paramagnetic substance in the form of a cube with sides 1 cm has a magnetic dipole moment of 20×10^-6 J/T when a magnetic intensity of 60×10^3 A/m is applied. Its…Q 12-05-075Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A paramagnetic material has 10^28 atoms m^-3. Its magnetic susceptibility at temperature 350 K is 2.8×10^-4. Its susceptibility at 300 K isQ 12-05-076Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A magnetic compass needle oscillates 30 times per minute at a place where the dip is 45° and 40 times per minute where the dip is 30°. If B_1 and B_2 are the net…Q 12-05-077Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The B-H curve for a ferromagnet is shown in the figure. The ferromagnet is placed inside a long solenoid with 1000 turns cm^-1. The current that should be passed in the…Q 12-05-078Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A magnetic needle of magnetic moment 6.7×10^-2 A m^2 and moment of inertia 7.5×10^-6 kg m^2 is performing simple harmonic oscillations in a magnetic field of 0.01 T.…Q 12-05-079Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A magnetic dipole in a uniform magnetic field has: (Take zero potential energy when magnetic dipole is perpendicular to magnetic field)Q 12-05-080Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The relationship between the magnetic susceptibility () and the magnetic permeability (μ) is given by: (μ_0 is the permeability of free space and μ_r is relative…Q 12-05-081Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A magnetic dipole experiences a torque of 803 N m when placed in a uniform magnetic field in such a way that the dipole moment makes an angle of 60° with the magnetic…Q 12-05-082Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The percentage increase in magnetic field (B) when the space within a current carrying solenoid is filled with magnesium (magnetic susceptibility _mg = 1.2×10^-5) is:Q 12-05-083Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Magnetic monopoles do not exist. Reason (R):…Q 12-05-084Magnetism and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A 0.5 m rod moves at 4 m/s perpendicular to its length and to a uniform magnetic field of 0.2 T. Find the emf induced across its ends, in volts.Q 12-06-001Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two identical inductors are connected in two different configurations P and Q, where a time varying current I(t) is flowing, as shown in the figure. The induced emf…Q 12-06-002Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQEasy
Consider a long solenoid of length l and radius r. If n is the number of turns per unit length and μ_0 is the permeability of free space, the inductance of the solenoid…Q 12-06-003Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQEasy
A conducting loop of finite resistance lies on the x - y plane. There is a constant magnetic field in the z direction. The area of the loop varies with time t, as A =…Q 12-06-004Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQMedium
AB is a part of an electrical circuit (see figure). The potential difference V_A - V_B, at the instant when current i = 2 A and is increasing at a rate of 1 amp /…Q 12-06-005Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQMedium
In the above diagram, a strong bar magnet is moving towards solenoid-2 from solenoid-1. The direction of induced current in solenoid-1 and that in solenoid-2,…Q 12-06-006Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQHard
A sheet is placed on a horizontal surface in front of a strong magnetic pole. A force is needed to : A. hold the sheet there if it is magnetic. B. hold the sheet there…Q 12-06-007Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQMedium
The magnetic energy stored in an inductor of inductance 4 μH carrying a current of 2 A is :Q 12-06-008Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQEasy
Two conducting circular loops of radii R_1 and R_2 are placed in the same plane with their centres coinciding. If R_1 >> R_2, the mutual inductance M between them will…Q 12-06-009Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQMedium
A small square loop of wire of side l is placed inside a large square loop of side L (L l). If the loops are coplanar and their centres coincide, the mutual inductance…Q 12-06-010Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic flux through a coil varies as φ = (3t^2 + 2t) mWb, with t in seconds. The induced emf at t = 2 s isQ 12-06-011Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A coil of 100 turns and area 0.02 m^2 lies perpendicular to a magnetic field that falls uniformly from 0.5 T to zero in 0.1 s. The average induced emf isQ 12-06-012Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A coil of resistance 5 Ω has 50 turns. The flux through each turn changes from 2 mWb to 12 mWb. The charge that flows through the coil isQ 12-06-013Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An aeroplane with a wingspan of 40 m flies horizontally at 250 m/s at a place where the vertical component of the Earth's magnetic field is 5 × 10^-5 T. The emf induced…Q 12-06-014Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A metal rod of length 1 m rotates about one end at 20 rad/s in a plane perpendicular to a uniform field of 0.5 T. The emf between its ends isQ 12-06-015Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A conducting rod of length 0.5 m slides at 2 m/s on two parallel rails joined by a 1 Ω resistor, in a field of 1 T perpendicular to the plane. The force needed to keep…Q 12-06-016Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A bar magnet is dropped with its north pole down through a horizontal copper ring. As it approaches the ring, viewed from above, the induced current in the ring isQ 12-06-017Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A magnet is dropped through a long vertical copper tube. Compared with free fall, it fallsQ 12-06-018Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The current in a 0.2 H coil changes from 5 A to 1 A in 0.1 s. The self-induced emf isQ 12-06-019Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The self-inductance of a solenoid is L. If the number of turns is doubled, keeping its length and area the same, the self-inductance becomesQ 12-06-020Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two coils have mutual inductance 0.05 H. The current in the first changes as I = 2(100π t) A. The maximum emf induced in the second coil isQ 12-06-021Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The current through an inductor is doubled. The energy stored in its magnetic field becomesQ 12-06-022Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An inductor of 2 H and a 4 Ω resistor are connected in series to a 12 V battery at t = 0. The time constant and the final current areQ 12-06-023Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In an LR circuit connected to a battery at t = 0, the current reaches half its final value after a timeQ 12-06-024Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A coil of 50 turns and area 0.04 m^2 rotates at 50 rad/s about an axis perpendicular to a field of 0.2 T. The peak emf generated isQ 12-06-025Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The induced emf in a coil rotating in a uniform magnetic field is maximum when the plane of the coil isQ 12-06-026Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A square loop of side 10 cm and resistance 0.5 Ω is pulled out of a region of uniform field 0.5 T at a steady 2 m/s, with one side parallel to the field boundary. The…Q 12-06-027Electromagnetic InductionNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 0.4 H inductor carries a current that increases uniformly from 0 to 3 A in 0.2 s. Find the induced emf in volts.Q 12-06-028Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A long solenoid has 1000 turns per metre and cross-section 10 cm^2. A 50-turn coil is wound tightly round its middle. Find their mutual inductance, in microhenry, to…Q 12-06-029Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 30 cm long solenoid has 10 turns per cm and area of 5 cm^2. The current through the solenoid coil varies from 2 A to 4 A in 3.14 s. The e.m.f. induced in the coil is…Q 12-06-030Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A small cube of side 1 mm is placed at the centre of a circular loop of radius 10 cm carrying a current of 2 A. The magnetic energy stored inside the cube is α × 10^-14…Q 12-06-031Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
An inductor of inductance 10 mH having resistance of 100 Ω is connected to battery of E.M.F. 1.0 V through a switch as shown in the figure below. After switch is…Q 12-06-032Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop of side 2 cm is placed in a time varying magnetic field with magnitude as B = 0.4(300t) Tesla. The normal to the plane of loop makes an angle of 60° with…Q 12-06-033Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit below inductance values of L_1, L_2 and L_3 are same. The magnetic energy stored in the entire circuit is (U_t) and that stored in the L_2 inductor…Q 12-06-034Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A metal rod of length L rotates about one end at origin with a uniform angular velocity ω. The magnetic field radially falls off as B(r) = B_0e^-λ r; λ being a positive…Q 12-06-035Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQHard
A circular loop of radius 20 cm and resistance 2 Ω is placed in a time varying magnetic field B = (2t^2 + 2t + 3) T. At t = 0, for the plane of the loop being…Q 12-06-036Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
When a coil is placed in a time dependent magnetic field the power dissipated in it is P. The number of turns, area of the coil and radius of the coil wire are N, A and…Q 12-06-037Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQHard
A circular current loop of radius R is placed inside square loop of side length L (L R) such that they are co-planar and their centers coincide. The permeability of…Q 12-06-038Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A rectangular metallic loop is moving out of a uniform magnetic field region to a field free region with a constant speed. When the loop is partially inside the…Q 12-06-039Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Regarding self-inductance: A. The self-inductance of the coil depends on its geometry. B. Self-inductance does not depend on the permeability of the medium. C.…Q 12-06-040Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit, the sliding contact is pulled outwards such that the electric current in the circuit changes at the rate of 8 A/s. At an instant when R is 12 Ω,…Q 12-06-041Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A uniform magnetic field of 0.4 T acts perpendicular to a circular copper disc 20 cm in radius. The disc has a uniform angular velocity of 10π rad s^-1 about an axis…Q 12-06-042Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A conducting bar moves on two conducting rails as shown in the figure. A constant magnetic field B exists into the page. The bar starts to move from the vertex at time…Q 12-06-043Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A coil of area A and N turns is rotating with angular velocity ω in a uniform magnetic field B about an axis perpendicular to B. Magnetic flux and induced emf ε across…Q 12-06-044Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider I_1 and I_2 are the currents flowing simultaneously in two nearby coils 1 and 2, respectively. If L_1 = self inductance of coil 1 and M_12 = mutual inductance…Q 12-06-045Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular loop of sides 12 cm and 5 cm, with its sides parallel to the x-axis and y-axis respectively, moves with a velocity of 5 cm s^-1 in the positive x…Q 12-06-046Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalHard
A coil of 200 turns and area 0.20 m^2 is rotated at half a revolution per second and is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.01 T perpendicular to the axis of…Q 12-06-047Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A rod of length 60 cm rotates with a uniform angular velocity of 20 rad s^-1 about its perpendicular bisector, in a uniform magnetic field of 0.5 T. The direction of…Q 12-06-048Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two conducting circular loops A and B of radii a and b respectively (b a) are placed in the same plane with their centres coinciding. The mutual inductance between them…Q 12-06-049Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
The current in an inductor is given by I = (3t + 8), where t is in seconds. The magnitude of the induced emf produced in the inductor is 12 mV. The self-inductance of…Q 12-06-050Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a coil, the current changes from -2 A to +2 A in 0.2 s and induces an emf of 0.1 V. The self-inductance of the coil isQ 12-06-051Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A rectangular loop of length 2.5 m and width 2 m is placed at 60° to a magnetic field of 4 T. The loop is removed from the field in 10 s. The average emf induced in the…Q 12-06-052Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coils have mutual inductance 0.002 H. The current changes in the first coil according to the relation i = i_0ω t, where i_0 = 5 A and ω = 50π rad s^-1. The maximum…Q 12-06-053Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A square loop of side 10 cm and resistance 0.7 Ω is placed vertically in the east-west plane. A uniform magnetic field of 0.20 T is set up across the plane in the…Q 12-06-054Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A horizontal straight wire 5 m long extending from east to west is falling freely at right angle to the horizontal component of earth's magnetic field 0.60×10^-4 Wb…Q 12-06-055Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A square loop PQRS having 10 turns, area 3.6×10^-3 m^2 and resistance 100 Ω is slowly and uniformly being pulled out of a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B = 0.5 T…Q 12-06-056Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A square loop of side 15 cm is being moved towards the right at a constant speed of 2 cm/s as shown in the figure. The front edge enters the 50 cm wide magnetic field…Q 12-06-057Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A ceiling fan having 3 blades of length 80 cm each is rotating with an angular velocity of 1200 rpm. The magnetic field of earth in that region is 0.5 G and the angle…Q 12-06-058Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A coil is placed perpendicular to a magnetic field of 5000 T. When the field is changed to 3000 T in 2 s, an induced emf of 22 V is produced in the coil. If the…Q 12-06-059Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A small square loop of wire of side l is placed inside a large square loop of wire of side L (L = l^2). The loops are coplanar and their centres coincide. The value of…Q 12-06-060Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
The magnetic flux φ (in weber) linked with a closed circuit of resistance 8 Ω varies with time (in seconds) as φ = 5t^2 - 36t + 1. The induced current in the circuit at…Q 12-06-061Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Find the mutual inductance in the arrangement, when a small circular loop of wire of radius R is placed inside a large square loop of wire of side L (L R). The loops…Q 12-06-062Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A certain elastic conducting material is stretched into a circular loop. It is placed with its plane perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B=0.8 T. When released…Q 12-06-063Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A square loop of area 25 cm^2 has a resistance of 10 Ω. The loop is placed in uniform magnetic field of magnitude 40.0 T. The plane of loop is perpendicular to the…Q 12-06-064Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
As per the given figure, if (dI)/(dt)=-1 A s^-1, then the value of V_AB at this instant will be ______ V.Q 12-06-065Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
In an ac generator, a rectangular coil of 100 turns each having area 14×10^-2 m^2 is rotated at 360 rev min^-1 about an axis perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field…Q 12-06-066Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Spherical insulating ball and a spherical metallic ball of same size and mass are dropped from the same height. Choose the correct statement out of the following…Q 12-06-067Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A conducting loop of radius (10)/(π) cm is placed perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field of 0.5 T. The magnetic field is decreased to zero in 0.5 s at a steady rate.…Q 12-06-068Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A metallic rod of length L is rotated with an angular speed of ω normal to a uniform magnetic field B about an axis passing through one end of rod as shown in figure.…Q 12-06-069Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Three identical resistors with resistance R=12 Ω and two identical inductors with self inductance L=5 mH are connected to an ideal battery with emf of 12 V as shown in…Q 12-06-070Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A wire of length 1 m moving with velocity 8 m s^-1 at right angles to a magnetic field of 2 T. The magnitude of induced emf between the ends of wire will be ______.Q 12-06-071Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
An insulated copper wire of 100 turns is wrapped around a wooden cylindrical core of the cross-sectional area 24 cm^2. The two ends of the wire are connected to a…Q 12-06-072Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 12 V battery connected to a coil of resistance 6 Ω through a switch, drives a constant current in the circuit. The switch is opened in 1 ms. The emf induced across…Q 12-06-073Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 20 cm long metallic rod is rotated with 210 rpm about an axis normal to the rod passing through its one end. The other end of the rod is in contact with a circular…Q 12-06-074Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bar magnet is released from rest along the axis of a very long vertical copper tube. After some time the magnet willQ 12-06-075Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A square loop of side 2.0 cm is placed inside a long solenoid that has 50 turns per centimetre and carries a sinusoidally varying current of amplitude 2.5 A and angular…Q 12-06-076Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
The magnetic field B crossing normally a square metallic plate of area 4 m^2 is changing with time as shown in figure. The magnitude of induced emf in the plate during…Q 12-06-077Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: A bar magnet dropped through a metallic cylindrical…Q 12-06-078Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A metallic cube of side 15 cm moving along y-axis at a uniform velocity of 2 m s^-1. In a region of uniform magnetic field of magnitude 0.5 T directed along z-axis. In…Q 12-06-079Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A coil has an inductance of 2 H and resistance of 4 Ω. A 10 V is applied across the coil. The energy stored in the magnetic field after the current has built up to its…Q 12-06-080Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A conducting circular loop is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 0.4 T with its plane perpendicular to the field. Somehow, the radius of the loop starts expanding at…Q 12-06-081Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the given figure, an inductor and resistor are connected in series with a battery of emf E volt. (E^a)/(2b) J s^-1 represents the maximum rate at which the energy is…Q 12-06-082Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
The induced emf can be produced in a coil by A. moving the coil with uniform speed inside uniform magnetic field B. moving the coil with non uniform speed inside…Q 12-06-083Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two concentric circular coils with radii 1 cm and 1000 cm and number of turns 10 and 200 respectively are placed coaxially with centers coinciding. The mutual…Q 12-06-084Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
An emf of 0.08 V is induced in a metal rod of length 10 cm held normal to a uniform magnetic field of 0.4 T, when it moves with a velocity ofQ 12-06-085Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 1 m long metal rod XY completes the circuit as shown in figure. The plane of the circuit is perpendicular to the magnetic field of flux density 0.15 T. If the…Q 12-06-086Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A square shaped coil of area 70 cm^2 having 600 turns rotates in a magnetic field of 0.4 Wb m^-2, about an axis which is parallel to one of the sides of the coil and…Q 12-06-088Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A circular coil of 1000 turns each with area 1 m^2 is rotated about its vertical diameter at the rate of one revolution per second in a uniform horizontal magnetic…Q 12-06-089Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The current in a coil of self inductance L = 2.0 H is increasing according to the law i = 2 t^2. Find the amount of energy spent (in J) during the period when the…Q 12-06-090Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The magnetic flux through a coil perpendicular to its plane is varying according to the relation φ = (5t^3 + 4t^2 + 2t - 5) weber. If the resistance of the coil is 5…Q 12-06-091Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 10 Ω, 20 mH coil carrying constant current is connected to a battery of 20 V through a switch. Now after the switch is opened, the current becomes zero in 100 μs. The…Q 12-06-092Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The dimension of mutual inductance isQ 12-06-093Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coils of self inductance L_1 and L_2 are connected in series combination having mutual inductance of the coils as M. The equivalent self inductance of the…Q 12-06-094Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A metallic conductor of length 1 m rotates in a vertical plane parallel to the east-west direction about one of its ends with angular velocity 5 rad s^-1. If the…Q 12-06-095Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A small square loop of wire of side l is placed inside a large square loop of wire of side L (L l). Both loops are coplanar and their centres coincide at point O as…Q 12-06-096Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
Magnetic flux (in weber) in a closed circuit of resistance 20 Ω varies with time t (s) as φ = 8t^2 - 9t + 5. The magnitude of the induced current at t = 0.25 s will be…Q 12-06-097Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a coil of resistance 8 Ω, the magnetic flux due to an external magnetic field varies with time as φ = 2/3(9 - t^2). The value of total heat produced in the coil,…Q 12-06-098Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A metallic rod of length 20 cm is placed in North-South direction and is moved at a constant speed of 20 m s^-1 towards East. The horizontal component of the Earth's…Q 12-06-099Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A conducting circular loop is placed in X-Y plane in presence of magnetic field B = (3t^3 j + 3t^2 k) in SI unit. If the radius of the loop is 1 m, the induced emf in…Q 12-06-100Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider an electrical circuit containing a two way switch S. Initially S is open and then T_1 is connected to T_2. As the current in R = 6 Ω attains a maximum value of…Q 12-06-101Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given figure the magnetic flux through the loop increases according to the relation φ_B(t) = 10t^2 + 20t, where φ_B is in milliwebers and t is in seconds. The…Q 12-06-102Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A small square loop of side a and one turn is placed inside a larger square loop of side b and one turn (b a). The two loops are coplanar with their centres coinciding.…Q 12-06-103Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A coil is placed in a magnetic field B as shown below: A current is induced in the coil because B is:Q 12-06-104Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
The figure shows a circuit that contains four identical resistors with resistance R = 2.0 Ω, two identical inductors with inductance L = 2.0 mH and an ideal battery…Q 12-06-105Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
The current (i) at time t = 0 and t = ∞ respectively for the given circuit is:Q 12-06-106Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A coil of inductance 2 H having negligible resistance is connected to a source of supply whose voltage is given by V = 3t volt (where t is in second). If the voltage is…Q 12-06-107Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
The time taken for the magnetic energy to reach 25% of its maximum value, when a solenoid of resistance R, inductance L is connected to a battery, is:Q 12-06-108Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
The arm PQ of a rectangular conductor is moving from x = 0 to x = 2b outwards and then inwards from x = 2b to x = 0 as shown in the figure. A uniform magnetic field…Q 12-06-109Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
An aeroplane, with its wings spread 10 m, is flying at a speed of 180 km h^-1 in a horizontal direction. The total intensity of earth's field at that part is 2.5×10^-4…Q 12-06-110Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
An inductor coil stores 64 J of magnetic field energy and dissipates energy at the rate of 640 W when a current of 8 A is passed through it. If this coil is joined…Q 12-06-111Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A circular coil of radius 8.0 cm and 20 turns is rotated about its vertical diameter with an angular speed of 50 rad s^-1 in a uniform horizontal magnetic field of…Q 12-06-112Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bar magnet is passing through a conducting loop of radius R with velocity v. The radius of the bar magnet is such that it just passes through the loop. The induced…Q 12-06-113Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A constant magnetic field of 1 T is applied in the x > 0 region. A metallic circular ring of radius 1 m is moving with a constant velocity of 1 m s^-1 along the x-axis.…Q 12-06-114Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A battery of emf ε is connected in series with an inductor L, a resistance R and a switch S. The switch is closed at t = 0. The total charge that flows from the…Q 12-06-115Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
In a fluorescent lamp choke (a small transformer) 100 V of reverse voltage is produced when the choke current changes uniformly from 0.25 A to 0 in a duration of 0.025…Q 12-06-116Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalEasy
An infinitely long straight wire carrying current I, a one side opened rectangular loop and a conductor C with a sliding connector are located in the same plane, as…Q 12-06-117Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A long solenoid of radius R carries a time (t) dependent current I(t) = I_0t(1 - t). A ring of radius 2R is placed coaxially near its middle. During the time interval 0…Q 12-06-118Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A loop ABCDEFA of straight edges has six corner points A(0, 0, 0), B(5, 0, 0), C(5, 5, 0), D(0, 5, 0), E(0, 5, 5) and F(0, 0, 5). The magnetic field in this region is B…Q 12-06-119Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A planar loop of wire rotates in a uniform magnetic field. Initially, at t = 0, the plane of the loop is perpendicular to the magnetic field. If it rotates with a…Q 12-06-120Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
At time t = 0, a magnetic field of 1000 gauss is passing perpendicularly through the area defined by the closed loop shown in the figure. If the magnetic field reduces…Q 12-06-121Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A circular coil of radius 10 cm is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 3.0 × 10^-5 T with its plane perpendicular to the field initially. It is rotated at constant…Q 12-06-122Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
An elliptical loop having resistance R, of semi major axis a, and semi minor axis b is placed in a uniform magnetic field B. The loop lies in the xy-plane with its…Q 12-06-123Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A uniform magnetic field B exists in a direction perpendicular to the plane of a square loop made of a metal wire. The wire has a diameter of 4 mm and a total length of…Q 12-06-124Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A small bar magnet is moved through a coil at constant speed from one end to the other. Which of the following series of observations will be seen on the galvanometer G…Q 12-06-125Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A series L–R circuit is connected to a battery of emf V. If the circuit is switched on at t = 0, then the time at which the energy stored in the inductor reaches (1n)…Q 12-06-126Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
Two concentric circular coils, C_1 and C_2, are placed in the XY plane. C_1 has 500 turns, and a radius of 1 cm. C_2 has 200 turns and radius of 20 cm. C_2 carries a…Q 12-06-127Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
A solid metal cube of edge length 2 cm is moving in the positive y-direction, at a constant speed of 6 m s^-1. There is a uniform magnetic field of 0.1 T in the…Q 12-06-128Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
The self induced emf of a coil is 25 volts. When the current in it is changed at uniform rate from 10 A to 25 A in 1 s, the change in the energy of the inductance is:Q 12-06-129Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A coil of self inductance 10 mH and resistance of 0.1 Ω is connected through a switch to a battery of internal resistance 0.9 Ω. After the switch is closed, the time…Q 12-06-130Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A conducting circular loop made of a thin wire has area 3.5×10^-2 m^2 and resistance 10 Ω. It is placed perpendicular to a time-dependent magnetic field B(t) = (0.4…Q 12-06-131Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin strip 10 cm long is on a U shaped wire of negligible resistance and it is connected to a spring of spring constant 0.5 N m^-1 (see figure). The assembly is kept…Q 12-06-132Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQHard
The total number of turns and cross-section area in a solenoid is fixed. However, its length L is varied by adjusting the separation between windings. The inductance of…Q 12-06-134Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coils P and Q are separated by some distance. When a current of 3 A flows through coil P, a magnetic flux of 10^-3 Wb passes through Q. No current is passed through…Q 12-06-135Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A very long solenoid of radius R is carrying current I(t) = kte^-α t (k > 0), as a function of time (t ≥ 0). Counterclockwise current is taken to be positive. A…Q 12-06-136Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQHard
There are two long co-axial solenoids of same length l. The inner and outer coils have radii r_1 and r_2 and number of turns per unit length n_1 and n_2, respectively.…Q 12-06-137Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit shown, the switch S_1 is closed at time t = 0 and the switch S_2 is kept open. At some later time (t_0), the switch S_1 is opened and S_2 is closed. The…Q 12-06-138Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A copper wire is wound on a wooden frame, whose shape is that of an equilateral triangle. If the linear dimension of each side of the frame is increased by a factor of…Q 12-06-139Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure shown, a circuit contains two identical resistors with resistance R = 5 Ω and an inductance with L = 2 mH. An ideal battery of 15 V is connected in the…Q 12-06-140Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A 10 m long horizontal wire extends from North East to South West. It is falling with a speed of 5.0 m s^-1, at right angles to the horizontal component of the earth's…Q 12-06-141Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
The figure shows a square loop L of side 5 cm which is connected to a network of resistances. The whole setup is moving towards the right with a constant speed of 1 cm…Q 12-06-142Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQHard
Consider the LR circuit shown in the figure. If the switch S is closed at t = 0 then the amount of charge that passes through the battery between t = 0 and t = LR is:Q 12-06-143Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A copper rod of mass m slides under gravity on two smooth parallel rails, with separation l and set at an angle of θ with the horizontal. At the bottom, rails are…Q 12-06-144Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
At the centre of a fixed large circular coil of radius R, a much smaller circular coil of radius r is placed. The two coils are concentric and are in the same plane.…Q 12-06-145Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A coil of cross-sectional area A having n turns is placed in a uniform magnetic field B. When it is rotated with an angular velocity ω, the maximum e.m.f. induced in…Q 12-06-146Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
In a coil of resistance 100 Ω, a current is induced by changing the magnetic flux through it as shown in the figure. The magnitude of change in flux through the coil is:Q 12-06-147Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQEasy
A small circular loop of wire of radius a is located at the centre of a much larger circular wire loop of radius b. The two loops are in the same plane. The outer loop…Q 12-06-148Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A square loop of side 1 m and resistance 1 Ω is placed in a magnetic field of 0.5 T. If the plane of loop is perpendicular to the direction of magnetic field, the…Q 12-06-149Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQEasy
A big circular coil of 1000 turns and average radius 10 m is rotating about its horizontal diameter at 2 rad s^-1. If the vertical component of earth's magnetic field…Q 12-06-150Electromagnetic InductionNEETMCQMedium
A solenoid having area A and length l is filled with a material having relative permeability 2. The magnetic energy stored in the solenoid is:Q 12-06-151Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainMCQMedium
A conductor wire ABCDE with each arm 10 cm in length is placed in a magnetic field of (1)/(2) T, perpendicular to its plane. Arms BC and CD make a 90° angle at C, with…Q 12-06-152Electromagnetic InductionJEE MainNumericalMedium
An ac voltage V = 220(2 × 10^3 t) Volt is applied to a series LCR circuit. Then the current amplitude in this circuit is : (Given : L = 10 mH, C = 25 μF, R = 100 Ω)Q 12-07-001Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
To an ac power supply of 220 V at 50 Hz, a resistor of 20 Ω, a capacitor of reactance 25 Ω and an inductor of reactance 45 Ω are connected in series. The corresponding…Q 12-07-002Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
In an ideal transformer, the turns ratio is (N_p)/(N_s) = (1)/(2). The ratio V_s : V_p is equal to (the symbols carry their usual meaning) :Q 12-07-003Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
A 10 μF capacitor is connected to a 210 V, 50 Hz source as shown in figure. The peak current in the circuit is nearly (π = 3.14):Q 12-07-004Alternating CurrentNEETMCQMedium
A 12 V, 60 W lamp is connected to the secondary of a step down transformer, whose primary is connected to ac mains of 220 V. Assuming the transformer to be ideal, what…Q 12-07-005Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
An ac source is connected to a capacitor C. Due to decrease in its operating frequency :Q 12-07-006Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
In a series LCR circuit, the inductance L is 10 mH, capacitance C is 1 μF and resistance R is 100 Ω. The frequency at which resonance occurs is :Q 12-07-007Alternating CurrentNEETMCQMedium
The net impedance of circuit (as shown in figure) will be :Q 12-07-008Alternating CurrentNEETMCQMedium
An inductor of inductance L, a capacitor of capacitance C and a resistor of resistance 'R' are connected in series to an ac source of potential difference 'V' volts as…Q 12-07-009Alternating CurrentNEETMCQMedium
A step down transformer connected to an ac mains supply of 220 V is made to operate at 11 V, 44 W lamp. Ignoring power losses in the transformer, what is the current in…Q 12-07-010Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit containing 5.0 H inductor, 80 μF capacitor and 40 Ω resistor is connected to 230 V variable frequency ac source. The angular frequencies of the…Q 12-07-011Alternating CurrentNEETMCQHard
A 40 μF capacitor is connected to a 200 V, 50 Hz ac supply. The rms value of the current in the circuit is, nearly :Q 12-07-012Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit is connected to an ac voltage source. When L is removed from the circuit, the phase difference between current and voltage is (π)/(3). If instead C…Q 12-07-013Alternating CurrentNEETMCQMedium
The rms value of an alternating voltage V = 311(100π t) volt and its frequency areQ 12-07-014Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The average value of an alternating current I = I_0ω t over half a cycle (from 0 to π/ω) isQ 12-07-015Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The inductive reactance of a 0.5 H coil at 50 Hz isQ 12-07-016Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
If the frequency of the ac supply is doubled, the reactance of a capacitorQ 12-07-017Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a purely inductive ac circuit, the currentQ 12-07-018Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The average power consumed in a purely capacitive ac circuit isQ 12-07-019Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A series circuit has R = 30 Ω, X_L = 60 Ω and X_C = 20 Ω across a 100 V (rms) supply. The rms current and power factor areQ 12-07-020Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A series LCR circuit with R = 30 Ω, X_L = 60 Ω and X_C = 20 Ω is connected to a 100 V (rms) ac supply. The average power consumed in the circuit isQ 12-07-021Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a series LCR circuit at resonance, the voltages across L and C are each 200 V and the supply voltage is 50 V. The voltage across R isQ 12-07-022Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 2 μF capacitor is to resonate with an inductor at 1000/π Hz. The inductance required isQ 12-07-023Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a series LCR circuit, L = 0.5 H, C = 8 μF and R = 25 Ω. The quality factor at resonance isQ 12-07-024Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The resonant frequency of a series LCR circuit is f_0. If both L and C are doubled, the new resonant frequency isQ 12-07-025Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In an LC circuit, the capacitor is initially charged. The energy is entirely magnetic after a time (period of oscillation T)Q 12-07-026Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A transformer has 500 turns in the primary and 2500 in the secondary. With 220 V ac applied to the primary, the secondary voltage isQ 12-07-027Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A transformer of efficiency 90\% steps 220 V down to 22 V and delivers 198 W to a load. The current in the primary isQ 12-07-028Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The core of a transformer is laminated in order toQ 12-07-029Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Power is transmitted over long distances at high voltage becauseQ 12-07-030Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 100 Ω resistor and a capacitor of reactance 100 Ω are in series across an ac supply. The phase angle between the current and the supply voltage isQ 12-07-031Alternating CurrentNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 220 V, 100 W lamp is to be run from a 220 V, 50 Hz supply through a series choke (pure inductor) so that the lamp gets only 110 V. Treating the lamp as a pure…Q 12-07-032Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
Find the resonant angular frequency, in rad/s, of a series circuit with L = 25 mH and C = 10 μF.Q 12-07-033Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A LCR series circuit driven with E_rms = 90 V at frequency f_d = 30 Hz has resistance R = 80 Ω, an inductance with inductive reactance X_L = 20.0 Ω and capacitance with…Q 12-07-034Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An a.c. source of angular frequency ω is connected across a resistor R and a capacitor C in series. The current is observed as I. Now the frequency of the source is…Q 12-07-035Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQHard
A series LCR circuit with R = 20 Ω, L = 1.6 H and C = 40 μF is connected to a variable frequency a.c. source. The inductive reactance at resonant frequency is ______ Ω.Q 12-07-036Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
An inductor of 10 mH, capacitor of 0.1 μF and a resistor of 100 Ω are connected in series across an a.c power supply 220 V, 70 Hz. The power factor of the given circuit…Q 12-07-037Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
The figure given below shows an LCR series circuit with two switches S_1 and S_2. When switch S_1 is closed keeping S_2 open, the phase difference () between the…Q 12-07-038Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQHard
An inductor stores 16 J of magnetic field energy and dissipates 32 W of thermal energy due to its resistance when an a.c. current of 2 A (rms) and frequency 50 Hz flows…Q 12-07-039Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric current in the circuit is given as i = i_o(t/T). The r.m.s current for the period t = 0 to t = T is ______ .Q 12-07-040Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
For the series LCR circuit connected with 220 V, 50 Hz a.c source as shown in the figure, the power factor is (α)/(10). The value of α is ______ .Q 12-07-041Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit is connected to an alternating source of emf E. The current amplitude at resonant frequency is I_0. If the value of resistance R becomes twice of…Q 12-07-042Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In a series LCR circuit, a resistor of 300 Ω, a capacitor of 25 nF and an inductor of 100 mH are used. For maximum current in the circuit, the angular frequency of the…Q 12-07-043Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
An alternating current is given by I = I_Aω t + I_Bω t. The r.m.s. current will beQ 12-07-044Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): A choke coil is simply a coil having a large…Q 12-07-045Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
In a series LCR circuit, the capacitance is changed from C to 4C. To keep the resonance frequency unchanged, the new inductance should beQ 12-07-046Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A transformer has an efficiency of 80\% and works at 10 V and 4 kW. If the secondary voltage is 240 V, then the current in the secondary coil isQ 12-07-047Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In an ac circuit, the instantaneous current is zero when the instantaneous voltage is maximum. In this case, the source may be connected to: A. a pure inductor. B. a…Q 12-07-048Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An alternating current at any instant is given by i = [6 + √(56)(100π t + π/3)] A. The rms value of the current is ______ A.Q 12-07-049Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
Match List I with List II (the phasor diagrams of List II are shown in the figure). array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Purely capacitive circuit & I. & Phasor…Q 12-07-050Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An ac source is connected in the given series LCR circuit. The rms potential difference across the capacitor of 20 μF is ______ V.Q 12-07-051Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A series LCR circuit is subjected to an ac signal of 200 V, 50 Hz. If the voltage across the inductor (L = 10 mH) is 31.4 V, then the current in this circuit isQ 12-07-052Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: In an LCR series circuit, the current is maximum at resonance. Statement II: The current in a purely resistive circuit can…Q 12-07-053Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
When a dc voltage of 100 V is applied to an inductor, a dc current of 5 A flows through it. When an ac voltage of 200 V peak value is connected to the inductor, its…Q 12-07-054Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
The primary side of a transformer is connected to a 230 V, 50 Hz supply. The turns ratio of primary to secondary winding is 10:1. Load resistance connected to the…Q 12-07-055Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit with L = (100)/(π) mH, C = 10^-3π F and R = 10 Ω is connected across an AC source of 220 V, 50 Hz supply. The power factor of the circuit would be…Q 12-07-056Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A capacitor of capacitance 100 μF is charged to a potential of 12 V and connected to a 6.4 mH inductor to produce oscillations. The maximum current in the circuit would…Q 12-07-057Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In an a.c. circuit, voltage and current are given by V = 100(100t) V and I = 100(100t + π3) mA respectively. The average power dissipated in one cycle is:Q 12-07-058Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An LCR circuit is at resonance for a capacitor C, inductance L and resistance R. Now the value of resistance is halved keeping all other parameters same. The current…Q 12-07-059Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A coil of negligible resistance is connected in series with a 90 Ω resistor across a 120 V, 60 Hz supply. A voltmeter reads 36 V across the resistance. Inductance of…Q 12-07-060Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An alternating emf E = 1102100t volt is applied to a capacitor of 2 μF. The rms value of current in the circuit is ______ mA.Q 12-07-061Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A bulb and a capacitor are connected in series across an ac supply. A dielectric is then placed between the plates of the capacitor. The glow of the bulb:Q 12-07-062Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
When a coil is connected across a 20 V dc supply, it draws a current of 5 A. When it is connected across a 20 V, 50 Hz ac supply, it draws a current of 4 A. The self…Q 12-07-063Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A capacitor of reactance 43 Ω and a resistor of resistance 4 Ω are connected in series with an ac source of peak value 82 V. The power dissipation in the circuit is…Q 12-07-064Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A series LR circuit connected with an ac source E = (251000t) V has a power factor of 12. If the source of emf is changed to E = (202000t) V, the new power factor of…Q 12-07-065Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
The primary coil of a transformer is connected to 220 V AC. The primary and secondary turns of the transformer are 100 and 10 respectively. The secondary coil is…Q 12-07-066Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An alternating voltage V(t) = 220100π t volt is applied to a purely resistive load of 50 Ω. The time taken for the current to rise from half of the peak value to the…Q 12-07-067Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A power transmission line feeds input power at 2.3 kV to a step-down transformer with its primary winding having 3000 turns. The output power is delivered at 230 V by…Q 12-07-068Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
An AC voltage V = 20200π t is applied to a series LCR circuit which drives a current I = 10(200π t + π3). The average power dissipated is:Q 12-07-069Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
For the given figures, choose the correct options:Q 12-07-070Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An inductor of inductance 2 μH is connected in series with a resistance, a variable capacitor and an AC source of frequency 7 kHz. The value of capacitance for which…Q 12-07-071Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a series LR circuit with X_L=R, power factor is P_1. If a capacitor of capacitance C with X_C=X_L is added to the circuit the power factor becomes P_2. The ratio of…Q 12-07-072Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit, rms value of current (I_rms) through the resistor R isQ 12-07-073Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An inductor of 0.5 mH, a capacitor of 20 μF and resistance of 20 Ω are connected in series with a 220 V ac source. If the current is in phase with the emf, the…Q 12-07-074Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
An alternating voltage source V=260(628t) is connected across a pure inductor of 5 mH. Inductive reactance in the circuit isQ 12-07-075Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit consists of R=80 Ω, X_L=100 Ω and X_C=40 Ω. The input voltage is 2500(100π t) V. The amplitude of current in the circuit is ______ A.Q 12-07-076Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the circuit shown in the figure, the ratio of the quality factor and the band width is ______ s.Q 12-07-077Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalHard
In an LC oscillator, if values of inductance and capacitance become twice and eight times, respectively, then the resonant frequency of oscillator becomes x times its…Q 12-07-078Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An LCR series circuit of capacitance 62.5 nF and resistance of 50 Ω is connected to an A.C. source of frequency 2.0 kHz. For maximum value of amplitude of current in…Q 12-07-079Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A series LCR circuit is connected to an AC source of 220 V, 50 Hz. The circuit contains a resistance R=80 Ω, an inductor of inductive reactance X_L=70 Ω, and a…Q 12-07-080Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: An AC circuit undergoes electrical resonance if it contains either a capacitor or an inductor. Statement II: An AC circuit…Q 12-07-081Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
As per the given graph, choose the correct representation for curve A and curve B. Where X_C = reactance of pure capacitive circuit connected with A.C. source; X_L =…Q 12-07-082Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: When the frequency of an AC source in a series LCR circuit increases, the current in the circuit first increases, attains a…Q 12-07-083Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal transformer with purely resistive load operates at 12 kV on the primary side. It supplies electrical energy to a number of nearby houses at 120 V. The average…Q 12-07-084Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A capacitor of capacitance 150.0 μF is connected to an alternating source of emf given by E=36(120π t) V. The maximum value of current in the circuit is approximately…Q 12-07-085Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An oscillating LC circuit consists of a 75 mH inductor and a 1.2 μF capacitor. If the maximum charge to the capacitor is 2.7 μC, the maximum current in the circuit will…Q 12-07-086Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A series combination of resistor of resistance 100 Ω, inductor of inductance 1 H and capacitor of capacitance 6.25 μF is connected to an ac source. The quality factor…Q 12-07-087Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Maximum power is dissipated in a circuit containing an inductor, a capacitor and a resistor connected in series with an AC…Q 12-07-088Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & AC generator & I. & Presence of both L and C \ B. & Transformer & II. & Electromagnetic induction…Q 12-07-089Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit is connected to an ac source of 220 V, 50 Hz. The circuit contains a resistance R=100 Ω and an inductor of inductive reactance X_L=79.6 Ω. The…Q 12-07-090Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A resistance of 40 Ω is connected to a source of alternating current rated 220 V, 50 Hz. Find the time taken by the current to change from its maximum value to the rms…Q 12-07-091Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in the figure, an inductor of inductance 200 mH is connected to an AC source of emf 220 V and frequency 50 Hz. The instantaneous voltage of the source is 0 V…Q 12-07-092Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The reactance of an ac circuit is zero. It is possible that the circuit contains a capacitor and an inductor. Statement II:…Q 12-07-093Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & AC generator & I. & Detects the presence of current in the circuit \ B. & Galvanometer & II. &…Q 12-07-094Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
If wattless current flows in the AC circuit, then the circuit is:Q 12-07-095Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A sinusoidal voltage V(t) = 2103000t volt is applied to a series LCR circuit in which L = 10 mH, C = 25 μF and R = 100 Ω. The phase difference between the applied…Q 12-07-096Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
In a series LCR circuit, the inductance, capacitance and resistance are L = 100 mH, C = 100 μF and R = 10 Ω respectively. They are connected to an AC source of voltage…Q 12-07-097Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 110 V, 50 Hz AC source is connected in the circuit (as shown in figure). The current through the resistance 55 Ω, at resonance in the circuit, will be ______ A.Q 12-07-098Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
To increase the resonant frequency in a series LCR circuit,Q 12-07-099Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
The RMS value of conduction current in a parallel plate capacitor is 6.9 μA. The capacitance of this capacitor, if it is connected to a 230 V AC supply with an angular…Q 12-07-100Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
When you walk through a metal detector carrying a metal object in your pocket, it raises an alarm. This phenomenon works onQ 12-07-101Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In a series LR circuit X_L = R and the power factor of the circuit is P_1. When a capacitor with capacitance C such that X_L = X_C is put in series, the power factor…Q 12-07-102Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
The effective current I in the given circuit at very high frequencies will be ______ A.Q 12-07-103Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
The current flowing through an ac circuit is given by I = 5(120π t) A. How long will the current take to reach the peak value starting from zero?Q 12-07-104Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A 220 V, 50 Hz AC source is connected to a 25 V, 5 W lamp and an additional resistance R in series (as shown in figure) to run the lamp at its peak brightness, then the…Q 12-07-105Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A direct current of 4 A and an alternating current of peak value 4 A flow through resistance of 3 Ω and 2 Ω respectively. The ratio of heat produced in the two…Q 12-07-106Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
To light, a 50 W, 100 V lamp is connected, in series with a capacitor of capacitance (50)/(π x) μF, with 200 V, 50 Hz AC source. The value of x will be ______ .Q 12-07-107Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A series LCR circuit has L = 0.01 H, R = 10 Ω and C = 1 μF and it is connected to ac voltage of amplitude (V_m) 50 V. At frequency 60\% lower than resonant frequency,…Q 12-07-108Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
The equation of current in a purely inductive circuit is 5(49π t - 30°). If the inductance is 30 mH then the equation for the voltage across the inductor, will beQ 12-07-109Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
The frequencies at which the current amplitude in an LCR series circuit becomes (1)/(2) times its maximum value, are 212 rad s^-1 and 232 rad s^-1. The value of…Q 12-07-110Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A 0.07 H inductor and a 12 Ω resistor are connected in series to a 220 V, 50 Hz AC source. The approximate current in the circuit and the phase angle between current…Q 12-07-111Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A 100 Ω resistance, a 0.1 μF capacitor and an inductor are connected in series across a 250 V supply at variable frequency. Calculate the value of inductance of…Q 12-07-112Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In an ac circuit, an inductor, a capacitor and a resistor are connected in series with X_L = R = X_C. Impedance of this circuit is:Q 12-07-113Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
At very high frequencies, the effective impedance of the given circuit will be ______ Ω.Q 12-07-114Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A common transistor radio set requires 12 V (D.C.) for its operation. The D.C. source is constructed by using a transformer and a rectifier circuit, which are operated…Q 12-07-115Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A resonance circuit having inductance and resistance 2×10^-4 H and 6.28 Ω respectively oscillates at 10 MHz frequency. The value of quality factor of this resonator is…Q 12-07-116Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
A series LCR circuit is designed to resonate at an angular frequency ω_0 = 10^5 rad s^-1. The circuit draws 16 W power from 120 V source at resonance. The value of…Q 12-07-117Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
The angular frequency of alternating current in a L-C-R circuit is 100 rad s^-1. The components connected are shown in the figure. Find the value of inductance of the…Q 12-07-118Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
In a series LCR circuit, the inductive reactance (X_L) is 10 Ω and the capacitive reactance (X_C) is 4 Ω. The resistance (R) in the circuit is 6 Ω. The power factor of…Q 12-07-119Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In an LCR series circuit, an inductor 30 mH and a resistor 1 Ω are connected to an AC source of angular frequency 300 rad s^-1. The value of capacitance for which the…Q 12-07-120Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
For a series LCR circuit with R = 100 Ω, L = 0.5 mH and C = 0.1 pF connected across 220 V - 50 Hz AC supply, the phase angle between current and supplied voltage and…Q 12-07-121Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A series LCR circuit of R = 5 Ω, L = 20 mH and C = 0.5 μF is connected across an AC supply of 250 V, having variable frequency. The power dissipated at resonance…Q 12-07-122Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a circuit consisting of a capacitance and a generator with alternating emf, E_g = E_g0ω t, V_C and I_C are the voltage and current. Correct phasor diagram for such…Q 12-07-123Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ (a) & ω L > (1)/(ω C) & (i) & Current is in phase with emf \ (b) & ω L = (1)/(ω C) & (ii) & Current…Q 12-07-124Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An alternating current is given by the equation i = i_1ω t + i_2ω t. The rms current will be:Q 12-07-125Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In a series LCR resonant circuit, the quality factor is measured as 100. If the inductance is increased by two fold and resistance is decreased by two fold, then the…Q 12-07-126Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
Find the peak current and resonant frequency of the following circuit (as shown in figure).Q 12-07-127Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A 10 Ω resistance is connected across 220 V - 50 Hz AC supply. The time taken by the current to change from its maximum value to the rms value is:Q 12-07-128Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
Two circuits are shown in figure (a) and (b). At a frequency of ______ rad s^-1 the average power dissipated in one cycle will be the same in both the circuits.Q 12-07-129Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
A series LCR circuit driven by 300 V at a frequency of 50 Hz contains a resistance R = 3 kΩ, an inductor of inductive reactance X_L = 250π Ω and an unknown capacitor.…Q 12-07-130Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit the AC source has ω = 100 rad s^-1. Considering the inductor and capacitor to be ideal, what will be the current I flowing through the circuit?Q 12-07-131Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQHard
The alternating current is given by, i = \√(42)((2π)/(T)t) + 10\ A. The R.M.S. value of this current is ______ A.Q 12-07-132Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
An AC circuit has an inductor and a resistor of resistance R in series, such that X_L = 3R. Now, a capacitor is added in series such that X_C = 2R. The ratio of the new…Q 12-07-133Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
In an LC circuit the inductance L = 40 mH and capacitance C = 100 μF. If a voltage V(t) = 10(314t) is applied to the circuit, the current in the circuit is given as:Q 12-07-134Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An AC circuit has R = 100 Ω, C = 2 μF and L = 80 mH, connected in series. The quality factor of the circuit is:Q 12-07-135Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A part of a complete circuit is shown in the figure. At some instant, the value of current I is 1 A and it is decreasing at a rate of 10^2 A s^-1. The value of the…Q 12-07-136Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a series LR circuit, a power of 400 W is dissipated from a source of 250 V, 50 Hz. The power factor of the circuit is 0.8. In order to bring the power factor to…Q 12-07-137Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
An LCR circuit behaves like a damped harmonic oscillator. Comparing it with a physical spring-mass damped oscillator having damping constant b, the correct equivalence…Q 12-07-138Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A 750 Hz, 20 V (rms) source is connected to a resistance of 100 Ω, an inductance of 0.1803 H and a capacitance of 10 μF all in series. The time in which the resistance…Q 12-07-140Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A power transmission line feeds input power at 2300 V to a step down transformer with its primary windings having 4000 turns. The output power is delivered at 230 V by…Q 12-07-141Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A series AC circuit containing an inductor (20 mH), a capacitor (120 μF) and a resistor (60 Ω) is driven by an AC source of 24 V/50 Hz. The energy dissipated in the…Q 12-07-142Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A transformer consisting of 300 turns in the primary and 150 turns in the secondary gives output power of 2.2 kW. If the current in the secondary coil is 10 A, then the…Q 12-07-143Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An alternating voltage V(t) = 220(100π t) volt is applied to a purely resistive load of 50 Ω. The time taken for the current to rise from half of the peak value to the…Q 12-07-144Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A circuit connected to an ac source of emf e = e_0(100t) with t in seconds, gives a phase difference of π4 between the emf e and current i. Which of the following…Q 12-07-145Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit shown, C = (3)/(2) μF, R_2 = 20 Ω, L = (3)/(10) H and R_1 = 10 Ω. Current in L-R_1 path is I_1 and in C-R_2 path it is I_2. The voltage of AC source is…Q 12-07-146Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
An ideal capacitor of capacitance 0.2 μF is charged to a potential difference of 10 V. The charging battery is then disconnected. The capacitor is then connected to an…Q 12-07-147Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
A power transmission line feeds input power at 2300 V to a step-down transformer with its primary windings having 4000 turns giving the output power at 230 V. If the…Q 12-07-148Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
A sinusoidal voltage of peak value 283 V and angular frequency 320 s^-1 is applied to a series LCR circuit. Given that R = 5 Ω, L = 25 mH and C = 1000 μF. The total…Q 12-07-149Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
For an RLC circuit driven with voltage of amplitude v_m and frequency ω_0 = 1√(LC) the current exhibits resonance. The quality factor, Q is given by:Q 12-07-150Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
In an A.C. circuit, the instantaneous e.m.f. and current are given by E = 10030t, I = 20(30t - π4). In one cycle of A.C., the average power consumed by the circuit (in…Q 12-07-151Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
The peak voltage of the ac source is equal toQ 12-07-152Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
A series LCR circuit with inductance 10 H, capacitance 10 μF, resistance 50 Ω is connected to an ac source of voltage, V = 200(100t) volt. If the resonant frequency of…Q 12-07-153Alternating CurrentNEETMCQEasy
An electric bulb rated as 100 W–220 V is connected to an ac source of rms voltage 220 V. The peak value of current through the bulb is:Q 12-07-154Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An alternating current is represented by the equation i = 1002(100π t) ampere. The RMS value of the current and the frequency of the given alternating current are:Q 12-07-155Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQEasy
An inductor of self inductance 1 H is connected in series with a resistor of 100π Ω and an ac supply of 100π V, 50 Hz. The maximum current flowing in the circuit is…Q 12-07-156Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalMedium
An ac current is represented as i = 52 + 10(650π t + π6) A. The r.m.s. value of the current is:Q 12-07-157Alternating CurrentJEE MainMCQMedium
For the ac circuit shown in the figure, R = 100 kΩ and C = 100 pF. Two branches are connected across the source V_in: one has R (top) in series with C (bottom), with A…Q 12-07-158Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalHard
An inductor of reactance 100 Ω, a capacitor of reactance 50 Ω, and a resistor of resistance 50 Ω are connected in series with an AC source of 10 V, 50 Hz. The average…Q 12-07-159Alternating CurrentJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electromagnetic wave travelling in a lossless dielectric medium having a dielectric constant, ε_r = 9, has the electric field, E_x = E_0(kz - 2π × 10^6 t) V m^-1…Q 12-08-001Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQMedium
The following table presents the part of the electromagnetic spectrum and their corresponding major applications. Part of the electromagnetic spectrum: P. Microwave Q.…Q 12-08-002Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
The electric field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by E_z = 60(5x + 1.5 × 10^9 t) V/m. Then expression for the corresponding magnetic field is (here subscripts…Q 12-08-003Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor made of circular plates is being charged such that the surface charge density on its plates is increasing at a constant rate with time. The…Q 12-08-004Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQMedium
A parallel plate capacitor is charged by connecting it to a battery through a resistor. If I is the current in the circuit, then in the gap between the plates :Q 12-08-005Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
The property which is not of an electromagnetic wave travelling in free space is that :Q 12-08-006Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
In a plane electromagnetic wave travelling in free space, the electric field component oscillates sinusoidally at a frequency of 2.0 × 10^10 Hz and amplitude 48 V m^-1.…Q 12-08-007Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
A capacitor of capacitance 'C', is connected across an ac source of voltage V, given by V = V_0ω t The displacement current between the plates of the capacitor, would…Q 12-08-008Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
For a plane electromagnetic wave propagating in x-direction, which one of the following combination gives the correct possible directions for electric field (E) and…Q 12-08-009Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQMedium
The ratio of contributions made by the electric field and magnetic field components to the intensity of an electromagnetic wave is : (c = speed of electromagnetic waves)Q 12-08-010Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
Light with an average flux of 20 W/cm^2 falls on a non-reflecting surface at normal incidence having surface area 20 cm^2. The energy received by the surface during…Q 12-08-011Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
The displacement current between the plates of a capacitor, of plate area A, when the electric field between them changes at the rate (dE)/(dt), isQ 12-08-012Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor with plates of area 0.01 m^2 has the field between them changing at 10^12 V m^-1 s^-1. The displacement current is (ε_0 = 8.85 × 10^-12 F/m)Q 12-08-013Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following is the correct order of increasing wavelength?Q 12-08-014Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave has a frequency of 3 × 10^10 Hz in vacuum. It belongs to theQ 12-08-015Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The radiation used to destroy cancer cells and to sterilise medical equipment isQ 12-08-016Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The waves used in night-vision devices and TV remote controls areQ 12-08-017Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The ozone layer in the atmosphere protects life on Earth mainly by absorbingQ 12-08-018Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In an electromagnetic wave in free space, the amplitude of the magnetic field is 5 × 10^-8 T. The amplitude of the electric field isQ 12-08-019Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The speed of an electromagnetic wave in a medium of relative permittivity 4 and relative permeability 1 isQ 12-08-020Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field of a plane EM wave is E_y = 30(2 × 10^7t - kx) V/m. The wave number k and wavelength areQ 12-08-021Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The peak electric field of sunlight at the Earth is about 1000 V/m. The average intensity of the radiation is about (c = 3 × 10^8 m/s, ε_0 = 8.85 × 10^-12 F/m)Q 12-08-022Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An EM wave of intensity 6 W/cm^2 falls normally on a perfectly reflecting surface. The radiation pressure on it isQ 12-08-023Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The direction of propagation of an EM wave is alongQ 12-08-024Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Electromagnetic waves are produced byQ 12-08-025Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Maxwell modified Ampère's circuital law by adding a term to make it consistent forQ 12-08-026Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A plane EM wave travels along the +x direction and its electric field at an instant points along +y. At that instant, the magnetic field points alongQ 12-08-027Electromagnetic WavesNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An FM radio station broadcasts at 100 MHz. Find the wavelength of the waves, in metres.Q 12-08-028Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A point source emits 100 W of electromagnetic radiation uniformly in all directions. Find the peak electric field, in V/m, at a distance of 2 m, to the nearest whole…Q 12-08-029Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A point light source emits E.M. waves in free space. A detector, placed at a distance of L m, measures the intensity as I_0. The detector is now shifted to another…Q 12-08-030Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
For an electromagnetic wave propagating through vacuum, k, E and ω represent propagation vector, electric field and angular frequency, respectively. The magnetic field…Q 12-08-031Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A displacement current of 4.0 A can be set up in the space between two parallel plates of 6 μF capacitor. The rate of change of potential difference across the plates…Q 12-08-032Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements : one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A) : The electromagnetic wave exerts pressure on…Q 12-08-033Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A magnetic field vector in an electromagnetic wave is represented by B = B_0(2π vt - (2π x)/(λ))j. Its associated electric field vector is ______.Q 12-08-034Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
An electromagnetic wave travelling in x-direction is described by field equation E_y=300ω(t-(x)/(c)). If the electron is restricted to move in y-direction only with…Q 12-08-035Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave travels in free space along the x-direction. At a particular point in space and time, B=2×10^-7 j T is associated with this wave. The value of…Q 12-08-036Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave is moving in free space with velocity c = 3×10^8 m/s and its electric field is given as E = 54(kz-ω t) j V/m, where j is the unit vector…Q 12-08-037Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of an electromagnetic wave travelling through a medium is given by E(x,t) = 25(2.0×10^15t - 10^7x) n then the refractive index of the medium is…Q 12-08-038Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A point source is kept at the center of a spherically enclosed detector. If the volume of the detector increased by 8 times, the intensity willQ 12-08-039Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match the LIST-I with LIST-II array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & Radio-wave & I. & is produced by Magnetron valve \ B. & Micro-wave & II. & due to change in the…Q 12-08-040Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor of area A = 16 cm^2 and separation between the plates 10 cm is charged by a DC current. Consider a hypothetical plane surface of area A_0 =…Q 12-08-041Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The electric field of an electromagnetic wave in free space is E = 57[7.5×10^6t - 5×10^-3(3x+4y)](4 i - 3 j) N/C. The associated magnetic field in tesla isQ 12-08-042Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 20 MHz travels in free space along the +x direction. At a particular point in space and time, the electric field vector of the…Q 12-08-043Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A time varying potential difference is applied between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 2.5 μF. The dielectric constant of the medium between the…Q 12-08-044Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
Arrange the following in the ascending order of wavelength (λ): (A) Microwaves (λ_1) (B) Ultraviolet rays (λ_2) (C) Infrared rays (λ_3) (D) X-rays (λ_4) Choose the most…Q 12-08-045Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Due to the presence of an em-wave whose electric component is given by E = 100(ω t - kx) N C^-1, a cylinder of length 200 cm holds a certain amount of em-energy inside…Q 12-08-046Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic field of an E.M. wave is given by B = ((3)/(2) i + (1)/(2) j)30[ω(t - (z)/(c))] (S.I. units). The corresponding electric field in S.I. units isQ 12-08-047Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Electromagnetic waves carry energy but not…Q 12-08-048Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave propagates along the +x direction in free space. The components of the electric field E and magnetic field B vectors associated with the…Q 12-08-049Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel plate capacitor has a capacitance C = 200 pF. It is connected to a 230 V ac supply with an angular frequency of 300 rad s^-1. The rms value of the conduction…Q 12-08-050Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If the frequency of an electromagnetic wave is 60 MHz and it travels in air along the z direction, then the corresponding electric and magnetic field vectors will be…Q 12-08-051Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given by E = i 40ω(t - z/c) N C^-1. The magnetic field induction of this wave is (in SI units)Q 12-08-052Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Arrange the following in ascending order of wavelength: A. Gamma rays (λ_1) B. X-rays (λ_2) C. Infrared waves (λ_3) D. Microwaves (λ_4). Choose the most appropriate…Q 12-08-053Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An alternating voltage of amplitude 40 V and frequency 4 kHz is applied directly across a capacitor of 12 μF. The maximum displacement current between the plates of the…Q 12-08-054Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II: array|l|l|l|l| & List-I (EM wave) & & List-II (wavelength range) \ A. & Infra-red & I. & < 10^-3 nm \ B. & Ultraviolet & II. & 400 nm to 1 nm…Q 12-08-055Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Electromagnetic waves travel in a medium with a speed of 1.5×10^8 m s^-1. The relative permeability of the medium is 2.0. The relative permittivity will beQ 12-08-056Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
For the electromagnetic wave E_y = 600(ω t - kx) V m^-1, the intensity of the associated light beam is (in W/m^2) (Given ε_0 = 9×10^-12 C^2N^-1m^-2)Q 12-08-057Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave propagating in x-direction is described by E_y = (200 V m^-1)[1.5×10^7 t - 0.05x] The intensity of the wave is: (Use ε_0 = 8.85×10^-12 C^2…Q 12-08-058Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is placed in a medium of refractive index 3. An electromagnetic wave of intensity 6×10^8 W m^-2 falls normally on the object and it is absorbed completely.…Q 12-08-059Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & B· d l = μ_0 i_c + μ_0ε_0(dφ_E)/(dt) & I. & Gauss' law for electricity \ B. & E· d l =…Q 12-08-060Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 35 MHz travels in free space along the X-direction. At a particular point (in space and time) E = 9.6 j V m^-1. The value of…Q 12-08-061Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Average force exerted on a non-reflecting surface at normal incidence is 2.4×10^-4 N. If 360 W/cm^2 is the light energy flux during a span of 1 hour 30 minutes, then…Q 12-08-062Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A plane EM wave is propagating along the x direction. It has a wavelength of 4 mm. If the electric field is in the y direction with the maximum magnitude of 60 V m^-1,…Q 12-08-063Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is B_y = (3.5×10^-7)(1.5×10^3x + 0.5×10^11t) T. The corresponding electric field will be:Q 12-08-064Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field of an electromagnetic wave in free space is represented as E = E_0(ω t - kz) i. The corresponding magnetic induction vector will be:Q 12-08-065Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. arrayl|l List I & List II \ A. Gauss's law of magnetostatics & i. E· d a = 1ε_0ρ dV \ B. Faraday's law of electromagnetic induction & ii. B·…Q 12-08-066Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If the total energy transferred to a surface in time t is 6.48×10^5 J, then the magnitude of the total momentum delivered to this surface for complete absorption will be:Q 12-08-067Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In a plane EM wave, the electric field oscillates sinusoidally at a frequency of 5×10^10 Hz and an amplitude of 50 V m^-1. The total average energy density of the…Q 12-08-068Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Electromagnetic waves carry energy as they travel through space and this energy is equally shared by the electric and…Q 12-08-069Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following are true? A. Speed of light in vacuum is dependent on the direction of propagation. B. Speed of light in a medium is independent of the…Q 12-08-070Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If the height of transmitting and receiving antennas are 80 m each, the maximum line of sight distance will be Given: Earth's radius =6.4×10^6 m.Q 12-08-071Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Electromagnetic waves are not deflected by electric and magnetic field. Statement II: The amplitude of electric field and…Q 12-08-072Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The modulation index for an A.M. wave having maximum and minimum peak to peak voltages of 14 mV and 6 mV respectively isQ 12-08-073Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A small object at rest absorbs a light pulse of power 20 mW and duration 300 ns. Assuming speed of light as 3×10^8 m s^-1, the momentum of the object becomes equal toQ 12-08-074Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A sinusoidal carrier voltage is amplitude modulated. The resultant amplitude modulated wave has maximum and minimum amplitude of 120 V and 80 V respectively. The…Q 12-08-075Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A point source of light is placed at the centre of curvature of a hemispherical surface. The source emits a power of 24 W. The radius of curvature of hemisphere is 10…Q 12-08-076Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalHard
A point source of 100 W emits light with 5\% efficiency. At a distance of 5 m from the source, the intensity produced by the electric field component isQ 12-08-077Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Attenuation & I. & Combination of a receiver and transmitter \ B. & Transducer & II. & Process of…Q 12-08-078Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude of 15(1000π t) is modulated by 10(4π t) signal. The amplitude modulated signal contains frequency(ies) of (A) 500 Hz (B) 2 Hz (C) 250 Hz (D) 498 Hz (E)…Q 12-08-079Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In a medium the speed of light wave decreases to 0.2 times its speed in free space. The ratio of relative permittivity to the refractive index of the medium is x:1. The…Q 12-08-080Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
If E and K represent electric field and propagation vectors of the EM waves in vacuum, then magnetic field vector is given by (ω = angular frequency)Q 12-08-083Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A modulating signal is a square wave, as shown in the figure. If the carrier wave is given as c(t)=28π t volts, the modulation index isQ 12-08-084Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field and magnetic field components of an electromagnetic wave going through vacuum are described by E_x=E_0(kz-ω t), B_y=B_0(kz-ω t) Then the correct…Q 12-08-085Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & AM broadcast & I. & 88–108 MHz \ B. & FM broadcast & II. & 540–1600 kHz \ C. & Television & III. &…Q 12-08-086Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave is transporting energy in the negative z direction. At a certain point and certain time the direction of electric field of the wave is along…Q 12-08-087Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A message signal of frequency 5 kHz is used to modulate a carrier signal of frequency 2 MHz. The bandwidth for amplitude modulation isQ 12-08-088Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Troposphere & I. & Approximately 65–75 km over earth's surface \ B. & E-part of stratosphere & II.…Q 12-08-089Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Gauss's law in electrostatics & I. & E· d l=-(dφ_B)/(dt) \ B. & Faraday's law & II. & B· d A=0 \…Q 12-08-090Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In an electromagnetic wave, at an instant and at a particular position, the electric field is along the negative z-axis and magnetic field is along the positive x-axis.…Q 12-08-091Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
To radiate EM signal of wavelength λ with high efficiency, the antennas should have a minimum size equal toQ 12-08-092Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II of electromagnetic waves with corresponding wavelength range. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Microwave & I. & 400 nm to 1 nm \ B.…Q 12-08-093Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The height of transmitting antenna is 180 m and the height of the receiving antenna is 245 m. The maximum distance between them for satisfactory communication in line…Q 12-08-094Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude of magnetic field in an electromagnetic wave propagating along y-axis is 6.0×10^-7 T. The maximum value of electric field in the electromagnetic wave isQ 12-08-095Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A message signal of frequency 3 kHz is used to modulate a carrier signal of frequency 1.5 MHz. The bandwidth of the amplitude modulated wave isQ 12-08-096Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given as E=20ω(t- xc) j N C^-1, where ω and c are angular frequency and velocity of electromagnetic wave respectively.…Q 12-08-097Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A transmitting antenna is kept on the surface of the earth. The minimum height of receiving antenna required to receive the signal in line of sight at 4 km distance…Q 12-08-098Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 20 MHz propagates in free space along x-direction. At a particular space and time E=6.6 j V m^-1. What is B at this point?Q 12-08-099Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In satellite communication, the uplink frequency band used isQ 12-08-100Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: EM waves used for optical communication have longer…Q 12-08-101Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude of 15(1000π t) is modulated by 10(4π t) signal. The amplitude modulated signal contains frequencies of A. 500 Hz B. 2 Hz C. 250 Hz D. 498 Hz E. 502 Hz…Q 12-08-102Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following Maxwell's equations is valid for time varying conditions but not valid for static conditions?Q 12-08-104Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I (layer of atmosphere) & & List II (approximate height) \ A. & F_1-layer & I. & 10 km \ B. & D-layer & II. & 170–190…Q 12-08-105Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
For the plane electromagnetic wave given by E=E_0(ω t-kx) and B=B_0(ω t-kx), the ratio of average electric energy density to average magnetic energy density isQ 12-08-106Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
By what percentage will the transmission range of a TV tower be affected when the height of the tower is increased by 21\%?Q 12-08-107Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy density associated with electric field E and magnetic field B of an electromagnetic wave in free space is given by (ε_0 – permittivity of free space, μ_0 –…Q 12-08-108Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
For an amplitude modulated wave the minimum amplitude is 3 V, while the modulation index is 60\%. The maximum amplitude of the modulated wave isQ 12-08-109Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A TV transmitting antenna is 98 m high and the receiving antenna is at the ground level. If the radius of the earth is 6400 km, the surface area covered by the…Q 12-08-110Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The waves emitted when a metal target is bombarded with high energy electrons areQ 12-08-111Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The power radiated from a linear antenna of length l is proportional to (Given, λ = wavelength of wave)Q 12-08-112Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy of an electromagnetic wave contained in a small volume oscillates withQ 12-08-113Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A carrier wave of amplitude 15 V is modulated by a sinusoidal base band signal of amplitude 3 V. The ratio of maximum amplitude to minimum amplitude in an amplitude…Q 12-08-114Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Microwaves & I. & Radioactive decay of the nucleus \ B. & Gamma rays & II. & Rapid acceleration…Q 12-08-115Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following frequencies does not belong to FM broadcast?Q 12-08-116Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of average electric energy density and total average energy density of electromagnetic wave isQ 12-08-117Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In an amplitude modulation, a modulating signal having amplitude of X V is superimposed with a carrier signal of amplitude Y V in first case. Then, in second case, the…Q 12-08-118Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave travels in a medium of relative permeability 1.61 and relative permittivity 6.44. If magnitude of magnetic intensity is 4.5×10^-2 A m^-1 at…Q 12-08-119Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A baseband signal of 3.5 MHz frequency is modulated with a carrier signal of 3.5 GHz frequency using amplitude modulation method. What should be the minimum size of…Q 12-08-120Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electric bulb is rated as 200 W. What will be the peak magnetic field at 4 m distance produced by the radiation coming from this bulb? Consider this bulb as a point…Q 12-08-121Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
An antenna is placed in a dielectric medium of dielectric constant 6.25. If the maximum size of that antenna is 5.0 mm, it can radiate a signal of minimum frequency of…Q 12-08-122Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given by E = 56.5ω(t - xc) N C^-1. Find the intensity of the wave if it is propagating along the x-axis in free space.…Q 12-08-123Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A signal of 100 THz frequency can be transmitted with maximum efficiency byQ 12-08-124Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Electromagnetic waves travel in a medium at a speed of 2.0×10^8 m s^-1. The relative permeability of the medium is 1.0. The relative permittivity of the medium will beQ 12-08-125Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Facsimile & I. & Static document image \ B. & Guided media channel & II. & Local broadcast radio \…Q 12-08-126Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If the electric field intensity of a uniform plane electromagnetic wave is given as E = -301.6(kz - ω t) a_x + 452.4(kz - ω t) a_y V m^-1, then the magnetic intensity H…Q 12-08-127Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Choose the correct statement for amplitude modulation:Q 12-08-128Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Which is the correct ascending order of wavelengths?Q 12-08-129Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A sinusoidal wave y(t) = 40(10×10^6π t) is amplitude modulated by another sinusoidal wave x(t) = 20(1000π t). The amplitude of the minimum frequency component of the…Q 12-08-130Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The required height of a TV tower which can cover a population of 6.03 lakh is h. If the average population density is 100 per square km and the radius of earth is 6400…Q 12-08-131Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A light wave travelling in air along the x-direction is given by E_y = 540π×10^4(x - ct) V m^-1. Then the peak value of the magnetic field of the wave will be (Given c…Q 12-08-132Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In amplitude modulation, a signal is modulated on a carrier wave such that the maximum and minimum amplitudes are found to be 6 V and 2 V respectively. The modulation…Q 12-08-133Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B = 2×10^-8(0.5×10^3x + 1.5×10^11t) j T. The amplitude of the electric field would beQ 12-08-134Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A radio can tune to any station in the 6 MHz to 10 MHz band. The value of the corresponding wavelength bandwidth will beQ 12-08-135Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The oscillating magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B_y = 5×10^-61000π(5x - 4×10^8t) T. The amplitude of the electric field will beQ 12-08-136Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The maximum and minimum voltages of an amplitude modulated signal are 60 V and 20 V respectively. The percentage modulation index will beQ 12-08-137Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List - I with List - II array|l|l|l|l| & List - I & & List - II \ (a) & Ultraviolet rays & (i) & Study crystal structure \ (b) & Microwaves & (ii) & Greenhouse…Q 12-08-138Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The height of a transmitting antenna at the top of a tower is 25 m and that of receiving antenna is, 49 m. The maximum distance between them, for satisfactory…Q 12-08-139Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements : Statement I: A time varying electric field is a source of changing magnetic field and vice-versa. Thus a disturbance in electric or…Q 12-08-140Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
We do not transmit low frequency signal to long distances because (a) The size of the antenna should be comparable to signal wavelength which is unreal solution for a…Q 12-08-141Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A beam of light travelling along X-axis is described by the electric field E_y = 900ω(t - xc). The ratio of electric force to magnetic force on a charge q moving along…Q 12-08-142Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
At a particular station, the TV transmission tower has a height of 100 m. To triple its coverage range, height of the tower should be increased toQ 12-08-143Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the correct statements from the following descriptions of various properties of electromagnetic waves. A. In a plane electromagnetic wave electric field and…Q 12-08-144Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A square wave of the modulating signal is shown in the figure. The carrier wave is given by C(t) = 5(8π t) Volt. The modulation index isQ 12-08-145Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Light travelling in air passes through medium 1 (μ_r = 1, ε_r = 4) and then into medium 2 (μ_r = 1, ε_r = 9). The speed of light v_2 in medium 2 will be : (Given c =…Q 12-08-146Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In the case of amplitude modulation to avoid distortion the modulation index μ should be :Q 12-08-147Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The relative permittivity of distilled water is 81. The velocity of light in it will be: (Given μ_r = 1)Q 12-08-148Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The amplitude of upper and lower side bands of AM wave where a carrier signal with frequency 11.21 MHz, peak voltage 15 V is amplitude modulated by a 7.7 kHz sine wave…Q 12-08-149Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The maximum amplitude for an amplitude modulated wave is found to be 12 V while the minimum amplitude is found to be 3 V. The modulation index is 0.6x where x is ______.Q 12-08-150Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The electric field in an electromagnetic wave is given by E = (50 N C^-1)ω(t - xc). The energy contained in a cylinder of volume V is 5.5×10^-12 J. The value of V is…Q 12-08-151Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
If the sum of the heights of transmitting and receiving antennas in the line of sight of communication is fixed at 160 m, then the maximum range of LOS communication is…Q 12-08-152Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The magnetic field vector of an electromagnetic wave is given by B = B_0( i + j)/(2)(kz - ω t), where i, j represent unit vectors along x and y-axis respectively. At t…Q 12-08-153Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQHard
A bandwidth of 6 MHz is available for A.M. transmission. If the maximum audio signal frequency used for modulating the carrier wave is not to exceed 6 kHz, the number…Q 12-08-154Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electromagnetic wave of frequency 5 GHz, is travelling in a medium whose relative electric permittivity and relative magnetic permeability both are 2. Its velocity…Q 12-08-155Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
Match List - I with List - II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ (a) & Source of microwave frequency & (i) & Radioactive decay of nucleus \ (b) & Source of infrared…Q 12-08-156Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave of frequency 3 GHz enters a dielectric medium of relative electric permittivity 2.25 from vacuum. The wavelength of this wave in that medium…Q 12-08-157Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A transmitting station releases waves of wavelength 960 m. A capacitor of 2.56 μF is used in the resonant circuit. The self-inductance of coil necessary for resonance…Q 12-08-158Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
A plane electromagnetic wave propagating along y-direction can have the following pair of electric field ( E) and magnetic field ( B) components.Q 12-08-159Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
AC voltage V(t) = 20ω t of frequency 50 Hz is applied to a parallel plate capacitor. The separation between the plates is 2 mm and the area is 1 m^2. The amplitude of…Q 12-08-160Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
In an electromagnetic wave, the electric field vector and magnetic field vector are given as E = E_0 i and B = B_0 k, respectively. The direction of propagation of…Q 12-08-161Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Intensity of sunlight is observed as 0.092 W m^-2 at a point in free space. What will be the peak value of magnetic field at that point? (ε_0 = 8.85×10^-12 C^2 N^-1 m^-2)Q 12-08-162Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A radiation is emitted by 1000 W bulb and it generates an electric field and magnetic field at P, placed at a distance of 2 m. The efficiency of the bulb is 1.25\%. The…Q 12-08-163Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
The maximum and minimum amplitude of an amplitude modulated wave is 16 V and 8 V respectively. The modulation index for this amplitude modulated wave is x×10^-2. The…Q 12-08-164Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the highest frequency modulating a carrier is 5 kHz, then the number of AM broadcast stations accommodated in a 90 kHz bandwidth areQ 12-08-165Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A message signal of frequency 20 kHz and peak voltage of 20 V is used to modulate a carrier wave of frequency 1 MHz and peak voltage of 20 V. The modulation index will…Q 12-08-166Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
The electric field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by E = 200[(0.5×10^3 m^-1)x - (1.5×10^11 rad s^-1)t] V m^-1 j. If this wave falls normally on a perfectly…Q 12-08-167Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
An amplitude-modulated wave is represented by C_m(t) = 10(1 + 0.212560t)(111×10^4t) V. The modulating frequency in kHz will beQ 12-08-168Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A light beam is described by E = 800ω(t - (x)/(c)). An electron is allowed to move normal to the propagation of light beam with a speed of 3×10^7 m s^-1. What is the…Q 12-08-169Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A transmitting antenna at top of a tower has a height of 50 m, and the height of receiving antenna is, 80 m. What is the range of communication for the line of sight…Q 12-08-170Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If E and H represents the intensity of electric field and magnetizing field respectively, then the unit of (E)/(H) will be:Q 12-08-171Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by, E = 50(500x - 10×10^10t) V m^-1. The velocity of an electromagnetic wave in this medium is: (Given c =…Q 12-08-172Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A transmitting antenna has a height of 320 m and that of receiving antenna is 2000 m. The maximum distance between them for satisfactory communication in line of sight…Q 12-08-173Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave with a frequency of 30 MHz travels in free space. At a particular point in space and time, the electric field is 6 V m^-1. The magnetic…Q 12-08-175Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 25 GHz is propagating in vacuum along the z-direction. At a particular point in space and time, the magnetic field is given by…Q 12-08-176Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric fields of two plane electromagnetic waves in vacuum are given by E_1 = E_0j(ω t - kx) and E_2 = E_0k(ω t - ky). At t = 0, a particle of charge q is at…Q 12-08-177Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQHard
A plane electromagnetic wave is propagating along the direction i + j√(2), with its polarization along the direction k. The correct form of the magnetic field of the…Q 12-08-178Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The correct match between the entries in column I and column II is: array|l|l|l|l| & I: Radiation & & II: Wavelength \ (a) & Microwave & (i) & 100 m \ (b) & Gamma rays…Q 12-08-179Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Suppose that the intensity of a laser is ((315)/(π)) W m^-2. The rms electric field, in units of V m^-1, associated with this source is close to the nearest integer…Q 12-08-180Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a plane electromagnetic wave, the magnetic field at a point x and time t is B(x, t) = [1.2×10^-7(0.5×10^3x + 1.5×10^11t) k] T The instantaneous electric field E…Q 12-08-181Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
If the magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B = 3×10^-8(1.6×10^3x + 48×10^10t) j T, then what will be the expression for the electric field?Q 12-08-182Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by E = E_0( i + j)/(2)(kz + ω t). At t = 0, a positively charged particle is at the point (x, y, z) = (0, 0,…Q 12-08-183Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQHard
The critical angle of a medium for a specific wavelength, if the medium has relative permittivity 3 and relative permeability 4/3 for this wavelength, will be:Q 12-08-184Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave has frequency of 2.0 × 10^10 Hz and its energy density is 1.02 × 10^-8 J m^-3 in vacuum. The amplitude of the magnetic field of the wave is…Q 12-08-185Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
In a plane electromagnetic wave, the directions of electric field and magnetic field are represented by k and 2 i - 2 j, respectively. What is the unit vector along…Q 12-08-186Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave propagating along the x direction in vacuum is E = E_0 j(ω t - kx). The magnetic field B, at the moment t = 0 is:Q 12-08-188Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Choose the correct option relating wavelengths of different parts of electromagnetic wave spectrum:Q 12-08-189Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by E = E_0( x + y)(kz - ω t). Its magnetic field will be given byQ 12-08-190Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is constrained to move along the y-axis with a speed of 0.1c (c is the speed of light) in the presence of an electromagnetic wave, whose electric field is E…Q 12-08-191Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy associated with electric field is (U_E) and with magnetic field is (U_B) for an electromagnetic wave in free space. Then:Q 12-08-192Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In a communication system operating at wavelength 800 nm, only one percent of source frequency is available as signal bandwidth. The number of channels accommodated for…Q 12-08-193Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
If the magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B = 100×10^-6[2π×2×10^15(t - xc)], then the maximum electric field associated with it is: (speed of…Q 12-08-194Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A TV transmission tower has a height of 140 m and the height of the receiving antenna is 40 m. What is the maximum distance up to which signals can be broadcasted from…Q 12-08-195Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of a plane polarized electromagnetic wave in free space at time t = 0 is given by the expression E(x, y) = 10 j(6x + 8z). The magnetic field B(x, z,…Q 12-08-196Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The modulation frequency of an AM radio station is 250 kHz, which is 10\% of the carrier wave. If another AM station approaches you for license what broadcast frequency…Q 12-08-197Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below in the left column are different modes of communication using the kinds of waves given in the right column. array|l|l|l|l| (1) & Optical fibre communication…Q 12-08-198Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by E = E_0 i(kz)(ω t). The corresponding magnetic field B is then given by:Q 12-08-199Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A message signal of frequency 100 MHz and peak voltage 100 V is used to execute amplitude modulation on a carrier wave of frequency 300 GHz and peak voltage 400 V. The…Q 12-08-200Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Light is incident normally on a completely absorbing surface with an energy flux of 25 W cm^-2. If the surface has an area of 25 cm^2, the momentum transferred to the…Q 12-08-201Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave of frequency 50 MHz travels in free space along the positive x-direction. At a particular point in space and time, E = 6.3 j V/m. The…Q 12-08-202Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave travels in free space along the x-direction. The electric field component of the wave at a particular point of space and time is E = 6 V…Q 12-08-203Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The wavelength of the carrier waves in a modern optical fiber communication network is close toQ 12-08-204Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
In a line of sight radio communication, a distance of about 50 km is kept between the transmitting and receiving antennas. If the height of the receiving antenna is 70…Q 12-08-206Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnetic field of a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B = B_0 i[(kz - ω t)] + B_1 j(kz + ω t), where B_0 = 3×10^-5 T and B_1 = 2×10^-6 T. The rms value of the…Q 12-08-207Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQHard
A signal Aω t is transmitted using v_0ω_0t as carrier wave. The correct amplitude modulated (AM) signal isQ 12-08-208Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The physical sizes of the transmitter and receiver antenna in a communication system areQ 12-08-210Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave of intensity 50 W m^-2 enters in a medium of refractive index n without any loss. The ratio of the magnitudes of electric fields, and the ratio…Q 12-08-211Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A 27 mW laser beam has a cross-sectional area of 10 mm^2. The magnitude of the maximum electric field in this electromagnetic wave is given by: [Given permittivity of…Q 12-08-213Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
An amplitude modulated signal is plotted below. Which one of the following best describes the above signal?Q 12-08-214Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A light wave is incident normally on a glass slab of refractive index 1.5. If 4\% of light gets reflected and the amplitude of the electric field of the incident light…Q 12-08-215Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A 100 V carrier wave is made to vary between 160 V and 40 V by a modulating signal. What is the modulation index?Q 12-08-216Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The mean intensity of radiation on the surface of the Sun is about 10^8 W/m^2. The rms value of the corresponding magnetic field is closest to:Q 12-08-217Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
To double the covering range of a TV transmitting tower, its height should be multiplied by:Q 12-08-218Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave is represented by the electric field E = E_0n[ω t + (6y - 8z)]. Taking unit vectors in x, y and z directions to be i, j, k, the direction of…Q 12-08-219Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane electromagnetic wave having a frequency f = 23.9 GHz propagates along the positive z-direction in free space. The peak value of the electric field is 60 V/m.…Q 12-08-220Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A plane polarized monochromatic EM wave is travelling in vacuum along z direction such that at t = t_1 it is found that the electric field is zero at a spatial point…Q 12-08-222Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A plane electromagnetic wave of wavelength λ has an intensity I. It is propagating along the positive Y-direction. The allowed expressions for the electric and magnetic…Q 12-08-223Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
An observer is moving with half the speed of light towards a stationary microwave source emitting waves at frequency 10 GHz. What is the frequency of the microwave…Q 12-08-224Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
In amplitude modulation, the sinusoidal carrier frequency used is denoted by ω_c and the signal frequency is denoted by ω_m. The bandwidth Δω_m of the signal is such…Q 12-08-225Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Magnetic field in a plane electromagnetic wave is given by B = B_0(kx + ω t) j T. Expression for corresponding electric field will be (where c is speed of light):Q 12-08-226Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A signal of frequency 20 kHz and peak voltage of 5 volt is used to modulate a carrier wave of frequency 1.2 MHz and peak voltage 25 volts. Choose the correct statement.Q 12-08-227Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field component of a monochromatic radiation is given by E = 2E_0 kzω t i. Its magnetic field B is then given by:Q 12-08-228Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQHard
A signal is to be transmitted through a wave of wavelength λ, using a linear antenna. The length l of the antenna and effective power radiated P_eff will be given,…Q 12-08-229Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An EM wave from air enters a medium. The electric fields are E_1 = E_01 x[2πν( zc - t)] in air and E_2 = E_02 x[k(2z - ct)] in medium, where the wave number k and…Q 12-08-230Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
A telephonic communication service is working at a carrier frequency of 10 GHz. Only 10\% of it is utilized for transmission. How many telephonic channels can be…Q 12-08-231Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II List-I (Electromagnetic waves): (a) AM radio waves (b) Microwaves (c) Infrared radiations (d) X-rays List-II (Wavelength): (i) 10^-10 m (ii)…Q 12-08-232Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
When light propagates through a material medium of relative permittivity ε_r and relative permeability μ_r, the velocity of light, v is given by (c - velocity of light…Q 12-08-233Electromagnetic WavesNEETMCQEasy
The radiation pressure exerted by a 450 W light source on a perfectly reflecting surface placed 2 m away from it is:Q 12-08-234Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
A small mirror of mass m is suspended by a massless thread of length l. Then the small angle through which the thread will be deflected when a short pulse of laser of…Q 12-08-235Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQMedium
If an optical medium possesses a relative permeability of (10)/(π) and relative permittivity of (1)/(0.0885), then the velocity of light is greater in vacuum than that…Q 12-08-236Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainNumericalEasy
If ε_0 denotes the permittivity of free space and _E is the flux of the electric field through the area bounded by a closed surface, then the dimensions of…Q 12-08-237Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
The unit of √((2I)/(ε_0c)) is: (I = intensity of an electromagnetic wave, c = speed of light)Q 12-08-238Electromagnetic WavesJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is placed 30 cm in front of a convex lens of focal length 20 cm. The image formed isQ 12-09-001Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following measurements require 'index correction' ?Q 12-09-002Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
Consider three media P, Q and R with refractive indices 1, 1.25, and 1.5, respectively. The medium Q having a thickness of 5 cm is placed between extended media P and R…Q 12-09-003Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQMedium
The lens combination as shown in the figure, consists of two lenses, L_1 and L_2, of the focal lengths +10 cm and -10 cm, respectively. The position of the image formed…Q 12-09-004Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQMedium
A microscope has an objective of focal length 2 cm, eyepiece of focal length 4 cm and the tube length of 40 cm. If the distance of distinct vision of eye is 25 cm, the…Q 12-09-005Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
In a certain camera, a combination of four similar thin convex lenses are arranged axially in contact. Then the power of the combination and the total magnification in…Q 12-09-006Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
A light ray enters through a right angled prism at point P with the angle of incidence 30° as shown in figure. It travels through the prism parallel to its base BC and…Q 12-09-007Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQHard
A small telescope has an objective of focal length 140 cm and an eye piece of focal length 5.0 cm. The magnifying power of telescope for viewing a distant object is:Q 12-09-008Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
Light travels a distance x in time t_1 in air and 10x in time t_2 in another denser medium. What is the critical angle for this medium?Q 12-09-009Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQMedium
Two thin lenses are of same focal lengths (f), but one is convex and the other one is concave. When they are placed in contact with each other, the equivalent focal…Q 12-09-010Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
In the figure shown here, what is the equivalent focal length of the combination of lenses (Assume that all layers are thin)?Q 12-09-011Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQHard
Find the value of the angle of emergence from the prism. Refractive index of the glass is √(3).Q 12-09-012Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQMedium
A convex lens 'A' of focal length 20 cm and a concave lens 'B' of focal length 5 cm are kept along the same axis with a distance 'd' between them. If a parallel beam of…Q 12-09-013Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
A lens of large focal length and large aperture is best suited as an objective of an astronomical telescope since :Q 12-09-014Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
A point object is placed at a distance of 60 cm from a convex lens of focal length 30 cm. If a plane mirror were put perpendicular to the principal axis of the lens and…Q 12-09-015Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQHard
A ray is incident at an angle of incidence i on one surface of a small angle prism (with angle of prism A) and emerges normally from the opposite surface. If the…Q 12-09-016Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQMedium
An object 2.4 m in front of a lens forms a sharp image on a film 12 cm behind the lens. A glass plate 1 cm thick, of refractive index 1.50, is interposed between the…Q 12-09-017Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A ray of light in the direction -(i + √(3)j) is incident on a plane mirror. After reflection it travels along the direction (1)/(2)(i - √(3)j). The angle of incidence isQ 12-09-018Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is placed 30 cm in front of a concave mirror of focal length 20 cm. The image is formed atQ 12-09-019Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A convex mirror used as a rear-view mirror has a radius of curvature of 3 m. A bus is 5 m behind it. The image is atQ 12-09-020Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The critical angle for a medium in contact with air is 30°. Its refractive index isQ 12-09-021Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A point source of light is placed 4 m below the surface of water (μ = (4)/(3)). The radius of the circle on the surface through which light emerges isQ 12-09-022Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A glass slab 6 cm thick (μ = 1.5) is placed over a mark on paper. When viewed from above, the mark appears to be raised byQ 12-09-023Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The angle of a prism is 60° and its angle of minimum deviation is 30°. Its refractive index isQ 12-09-024Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
At minimum deviation through an equilateral prism, the ray inside the prism isQ 12-09-025Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A thin prism of angle 5° and refractive index 1.6 deviates a ray byQ 12-09-026Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A biconvex lens of glass (μ = 1.5) has radii of curvature 20 cm and 30 cm. Its focal length isQ 12-09-027Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens of glass (μ = 1.5) has focal length 20 cm in air. When immersed in water (μ = (4)/(3)), its focal length becomesQ 12-09-028Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens of focal length 25 cm and a concave lens of focal length 50 cm are placed in contact. The power of the combination isQ 12-09-029Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
An object is 15 cm from a convex lens of focal length 10 cm. The magnification of the image isQ 12-09-030Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The distance between an object and a screen is 90 cm. A convex lens placed between them gives a sharp image on the screen for two positions of the lens, 30 cm apart.…Q 12-09-031Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A person cannot see clearly beyond 2 m. The lens needed to correct this defect has a power ofQ 12-09-032Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A person's near point is 50 cm. The power of the reading glasses needed to read at 25 cm isQ 12-09-033Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A simple microscope has a convex lens of focal length 5 cm. Its maximum magnifying power, for a near point of 25 cm, isQ 12-09-034Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The blue colour of the clear sky is due toQ 12-09-035Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A convex lens of focal length 20 cm and a concave mirror of focal length 10 cm are placed coaxially 50 cm apart. An object is placed 30 cm in front of the lens (on the…Q 12-09-036Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Find the focal length, in cm, of a plano-convex lens of refractive index 1.5 whose curved surface has a radius of 15 cm.Q 12-09-037Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A thin biconvex lens is prepared from the glass (μ = 1.5) both curved surfaces of which have equal radii of 20 cm each. Left side surface of the lens is silvered from…Q 12-09-038Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
Light ray incident along a vector AO (AO = 2i - 3j) emerges out along vector OB (OB = Ci - 4j) as shown in the figure below. The value of C is ______.Q 12-09-039Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A spherical interface lens of radius R separates two media of refractive indices 1 and 1.4 respectively as shown in the figure below. A point source is placed at a…Q 12-09-040Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
Angle of minimum deviation is equal to the half of the angle of prism in an equilateral prism. The refractive index of the prism is ______Q 12-09-041Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A concave mirror of focal length 10 cm forms an image which is double the size of object when the object is placed at two different positions. The distance between the…Q 12-09-042Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A ray of light passing through an equilateral prism is having velocity 2.12 × 10^8 m/s in the prism material, then the minimum angle of deviation is ______ degrees.Q 12-09-043Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A compound microscope is designed with two symmetric biconvex lenses. The objective lens is cut vertically, creating two identical plano-convex lenses. One of them is…Q 12-09-044Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin convex lens and a thin concave lens are kept in contact and are co-axial. Which of the following statements is correct for this combination of two lenses ?Q 12-09-045Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
An object AB is placed 15 cm on the left of a convex lens P of focal length 10 cm. Another convex lens Q is now placed 15 cm right of lens P. If the focal length of…Q 12-09-046Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens is made from glass material having refractive index of 1.4 with same radius of curvature on both sides. The ratio of its focal length and radius of…Q 12-09-047Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A rod of length 10 cm lies along the principle axis of a concave mirror of focal length 10 cm as shown in figure. The length of the image is ______ cm.Q 12-09-048Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a thin symmetric prism made of glass (refractive index 1.5), the ratio of incident angle and minimum deviation will be ______.Q 12-09-049Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Refer the figure given below. μ_1 and μ_2 are refractive indices of air and lens material. The height of image will be ______ cm.Q 12-09-050Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
One side of an equilateral prism is painted by a transparent material of refractive index n_2. The refractive index of prism is 1.6. The minimum value of n_2 required…Q 12-09-051Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
If sunlight is focused on a paper using convex lens, it starts burning the paper in shortest time when the lens is kept at 30 cm above the paper. If the radius of…Q 12-09-052Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A biconvex lens is formed by using two thin planoconvex lenses, as shown in the figure. The refractive index and radius of curved surfaces are also mentioned in figure.…Q 12-09-053Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a transparent prism, if the angle of minimum deviation is equal to its refracting angle, the refractive index n of the prism satisfies.Q 12-09-054Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnitudes of power of a biconvex lens (refractive index 1.5) and that of a plano-concave lens (refractive index = 1.7) are same. If the curvature of planoconcave…Q 12-09-055Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens of refractive index 1.5 and focal length f = 18 cm is immersed in water. The difference in focal lengths of the given lens when it is in water and in air…Q 12-09-056Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Distance between an object and three times magnified real image is 40 cm . The focal length of the mirror used is ______ cm .Q 12-09-057Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Five persons P_1, P_2, P_3, P_4 and P_5 recorded object distance (u) and image distance (v) using same convex lens having power +5 D as (25, 96), (30, 62), (35, 37),…Q 12-09-058Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The exit surface of a prism with refractive index n is coated with a material having refractive index n2. When this prism is set for minimum angle of deviation, it…Q 12-09-059Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a microscope of tube length 10 cm two convex lenses are arranged with focal length of 2 cm and 5 cm . Total magnification obtained with this system for normal…Q 12-09-060Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given is a thin convex lens of glass (refractive index μ) and each side having radius of curvature R. One side is polished for complete reflection. At what distance…Q 12-09-061Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the diagram given below, there are three lenses formed. Considering negligible thickness of each of them as compared to |R_1| and |R_2|, i.e., the radii of curvature…Q 12-09-062Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
The driver sitting inside a parked car is watching vehicles approaching from behind with the help of his side view mirror, which is a convex mirror with radius of…Q 12-09-063Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalHard
A symmetric thin biconvex lens is cut into four equal parts by two planes AB and CD as shown in the figure. If the power of the original lens is 4 D, then the power of…Q 12-09-064Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A spherical surface of radius of curvature R separates air from glass (refractive index = 1.5). The centre of curvature is in the glass medium. A point object O placed…Q 12-09-065Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given a thin convex lens (refractive index μ_2), kept in a liquid (refractive index μ_1, μ_1 < μ_2) having radii of curvature |R_1| and |R_2|. Its second surface is…Q 12-09-066Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
What is the lateral shift of a ray refracted through a parallel-sided glass slab of thickness h in terms of the angle of incidence i and angle of refraction r, if the…Q 12-09-067Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A concave mirror of focal length f in air is dipped in a liquid of refractive index μ. Its focal length in the liquid will beQ 12-09-068Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The refractive index of the material of a glass prism is 3. The angle of minimum deviation is equal to the angle of the prism. What is the angle of the prism?Q 12-09-069Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
What is the relative decrease in focal length of a lens for an increase in optical power by 0.1 D from 2.5 D? ('D' stands for dioptre)Q 12-09-070Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin plano-convex lens made of glass of refractive index 1.5 is immersed in a liquid of refractive index 1.2. When the plane side of the lens is silver coated for…Q 12-09-071Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A plano-convex lens having radius of curvature of first surface 2 cm exhibits focal length of f_1 in air. Another plano-convex lens with first surface radius of…Q 12-09-072Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A photograph of a landscape is captured by a drone camera at a height of 18 km. The size of the camera film is 2 cm×2 cm and the area of the landscape photographed is…Q 12-09-073Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin prism P_1 with angle 4° made of glass having refractive index 1.54 is combined with another thin prism P_2 made of glass having refractive index 1.72 to get…Q 12-09-074Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A hemispherical vessel is completely filled with a liquid of refractive index μ. A small coin is kept at the lowest point (O) of the vessel as shown in the figure. The…Q 12-09-075Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A concave mirror produces an image of an object such that the distance between the object and the image is 20 cm. If the magnification of the image is -3, then the…Q 12-09-076Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a long glass tube, a mixture of two liquids A and B with refractive indices 1.3 and 1.4 respectively forms a convex refractive meniscus towards A. If an object…Q 12-09-077Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
Let u and v be the distances of the object and the image from a lens of focal length f. The correct graphical representation of u and v for a convex lens when |u| > f isQ 12-09-078Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two light beams fall on a transparent material block at points 1 and 2 at angles θ_1 and θ_2 (measured from the surface), respectively, as shown in the figure. After…Q 12-09-079Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two identical symmetric double convex lenses of focal length f are cut into two equal parts, L_1, L_2 by the AB plane and L_3, L_4 by the XY plane, as shown in the…Q 12-09-080Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A convex lens made of glass (refractive index = 1.5) has focal length 24 cm in air. When it is totally immersed in water (refractive index = 1.33), its focal length…Q 12-09-081Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two concave refracting surfaces of equal radii of curvature R and refractive index 1.5 face each other in air, as shown in the figure. A point object O is placed midway…Q 12-09-082Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
The distance between an object and its 3 times magnified virtual image as produced by a convex lens is 20 cm. The focal length of the lens used is ______ cm.Q 12-09-083Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The effective power of a combination of 5 identical convex lenses which are kept in contact along the principal axis is 25 D. The focal length of each of the convex…Q 12-09-084Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A light ray is incident on a glass slab of thickness 43 cm and refractive index 2. The angle of incidence is equal to the critical angle for the glass slab with air.…Q 12-09-085Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: When white light passes through a prism, red light bends less than yellow and violet. Statement II: The refractive indices…Q 12-09-086Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The refractive index of a prism is μ = 3 and the ratio of the angle of minimum deviation to the angle of the prism is one. The value of the angle of the prism is ______…Q 12-09-087Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In finding the refractive index of a glass slab, the following observations were made through a travelling microscope: 50 vernier scale divisions = 49 MSD; 20 divisions…Q 12-09-088Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
For a thin convex lens, the radii of curvature are 15 cm and 30 cm respectively. The focal length of the lens is 20 cm. The refractive index of the material isQ 12-09-089Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the refractive index of the material of a prism is ((A)/(2)), where A is the angle of prism, then the angle of minimum deviation will be:Q 12-09-090Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two immiscible liquids of refractive indices 8/5 and 3/2 respectively are put in a beaker as shown in the figure. The height of each column is 6 cm. A coin is placed at…Q 12-09-091Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A convex mirror of radius of curvature 30 cm forms an image that is half the size of the object. The object distance is:Q 12-09-092Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A biconvex lens of refractive index 1.5 has a focal length of 20 cm in air. Its focal length when immersed in a liquid of refractive index 1.6 will be:Q 12-09-093Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the distance between an object and its two times magnified virtual image produced by a curved mirror is 15 cm, the focal length of the mirror must be:Q 12-09-094Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Critical angle of incidence for a pair of optical media is 45°. The refractive indices of first and second media are in the ratio:Q 12-09-095Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The position of the image formed by the combination of lenses is:Q 12-09-096Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): When an object is placed at the centre of curvature of a concave lens, image is formed at the centre of curvature of the…Q 12-09-097Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The following figure represents two biconvex lenses L_1 and L_2 having focal lengths 10 cm and 15 cm respectively. The distance between L_1 and L_2 is:Q 12-09-098Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The distance between an object and its two times magnified real image as produced by a convex lens is 45 cm. The focal length of the lens used is ______ cm.Q 12-09-099Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In an experiment to measure the focal length (f) of a convex lens, the magnitudes of the object distance (x) and the image distance (y) are measured with reference to…Q 12-09-100Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The refractive index of a prism with apex angle A is A2. The angle of minimum deviation is:Q 12-09-101Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Light from a point source in air falls on a convex curved surface of radius 20 cm and refractive index 1.5. If the source is located at 100 cm from the convex surface,…Q 12-09-102Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A person has been using spectacles of power -1.0 diopter for distant vision and a separate reading glass of power 2.0 diopters. What is the least distance of distinct…Q 12-09-103Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment for estimating the value of focal length of converging mirror, image of an object placed at 40 cm from the pole of the mirror is formed at distance 120…Q 12-09-104Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalHard
A thin prism P_1 with an angle 6° and made of glass of refractive index 1.54 is combined with another prism P_2 made from glass of refractive index 1.72 to produce…Q 12-09-105Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A microscope is focused on an object at the bottom of a bucket. If liquid with refractive index 5/3 is poured inside the bucket, then microscope has to be raised by 30…Q 12-09-106Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in the figure, a combination of a thin plano-concave lens and a thin plano-convex lens is used to image an object placed at infinity. The radius of curvature…Q 12-09-107Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When a beam of white light is allowed to pass through convex lens parallel to principal axis, the different colours of light converge at different points on the…Q 12-09-108Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A convex lens of refractive index 1.5 and focal length 18 cm in air is immersed in water. The change in focal length of the lens will be ______ cm. (Given refractive…Q 12-09-109Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ray of light is incident from air on a glass plate having thickness 3 cm and refractive index 2. The angle of incidence of a ray is equal to the critical angle for…Q 12-09-110Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The light rays from an object have been reflected towards an observer from a standard flat mirror. The image observed by the observer is A. Real B. Erect C. Smaller in…Q 12-09-111Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is placed on the principal axis of convex lens of focal length 10 cm as shown. A plane mirror is placed on the other side of lens at a distance of 20 cm. The…Q 12-09-112Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A bi-convex lens of focal length 10 cm is cut in two identical parts along a plane perpendicular to the principal axis. The power of each lens after cut is ______ D.Q 12-09-113Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The refractive index of a transparent liquid filled in an equilateral hollow prism is 2. The angle of minimum deviation for the liquid will be ______ °.Q 12-09-114Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A point object O is placed in front of two thin symmetrical coaxial convex lenses L_1 and L_2 with focal length 24 cm and 9 cm respectively. The distance between two…Q 12-09-115Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The critical angle for a denser–rarer interface is 45°. The speed of light in rarer medium is 3×10^8 m s^-1. The speed of light in the denser medium isQ 12-09-116Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of curvature of each surface of a convex lens having refractive index 1.8 is 20 cm. The lens is now immersed in a liquid of refractive index 1.5. The ratio…Q 12-09-117Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When one light ray is reflected from a plane mirror with 30° angle of reflection, the angle of deviation of the ray after reflection isQ 12-09-118Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
As shown in the figure, a plane mirror is fixed at a height of 50 cm from the bottom of tank containing water (μ=4/3). The height of water in the tank is 8 cm. A small…Q 12-09-119Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An ice cube has a bubble inside. When viewed from one side the apparent distance of the bubble is 12 cm. When viewed from the opposite side, the apparent distance of…Q 12-09-120Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two convex lenses of focal length 20 cm each are placed coaxially with a separation of 60 cm between them. The image of the distant object formed by the combination is…Q 12-09-121Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A vessel of depth d is half filled with oil of refractive index n_1 and the other half is filled with water of refractive index n_2. The apparent depth of this vessel…Q 12-09-122Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A fish rising vertically upward with a uniform velocity of 8 m s^-1 observes that a bird is diving vertically downward towards the fish with the velocity of 12 m s^-1.…Q 12-09-123Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A monochromatic light wave with wavelength λ_1 and frequency ν_1 in air enters another medium. If the angle of incidence and angle of refraction at the interface are…Q 12-09-124Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A pole is vertically submerged in swimming pool, such that it gives a length of shadow 2.15 m within water when sunlight is incident at an angle of 30° with the surface…Q 12-09-125Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalHard
A 2 metre long scale with least count of 0.2 cm is used to measure the locations of objects on an optical bench. While measuring the focal length of a convex lens, the…Q 12-09-126Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
In a reflecting telescope, a secondary mirror is used toQ 12-09-127Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two vertical parallel mirrors A and B are separated by 10 cm. A point object O is placed at a distance of 2 cm from mirror A. The distance of the second nearest image…Q 12-09-128Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two transparent media having refractive indices 1.0 and 1.5 are separated by a spherical refracting surface of radius of curvature 30 cm. The centre of curvature of…Q 12-09-129Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An object is placed at a distance of 12 cm in front of a plane mirror. The virtual and erect image is formed by the mirror. Now the mirror is moved by 4 cm towards the…Q 12-09-130Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin cylindrical rod of length 10 cm is placed horizontally on the principal axis of a concave mirror of focal length 20 cm. The rod is placed in such a way that mid…Q 12-09-131Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two objects A and B are placed at 15 cm and 25 cm from the pole in front of a concave mirror having radius of curvature 40 cm. The distance between images formed by the…Q 12-09-132Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical thin biconvex lenses of focal length 15 cm and refractive index 1.5 are in contact with each other. The space between the lenses is filled with a liquid…Q 12-09-133Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A ray of light is incident at an angle of incidence 60° on a glass slab of refractive index 3. After refraction, the light ray emerges out from the other parallel face…Q 12-09-134Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A light wave travelling linearly in a medium of dielectric constant 4 is incident on the horizontal interface separating the medium from air. The angle of incidence for…Q 12-09-135Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The difference of speed of light in the two media A and B, (v_A - v_B), is 2.6×10^7 m s^-1. If the refractive index of medium B is 1.47, then the ratio of refractive…Q 12-09-136Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A wave of frequency 3 GHz strikes a particle of size (1100)^th of λ. This phenomenon is calledQ 12-09-137Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A light ray is incident, at an incident angle θ_1, on the system of two plane mirrors M_1 and M_2 having an inclination angle 75° between them (as shown in figure).…Q 12-09-138Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A small bulb is placed at the bottom of a tank containing water to a depth of 7 m. The refractive index of water is 4/3. The area of the surface of water through which…Q 12-09-139Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Which of the following statements is correct?Q 12-09-140Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The times taken by light to travel through two different materials A and B of refractive indices μ_A and μ_B of the same thickness are t_1 and t_2 respectively. If t_2…Q 12-09-141Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
For an object placed at a distance 2.4 m from a lens, a sharp focused image is observed on a screen placed at a distance 12 cm from the lens. A glass plate of…Q 12-09-142Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens of focal length 20 cm is placed in front of a convex mirror with principal axis coinciding with each other. The distance between the lens and mirror is 10…Q 12-09-143Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The graph between 1u and 1v for a thin convex lens in order to determine its focal length is plotted as shown in the figure. The refractive index of the lens is 1.5 and…Q 12-09-144Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Light travels in two media M_1 and M_2 with speeds 1.5×10^8 m s^-1 and 2.0×10^8 m s^-1 respectively. The critical angle between them isQ 12-09-145Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given figure, the face AC of the equilateral prism is immersed in a liquid of refractive index n. For incident angle 60° at the side AC, the refracted light beam…Q 12-09-146Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider a light ray travelling in air is incident into a medium of refractive index √(2n). The incident angle is twice that of refracting angle. Then, the angle of…Q 12-09-147Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens has power P. It is cut into two halves along its principal axis. Further one piece (out of the two halves) is cut into two halves perpendicular to the…Q 12-09-148Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin prism of angle 6° and refractive index for yellow light (n_Y) 1.5 is combined with another prism of angle 5° and n_Y = 1.55, placed inverted with respect to the…Q 12-09-149Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In normal adjustment, for a refracting telescope, the distance between objective and eye piece is 30 cm. The focal length of the objective, when the angular…Q 12-09-150Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A prism of refractive index n_1 and another prism of refractive index n_2 are stuck together (as shown in the figure). n_1 and n_2 depend on λ, the wavelength of light,…Q 12-09-151Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The expected graphical representation of the variation of angle of deviation δ with angle of incidence i in a prism is:Q 12-09-152Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
An object is placed at the focus of a concave lens having focal length f. What is the magnification and distance of the image from the optical centre of the lens?Q 12-09-153Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Cross-section view of a prism is the equilateral triangle ABC shown in the figure. The minimum deviation is observed using this prism when the angle of incidence is…Q 12-09-155Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The focal length f is related to the radius of curvature r of the spherical convex mirror by:Q 12-09-156Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
The same size images are formed by a convex lens when the object is placed at 20 cm or at 10 cm from the lens. The focal length of convex lens is ______ cm.Q 12-09-157Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Three rays of light, namely red (R), green (G) and blue (B) are incident on the face PQ of a right angled prism PQR as shown in figure. The refractive indices of the…Q 12-09-158Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Region I and II are separated by a spherical surface of radius 25 cm. An object is kept in region I at a distance of 40 cm from the surface. The distance of the image…Q 12-09-159Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
An object viewed from a near point distance of 25 cm, using a microscopic lens with magnification 6, gives an unresolved image. A resolved image is observed at infinite…Q 12-09-160Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalHard
A ray of light passes from a denser medium to a rarer medium at an angle of incidence i. The reflected and refracted rays make an angle of 90° with each other. The…Q 12-09-161Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A ray of light passing through a prism (μ = 3) suffers minimum deviation. It is found that the angle of incidence is double the angle of refraction within the prism.…Q 12-09-162Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A short straight object of height 100 cm lies before the central axis of a spherical mirror whose focal length has absolute value |f| = 40 cm. The image of object…Q 12-09-163Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labeled as Assertion A and the other is labeled as Reason R. Assertion A: For a simple microscope, the angular size of the object…Q 12-09-164Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The incident ray, reflected ray and the outward drawn normal are denoted by the unit vectors a, b and c respectively. Then choose the correct relation for these vectors.Q 12-09-165Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A point source of light S, placed at a distance 60 cm in front of the centre of a plane mirror of width 50 cm, hangs vertically on a wall. A man walks in front of the…Q 12-09-166Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A prism of refractive index μ and angle of prism A is placed in the position of minimum angle of deviation. If minimum angle of deviation is also A, then in terms of…Q 12-09-167Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A ray of light entering from air into a denser medium of refractive index (4)/(3), as shown in figure. The light ray suffers total internal reflection at the adjacent…Q 12-09-168Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Car B overtakes another car A at a relative speed of 40 m s^-1. How fast will the image of car B appear to move in the mirror of focal length 10 cm fitted in car A,…Q 12-09-169Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is placed at a distance of 12 cm from a convex lens. A convex mirror of focal length 15 cm is placed on another side of the lens at 8 cm as shown in the…Q 12-09-170Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An object is placed beyond the centre of curvature C of the given concave mirror. If the distance of the object is d_1 from C and the distance of the image formed is…Q 12-09-171Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Find the distance of the image from object O, formed by the combination of lenses in the figure:Q 12-09-172Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Curved surfaces of a plano-convex lens of refractive index μ_1 and a plano-concave lens of refractive index μ_2 have equal radius of curvature as shown in figure. Find…Q 12-09-173Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
An object is gradually moving away from the focal point of a concave mirror along the axis of the mirror. The graphical representation of the magnitude of linear…Q 12-09-174Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A vessel of depth 2h is half filled with a liquid of refractive index 2√(2) and the upper half with another liquid of refractive index √(2). The liquids are immiscible.…Q 12-09-175Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
There is a small source of light at some depth below the surface of water (refractive index = (4)/(3)) in a tank of large cross sectional surface area. Neglecting any…Q 12-09-176Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A prism of angle A = 1° has μ = 1.5. A good estimate for the minimum angle of deviation (in degrees) is close to (N)/(10). The value of N is ______.Q 12-09-177Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A point like object is placed at a distance of 1 m in front of a convex lens of focal length 0.5 m. A plane mirror is placed at a distance of 2 m behind the lens. The…Q 12-09-178Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A double convex lens has power P and the same radius of curvature r for both surfaces. The radius of curvature of a surface of a plano-convex lens made of the same…Q 12-09-179Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
If we need a magnification of 375 from a compound microscope of tube length 150 mm and an objective of focal length 5 mm, the focal length of the eye-piece should be…Q 12-09-180Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A thin lens made of glass (refractive index = 1.5) of focal length f = 16 cm is immersed in a liquid of refractive index 1.42. If its focal length in the liquid is f_l,…Q 12-09-181Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The magnifying power of a telescope with tube length 60 cm is 5. What is the focal length of its eye piece?Q 12-09-182Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A point object in air is in front of the curved surface of a plano-convex lens. The radius of curvature of the curved surface is 30 cm and the refractive index of the…Q 12-09-183Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A spherical mirror is obtained as shown in the figure from a hollow glass sphere. If an object is positioned in front of the mirror, what will be the nature and…Q 12-09-184Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A light ray enters a solid glass sphere of refractive index μ = 3 at an angle of incidence 60°. The ray is both reflected and refracted at the farther surface of the…Q 12-09-185Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An observer can see through a small hole on the side of a jar (radius 15 cm) at a point at height of 15 cm from the bottom (see figure). The hole is at a height of 45…Q 12-09-186Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When an object is kept at a distance of 30 cm from a concave mirror, the image is formed at a distance of 10 cm from the mirror. If the object is moved with a speed of…Q 12-09-187Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a compound microscope, the magnified virtual image is formed at a distance of 25 cm from the eye-piece. The focal length of its objective lens is 1 cm. If the…Q 12-09-188Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The distance between an object and a screen is 100 cm. A lens can produce real image of the object on the screen for two different positions between the screen and the…Q 12-09-189Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a concave lens of focal length f, the relation between object and image distance u and v, respectively, from its pole can best be represented by (u = v is the…Q 12-09-190Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A compound microscope consists of an objective lens of focal length 1 cm and an eye piece of focal length 5 cm with a separation of 10 cm. The distance between an…Q 12-09-191Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two plane mirrors are inclined to each other such that a ray of light incident on the first mirror (M_1) and parallel to the second mirror (M_2) is finally reflected…Q 12-09-192Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A plano-convex lens of refractive index μ_1 and focal length f_1 is kept in contact with another plano-concave lens of refractive index μ_2 and focal length f_2. If the…Q 12-09-193Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The eye can be regarded as a single refracting surface. The radius of curvature of this surface is equal to that of the cornea (7.8 mm). This surface separates two…Q 12-09-194Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A ray of light AO in vacuum is incident on a glass slab at angle 60° and refracted at angle 30° along OB (both angles measured from the normal at O). The point A is at…Q 12-09-195Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
One plano-convex and one plano-concave lens of the same radius of curvature R but of different materials are joined side by side as shown in the figure. If the…Q 12-09-196Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The graph shows how the magnification m produced by a thin lens varies with image distance v. The focal length of the lens used isQ 12-09-197Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A convex lens is put 10 cm from a light source and it makes a sharp image on a screen, kept 10 cm from the lens. Now a glass block (refractive index 1.5) of 1.5 cm…Q 12-09-198Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
An optical fibre is l = 2 m long and has a diameter of d = 20 μm. If a ray of light is incident on one end of the fibre at angle θ_1 = 40° (with the axis of the fibre),…Q 12-09-199Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A concave mirror for face viewing has a focal length of 0.4 m. The distance at which you hold the mirror from your face in order to see your image upright with a…Q 12-09-202Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A convex lens of focal length 20 cm produces images of the same magnification 2 when an object is kept at two distances x_1 and x_2 (x_1 > x_2) from the lens. The ratio…Q 12-09-203Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A thin convex lens L (refractive index = 1.5) is placed on a plane mirror M. When a pin is placed at A, such that OA = 18 cm, its real inverted image is formed at A…Q 12-09-204Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
An object is at a distance of 20 m from a convex lens of focal length 0.3 m. The lens forms an image of the object. If the object moves away from the lens at a speed of…Q 12-09-205Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The variation of refractive index of a crown glass thin prism with wavelength of the incident light is shown. Which of the following graphs is the correct one, if D_m…Q 12-09-206Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A monochromatic light is incident at a certain angle on an equilateral triangular prism and suffers minimum deviation. If the refractive index of the material of the…Q 12-09-207Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A point source of light, S is placed at a distance L in front of the centre of plane mirror of width d which is hanging vertically on a wall. A man walks in front of…Q 12-09-208Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A plano-convex lens (focal length f_2, refractive index μ_2, radius of curvature R) fits exactly into a plano-concave lens (focal length f_1, refractive index μ_1,…Q 12-09-210Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Formation of real image using a biconvex lens is shown below. If the whole set up is immersed in water without disturbing the object and the screen positions, what will…Q 12-09-211Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A concave mirror has radius of curvature of 40 cm. It is at the bottom of a glass that has water filled up to 5 cm (see figure). If a small particle is floating on the…Q 12-09-212Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The value of numerical aperture of the objective lens of a microscope is 1.25. If light of wavelength 5000 Å is used, the minimum separation between two points, to be…Q 12-09-213Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A transparent cube of side d, made of a material of refractive index μ_2, is immersed in a liquid of refractive index μ_1 (μ_1 < μ_2). A ray is incident on the face AB…Q 12-09-214Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A plano-convex lens becomes an optical system of 28 cm focal length when its plane surface is silvered and illuminated from left to right (light falls on the curved…Q 12-09-215Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A particle is oscillating on the x-axis with an amplitude 2 cm about the point x_0 = 10 cm with a certain frequency. A concave mirror of focal length 5 cm is placed at…Q 12-09-216Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A convergent doublet of separated lenses, corrected for spherical aberration, has resultant focal length of 10 cm. The separation between the two lenses is 2 cm. The…Q 12-09-217Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A ray of light is incident at an angle of 60° on one face of a prism of angle 30°. The emergent ray of light makes an angle of 30° with incident ray. The angle made by…Q 12-09-218Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A diverging lens with magnitude of focal length 25 cm is placed at a distance of 15 cm from a converging lens of magnitude of focal length 20 cm. A beam of parallel…Q 12-09-219Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Let the refractive index of a denser medium with respect to rarer medium be n_12 and its critical angle be θ_C. At an angle of incidence A when light is travelling from…Q 12-09-220Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment a convex lens of focal length 15 cm is placed coaxially on an optical bench in front of a convex mirror at a distance of 5 cm from it. It is found that…Q 12-09-221Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A biconvex lens has radii of curvature, 20 cm each. If the refractive index of the material of the lens is 1.5, the power of the lens isQ 12-09-222Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
Two transparent media A and B are separated by a plane boundary. The speed of light in those media are 1.5 × 10^8 m/s and 2.0 × 10^8 m/s, respectively. The critical…Q 12-09-223Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsNEETMCQEasy
A slanted object AB is placed on one side of a convex lens as shown in the diagram. The image is formed on the opposite side. The angle made by the image with the…Q 12-09-224Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A spherical surface separates two media of refractive indices 1 and 1.5 as shown in the figure. The object O is 0.2 m from the surface in medium 1 and the centre of…Q 12-09-225Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two identical objects are placed in front of a convex mirror and a concave mirror having same radii of curvature of 12 cm, at the same distance of 18 cm from the…Q 12-09-226Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A bi-convex lens has radius of curvature of both surfaces the same, 1/6 cm. If this lens is to be replaced by another convex lens of the same material having different…Q 12-09-227Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A ray of light suffers minimum deviation when incident on a prism having angle of the prism equal to 60°. The refractive index of the prism material is 2. The angle of…Q 12-09-228Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The radii of curvature for a thin convex lens are 10 cm and 15 cm respectively. The focal length of the lens is 12 cm. The refractive index of the lens material is:Q 12-09-229Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the following statements for refraction of light through a prism, when the angle of deviation is minimum. (A) The refracted ray inside the prism becomes…Q 12-09-230Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A monochromatic light of frequency 5×10^14 Hz travelling through air is incident on a medium of refractive index 2. The wavelength of the refracted light will be:Q 12-09-231Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Light from a point source in air falls on a convex spherical glass surface (refractive index μ = 1.5 and radius of curvature 50 cm). The image is formed at a distance…Q 12-09-232Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When an object is placed 40 cm away from a spherical mirror, an image of magnification 1/2 is produced. To obtain an image with magnification of 1/3, the object is to…Q 12-09-233Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
The distance between an object and its image (magnified by -1/3) is 30 cm. The focal length of the mirror used is ( x4) cm, where the magnitude of the value of x is…Q 12-09-234Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A finite size object is placed normal to the principal axis at a distance of 30 cm from a convex mirror of focal length 30 cm. A plane mirror is now placed in such a…Q 12-09-235Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A lens having refractive index 1.6 has focal length of 12 cm when it is in air. Find the focal length of the lens when it is placed in water. (Take refractive index of…Q 12-09-236Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two thin convex lenses of focal lengths 30 cm and 10 cm are placed coaxially, 10 cm apart. The power of this combination is:Q 12-09-237Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A container contains a liquid with refractive index 1.2 up to a height of 60 cm, and another liquid having refractive index 1.6 is added to height H above the first…Q 12-09-238Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A mirror is used to produce an image with magnification of 1/4. If the distance between the object and its image is 40 cm, then the focal length of the mirror is:Q 12-09-239Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The refractive index of glass is higher than…Q 12-09-240Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
A transparent block A having refractive index μ = 1.25 is surrounded by another medium of refractive index μ = 1.0 as shown in the figure. A light ray is incident on…Q 12-09-241Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQMedium
A concave–convex lens of refractive index 1.5 has radii of curvature of its surfaces 30 cm (concave surface) and 20 cm (convex surface). The concave surface is upwards…Q 12-09-242Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQHard
A convex lens of focal length 30 cm is placed in contact with a concave lens of focal length 20 cm. An object is placed at 20 cm to the left of this lens system. The…Q 12-09-243Ray Optics and Optical InstrumentsJEE MainMCQEasy
An unpolarized light beam travelling in air is incident on a medium of refractive index 1.73 at Brewster's angle. Then-Q 12-10-001Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
The intensity of transmitted light when a polaroid sheet, placed between two crossed polaroids at 22.5° from the polarization axis of one of the polaroid, is (I_0 is…Q 12-10-002Wave OpticsNEETMCQMedium
If the monochromatic source in Young's double slit experiment is replaced by white light, thenQ 12-10-003Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
An unpolarised light beam strikes a glass surface at Brewster's angle. ThenQ 12-10-004Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
For Young's double slit experiment, two statements are given below: Statement I : If screen is moved away from the plane of slits, angular separation of the fringes…Q 12-10-005Wave OpticsNEETMCQMedium
The Brewsters angle i_b for an interface should be :Q 12-10-006Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
In Young's double slit experiment, if the separation between coherent sources is halved and the distance of the screen from the coherent sources is doubled, then the…Q 12-10-007Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
Assume that light of wavelength 600 nm is coming from a star. The limit of resolution of telescope whose objective has a diameter of 2 m is :Q 12-10-008Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
Two point white dots are 1 mm apart on a black paper. They are viewed by an eye of pupil diameter 3 mm. Approximately, what is the maximum distance at which these dots…Q 12-10-009Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's double slit experiment, the two slits act as coherent sources of waves of equal amplitude A and wavelength λ. In another experiment with the same arrangement…Q 12-10-010Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
A mixture of light, consisting of wavelength 590 nm and an unknown wavelength, illuminates Young's double slit and gives rise to two overlapping interference patterns…Q 12-10-011Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's double slit experiment the slit separation is 0.5 mm, the screen is 1 m away and the wavelength is 500 nm. The fringe width isQ 12-10-012Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
When the whole Young's double slit apparatus is immersed in water (μ = (4)/(3)), the fringe widthQ 12-10-013Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The intensities of two coherent sources are in the ratio 9 : 1. The ratio of maximum to minimum intensity in their interference pattern isQ 12-10-014Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's experiment with two slits of equal intensity I_0, the intensity at a point where the path difference is (λ)/(3) isQ 12-10-015Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A thin transparent sheet of refractive index 1.5 placed over one slit of a Young's double slit arrangement shifts the central fringe by 5 fringes. If the wavelength is…Q 12-10-016Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's experiment, the 4^th dark fringe is at 7 mm from the central maximum. The fringe width isQ 12-10-017Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
According to Huygens' principle, each point on a wavefrontQ 12-10-018Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In single-slit diffraction with light of wavelength 600 nm, the first minimum is at an angle of 30°. The width of the slit isQ 12-10-019Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Light of wavelength 500 nm falls on a slit 0.2 mm wide. The width of the central maximum on a screen 1 m away isQ 12-10-020Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In single-slit diffraction, if the slit is made narrower, the central maximumQ 12-10-021Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The resolving power of a telescope can be increased byQ 12-10-022Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Unpolarised light of intensity I_0 passes through two polaroids whose axes are at 60°. The intensity of the emergent light isQ 12-10-023Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The refractive index of glass is √(3). The angle of refraction when light is incident on it at the polarising angle isQ 12-10-024Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following phenomena shows that light waves are transverse?Q 12-10-025Wave OpticsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In Young's experiment with slit separation 1 mm, the fringe width is 0.6 mm. When the screen is moved 50 cm farther from the slits, the fringe width becomes 0.9 mm.…Q 12-10-026Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Unpolarised light passes through three polaroids. The axis of the second is at 45° to the first, and the third is at 90° to the first. What percentage of the original…Q 12-10-027Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Some distant star is to be observed by some telescope of diameter of objective lens a, at an angular resolution of 3.0 × 10^-7 radian. If the wavelength of light from…Q 12-10-028Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In interference experiment the path difference between two interfering waves at a point A on the screen is λ/3, where λ is the wavelength of these waves, and at another…Q 12-10-029Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
An unpolarized light of intensity I_0 passes through polarizer and then through a certain optically active solution and finally it goes to analyser. If the angle…Q 12-10-030Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a Young double slit experiment, the wavelength of incident light is 6000 Å, the separation between slits S_1 and S_2 is 5 cm and the distance between slits plane and…Q 12-10-031Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's double slit experiment, the fringe width of the interference pattern produced on the screen is 2.4 μm. If the experiment is carried out in another medium…Q 12-10-032Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The maximum intensity in a Young's double slit experiment is I_0. Distance between the slits (d) is 5λ, where λ is the wavelength of light used. The intensity of the…Q 12-10-033Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
An unpolarized light of certain intensity passes through a combination of two polarizers whose transmission axes are at 30° and 90°, respectively, with respect to the…Q 12-10-034Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a double slit experiment, when one of the slits is covered by a transparent mica sheet of refractive index 1.56, the central fringe shifts to the position of 7^th…Q 12-10-035Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A slit of width a is illuminated by light of wavelength λ. The linear separation between 1^st and 3^rd minima in the diffraction pattern produced on a screen placed at…Q 12-10-036Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In single slit diffraction pattern, the wavelength of light used is 628 nm and slit width is 0.2 mm, the angular width of central maximum is α×10^-2 degrees. The value…Q 12-10-037Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the intensity at some point on the screen is found to be 3/4 times of the maximum of the interference pattern. The path difference…Q 12-10-038Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A beam of light consisting of wavelengths 650 nm and 550 nm illuminates the Young's double slits with separation of 2 mm such that the interference fringes are formed…Q 12-10-039Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements : Statement I : A plane wave after passing through prism remains as plane wave but passing through small pin hole may become spherical…Q 12-10-040Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the Young's double slit experiment the intensity produced by each one of the individual slits is I_o. The distance between two slits is 2 mm . The distance of screen…Q 12-10-041Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
An unpolarised light is incident at an interface of two dielectric media having refractive indices of 2 (incident medium) and 23 (medium) respectively. To satisfy the…Q 12-10-042Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): If Young's double slit experiment is performed…Q 12-10-043Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A transparent film of refractive index 2.0 is coated on a glass slab of refractive index 1.45. What is the minimum thickness of transparent film to be coated for the…Q 12-10-044Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): In Young's double slit experiment, the fringes…Q 12-10-045Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The Young's double slit interference experiment is performed using light consisting of 480 nm and 600 nm wavelengths to form interference patterns. The least number of…Q 12-10-046Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Young's double slit interference apparatus is immersed in a liquid of refractive index 1.44. It has slit separation of 1.5 mm. The slits are illuminated by a parallel…Q 12-10-047Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, three polarizers are kept as shown in the figure. The transmission axes of P_1 and P_2 are orthogonal to each other. The polarizer…Q 12-10-048Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQHard
A double slit interference experiment performed with light of wavelength 600 nm forms an interference fringe pattern on a screen with the 10^th bright fringe having its…Q 12-10-049Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A thin transparent film with refractive index 1.4 is held on a circular ring of radius 1.8 cm. The fluid in the film evaporates such that transmission through the film…Q 12-10-050Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalHard
A monochromatic light of wavelength 6000 is incident on a single slit of width 0.01 mm. If the diffraction pattern is formed at the focus of a convex lens of focal…Q 12-10-051Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A microwave of wavelength 2.0 cm falls normally on a slit of width 4.0 cm. The angular spread of the central maximum of the diffraction pattern obtained on a screen 1.5…Q 12-10-052Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Young's double slit experiment, monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 is used. The slits are 1.0 mm apart and the screen is placed at 1.0 m away from the slits. The…Q 12-10-053Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two wavelengths λ_1 and λ_2 are used in Young's double slit experiment: λ_1 = 450 nm and λ_2 = 650 nm. The minimum order of the fringe produced by λ_2 which overlaps…Q 12-10-054Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The width of one of the two slits in a Young's double slit experiment is 4 times that of the other slit. The ratio of the maximum to the minimum intensity in the…Q 12-10-055Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Light emerges out of a convex lens when a source of light is kept at its focus. The shape of the wavefront of the light isQ 12-10-056Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Young's double slit experiment carried out with light of wavelength 5000 , the distance between the slits is 0.3 mm and the screen is at 200 cm from the slits. The…Q 12-10-057Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a single slit experiment, a parallel beam of green light of wavelength 550 nm passes through a slit of width 0.20 mm. The transmitted light is collected on a screen…Q 12-10-058Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Which of the following phenomena is not explained by the wave nature of light? A. reflection B. diffraction C. photoelectric effect D. interference E. polarization.…Q 12-10-059Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coherent monochromatic light beams of intensities I and 4I are superimposed. The difference between the maximum and minimum possible intensities in the resulting…Q 12-10-060Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
When a polaroid sheet is rotated between two crossed polaroids, then the transmitted light intensity will be maximum for a rotation of:Q 12-10-061Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wavelength 5000 Å is incident normally on a single narrow slit of width 0.001 mm. The light is focused by a convex lens on a…Q 12-10-062Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a double slit experiment shown in figure, when light of wavelength 400 nm is used, a dark fringe is observed at P. If D = 0.2 m, the minimum distance between the…Q 12-10-063Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalHard
In Young's double slit experiment, light from two identical sources is superimposing on a screen. The path difference between the two lights reaching at a point on the…Q 12-10-064Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a single slit diffraction pattern, a light of wavelength 6000 Å is used. The distance between the first and third minima in the diffraction pattern is found to be 3…Q 12-10-065Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wavelength 600 nm passes through a single slit of 0.4 mm width. Angular divergence corresponding to second order minima would…Q 12-10-066Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two slits are 1 mm apart and the screen is located 1 m away from the slits. A light of wavelength 500 nm is used. The width of each slit to obtain 10 maxima of the…Q 12-10-067Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, the intensity at a point is (1/4)^th of the maximum intensity. The minimum distance of the point from the central maximum is ______…Q 12-10-068Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Monochromatic light of wavelength 500 nm is used in Young's double slit experiment. An interference pattern is obtained on a screen. When one of the slits is covered…Q 12-10-069Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The diffraction pattern of a light of wavelength 400 nm diffracting from a slit of width 0.2 mm is focused on the focal plane of a convex lens of focal length 100 cm.…Q 12-10-070Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
A beam of unpolarised light of intensity I_0 is passed through a polaroid A and then through another polaroid B which is oriented so that its principal plane makes an…Q 12-10-071Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two waves of intensity ratio 1:9 cross each other at a point. The resultant intensities at the point, when (a) the waves are incoherent is I_1, and (b) the waves are…Q 12-10-072Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When unpolarized light is incident at an angle of 60° on a transparent medium from air, the reflected ray is completely polarized. The angle of refraction in the medium…Q 12-10-073Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, two slits are illuminated with a light of wavelength 800 nm. The line joining A_1P is perpendicular to A_1A_2 as shown in the…Q 12-10-074Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in figures, three identical polaroids P_1, P_2 and P_3 are placed one after another. The pass axis of P_2 and P_3 are inclined at angle of 60° and 90° with…Q 12-10-075Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A scientist is observing a bacteria through a compound microscope. For better analysis and to improve its resolving power he should (select the best option)Q 12-10-076Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Unpolarised light is incident on the boundary between two dielectric media, whose dielectric constants are 2.8 (medium 1) and 6.8 (medium 2), respectively. To satisfy…Q 12-10-077Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In Young's double slit experiment, two slits S_1 and S_2 are d distance apart and the separation from slits to screen is D (as shown in figure). Now if two transparent…Q 12-10-078Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, the intensities at two points, for the path difference λ4 and λ3 (λ being the wavelength of light used) are I_1 and I_2…Q 12-10-079Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two light waves of wavelengths 800 and 600 nm are used in Young's double slit experiment to obtain interference fringes on a screen placed 7 m away from plane of slits.…Q 12-10-081Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: If the Brewster's angle for the light propagating from air to glass is θ_B, then Brewster's angle for the light propagating…Q 12-10-082Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In Young's double slits experiment, the position of 5^th bright fringe from the central maximum is 5 cm. The distance between slits and screen is 1 m and wavelength of…Q 12-10-083Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the ratio of amplitude of light coming from slits is 2:1. The ratio of the maximum to minimum intensity in the interference pattern…Q 12-10-084Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A single slit of width a is illuminated by a monochromatic light of wavelength 600 nm. The value of a for which first minimum appears at θ=30° on the screen will beQ 12-10-085Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of intensities at two points P and Q on the screen in a Young's double slit experiment where phase difference between two waves of same amplitude are π3 and…Q 12-10-086Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The phase difference of two light waves changes if…Q 12-10-087Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A beam of light consisting of two wavelengths 7000 Å and 5500 Å is used to obtain interference pattern in Young's double slit experiment. The distance between the slits…Q 12-10-088Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The width of fringe is 2 mm on the screen in a double slit experiment for the light of wavelength of 400 nm. The width of the fringe for the light of wavelength 600 nm…Q 12-10-089Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Unpolarised light of intensity 32 W m^-2 passes through the combination of three polaroids such that the pass axis of the last polaroid is perpendicular to that of the…Q 12-10-090Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
n polarizing sheets are arranged such that each makes an angle 45° with the preceding sheet. An unpolarized light of intensity I is incident into this arrangement. The…Q 12-10-091Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
As shown in the figure, in Young's double slit experiment, a thin plate of thickness t=10 μm and refractive index μ=1.2 is inserted in front of slit S_1. The experiment…Q 12-10-092Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Sodium light of wavelengths 650 nm and 655 nm is used to study diffraction at a single slit of aperture 0.5 mm. The distance between the slit and the screen is 2.0 m.…Q 12-10-093Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two light beams of intensities in the ratio of 9 : 4 are allowed to interfere. The ratio of the intensity of maxima and minima will be:Q 12-10-094Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two light beams having intensities I and 9I interfere to produce a fringe pattern on a screen. The phase difference between the beams is π2 at point P and π at point Q.…Q 12-10-095Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
An interference pattern is obtained with two coherent light sources of intensity ratio 4 : 1. And the ratio I_ + I_I_ - I_ is 5x. Then, the value of x will be equal to:Q 12-10-096Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A light whose electric field vectors are completely removed by using a good polaroid is allowed to be incident on the surface of a prism at Brewster's angle. Choose the…Q 12-10-097Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a specific wavelength 670 nm of light coming from a galaxy moving with velocity v, the observed wavelength is 670.7 nm. The value of v isQ 12-10-098Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Young's double slit experiment, the fringe width is 12 mm. If the entire arrangement is placed in water of refractive index 4/3, then the fringe width becomes (in mm)Q 12-10-099Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Young's double slit experiment the two slits are 0.6 mm distance apart. Interference pattern is observed on a screen at a distance 80 cm from the slits. The first…Q 12-10-100Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A microscope was initially placed in air (refractive index 1). It is then immersed in oil (refractive index 2). For a light whose wavelength in air is λ, calculate the…Q 12-10-101Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two beams of light having intensities I and 4I interfere to produce a fringe pattern on a screen. The phase difference between the two beams are π2 and π3 at points A…Q 12-10-102Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two coherent sources of light interfere. The intensity ratio of two sources is 1 : 4. For this interference pattern if the value of I_ + I_I_ - I_ is equal to (2α +…Q 12-10-103Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, a laser light of 560 nm produces an interference pattern with consecutive bright fringes' separation of 7.2 mm. Now another light…Q 12-10-104Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In Young's double slit experiment, if the source of light changes from orange to blue then:Q 12-10-105Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The difference in the number of waves when yellow light propagates through air and vacuum columns of the same thickness is one. The thickness of the air column is…Q 12-10-106Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the slits are separated by 0.3 mm and the screen is 1.5 m away from the plane of slits. Distance between fourth bright fringes on…Q 12-10-107Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the width of the one of the slit is three times the other slit. The amplitude of the light coming from a slit is proportional to…Q 12-10-108Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
An unpolarized light beam is incident on the polarizer of a polarization experiment and the intensity of light beam emerging from the analyzer is measured as 100…Q 12-10-109Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the source of light used in a Young's double slit experiment is changed from red to violet:Q 12-10-110Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coherent light sources having intensity in the ratio 2x produce an interference pattern. The ratio I_max - I_minI_max + I_min will beQ 12-10-111Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
A galaxy is moving away from the earth at a speed of 286 km s^-1. The shift in the wavelength of a red line at 630 nm is x×10^-10 m. The value of x, to the nearest…Q 12-10-112Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
With what speed should a galaxy move outward with respect to earth so that the sodium-D line at wavelength 5890 Å is observed at 5896 Å?Q 12-10-113Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment two slits are separated by 2 mm and the screen is placed one meter away. When a light of wavelength 500 nm is used, the fringe…Q 12-10-114Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
White light is passed through a double slit and interference is observed on a screen 1.5 m away. The separation between the slits is 0.3 mm. The first violet and red…Q 12-10-115Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A source of light is placed in front of a screen. The intensity of light on the screen is I. Two Polaroids P_1 and P_2 are so placed in between the source of light and…Q 12-10-116Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The light waves from two coherent sources have same intensity I_1 = I_2 = I_0. In interference pattern the intensity of light at minima is zero. What will be the…Q 12-10-117Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a double-slit experiment, at a certain point on the screen the path difference between the two interfering waves is (1)/(8)th of a wavelength. The ratio of the…Q 12-10-118Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Three harmonic waves having equal frequency ν and same intensity I_0, have phase angles 0, (π)/(4) and -(π)/(4) respectively. When they are superimposed the intensity…Q 12-10-119Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
The aperture diameter of a telescope is 5 m. The separation between the moon and the earth is 4×10^5 km. With light of wavelength of 5500 Å, the minimum separation…Q 12-10-120Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment 15 fringes are observed on a small portion of the screen when light of wavelength 500 nm is used. Ten fringes are observed on the…Q 12-10-121Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
In the figure below, P and Q are two equally intense coherent sources emitting radiation of wavelength 20 m. The separation between P and Q is 5 m and the phase of P is…Q 12-10-122Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Young's double-slit experiment is performed using monochromatic light of wavelength λ. The intensity of light at a point on the screen, where the path difference is…Q 12-10-123Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A polarizer-analyser set is adjusted such that the intensity of light coming out of the analyser is just 36\% of the original intensity. Assuming that the…Q 12-10-124Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
Visible light of wavelength 6000×10^-8 cm falls normally on a single slit and produces a diffraction pattern. It is found that the second diffraction minimum is at 60°…Q 12-10-125Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the separation between the slits is 0.15 mm. In the experiment, a source of light of wavelength 589 nm is used and the interference…Q 12-10-126Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Interference fringes are observed on a screen by illuminating two thin slits 1 mm apart with a light source (λ = 632.8 nm). The distance between the screen and the…Q 12-10-127Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, 16 fringes are observed in a certain segment of the screen when light of wavelength 700 nm is used. If the wavelength of light is…Q 12-10-128Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, light of 500 nm is used to produce an interference pattern. When the distance between the slits is 0.05 mm, the angular width (in…Q 12-10-129Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two light waves having the same wavelength λ in vacuum are in phase initially. Then the first wave travels a path L_1 through a medium of refractive index n_1 while the…Q 12-10-130Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A beam of plane polarized light of large cross-sectional area and uniform intensity of 3.3 W m^-2 falls normally on a polarizer (cross-sectional area 3×10^-4 m^2),…Q 12-10-131Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, the slits are placed 0.320 mm apart. Light of wavelength λ = 500 nm is incident on the slits. The total number of bright fringes…Q 12-10-133Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment with slit separation 0.1 mm, one observes a bright fringe at angle 140 rad by using light of wavelength λ_1. When the light of…Q 12-10-134Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double-slit experiment, the ratio of the slits' widths is 4:1. The ratio of the intensity of maxima to minima, close to the central fringe on the screen,…Q 12-10-136Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two coherent sources produce waves of different intensities which interfere. After interference, the ratio of the maximum intensity to the minimum intensity is 16. The…Q 12-10-137Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider a tank made of glass (refractive index 1.5) with a thick bottom. It is filled with a liquid of refractive index μ. A student finds that, irrespective of what…Q 12-10-138Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQHard
In an interference experiment the ratio of amplitudes of coherent waves is (a_1)/(a_2) = 1/3. The ratio of maximum and minimum intensities of fringes will beQ 12-10-139Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Calculate the limit of resolution of a telescope objective having a diameter of 200 cm, if it has to detect light of wavelength 500 nm coming from a star.Q 12-10-140Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experimental setup (slit separation a, screen at distance D), when a thin transparent sheet of thickness t and refractive index μ is put in…Q 12-10-141Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Diameter of the objective lens of a telescope is 250 cm. For light of wavelength 600 nm coming from a distant object, the limit of resolution of the telescope is close toQ 12-10-142Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the path difference, at a certain point on the screen, between two interfering waves is 1/8th of wavelength. The ratio of the…Q 12-10-143Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a double-slit experiment, green light (5303 Å) falls on a double slit having a separation of 19.44 μm and a width of 4.05 μm. The number of bright fringes between…Q 12-10-144Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a double slit experiment, when a thin film of thickness t having refractive index μ is introduced in front of one of the slits, the maximum at the centre of the…Q 12-10-145Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A system of three polarizers P_1, P_2, P_3 is set up such that the pass axis of P_3 is crossed with respect to that of P_1. The pass axis of P_2 is inclined at 60° to…Q 12-10-146Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Light of wavelength 550 nm falls normally on a slit of width 22.0 × 10^-5 cm. The angular position of the second minima from the central maximum will be (in radians):Q 12-10-147Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A plane polarized light is incident on a polariser with its pass axis making angle θ with x-axis. At four different values of θ, θ = 8°, 38°, 188° and 218°, the…Q 12-10-148Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
Unpolarized light of intensity I is incident on a system of two polarizers, A followed by B. The intensity of emergent light is I2. If a third polarizer C is placed…Q 12-10-149Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, slits are separated by 0.5 mm, and the screen is placed 150 cm away. A beam of light consisting of two wavelengths, 650 nm and 520…Q 12-10-150Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
A single slit of width b is illuminated by a coherent monochromatic light of wavelength λ. If the second and fourth minima in the diffraction pattern at a distance 1 m…Q 12-10-151Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
A single slit of width 0.1 mm is illuminated by a parallel beam of light of wavelength 6000 Å and diffraction bands are observed on a screen 0.5 m from the slit. The…Q 12-10-152Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Unpolarized light of intensity I passes through an ideal polariser A. Another identical polariser B is placed behind A. The intensity of light beyond B is found to be…Q 12-10-153Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The angular width of the central maximum in a single slit diffraction pattern is 60°. The width of the slit is 1 μm. The slit is illuminated by monochromatic plane…Q 12-10-154Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Young's double slit experiment, a student observes 8 fringes in a certain segment of screen when a monochromatic light of 600 nm wavelength is used. If the…Q 12-10-155Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
A light ray falls on a glass surface of refractive index √(3), at an angle 60°. The angle between the refracted and reflected rays would beQ 12-10-156Wave OpticsNEETMCQEasy
A light wave is propagating with plane wavefronts of the type x + y + z = constant. The angle made by the direction of wave propagation with the x-axis is:Q 12-10-157Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
If the measured angular separation between the second minimum to the left of the central maximum and the third minimum to the right of the central maximum is 30° in a…Q 12-10-158Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two coherent monochromatic light beams of intensities 4I and 9I are superimposed. The difference between the maximum and minimum intensities in the resulting…Q 12-10-159Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The width of one of the two slits in a Young's double slit interference experiment is half of the other slit. The ratio of the maximum to the minimum intensity in the…Q 12-10-160Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQMedium
Two monochromatic light beams have intensities in the ratio 1 : 9. An interference pattern is obtained by these beams. The ratio of the intensities of maximum to…Q 12-10-161Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the slits are separated by 0.2 mm. If the slit separation is increased to 0.4 mm, the percentage change of the fringe width is:Q 12-10-162Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two polarisers P_1 and P_2 are placed in such a way that the intensity of the transmitted light will be zero. A third polariser P_3 is inserted in between P_1 and P_2,…Q 12-10-163Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, two slits are located 1.5 mm apart. The distance of the screen from the slits is 2 m and the wavelength of the source is 400 nm. If…Q 12-10-164Wave OpticsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two plane polarized light waves (with the same plane of polarization) combine at a certain point, and their electric field components are E_1 = E_0ω t and E_2 = E_0(ω t…Q 12-10-165Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a Young's double slit experiment, the source is white light. One of the slits is covered by a red filter and the other by a green filter. In this case:Q 12-10-166Wave OpticsJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy of a photon of wavelength 400 nm is approximately (take hc = 1240 eV nm)Q 12-11-001Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
A beam of light falls on a metal surface such that photo-electrons are generated. If power of the light source starts to decrease linearly with time t, then variation…Q 12-11-002Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
A ray of light with wavelength λ is incident on three different photoelectric cells namely 1, 2 and 3. The threshold wavelength of these photoelectric cells are λ_1,…Q 12-11-003Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
A photon and an electron, each of 20 eV energy, move in free space. The ratio of linear momentum of electron p_e to that of photon p_Ph, p_ep_Ph is : (Take speed of…Q 12-11-004Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
A photon and an electron (mass m) have the same energy E. The ratio (λ_photon/λ_electron) of their de Broglie wavelengths is: (c is the speed of light)Q 12-11-005Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
Which of the following options represent the variation of photoelectric current with property of light shown on the x-axis?Q 12-11-006Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
If c is the velocity of light in free space, the correct statements about photon among the following are : A. The energy of a photon is E = hν. B. The velocity of a…Q 12-11-007Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
The graph which shows the variation of ((1)/(λ^2)) and its kinetic energy, E is (where λ is de Broglie wavelength of a free particle) :Q 12-11-008Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
The minimum wavelength of X-rays produced by an electron accelerated through a potential difference of V volts is proportional to:Q 12-11-009Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
The work functions of Caesium (Cs), Potassium (K) and Sodium (Na) are 2.14 eV, 2.30 eV and 2.75 eV respectively. If incident electromagnetic radiation has an incident…Q 12-11-010Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
The number of photons per second on an average emitted by the source of monochromatic light of wavelength 600 nm, when it delivers the power of 3.3 × 10^-3 watt will be…Q 12-11-011Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
An electromagnetic wave of wavelength 'λ' is incident on a photosensitive surface of negligible work function. If 'm' mass is of photoelectron emitted from the surface…Q 12-11-012Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
Light of frequency 1.5 times the threshold frequency is incident on a photosensitive material. What will be the photoelectric current if the frequency is halved and…Q 12-11-013Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
An electron is accelerated from rest through a potential difference of V volt. If the de Broglie wavelength of the electron is 1.227 × 10^-2 nm, the potential…Q 12-11-014Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
Statement I: A metallic surface is irradiated by a monochromatic light of frequency ν > ν_0 (the threshold frequency). The maximum kinetic energy and the stopping…Q 12-11-015Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Statement I: Davisson–Germer experiment established the wave nature of electrons. Statement II: If electrons have wave nature, they can interfere and show diffraction.Q 12-11-016Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: When ultraviolet light is incident on a photocell, its stopping potential is V_0 and the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons is K_max. When the…Q 12-11-017Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The work functions of metals A and B are in the ratio 1 : 2. If light of frequencies f and 2f are incident on metal surfaces A and B respectively, the ratio of the…Q 12-11-018Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The de Broglie wavelength of an electron having 80 eV of energy is nearly (1 eV = 1.6 × 10^-19 J, mass of electron = 9 × 10^-31 kg, Planck's constant = 6.6 × 10^-34 J s)Q 12-11-019Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Electrons accelerated through a potential difference V are diffracted from a crystal whose planes are d = 1 Å apart. A strong diffraction peak is observed when the…Q 12-11-020Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQHard
Light of wavelength 300 nm falls on a metal of work function 2.14 eV. The maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons is (hc = 1240 eV nm)Q 12-11-021Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The threshold wavelength of a metal is 620 nm. Its work function is (hc = 1240 eV nm)Q 12-11-022Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The stopping potentials for light of frequencies ν_1 and ν_2 on a metal are V_1 and V_2. Planck's constant is given byQ 12-11-023Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The slope of the graph of stopping potential against frequency of incident light, for any metal, isQ 12-11-024Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a photoelectric experiment the intensity of the incident light is doubled, its frequency being unchanged. ThenQ 12-11-025Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 100 W source emits light of wavelength 600 nm. The number of photons it emits per second is (h = 6.6 × 10^-34 J s)Q 12-11-026Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The momentum of a photon of energy 3 eV is (1 eV = 1.6 × 10^-19 J)Q 12-11-027Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A proton and an alpha particle are accelerated through the same potential difference. The ratio of their de Broglie wavelengths λ_p : λ_α isQ 12-11-028Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
If the kinetic energy of a free electron is doubled, its de Broglie wavelength becomesQ 12-11-029Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An electron and a proton have the same de Broglie wavelength. Which has the greater kinetic energy?Q 12-11-030Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelength of a 1 kg ball moving at 1 m/s is of the order of (h = 6.6 × 10^-34 J s)Q 12-11-031Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Photons of energy 5 eV fall on a metal surface and the fastest photoelectrons are stopped by a potential of 2 V. Find the work function of the metal in eV.Q 12-11-032Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electron is accelerated from rest through 150 V. Find its de Broglie wavelength in ångström, to one decimal place.Q 12-11-033Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A monochromatic source of light operating at 15 kW emits 2.5 × 10^22 photons/s. The region of an electromagnetic spectrum to which the emitted electromagnetic radiation…Q 12-11-034Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
K_1 and K_2 be the maximum kinetic energies of photoelectrons emitted from a surface of a given material for the light of wavelength λ_1 and λ_2, respectively. If λ_1 =…Q 12-11-035Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The de Broglie wavelength for an electron accelerated through the potential difference of V_1 volt is λ_1. When the potential difference is changed to V_2 volt, the…Q 12-11-036Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron of mass m is moving in an electric field E = -2E_0i (E_0 = constant > 0), with an initial velocity V = v_0i (v_0 = constant > 0). If λ_0 = (h)/(4mv_0), its…Q 12-11-037Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQHard
Light source having wavelength 331 nm is used to generate photo-electrons whose stopping potential is 0.2 V. The work function of the used metal in the experiment is α…Q 12-11-038Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is travelling with a velocity v in free space and when it enters a medium, its velocity is reduced by 20\%. The de Broglie wavelength of electron in the…Q 12-11-039Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelength associated with an electron accelerated through a potential difference V is λ_e and the de Broglie wavelength associated with a proton…Q 12-11-040Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
For a certain metal, when monochromatic light of wavelength λ is incident, the stopping potential for photoelectrons is 3V_0. When the same metal is illuminated by…Q 12-11-041Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Number of photons of equal energy emitted per second by a 6 mW laser source operating at 663 nm is ______. (Given : h = 6.63×10^-34 J.s and c = 3×10^8 m/s)Q 12-11-042Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of de Broglie wavelength of a deutron with kinetic energy E to that of an alpha particle with kinetic energy 2E, is n : 1. The value of n is ______ . (Assume…Q 12-11-043Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
When a light of a given wavelength falls on a metallic surface the stopping potential for photoelectrons is 3.2 V . If a second light having wavelength twice of first…Q 12-11-044Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The work functions of cesium (Cs) and lithium (Li) metals are 1.9 eV and 2.5 eV, respectively. If light of wavelength 550 nm is incident on these two metal surfaces,…Q 12-11-045Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A light source of wavelength λ illuminates a metal surface and electrons are ejected with maximum kinetic energy of 2 eV. If the same surface is illuminated by a light…Q 12-11-046Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A sub-atomic particle of mass 10^-30 kg is moving with a velocity 2.21×10^6 m/s. Under the matter wave consideration, the particle will behave closely like (h =…Q 12-11-047Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In the photoelectric effect, an em-wave is incident on a metal surface and electrons are ejected from the surface. If the work function of the metal is 2.14 eV and the…Q 12-11-048Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron of mass m with an initial velocity v = v_0 i (v_0 > 0) enters an electric field E = -E_0 k. If the initial de Broglie wavelength is λ_0, the value after…Q 12-11-049Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In photoelectric effect, the stopping potential (V_0) vs frequency (ν) curve is plotted (h is the Planck's constant and φ_0 is the work function of the metal). (A) V_0…Q 12-11-050Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy E and momentum p of a moving body of mass m are related by some equation. Given that c represents the speed of light, identify the correct equation.Q 12-11-051Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the power of a light source S_1 to that of the light source S_2 is 2. S_1 is emitting 2×10^15 photons per second at 600 nm. If the wavelength of the source…Q 12-11-052Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A proton of mass m_p has the same energy as that of a photon of wavelength λ. If the proton is moving at non-relativistic speed, then the ratio of its de Broglie…Q 12-11-053Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following phenomena can not be explained by wave theory of light?Q 12-11-054Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
If λ and K are the de Broglie wavelength and kinetic energy, respectively, of a particle with constant mass, the correct graphical representation for the particle will beQ 12-11-055Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): Emission of electrons in the photoelectric…Q 12-11-056Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In an experiment with the photoelectric effect, the stopping potentialQ 12-11-057Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelengths of a proton and an α particle are λ and 2λ respectively. The ratio of the velocities of the proton and the α particle will beQ 12-11-058Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Monochromatic light of frequency 6×10^14 Hz is produced by a laser. The power emitted is 2×10^-3 W. How many photons per second, on average, are emitted by the source?…Q 12-11-059Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Which figure shows the correct variation of the applied potential difference (V) with photoelectric current (i) at two different intensities of light (I_1 < I_2) of the…Q 12-11-060Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The number of photons increases with increase in…Q 12-11-061Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: The figure shows the variation of stopping potential with frequency (ν) for two photosensitive materials M_1 and M_2. The…Q 12-11-062Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following statements is not true about the stopping potential (V_0)?Q 12-11-063Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In a photoelectric experiment, light of energy 2.48 eV irradiates a photosensitive material. The stopping potential was measured to be 0.5 V. The work function of the…Q 12-11-064Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
When UV light of wavelength 300 nm is incident on a metal surface having work function 2.13 eV, electron emission takes place. The stopping potential is (Given hc =…Q 12-11-065Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A convex lens of focal length 40 cm forms an image of an extended source of light on a photoelectric cell. A current I is produced. The lens is replaced by another…Q 12-11-066Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The threshold frequency of a metal with work function 6.63 eV is:Q 12-11-067Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron is the same as that of a photon. If velocity of electron is 25\% of the velocity of light, then the ratio of K.E. of electron…Q 12-11-068Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two sources of light emit with a power of 200 W. The ratio of number of photons of visible light emitted by each source having wavelengths 300 nm and 500 nm…Q 12-11-069Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton and an electron are associated with the same de-Broglie wavelength. The ratio of their kinetic energies is: (Assume h = 6.63×10^-34 J s, m_e = 9.0×10^-31 kg…Q 12-11-070Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton and an electron have the same de Broglie wavelength. If K_p and K_e be the kinetic energies of proton and electron respectively, then choose the correct…Q 12-11-071Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton, an electron and an alpha particle have the same energies. Their de-Broglie wavelengths will be compared as:Q 12-11-072Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
UV light of 4.13 eV is incident on a photosensitive metal surface having work function 3.13 eV. The maximum kinetic energy of ejected photoelectrons will be:Q 12-11-073Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The work function of a substance is 3.0 eV. The longest wavelength of light that can cause the emission of photoelectrons from this substance is approximately:Q 12-11-074Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
For the photoelectric effect, the maximum kinetic energy E_k of the photoelectrons is plotted against the frequency ν of the incident photons. The graph is a straight…Q 12-11-075Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
When a metal surface is illuminated by light of wavelength λ, the stopping potential is 8 V. When the same surface is illuminated by light of wavelength 3λ, the…Q 12-11-076Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In a photoelectric effect experiment, light of frequency 1.5 times the threshold frequency is made to fall on the surface of a photosensitive material. Now if the…Q 12-11-077Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The threshold wavelength for photoelectric emission from a material is 5500 Å. Photoelectrons will be emitted, when this material is illuminated with monochromatic…Q 12-11-078Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of de-Broglie wavelength of an α-particle and a proton accelerated from rest by the same potential is (1)/( m). The value of m isQ 12-11-079Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron accelerated through a potential difference V_1 has a de-Broglie wavelength of λ. When the potential is changed to V_2, its de-Broglie wavelength increases…Q 12-11-080Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The beam of electrons shows wave nature and exhibits…Q 12-11-081Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
If a source of electromagnetic radiation having power 15 kW produces 10^16 photons per second, the radiation belongs to a part of spectrum is (Take Planck constant…Q 12-11-082Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
From the photoelectric effect experiment, following observations are made. Identify which of these are correct. A. The stopping potential depends only on the work…Q 12-11-084Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Electron beam used in an electron microscope, when accelerated by a voltage of 20 kV has a de-Broglie wavelength of λ_0. If the voltage is increased to 40 kV then the…Q 12-11-086Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Stopping potential in photoelectric effect does not depend on the power of the light source. Statement II: For a given…Q 12-11-087Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Out of microwaves, infrared rays and ultraviolet rays, ultraviolet rays are the most effective for the emission of…Q 12-11-088Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelength of an electron having kinetic energy E is λ. If the kinetic energy of electron becomes E4, then its de-Broglie wavelength will beQ 12-11-089Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The variation of stopping potential V_0 as a function of the frequency (ν) of the incident light for a metal is shown in figure. The work function of the surface isQ 12-11-090Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A metallic surface is illuminated with radiation of wavelength λ, the stopping potential is V_0. If the same surface is illuminated with radiation of wavelength 2λ, the…Q 12-11-091Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The ratio of the de-Broglie wavelengths of proton and electron having same kinetic energy is (Assume m_p=m_e×1849)Q 12-11-092Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton and an α-particle are accelerated from rest by 2 V and 4 V potentials, respectively. The ratio of their de-Broglie wavelength isQ 12-11-093Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The difference between threshold wavelengths for two metal surfaces A and B having work function φ_A=9 eV and φ_B=4.5 eV in nm is (Given hc=1242 eV nm)Q 12-11-094Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The kinetic energy of an electron, α-particle and a proton are given as 4K, 2K and K respectively. The de-Broglie wavelength associated with electron (λ_e), α-particle…Q 12-11-095Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The work functions of Aluminium and Gold are 4.1 eV and 5.1 eV respectively. The ratio of the slope of the stopping potential versus frequency plot for Gold to that of…Q 12-11-096Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Proton (P) and electron (e) will have same de-Broglie wavelength when the ratio of their momentum is (assume m_p=1849 m_e)Q 12-11-097Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In photoelectric effect A. The photocurrent is proportional to the intensity of the incident radiation. B. Maximum kinetic energy with which photoelectrons are emitted…Q 12-11-098Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelength of a molecule in a gas at room temperature 300 K is λ_1. If the temperature of the gas is increased to 600 K, then the de Broglie wavelength…Q 12-11-099Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton moving with one tenth of velocity of light has a certain de Broglie wavelength of λ. An alpha particle having certain kinetic energy has the same de Broglie…Q 12-11-100Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The threshold frequency of a metal is f_0. When the light of frequency 2f_0 is incident on the metal plate, the maximum velocity of photoelectron is v_1. When the…Q 12-11-101Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
When light of frequency twice the threshold frequency is incident on a metal plate, the maximum velocity of emitted electrons is v_1. When the frequency of incident…Q 12-11-102Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
Light of two different frequencies whose photons have energies 3.8 eV and 1.4 eV respectively illuminate a metallic surface whose work function is 0.6 eV successively.…Q 12-11-103Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Davisson-Germer experiment establishes the wave nature of electrons. Statement II: If electrons have wave nature, they can…Q 12-11-104Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A proton, a neutron, an electron and an α-particle have the same energy. If λ_p, λ_n, λ_e and λ_α are the de Broglie wavelengths of proton, neutron, electron and…Q 12-11-105Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron with speed v and a photon with speed c have the same de Broglie wavelength. If the kinetic energy and momentum of the electron are E_e and P_e and that of…Q 12-11-106Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal surface is illuminated by radiation of wavelength 4500 Å. The ejected photoelectron enters a constant magnetic field of 2 mT making an angle of 90° with the…Q 12-11-107Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The stopping potential for photoelectrons emitted from a surface illuminated by light of wavelength 6630 Å is 0.42 V. If the threshold frequency is x×10^13 s^-1, where…Q 12-11-108Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A metal exposed to light of wavelength 800 nm emits photoelectrons with a certain kinetic energy. The maximum kinetic energy of photo-electrons doubles when light of…Q 12-11-109Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The ratio of wavelengths of proton and deuteron accelerated by potentials V_p and V_d is 1 : 2. Then the ratio of V_p to V_d will beQ 12-11-110Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A parallel beam of light of wavelength 900 nm and intensity 100 W m^-2 is incident on a surface perpendicular to the beam. The number of photons crossing 1 cm^2 area…Q 12-11-111Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A nucleus of mass M at rest splits into two parts having masses (M')/(3) and (2M')/(3) (M' < M). The ratio of de Broglie wavelengths of the two parts will beQ 12-11-112Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An α particle and a carbon 12 atom has same kinetic energy K. The ratio of their de-Broglie wavelengths (λ_α : λ_C12) isQ 12-11-113Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron (mass m) with an initial velocity v = v_0 i (v_0 > 0) is moving in an electric field E = -E_0 i (E_0 > 0) where E_0 is constant. If at t = 0, de-Broglie…Q 12-11-114Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
With reference to the observations in photo-electric effect, identify the correct statements from below: A. The square of maximum velocity of photoelectrons varies…Q 12-11-115Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The equation λ = (1.227)/(x) nm can be used to find the de-Broglie wavelength of an electron. In this equation x stands for : Where, m = mass of electron, P = momentum…Q 12-11-116Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass 9.1×10^-31 kg travels in a medium with a speed of 10^6 m s^-1 and a photon of radiation of linear momentum 10^-27 kg m s^-1 travels in a vacuum. The…Q 12-11-117Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
A moving proton and electron have the same de-Broglie wavelength. If K and P denote the K.E. and momentum respectively, then choose the correct option:Q 12-11-118Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider two separate ideal gases of electrons and protons having same number of particles. The temperature of both the gases are same. The ratio of the uncertainty in…Q 12-11-119Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Two photons having equal linear momenta have equal wavelengths. Statement II: If the wavelength of the photon is decreased,…Q 12-11-120Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An X-ray tube is operated at 1.24 million volt. The shortest wavelength of the produced photon will be:Q 12-11-121Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de Broglie wavelength of a proton and α-particle are equal. The ratio of their velocities isQ 12-11-122Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An α particle and a proton are accelerated from rest by a potential difference of 200 V. After this, their de Broglie wavelengths are λ_α and λ_p respectively. The…Q 12-11-123Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The speed of electrons in a scanning electron microscope is 1×10^7 m s^-1. If the protons having the same speed are used instead of electrons, then the resolving power…Q 12-11-124Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The radiation corresponding to 3 → 2 transition of a hydrogen atom falls on a gold surface to generate photoelectrons. These electrons are passed through a magnetic…Q 12-11-125Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron having de-Broglie wavelength λ is incident on a target in a X-ray tube. Cut-off wavelength of emitted X-ray is:Q 12-11-126Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A certain metallic surface is illuminated by monochromatic radiation of wavelength λ. The stopping potential for photoelectric current for this radiation is 3V_0. If…Q 12-11-127Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electron of mass m_e and a proton of mass m_p are accelerated through the same potential difference. The ratio of the de-Broglie wavelength associated with the…Q 12-11-128Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: An electron microscope can achieve better resolving…Q 12-11-129Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two streams of photons, possessing energies equal to twice and ten times the work function of metal are incident on the metal surface successively. The value of ratio…Q 12-11-130Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
When radiation of wavelength λ is incident on a metallic surface, the stopping potential of ejected photoelectrons is 4.8 V. If the same surface is illuminated by…Q 12-11-132Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A light beam of wavelength 500 nm is incident on a metal having work function of 1.25 eV, placed in a magnetic field of intensity B. The electrons emitted perpendicular…Q 12-11-133Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a photoelectric experiment, ultraviolet light of wavelength 280 nm is used with lithium cathode having work function φ = 2.5 eV. If the wavelength of incident light…Q 12-11-134Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The de-Broglie wavelength of a particle having kinetic energy E is λ. How much extra energy must be given to this particle so that the de-Broglie wavelength reduces to…Q 12-11-135Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
In a photoelectric experiment, increasing the intensity of incident light:Q 12-11-136Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A monochromatic neon lamp with wavelength of 670.5 nm illuminates a photo-sensitive material which has a stopping voltage of 0.48 V. What will be the stopping voltage…Q 12-11-137Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron (mass m) with initial velocity v = v_0i + v_0j is in an electric field E = -E_0k. If λ_0 is initial de-Broglie wavelength of electron, its de-Broglie…Q 12-11-138Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Radiation, with wavelength 6561 Å falls on a metal surface to produce photoelectrons. The electrons are made to enter a uniform magnetic field of 3×10^-4 T. If the…Q 12-11-139Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle moving with kinetic energy E has de Broglie wavelength λ. If energy Δ E is added to its energy, the wavelength becomes (λ)/(2). Value of Δ E, is:Q 12-11-140Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron of mass m and magnitude of charge e at rest, gets accelerated by a constant electric field E. The rate of change of de-Broglie wavelength of this electron…Q 12-11-141Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The surface of a metal is illuminated alternately with photons of energies E_1 = 4 eV and E_2 = 2.5 eV respectively. The ratio of the maximum speeds of the…Q 12-11-142Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron, a doubly ionized helium ion (He^++) and a proton are having the same kinetic energy. The relation between their respective de Broglie wavelengths λ_e,…Q 12-11-143Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Assuming the nitrogen molecule is moving with r.m.s. velocity at 400 K, the de Broglie wavelength of the nitrogen molecule is close to: (Given: nitrogen molecule…Q 12-11-144Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A beam of electromagnetic radiation of intensity 6.4×10^-5 W/cm^2 is comprised of wavelength λ = 310 nm. It falls normally on a metal (work function = 2 eV) of surface…Q 12-11-145Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron (of mass m) and a photon have the same energy E in the range of a few eV. The ratio of the de Broglie wavelength associated with the electron and the…Q 12-11-146Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
When a photon of energy 4.0 eV strikes the surface of a metal A, the ejected photoelectrons have maximum kinetic energy T_A eV and de Broglie wavelength λ_A. The…Q 12-11-147Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
When radiation of wavelength λ is used to illuminate a metallic surface, the stopping potential is V. When the same surface is illuminated with radiation of wavelength…Q 12-11-148Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
A particle is moving 5 times as fast as an electron. The ratio of the de-Broglie wavelength of the particle to that of the electron is 1.878 × 10^-4. The mass of the…Q 12-11-149Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
When the wavelength of radiation falling on a metal is changed from 500 nm to 200 nm, the maximum kinetic energy of the photoelectrons becomes three times larger. The…Q 12-11-150Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two sources of light emit X-rays of wavelength 1 nm and visible light of wavelength 500 nm, respectively. Both the sources emit light of the same power 200 W. The ratio…Q 12-11-151Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Particle A of mass m_A = m2 moving along the x-axis with velocity v_0 collides elastically with another particle B at rest having mass m_B = m3. If both the particles…Q 12-11-152Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The given figure shows a few data points in a photoelectric effect experiment for a certain metal, plotted as stopping potential against frequency. The minimum energy…Q 12-11-153Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In a photoelectric effect experiment, the graph of stopping potential V_s versus reciprocal of wavelength obtained is a straight line as shown in the figure. As the…Q 12-11-154Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A beam of electrons of energy E scatters from a target having atomic spacing of 1 Å. The first maximum intensity occurs at θ = 60°. Then E (in eV) is ______. (Planck's…Q 12-11-155Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalMedium
The magnetic field associated with a light wave is given, at the origin, by B = B_0[(3.14×10^7)ct + (6.28×10^7)ct]. If this light falls on a silver plate having a work…Q 12-11-156Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In an electron microscope, the resolution that can be achieved is of the order of the wavelength of electrons used. To resolve a width of 7.5×10^-12 m, the minimum…Q 12-11-157Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A metal plate of area 1×10^-4 m^2 is illuminated by a radiation of intensity 16 mW/m^2. The work function of the metal is 5 eV. The energy of the incident photons is 10…Q 12-11-158Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In a photoelectric effect experiment, the threshold wavelength of light is 380 nm. If the wavelength of incident light is 260 nm, the maximum kinetic energy of emitted…Q 12-11-159Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A 2 mW laser operates at a wavelength of 500 nm. The number of photons that will be emitted per second is: [Given Planck's constant h = 6.6×10^-34 J s, speed of light c…Q 12-11-160Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The surface of certain metal is first illuminated with light of wavelength λ_1 = 350 nm and then, by a light of wavelength λ_2 = 540 nm. It is found that the maximum…Q 12-11-161Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
Two particles move at right angle to each other. Their de Broglie wavelengths are λ_1 and λ_2 respectively. The particles suffer perfectly inelastic collision. The de…Q 12-11-162Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The electric field of light wave is given as E = 10^-3(2π x5×10^-7 - 2π×6×10^14t) x NC. This light falls on a metal plate of work function 2 eV. The stopping potential…Q 12-11-164Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle P is formed due to a completely inelastic collision of particles x and y having de Broglie wavelengths λ_x and λ_y respectively. If x and y were moving in…Q 12-11-165Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
If the de Broglie wavelength of an electron is equal to 10^-3 times the wavelength of a photon of frequency 6×10^14 Hz, then the speed of electron is equal to: (Speed…Q 12-11-166Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
In a photoelectric experiment, the wavelength of the light incident on a metal is changed from 300 nm to 400 nm. The decrease in the stopping potential is close to:…Q 12-11-167Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle A of mass m and charge q is accelerated by a potential difference of 50 V. Another particle B of mass 4m and charge q is accelerated by a potential…Q 12-11-168Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The stopping potential V_0 (in volt) as a function of frequency (ν) for a sodium emitter, is shown in the figure. The work function of sodium, from the data plotted in…Q 12-11-170Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Two electrons are moving with non-relativistic speeds perpendicular to each other. If corresponding de Broglie wavelengths are λ_1 and λ_2, their de Broglie wavelength…Q 12-11-171Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQHard
If the de Broglie wavelengths associated with a proton and an α-particle are equal, then the ratio of velocities of the proton and the α-particle will be:Q 12-11-172Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
The de-Broglie wavelength (λ_B) associated with the electron orbiting in the second excited state of hydrogen atom is related to that in the ground state (λ_G) by:Q 12-11-173Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron beam is accelerated by a potential difference V to hit a metallic target to produce X-rays. It produces continuous as well as characteristic X-rays. If λ_…Q 12-11-174Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle A of mass m and initial velocity v collides with a particle B of mass m2 which is at rest. The collision is head on, and elastic. The ratio of the de-Broglie…Q 12-11-175Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
The maximum velocity of the photoelectrons emitted from the surface is v when light of frequency n falls on a metal surface. If the incident frequency is increased to…Q 12-11-176Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
A laser light of wavelength 660 nm is used to weld Retina detachment. If a laser pulse of width 60 ms and power 0.5 kW is used, the approximate number of photons in the…Q 12-11-177Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
When two monochromatic lights of frequency, ν and (ν)/(2) are incident on a photoelectric metal, their stopping potential becomes (V_s)/(2) and V_s respectively. The…Q 12-11-178Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQMedium
The graph which shows the variation of the de Broglie wavelength (λ) of a particle and its associated momentum (p) isQ 12-11-179Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterNEETMCQEasy
A monochromatic light is incident on a metallic plate having work function φ. An electron, emitted normally to the plate from a point A with maximum kinetic energy,…Q 12-11-180Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron with mass m with an initial velocity (t = 0) v = v_0 i (v_0 > 0) enters a magnetic field B = B_0 j. If the initial de-Broglie wavelength at t = 0 is λ_0…Q 12-11-181Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: In the photoelectric effect, on increasing the…Q 12-11-182Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQEasy
A photo-emissive substance is illuminated with radiation of wavelength λ_i so that it releases electrons with de Broglie wavelength λ_e. The longest wavelength of…Q 12-11-183Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron is released from rest near an infinite non-conducting sheet of uniform charge density -σ. The rate of change of the de Broglie wavelength associated with…Q 12-11-184Dual Nature of Radiation and MatterJEE MainNumericalHard
In Geiger-Marsden experiment, the number of scattered α-particles N(θ) is plotted as a function of scattering angle θ. Which of the following options represents the…Q 12-12-001AtomsNEETMCQEasy
Consider that an electron is revolving in an excited state of Hydrogen atom with velocity √(25.6) × 10^5 m s^-1. The radius of the orbit is x × 10^-9 m. The value of x…Q 12-12-002AtomsNEETMCQMedium
A particle of mass m is moving around the origin with a constant force F pulling it towards the origin. If Bohr model is used to describe its motion, the radius r of…Q 12-12-003AtomsNEETMCQMedium
De-Broglie wavelength of an electron orbiting in the n = 2 state of hydrogen atom is close to (Given Bohr radius = 0.052 nm)Q 12-12-004AtomsNEETMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. List I (Spectral Lines of Hydrogen for transitions from): A. n_2 = 3 to n_1 = 2 B. n_2 = 4 to n_1 = 2 C. n_2 = 5 to n_1 = 2 D. n_2 = 6 to n_1…Q 12-12-005AtomsNEETMCQMedium
Given below are two statements : Statement I : Atoms are electrically neutral as they contain equal number of positive and negative charges. Statement II : Atoms of…Q 12-12-006AtomsNEETMCQMedium
In hydrogen spectrum, the shortest wavelength in the Balmer series is λ. The shortest wavelength in the Bracket series is :Q 12-12-007AtomsNEETMCQMedium
The radius of inner most orbit of hydrogen atom is 5.3 × 10^-11 m. What is the radius of third allowed orbit of hydrogen atom?Q 12-12-008AtomsNEETMCQEasy
For which one of the following, Bohr model is not valid ?Q 12-12-009AtomsNEETMCQEasy
A hydrogen atom is excited to the state with principal quantum number n = 4. The maximum number of photons that this single atom can emit as it returns to the ground…Q 12-12-010AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An alpha nucleus of energy (1)/(2)mv^2 bombards a heavy nuclear target of charge Ze. Then the distance of closest approach for the alpha nucleus will be proportional toQ 12-12-011AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The total energy of the electron in the n = 3 orbit of hydrogen isQ 12-12-012AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of kinetic energy to total energy of an electron in a Bohr orbit isQ 12-12-013AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The speed of the electron in the first Bohr orbit of hydrogen is about 2.2 × 10^6 m/s. Its speed in the third orbit of doubly ionised lithium (Z = 3) isQ 12-12-014AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The radius of the first Bohr orbit of hydrogen is 0.53 Å. The radius of the second orbit of He^+ isQ 12-12-015AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The ionisation energy of He^+ isQ 12-12-016AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The wavelength of the first line of the Lyman series of hydrogen is 1216 Å. The wavelength of the first line of the Balmer series is aboutQ 12-12-017AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The series of the hydrogen spectrum that lies in the ultraviolet region is theQ 12-12-018AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In a sample of hydrogen atoms excited to n = 5, the number of different spectral lines that can be emitted isQ 12-12-019AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An electron in a hydrogen atom jumps from n = 3 to n = 1. The wavelength of the emitted photon is (R = 1.1 × 10^7 m^-1)Q 12-12-020AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The angular momentum of the electron in the third Bohr orbit isQ 12-12-021AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
In Rutherford's alpha-scattering experiment, the fact that most alpha particles went straight through the gold foil showed thatQ 12-12-022AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The energy of the electron in the ground state of hydrogen is -13.6 eV. The energy required to excite it from the ground state to the second excited state isQ 12-12-023AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The frequency of revolution of the electron in the n^th Bohr orbit varies with n asQ 12-12-024AtomsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Find the energy, in eV, of the photon emitted when the electron in a hydrogen atom falls from n = 4 to n = 2. (Give the answer to two decimal places.)Q 12-12-025AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Find the shortest wavelength, in nm, in the Lyman series of hydrogen. (R = 1.097 × 10^7 m^-1; give the nearest whole number)Q 12-12-026AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The ratio of momentum of the photons of the 1^st and 2^nd line of Balmer series of Hydrogen atoms is α/β. The possible values of α and β are:-Q 12-12-027AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the hydrogen atom, the electron makes a transition from the higher orbit (i) to a lower orbit (f). The ratio of the radius of the orbits in given by r_i : r_f = 16 :…Q 12-12-028AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Rutherford's alpha-particle scattering experiment, only a few alpha particles rebound back because A. The size of gold nucleus is very small as compared to the size…Q 12-12-029AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Angular momentum of an electron in a hydrogen atom is (3h)/(π), then the energy of the electron is ______ eV.Q 12-12-030AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Using Bohr's model, calculate the ratio of the magnetic fields generated due to the motion of the electrons in the 2^nd and 4^th orbits of hydrogen atom ______.Q 12-12-031AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two electrons are moving in orbits of two hydrogen like atoms with speeds 3×10^5 m/s and 2.5×10^5 m/s respectively. If the radii of these orbits are nearly same then…Q 12-12-032AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
An electron in the ground state of the hydrogen atom has the orbital radius of 5.3×10^-11 m while that for the electron in third excited state is 8.48×10^-10 m. The…Q 12-12-033AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron projected perpendicular to a uniform magnetic field B moves in a circle. If Bohr's quantization is applicable, then the radius of the electronic orbit in…Q 12-12-034AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
During the transition of an electron from state A to state C of a Bohr atom, the wavelength of emitted radiation is 2000 Å and it becomes 6000 Å when the electron jumps…Q 12-12-035AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The frequency of revolution of the electron in Bohr's orbit varies with n, the principal quantum number, asQ 12-12-036AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The number of spectral lines emitted by atomic hydrogen that is in the 4^th energy level isQ 12-12-037AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The minimum energy required by a hydrogen atom in the ground state to emit radiation in the Balmer series is nearlyQ 12-12-038AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particular hydrogen-like ion emits radiation of frequency 3×10^15 Hz when it makes a transition from n = 2 to n = 1. The frequency of radiation emitted in the…Q 12-12-039AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A hydrogen atom changes its state from n = 3 to n = 2. Due to recoil, the percentage change in the wavelength of the emitted light is approximately 1×10^-n. The value…Q 12-12-040AtomsJEE MainNumericalHard
According to Bohr's theory, the moment of momentum of an electron revolving in the 4^th orbit of a hydrogen atom isQ 12-12-041AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron rotates in a circle around a nucleus having positive charge Ze. The correct relation between the total energy (E) of the electron and its potential energy…Q 12-12-042AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The angular momentum of an electron in a hydrogen atom is proportional to (where r is the radius of the orbit of the electron)Q 12-12-043AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The shortest wavelength of the spectral lines in the Lyman series of the hydrogen spectrum is 915 . The longest wavelength of the spectral lines in the Balmer series…Q 12-12-044AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The ratio of the shortest wavelength of the Balmer series to the shortest wavelength of the Lyman series for the hydrogen atom isQ 12-12-045AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of a certain orbit of the hydrogen atom is 8.48 . If the energy of the electron in this orbit is E/x, then x = ______. (Given a_0 = 0.529 , E = energy of…Q 12-12-046AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The longest wavelength associated with the Paschen series is (Given R_H = 1.097×10^7 SI unit)Q 12-12-047AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the Franck-Hertz experiment, the first dip in the current-voltage graph for hydrogen is observed at 10.2 V. The wavelength of light emitted by the hydrogen atom when…Q 12-12-048AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The radius of third stationary orbit of electron for Bohr's atom is R. The radius of fourth stationary orbit will be:Q 12-12-049AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
If Rydberg's constant is R, the longest wavelength of radiation in Paschen series will be (α)/(7R), where α = ______.Q 12-12-050AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
When a hydrogen atom going from n = 2 to n = 1 emits a photon, its recoil speed is x5 m s^-1, where x = ______. (Use: mass of hydrogen atom = 1.6×10^-27 kg, charge of…Q 12-12-051AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: Most of the mass of the atom and all its positive charge are concentrated in a tiny nucleus and the electrons revolve…Q 12-12-052AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Hydrogen atom is bombarded with electrons accelerated through a potential difference of V, which causes excitation of hydrogen atoms. If the experiment is being…Q 12-12-053AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In an alpha particle scattering experiment, the distance of closest approach for the α particle is 4.5×10^-14 m. If the target nucleus has atomic number 80, then the…Q 12-12-054AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A hydrogen atom in ground state is given an energy of 10.2 eV. How many spectral lines will be emitted due to transition of electrons?Q 12-12-055AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the magnitude of the kinetic energy to the potential energy of an electron in the 5^th excited state of a hydrogen atom is:Q 12-12-056AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron of a hydrogen atom in an excited state has energy E_n = -0.85 eV. The maximum number of allowed transitions to lower energy levels is ______.Q 12-12-057AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron revolving in the n^th Bohr orbit has magnetic moment μ_n. If μ_n ∝ n^x, the value of x is:Q 12-12-058AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
If the wavelength of the first member of the Lyman series of hydrogen is λ, the wavelength of the second member will beQ 12-12-059AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Speed of an electron in Bohr's 7^th orbit for Hydrogen atom is 3.6×10^6 m s^-1. The corresponding speed of the electron in 3^rd orbit, in m s^-1, isQ 12-12-060AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
For hydrogen atom, λ_1 and λ_2 are the wavelengths corresponding to the transitions 1 and 2 respectively as shown in figure. The ratio of λ_1 and λ_2 is (x)/(32). The…Q 12-12-061AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
If the binding energy of ground state electron in a hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV, then the energy required to remove the electron from the second excited state of Li^2+…Q 12-12-063AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The wavelength of the radiation emitted is λ_0 when an electron jumps from the second excited state to the first excited state of hydrogen atom. If the electron jumps…Q 12-12-065AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The energy levels of an atom are shown in figure. Which one of these transitions will result in the emission of a photon of wavelength 124.1 nm? Given h=6.62×10^-34 J s.Q 12-12-066AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
An atom absorbs a photon of wavelength 500 nm and emits another photon of wavelength 600 nm. The net energy absorbed by the atom in this process is n×10^-4 eV. The…Q 12-12-067AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
As per given figure A, B and C are the first, second and third excited energy levels of hydrogen atom respectively. If the ratio of the two wavelengths (i.e.…Q 12-12-068AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
If 917 Å be the lowest wavelength of Lyman series then the lowest wavelength of Balmer series will be ______ Å.Q 12-12-069AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A monochromatic light is incident on a hydrogen sample in ground state. Hydrogen atoms absorb a fraction of light and subsequently emit radiation of six different…Q 12-12-070AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The energy of He^+ ion in its first state is (The ground state energy for the Hydrogen atom is -13.6 eV)Q 12-12-071AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A 12.5 eV electron beam is used to bombard gaseous hydrogen at room temperature. The number of spectral lines emitted will beQ 12-12-072AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The radius of 2^nd orbit of He^+ of Bohr's model is r_1 and that of fourth orbit of Be^3+ is represented as r_2. Now the ratio (r_2)/(r_1) is x:1. The value of x is…Q 12-12-073AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The energy levels of a hydrogen atom are shown below. The transition corresponding to emission of shortest wavelength isQ 12-12-074AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of fifth orbit of Li^++ is ______ ×10^-12 m. Take: radius of hydrogen atom =0.51 ÅQ 12-12-075AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A small particle of mass m moves in such a way that its potential energy U=1/2mω^2r^2 where ω is constant and r is the distance of the particle from origin. Assuming…Q 12-12-076AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Experimentally it is found that 12.8 eV energy is required to separate a hydrogen atom into a proton and an electron. So the orbital radius of the electron in a…Q 12-12-077AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The ratio of wavelength of spectral lines H_α and H_β in the Balmer series is x20. The value of x is ______.Q 12-12-078AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The angular momentum for the electron in Bohr's orbit is L. If the electron is assumed to revolve in second orbit of hydrogen atom, then the change in angular momentum…Q 12-12-079AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A light of energy 12.75 eV is incident on a hydrogen atom in its ground state. The atom absorbs the radiation and reaches to one of its excited states. The angular…Q 12-12-080AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
An electron of a hydrogen like atom, having Z=4, jumps from 4^th energy state to 2^nd energy state. The energy released in this process will be (Given Rch=13.6 eV,…Q 12-12-081AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the correct option from the following options given below:Q 12-12-082AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Bohr's atomic model of hydrogen, let K, P and E be the kinetic energy, potential energy and total energy of the electron respectively. Choose the correct option when…Q 12-12-083AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the speed of the electron in the 3rd orbit of He^+ to the speed of the electron in the 3rd orbit of hydrogen atom will be:Q 12-12-084AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The momentum of an electron revolving in the n^th orbit is given by: (Symbols have their usual meanings)Q 12-12-085AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A hydrogen atom comes from an excited state to the ground state by emitting a photon of wavelength λ. The value of principal quantum number n of the excited state will…Q 12-12-086AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
(x)/(x+4) is the ratio of energies of photons produced due to transition of an electron of hydrogen atom from its (i) third permitted energy level to the second level…Q 12-12-087AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a hydrogen spectrum, λ is the wavelength of the first transition line of the Lyman series. The wavelength difference will be aλ between the wavelength of the 3rd…Q 12-12-088AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A hydrogen atom in its ground state absorbs 10.2 eV of energy. The angular momentum of electron of the hydrogen atom will increase by the value of (Given, Planck's…Q 12-12-089AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A beam of monochromatic light is used to excite the electron in Li^++ from the first orbit to the third orbit. The wavelength of monochromatic light is found to be…Q 12-12-090AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements Statement I: In hydrogen atom, the frequency of radiation emitted when an electron jumps from lower energy orbit (E_1) to higher energy…Q 12-12-091AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In Bohr's atomic model, the electron is assumed to revolve in a circular orbit of radius 0.5 Å. If the speed of electron is 2.2×10^6 m s^-1, then the current associated…Q 12-12-092AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An electron and proton are separated by a large distance. The electron starts approaching the proton with energy 3 eV. The proton captures the electron and forms a…Q 12-12-093AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The K_α X-ray of molybdenum has wavelength 0.071 nm. If the energy of a molybdenum atom with a K electron knocked out is 27.5 keV, the energy of this atom when an L…Q 12-12-094AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A free electron of 2.6 eV energy collides with a H^+ ion. This results in the formation of a hydrogen atom in the first excited state and a photon is released. Find the…Q 12-12-095AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given figure, the energy levels of hydrogen atom have been shown along with some transitions marked A, B, C, D and E. The transitions A, B and C respectively…Q 12-12-096AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
According to Bohr atom model, in which of the following transitions will the frequency be maximum?Q 12-12-097AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
If λ_1 and λ_2 are the wavelengths of the third member of Lyman and first member of the Paschen series respectively, then the value of λ_1 : λ_2 is:Q 12-12-098AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The recoil speed of a hydrogen atom after it emits a photon in going from n = 5 state to n = 1 state will beQ 12-12-099AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particular hydrogen like ion emits radiation of frequency 2.92×10^15 Hz when it makes transition from n = 3 to n = 1. The frequency in Hz of radiation emitted in…Q 12-12-100AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
X different wavelength may be observed in the spectrum from a hydrogen sample if the atoms are excited to states with principal quantum number n = 6? The value of X isQ 12-12-101AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The first member of the Balmer series of hydrogen atom has a wavelength of 6561 Å. The wavelength of the second member of the Balmer series (in nm) is ______.Q 12-12-102AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The energy required to ionise a hydrogen like ion in its ground state is 9 Rydbergs. What is the wavelength of the radiation emitted when the electron in this ion jumps…Q 12-12-103AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The time period of revolution of an electron in its ground state orbit in a hydrogen atom is 1.6×10^-16 s. The frequency of revolution of the electron in its first…Q 12-12-104AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The graph which depicts the results of the Rutherford gold foil experiment with α-particles is: (θ: scattering angle; Y: number of scattered α-particles detected; plots…Q 12-12-105AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a hydrogen atom the electron makes a transition from (n+1)^th level to the n^th level. If n 1, the frequency of radiation emitted is proportional to:Q 12-12-106AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
A particle of mass 200 MeV/c^2 collides with a hydrogen atom at rest. Soon after the collision, the particle comes to rest, and the atom recoils and goes to its first…Q 12-12-108AtomsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In Li^++, an electron in the first Bohr orbit is excited to a level by a radiation of wavelength λ. When the ion gets de-excited to the ground state in all possible…Q 12-12-109AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Radiation coming from transitions n = 2 to n = 1 of hydrogen atoms fall on He^+ ions in n = 1 and n = 2 states. The possible transition of helium ions as they absorb…Q 12-12-110AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Taking the wavelength of first Balmer line in hydrogen spectrum (n = 3 to n = 2) as 660 nm, the wavelength of the 2^nd Balmer line (n = 4 to n = 2) will beQ 12-12-111AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A He^+ ion is in its first excited state. Its ionization energy isQ 12-12-112AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A hydrogen atom, initially in the ground state, is excited by absorbing a photon of wavelength 980 Å. The radius of the atom in the excited state, in terms of Bohr…Q 12-12-113AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a hydrogen like atom, when an electron jumps from the M-shell to the L-shell, the wavelength of emitted radiation is λ. If an electron jumps from N-shell to the…Q 12-12-114AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
A particle of mass m moves in a circular orbit in a central potential field U(r) = 1/2kr^2. If Bohr's quantization conditions are applied, radii of possible orbitals…Q 12-12-115AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a Frank-Hertz experiment, an electron of energy 5.6 eV passes through mercury vapour and emerges with an energy 0.7 eV. The minimum wavelength of photons emitted by…Q 12-12-116AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An excited He^+ ion emits two photons in succession, with wavelengths 108.5 nm and 30.4 nm, in making a transition to the ground state. The quantum number n,…Q 12-12-117AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider an electron in a hydrogen atom, revolving in its second excited state (having radius 4.65 Å). The de Broglie wavelength of this electron is:Q 12-12-118AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The electron in a hydrogen atom first jumps from the third excited state to the second excited state and subsequently to the first excited state. The ratio of the…Q 12-12-119AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy required to remove the electron from a singly ionized Helium atom is 2.2 times the energy required to remove an electron from helium atom. The total energy…Q 12-12-120AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Muon (μ^-1) is negatively charged (|q| = |e|) with a mass m_μ = 200 m_e, where m_e is the mass of the electron and e is the electronic charge. If μ^-1 is bound to a…Q 12-12-121AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
Some energy levels of a molecule are shown in the figure. The ratio of the wavelengths r = (λ_1)/(λ_2) is given by:Q 12-12-122AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
According to Bohr's theory, the time averaged magnetic field at the centre (i.e., nucleus) of a hydrogen atom due to the motion of electrons in the n^th orbit is…Q 12-12-123AtomsJEE MainMCQMedium
The acceleration of an electron in the first orbit of the hydrogen atom (n = 1) is:Q 12-12-124AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron from various excited states of hydrogen atom emit radiation to come to the ground state. Let λ_n, λ_g be the de Broglie wavelength of the electron in the…Q 12-12-125AtomsJEE MainMCQHard
If the series limit frequency of the Lyman series is ν_L, then the series limit frequency of the Pfund series is:Q 12-12-126AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Let T_1 and T_2 be the energy of an electron in the first and second excited states of hydrogen atoms, respectively. According to the Bohr's model of an atom, the ratio…Q 12-12-127AtomsNEETMCQEasy
Considering Bohr's atomic model for hydrogen atom: (A) the energy of H atom in ground state is same as energy of He^+ ion in its first excited state. (B) the energy of…Q 12-12-128AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Assuming the validity of Bohr's atomic model for hydrogen-like ions, the radius of the Li^++ ion in its ground state is given by (1)/(X)a_0, where X = ______. (Where…Q 12-12-129AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The Bohr model is applicable to hydrogen and…Q 12-12-130AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
An electron in the hydrogen atom, initially in the fourth excited state, makes a transition to the n^th energy state by emitting a photon of energy 2.86 eV. The integer…Q 12-12-131AtomsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Considering the Bohr model of hydrogen-like atoms, the ratio of the radius of the 5^th orbit of the electron in Li^2+ and He^+ is:Q 12-12-132AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement (I): The dimensions of Planck's constant and angular momentum are the same. Statement (II): In Bohr's model, electrons revolve…Q 12-12-133AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
For a hydrogen atom, the ratio of the largest wavelength of the Lyman series to that of the Balmer series is:Q 12-12-134AtomsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the following nuclear reaction : ^238U ^234Th + ^4He Take masses of ^238U, ^234Th and ^4He as 238.050 u, 234.043 u and 4.003 u, respectively. The Q value for…Q 12-13-001NucleiNEETMCQEasy
^290_82X α Y e^+ Z β^- P e^- Q In the nuclear emission stated above, the mass number and atomic number of the product Q respectively, are :Q 12-13-002NucleiNEETMCQMedium
The half life of a radioactive substance is 20 minutes. In how much time, the activity of substance drops to ((1)/(16))^th of its initial value?Q 12-13-003NucleiNEETMCQEasy
A nucleus with mass number 240 breaks into two fragments each of mass number 120, the binding energy per nucleon of unfragmented nuclei is 7.6 MeV while that of…Q 12-13-004NucleiNEETMCQEasy
The half-life of a radioactive nuclide is 100 hours. The fraction of original activity that will remain after 150 hours would be :Q 12-13-005NucleiNEETMCQMedium
A radioactive nucleus ^A_ZX undergoes spontaneous decay in the sequence ^A_ZX _Z-1B _Z-3C _Z-2D where Z is the atomic number of element X. The possible decay particles…Q 12-13-006NucleiNEETMCQMedium
The energy equivalent of 0.5 g of a substance is :Q 12-13-007NucleiNEETMCQEasy
When a uranium isotope ^235_92U is bombarded with a neutron, it generates ^89_36Kr, three neutrons and :Q 12-13-008NucleiNEETMCQEasy
Let F_pp, F_pn and F_nn denote the magnitudes of the nuclear force by a proton on a proton, by a proton on a neutron and by a neutron on a neutron respectively, when…Q 12-13-009NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The half life of a radioactive substance is 20 minutes. The approximate time interval (t_2 - t_1) between the time t_2 when (2)/(3) of it has decayed and time t_1 when…Q 12-13-010NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
When _3Li^7 nuclei are bombarded by protons, and the resultant nuclei are _4Be^8, the emitted particles will beQ 12-13-011NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A nucleus of mass M + Δ m is at rest and decays into two daughter nuclei of equal mass (M)/(2) each. The speed of light is c. The binding energy per nucleon for the…Q 12-13-012NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A nucleus of mass M + Δ m is at rest and decays into two daughter nuclei of equal mass (M)/(2) each. The speed of light is c. The speed of each daughter nucleus isQ 12-13-013NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The radius of a nucleus of mass number 64 is (R_0 = 1.2 fm)Q 12-13-014NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of the nuclear densities of ^27Al and ^125Te isQ 12-13-015NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The mass defect of ^4_2He is 0.0304 u. Its binding energy per nucleon is about (1 u = 931 MeV)Q 12-13-016NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The binding energy per nucleon is highest for nuclei with mass number aroundQ 12-13-017NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The activity of a radioactive sample falls to (1)/(8) of its initial value in 24 hours. Its half-life isQ 12-13-018NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The half-life of a radioactive substance is 69.3 days. Its mean life isQ 12-13-019NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
What fraction of a radioactive sample remains after one mean life?Q 12-13-020NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A radioactive sample has N_0 nuclei at t = 0 and decay constant λ. The number of nuclei that have decayed after time t isQ 12-13-021NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In beta-minus decay, a nucleus emits an electron. The electron comes fromQ 12-13-022NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
^238_92U decays to ^206_82Pb through a series of alpha and beta-minus decays. The numbers of alpha and beta particles emitted areQ 12-13-023NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a nuclear reactor, the function of the moderator is toQ 12-13-024NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
The energy of the Sun is produced mainly byQ 12-13-025NucleiNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive isotope has a half-life of 5 years. Find the percentage of the original sample that remains after 15 years.Q 12-13-026NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
Each fission of U-235 releases about 200 MeV. Find the number of fissions per second needed to produce 1 W of power, in units of 10^10. (1 MeV = 1.6 × 10^-13 J; give…Q 12-13-027NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
Two radioactive substances A and B of mass numbers 200 and 212 respectively, shows spontaneous α-decay with same Q value of 1 MeV. The ratio of energies of α-rays…Q 12-13-028NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy released when (7)/(17.13) kg of ^7_3Li is converted into ^4_2He by proton bombardment is α × 10^32 eV. The value of α is ______. (Nearest integer) (Mass of…Q 12-13-029NucleiJEE MainNumericalHard
The energy released if hydrogen atoms are combined to form ^4_2He is ______ MeV. (Take binding energies per nucleon of ^2_1H and ^4_2He as 1.1 MeV and 7.2 MeV,…Q 12-13-030NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Assuming the experimental mass of ^12_6C as 12u, the mass defect of ^12_6C atom is ______ MeV/c^2. (Mass of proton = 1.00727u, mass of neutron = 1.00866u, 1u = 931.5…Q 12-13-031NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Two nuclei of mass number 3 combine with another nucleus of mass number 4 to yield a nucleus of mass number 10. If the binding energy per nucleon for the mass numbers…Q 12-13-032NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The binding energy per nucleon of ^209_83Bi is ______ MeV. [Take m(^209_83Bi)=208.980388 u, m_p=1.007825 u, m_n=1.008665 u, 1 u =931 MeV/c^2]Q 12-13-033NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A nucleus has mass number α and radius R_α. Another nucleus has mass number β and radius R_β. If β = 8α then R_α/R_β is :Q 12-13-034NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
An atom ^8_3X is bombarded by shower of fundamental particles and in 10 s this atom absorbed 10 electrons, 10 protons and 9 neutrons. The percentage growth in the…Q 12-13-035NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The binding energy for the following nuclear reactions are expressed in MeV . _2He^3 + _0n^1 _2He^4 + 20MeV _2He^4 + _0n^1 _2He^5 - 0.9MeV If X_3, X_4, X_5 denote the…Q 12-13-036NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements : Statement I : For all elements, greater the mass of the nucleus, greater is the binding energy per nucleon. Statement II : For all…Q 12-13-037NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive nucleus n_2 has 3 times the decay constant as compared to the decay constant of another radioactive nucleus n_1. If the initial number of both nuclei are…Q 12-13-038NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements. One is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The binding energy per nucleon is found to be…Q 12-13-039NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the correct nuclear process from the below options [p: proton, n: neutron, e^-: electron, e^+: positron, ν: neutrino, ν: antineutrino]Q 12-13-040NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The radius of a nucleus of mass number 64 is 4.8 fermi. Then the mass number of another nucleus having radius of 4 fermi is (1000)/(x), where x is ______.Q 12-13-041NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
From the statements given below: (A) The angular momentum of an electron in the n^th orbit is an integral multiple of h. (B) Nuclear forces do not obey the inverse…Q 12-13-042NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following nuclear fragments corresponding to nuclear fission between a neutron (^1_0n) and the uranium isotope (^235_92U) is correct?Q 12-13-043NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The disintegration energy Q for the nuclear fission of ^235U ^140Ce + ^94Zr + n is ______ MeV. Given atomic masses of ^235U: 235.0439 u; ^140Ce: 139.9054 u; ^94Zr:…Q 12-13-044NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
If three helium nuclei combine to form a carbon nucleus, then the energy released in this reaction is ______ ×10^-2 MeV. (Given 1 u = 931 MeV/c^2, atomic mass of helium…Q 12-13-045NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
In a nuclear fission process, a high mass nuclide (A ≈ 236) with binding energy 7.6 MeV/nucleon dissociated into two middle mass nuclides (A ≈ 118), having binding…Q 12-13-046NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
The atomic mass of ^12_6C is 12.000000 u and that of ^13_6C is 13.003354 u. The required energy to remove a neutron from ^13_6C, if mass of neutron is 1.008665 u, will…Q 12-13-047NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The explosive in a Hydrogen bomb is a mixture of ^2_1H, ^3_1H and ^6_3Li in some condensed form. The chain reaction is given by ^6_3Li + ^1_0n → ^4_2He + ^3_1H; ^2_1H +…Q 12-13-048NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Binding energy of a certain nucleus is 18×10^8 J. How much is the difference between the total mass of all the nucleons and the nuclear mass of the given nucleus?Q 12-13-049NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
If M_o is the mass of isotope ^12_5B, and M_p and M_n are the masses of proton and neutron, then the nuclear binding energy of the isotope is:Q 12-13-050NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
In a hypothetical fission reaction ^236_92X → ^141_56Y + ^92_36Z + 3R the identity of the emitted particles (R) is:Q 12-13-051NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy equivalent of 1 g of substance is:Q 12-13-052NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A star has 100\% helium composition. It starts to convert three ^4He into one ^12C via the triple alpha process as ^4He + ^4He + ^4He → ^12C + Q. The mass of the star…Q 12-13-053NucleiJEE MainNumericalHard
A nucleus at rest disintegrates into two smaller nuclei with their masses in the ratio of 2:1. After disintegration they will move:Q 12-13-054NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The energy released in the fusion of 2 kg of hydrogen deep in the sun is E_H and the energy released in the fission of 2 kg of ^235U is E_U. The ratio (E_H)/(E_U) is…Q 12-13-055NucleiJEE MainMCQHard
In a nuclear fission reaction of an isotope of mass M, three similar daughter nuclei of the same mass are formed. The speed of a daughter nucleus in terms of the mass…Q 12-13-056NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The mass defect in a particular reaction is 0.4 g. The amount of energy liberated is n×10^7 kW h, where n = ______. (speed of light = 3×10^8 m s^-1)Q 12-13-057NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
The mass number of the nucleus having radius equal to half of the radius of the nucleus with mass number 192 is:Q 12-13-058NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A nucleus has mass number A_1 and volume V_1. Another nucleus has mass number A_2 and volume V_2. If the relation between the mass numbers is A_2 = 4A_1, then…Q 12-13-059NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
If a radioactive element having half-life of 30 min is undergoing beta decay, the fraction of radioactive element that remains undecayed after 90 min will beQ 12-13-060NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive element ^242_92X emits two α-particles, one electron and two positrons. The product nucleus is represented by ^234_PY. The value of P is ______.Q 12-13-061NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
Substance A has atomic mass number 16 and half life of 1 day. Another substance B has atomic mass number 32 and half life of 1/2 day. If both A and B simultaneously…Q 12-13-062NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The nuclear density of nuclides ^10_5B, ^6_3Li,…Q 12-13-063NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive nucleus decays by two different processes. The half life of the first process is 5 minutes and that of the second process is 30 s. The effective half-life…Q 12-13-064NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
A free neutron decays into a proton but a free proton does not decay into neutron. This is becauseQ 12-13-065NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the following radioactive decay process: ^218_84AαA_1β^-A_2γA_3αA_4β^+A_5γA_6 The mass number and the atomic number of A_6 are given byQ 12-13-066NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Assume that protons and neutrons have equal masses. Mass of a nucleon is 1.6×10^-27 kg and radius of nucleus is 1.5×10^-15A^1/3 m. The approximate ratio of the nuclear…Q 12-13-067NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
The energy released per fission of nucleus of ^240X is 200 MeV. The energy released if all the atoms in 120 g of pure ^240X undergo fission is ______ ×10^25 MeV. (Given…Q 12-13-068NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
The ratio of the density of oxygen nucleus (^16_8O) and helium nucleus (^4_2He) isQ 12-13-069NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A nucleus disintegrates into two smaller parts, which have their velocities in the ratio 3:2. The ratio of their nuclear sizes will be ( x3)^1/3. The value of x is…Q 12-13-070NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: The binding energy per nucleon is practically…Q 12-13-071NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The half-life of a radioactive nucleus is 5 years. The fraction of the original sample that would decay in 15 years isQ 12-13-072NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The half life of a radioactive substance is T. The time taken for disintegrating 7/8 part of its original mass will beQ 12-13-073NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Two radioactive elements A and B initially have same number of atoms. The half life of A is same as the average life of B. If λ_A and λ_B are decay constants of A and B…Q 12-13-074NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A nucleus disintegrates into two nuclear parts, in such a way that ratio of their nuclear sizes is 1:2^1/3. Their respective speeds have a ratio of n:1. The value of n…Q 12-13-075NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
A common example of alpha decay is ^238_92U→^234_90Th+^4_2He+Q Given: ^238_92U=238.05060 u, ^234_90Th=234.04360 u, ^4_2He=4.00260 u and 1 u=931.5 MeV/c^2. The energy…Q 12-13-076NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
^238_92A→^234_90B+^4_2D+Q In the given nuclear reaction, the approximate amount of energy released will be [Given, mass of ^238_92A=238.05079×931.5 MeV c^-2, mass of…Q 12-13-077NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
For a nucleus ^A_ZX having mass number A and atomic number Z A. The surface energy per nucleon (b_s)=-a_1A^2/3. B. The Coulomb contribution to the binding energy…Q 12-13-078NucleiJEE MainMCQHard
A nucleus with mass number 242 and binding energy per nucleon as 7.6 MeV breaks into two fragments each with mass number 121. If each fragment nucleus has binding…Q 12-13-079NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
A radioactive material is reduced to 1/8 of its original amount in 3 days. If 8×10^-3 kg of the material is left after 5 days the initial amount of the material isQ 12-13-080NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The decay constant for a radioactive nuclide is 1.5×10^-5 s^-1. Atomic weight of the substance is 60 g mol^-1, N_A=6×10^23. The activity of 1.0 μg of the substance is…Q 12-13-081NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
The masses of proton, neutron and helium nucleus are respectively 1.0073 u, 1.0087 u and 4.0015 u. The binding energy of helium nucleus isQ 12-13-082NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Nucleus A having Z=17 and equal number of protons and neutrons has 1.2 MeV binding energy per nucleon. Another nucleus B of Z=12 has total 26 nucleons and 1.8 MeV…Q 12-13-083NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
Nucleus A has mass number 220 and its binding energy per nucleon is 5.6 MeV. It splits into two fragments B and C of mass numbers 105 and 115. The binding energy of…Q 12-13-084NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample contains 10^-2 kg each of two substances A and B with half lives 4 s and 8 s respectively. The ratio of their atomic weights is 1 : 2. The ratio of the amounts…Q 12-13-085NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
Which of the following figures represents the variation of ((R)/(R_0)) with A? (where R = radius of a nucleus and A = its mass number)Q 12-13-086NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
How many alpha and beta particles are emitted when uranium _92U^238 decays to lead _82Pb^206?Q 12-13-087NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive nucleus can decay by two different processes. The half-life for the first process is 3.0 hours while it is 4.5 hours for the second process. The effective…Q 12-13-088NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The disintegration rate of a certain radioactive sample at any instant is 4250 disintegrations per minute. 10 minutes later, the rate becomes 2250 disintegrations per…Q 12-13-089NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Mass numbers of two nuclei are in the ratio of 4 : 3. Their nuclear densities will be in the ratio ofQ 12-13-090NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Two lighter nuclei combine to form a comparatively heavier nucleus by the relation given below: ^2_1X + ^2_1X = ^4_2Y. The binding energies per nucleon of ^2_1X and…Q 12-13-091NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
What is the half-life period of a radioactive material if its activity drops to (1)/(16)th of its initial value of 30 years ?Q 12-13-092NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The activity of a radioactive material is 6.4×10^-4 curie. Its half life is 5 days. The activity will become 5×10^-6 curie afterQ 12-13-093NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The half life period of a radioactive substance is 60 days. The time taken for 7/8th of its original mass to disintegrate will be :Q 12-13-094NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A freshly prepared radioactive source of half life 2 hours 30 minutes emits radiation which is 64 times the permissible safe level. The minimum time, after which it…Q 12-13-095NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
If f denotes the ratio of the number of nuclei decayed (N_d) to the number of nuclei at t = 0 (N_0), then for a collection of radioactive nuclei, the rate of change of…Q 12-13-096NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive sample has an average life of 30 ms and is decaying. A capacitor of capacitance 200 μF is first charged and later connected with resistor R. If the ratio…Q 12-13-097NucleiJEE MainNumericalMedium
Consider the following statements: A. Atoms of each element emit characteristic spectrum. B. According to Bohr's postulate, an electron in a hydrogen atom revolves in a…Q 12-13-098NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of a radioactive nucleus A disintegrates to another radioactive nucleus B, which in turn disintegrates to some other stable nucleus C. Plot of a graph showing…Q 12-13-099NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Two radioactive substances X and Y originally have N_1 and N_2 nuclei respectively. Half life of X is half of the half life of Y. After three half lives of Y, number of…Q 12-13-100NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The decay of a proton to neutron is:Q 12-13-101NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive material decays by simultaneous emissions of two particles with half lives of 1400 years and 700 years, respectively. What will be the time after the…Q 12-13-102NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A nucleus of mass M emits γ-ray photon of frequency ν. The loss of internal energy by the nucleus is: [Take c as the speed of electromagnetic wave]Q 12-13-103NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
For a certain radioactive process, the graph between R and t (sec) is obtained as shown in the figure. Then the value of half life for the unknown radioactive material…Q 12-13-104NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A radioactive substance decays to ((1)/(16))^th of its initial activity in 80 days. The half life of the radioactive substance expressed in days is ______.Q 12-13-105NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
A nucleus with mass number 184 initially at rest emits an α-particle. If the Q value of the reaction is 5.5 MeV, calculate the kinetic energy of the α-particle.Q 12-13-106NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive sample is undergoing α decay. At any time t_1, its activity is A and another time t_2, the activity is (A)/(5). What is the average life time for the…Q 12-13-107NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
From the given data, the amount of energy required to break the nucleus of aluminium ^27_13Al is ______ x×10^-3 J Mass of neutron = 1.00866 u Mass of proton = 1.00726 u…Q 12-13-108NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
The nuclear activity of a radioactive element becomes ((1)/(8))^th of its initial value in 30 years. The half-life of radioactive element is ______ years.Q 12-13-109NucleiJEE MainNumericalEasy
At time t = 0, a material is composed of two radioactive atoms A and B, where N_A(0) = 2N_B(0). The decay constant of both kind of radioactive atoms is λ. However, A…Q 12-13-110NucleiJEE MainMCQHard
There are 10^10 radioactive nuclei in a given radioactive element. Its half-life time is 1 min. How many nuclei will remain after 30 s? (√(2) = 1.414)Q 12-13-111NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A radioactive nucleus decays by two different processes. The half-life for the first process is 10 s and that for the second is 100 s. The effective half-life of the…Q 12-13-112NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
You are given that the mass of ^7_3Li = 7.0160 u, mass of ^4_2He = 4.0026 u and mass of ^1_1H = 1.0079 u. When 20 g of ^7_3Li is converted into ^4_2He by proton…Q 12-13-113NucleiJEE MainMCQHard
Given the masses of various atomic particles m_p = 1.0072 u, m_n = 1.0087 u, m_e = 0.000548 u, m_ν = 0, m_d = 2.0141 u, where p proton, n neutron, e electron, ν…Q 12-13-114NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
The activity of a radioactive sample falls from 700 s^-1 to 500 s^-1 in 30 minutes. Its half life is close to:Q 12-13-115NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
In a reactor, 2 kg of _92U^235 fuel is fully used up in 30 days. The energy released per fission is 200 MeV. Given that the Avogadro number, N = 6.023 × 10^26 per kilo…Q 12-13-116NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
In a radioactive material, a fraction of active material remaining after the time t is (9)/(16). The fraction that was remaining after the time t2 is:Q 12-13-117NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The radius R of a nucleus of mass number A can be estimated by the formula R = (1.3×10^-15)A^1/3 m. It follows that the mass density of a nucleus is of the order of:…Q 12-13-118NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Find the binding energy per nucleon for ^120_50Sn. Mass of proton m_p = 1.00783 u, mass of neutron m_n = 1.00867 u and mass of tin nucleus m_Sn = 119.902199 u. (take 1…Q 12-13-119NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Activities of three radioactive substances A, B and C are represented by the curves A, B and C, in the figure. Then their half-lives T_1/2(A) : T_1/2(B) : T_1/2(C) are…Q 12-13-120NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
At a given instant, say t = 0, two radioactive substances A and B have equal activities. The ratio (R_B)/(R_A) of their activities after time t itself decays with time…Q 12-13-121NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Using a nuclear counter the count rate of emitted particles from a radioactive source is measured. At t = 0 it was 1600 counts per second and at t = 8 seconds it was…Q 12-13-122NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the nuclear fission Ne^20 2 He^4 + C^12. Given that the binding energy per nucleon of Ne^20, He^4 and C^12 are 8.03 MeV, 7.07 MeV and 7.86 MeV respectively,…Q 12-13-123NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Two radioactive materials A and B have decay constants 10λ and λ, respectively. If initially they have the same number of nuclei, then the ratio of the number of nuclei…Q 12-13-124NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Two radioactive substances A and B have decay constants 5λ and λ respectively. At t = 0, a sample has the same number of the two nuclei. The time taken for the ratio of…Q 12-13-125NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A sample of radioactive material A, that has an activity of 10 mCi (1 Ci = 3.7×10^10 decays/s), has twice the number of nuclei as another sample of a different…Q 12-13-126NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
The ratio of mass densities of nuclei of ^40Ca and ^16O is close toQ 12-13-127NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
In a radioactive decay chain, the initial nucleus is ^232_90Th. At the end, there are 6 α-particles and 4 β-particles which are emitted. If the end nucleus is ^A_ZX, A…Q 12-13-128NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Half lives of two radioactive nuclei A and B are 10 minutes and 20 minutes, respectively. If, initially a sample has equal number of nuclei, then after 60 minutes, the…Q 12-13-129NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
A solution containing active cobalt ^60_27Co having an activity of 0.8 μCi and decay constant λ is injected in an animal's body. When 1 cm^3 blood is drawn from the…Q 12-13-130NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
An unstable heavy nucleus at rest breaks into two nuclei which move away with velocities in the ratio of 8 : 27. The ratio of the radii of the nuclei (assumed to be…Q 12-13-131NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Both the nucleus and the atom of some element are in their respective first excited states. They get de-excited by emitting photons of wavelengths λ_N, λ_A…Q 12-13-132NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
At some instant, a radioactive sample S_1 having an activity 5 μCi has twice the number of nuclei as another sample S_2 which has an activity of 10 μCi. The half lives…Q 12-13-133NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A radioactive nucleus A with a half-life T decays into a nucleus B. At t = 0, there is no nucleus B. At some time t, the ratio of the number of B to that of A is 0.3.…Q 12-13-134NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
Two deuterons undergo nuclear fusion to form a Helium nucleus. The energy released in this process is (given binding energy per nucleon for deuteron = 1.1 MeV and for…Q 12-13-135NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Imagine that a reactor converts all the given mass into energy and that it operates at a power level of 10^9 watt. The mass of the fuel consumed per hour in the reactor…Q 12-13-136NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given nuclear reaction, the element X is ^22_11Na X + e^+ + νQ 12-13-137NucleiNEETMCQEasy
A nucleus of mass number 189 splits into two nuclei having mass number 125 and 64. The ratio of radius of two daughter nuclei respectively isQ 12-13-138NucleiNEETMCQEasy
Energy released when two deuterons (_1H^2) fuse to form a helium nucleus (_2He^4) is: (Given: binding energy per nucleon of _1H^2 = 1.1 MeV and binding energy per…Q 12-13-139NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Match List-I with List-II. array|l|l|l|l| & List-I & & List-II \ A. & ^1_0n + ^235_92U → ^140_54Xe + ^94_38Sr + 2 ^1_0n & I. & Chemical reaction \ B. & 2H_2 + O_2 →…Q 12-13-140NucleiJEE MainMCQMedium
A radioactive material P first decays into Q and then Q decays to non-radioactive material R. Which of the graphs shown in the figure represents the time-dependent mass…Q 12-13-141NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion (A) and the other is labelled as Reason (R). Assertion (A): The density of the copper (^64_29Cu) nucleus is…Q 12-13-142NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
For a nucleus of mass number A and radius R, the mass density of the nucleus can be represented as:Q 12-13-143NucleiJEE MainMCQEasy
An ideal Zener diode with breakdown voltage of -3 V is reverse biased with a negative input voltage V_i = -5 V. The magnitude of voltage difference between points B and…Q 12-14-001Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
Three identical p-n junction diodes D_1, D_2 and D_3 are connected across a battery as shown in the figure. If the width of the depletion regions of D_1, D_2 and D_3…Q 12-14-002Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQHard
The output (Y) of the given logic implementation is similar to the output of an/a _______ gate.Q 12-14-003Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
A full wave rectifier circuit with diodes (D_1) and (D_2) is shown in the figure. If input supply voltage V_in = 220(100π t) volt, then at t = 15 msecQ 12-14-004Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
Consider the following statements A and B and identify the correct answer : A. For a solar-cell, the I-V characteristics lies in the IV quadrant of the given graph. B.…Q 12-14-005Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
The output (Y) of the given logic gate is similar to the output of an/a :Q 12-14-006Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
A logic circuit provides the output Y as per the following truth table : array|c|c|c| A & B & Y \ 0 & 0 & 1 \ 0 & 1 & 0 \ 1 & 0 & 1 \ 1 & 1 & 0 \ array The expression…Q 12-14-007Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
A full wave rectifier circuit consists of two p-n junction diodes, a centre-tapped transformer, capacitor and a load resistance. Which of these components remove the ac…Q 12-14-008Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I : Photovoltaic devices can convert optical radiation into electricity. Statement II : Zener diode is designed to operate…Q 12-14-009Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
For the following logic circuit, the truth table is:Q 12-14-010Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
Consider the following statements (A) and (B) and identify the correct answer. (A) A zener diode is connected in reverse bias, when used as a voltage regulator. (B) The…Q 12-14-011Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
The electron concentration in an n-type semiconductor is the same as hole concentration in a p-type semiconductor. An external field (electric) is applied across each…Q 12-14-012Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
For the given circuit, the input digital signals are applied at the terminals A, B and C. What would be the output at the terminal y ?Q 12-14-013Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQHard
The increase in the width of the depletion region in a p-n junction diode is due to :Q 12-14-014Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
For transistor action, which of the following statements is correct ?Q 12-14-015Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
For the logic circuit shown, the truth table is :Q 12-14-016Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
A silicon diode (cut-in voltage 0.7 V) is connected in forward bias in series with a 1 kΩ resistor across a 5 V battery. The current in the circuit isQ 12-14-017Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A germanium diode (cut-in 0.3 V) and a silicon diode (cut-in 0.7 V) are connected in parallel, both pointing in the forward direction. This pair is connected in series…Q 12-14-018Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Two identical silicon diodes (cut-in 0.7 V each) are connected in series, both forward biased, with a 2.3 kΩ resistor across a 6 V supply. The current isQ 12-14-019Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A Zener diode with breakdown voltage 6 V is used as a voltage regulator. It is connected to a 15 V supply through a series resistor of 500 Ω, and a load of 1.5 kΩ is…Q 12-14-020Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
A 10 V Zener diode has a maximum power rating of 0.5 W. It is connected to a 20 V supply through a series resistor with no load connected. The minimum value of the…Q 12-14-021Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An LED is made from a semiconductor of band gap 2.48 eV. The wavelength of the light it emits is about (hc = 1240 eV nm)Q 12-14-022Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Three photodiodes D_1, D_2 and D_3 are made of semiconductors with band gaps 2.5 eV, 2.0 eV and 1.4 eV respectively. Light of wavelength 600 nm falls on each. Which of…Q 12-14-023Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
Pure silicon has an intrinsic carrier concentration of 1.5 × 10^16 m^-3. It is doped with 4.5 × 10^22 donor atoms per m^3. The hole concentration in the doped crystal isQ 12-14-024Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
An n-type semiconductor has an electron concentration of 10^21 m^-3 and electron mobility 0.4 m^2 V^-1s^-1. Neglecting holes, find its electrical conductivity in S…Q 12-14-025Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
When the temperature of a pure semiconductor is raised, its resistanceQ 12-14-026Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
Silicon is doped with a small amount of phosphorus. The resulting crystal, taken as a whole, isQ 12-14-027Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A 60 Hz AC supply is fed to a full-wave rectifier. The fundamental frequency of the ripple in the output isQ 12-14-028Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQEasy
A bridge rectifier made of four silicon diodes (each dropping 0.7 V when conducting) is fed an AC voltage of peak value 10 V. The peak voltage across the load isQ 12-14-029Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a transistor the emitter current is 5 mA and the base current is 100 μA. The current gain β = I_C/I_B isQ 12-14-030Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
In a common-emitter amplifier the current gain is 50, the input resistance is 1 kΩ and the load resistance is 4 kΩ. The power gain of the amplifier isQ 12-14-031Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQHard
An n-p-n transistor in common-emitter mode has V_CC = 10 V, collector resistor R_C = 2 kΩ and β = 100. Taking V_CE = 0 at saturation, find the minimum base current (in…Q 12-14-032Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalHard
The Boolean expression Y = A·B represents the output ofQ 12-14-033Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The minimum number of two-input NAND gates needed to build an AND gate isQ 12-14-034Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
For the input pairs (A, B) = (0,0), (0,1), (1,0), (1,1) in that order, the output of Y = AB + AB isQ 12-14-035Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
When the forward voltage across a diode is increased from 0.70 V to 0.75 V, the current rises from 10 mA to 20 mA. The dynamic resistance of the diode in this range isQ 12-14-036Semiconductor ElectronicsNEET, JEE MainMCQMedium
The output Y for the given inputs A and B to the circuit is :Q 12-14-037Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The maximum rated power of the LED is 2 mW and it is used in the circuit with input voltage of 5 V as shown in the figure below. The current through resistance R_S is…Q 12-14-038Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Refer to the logic circuit given below. For two inputs (A = 1, B = 1) and (A = 0, B = 1), output (Y) will be ______.Q 12-14-039Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the given logic circuit, which of the following inputs combination will make both LED-1 and LED-2 to glow?Q 12-14-040Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a semiconductor p-n diode, the doping concentrations on p-side and n-side are 10^15 atoms/cm^3 and 10^18 atoms/cm^3, respectively. Which one of the following…Q 12-14-041Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R Assertion A : A diode under reverse-biased condition provides very…Q 12-14-042Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A diode has Zener voltage of 10 V and maximum power dissipation of 0.5 W, then the minimum resistance to be used in series with this diode for safety when it is…Q 12-14-043Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two 4 bits binary numbers, A = 1101 and B = 1010 are given in the inputs of a logic circuit shown in figure below. The output (Y) will be :Q 12-14-044Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
If X and Y are the inputs, the given circuit works as ______.Q 12-14-045Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Two p-n junction diodes D_1 and D_2 are connected as shown in figure. A and B are input signals and C is the output. The given circuit will function as a ______.Q 12-14-046Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Assuming in forward bias condition there is a voltage drop of 0.7 V across a silicon diode, the current through diode D_1 in the circuit is ______ mA . (Assume all…Q 12-14-047Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the correct truth table of the given logic circuit.Q 12-14-048Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A voltage regulating circuit consisting of Zener diode, having break-down voltage of 10 V and maximum power dissipation of 0.4 W , is operated at 15 V . The approximate…Q 12-14-049Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Which of the following circuits represents a forward biased diode?Q 12-14-050Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Refer to the circuit diagram given in the figure. Which of the following observations are correct? A. Total resistance of circuit is 6 Ω B. Current in ammeter is 1 A C.…Q 12-14-051Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
What is the current through the battery in the circuit shown below?Q 12-14-052Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Consider the following statements: A. The junction area of solar cell is made very narrow compared to a photodiode. B. Solar cells are not connected with any external…Q 12-14-053Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output of the circuit is low (zero) for: (A) X = 0, Y = 0 (B) X = 0, Y = 1 (C) X = 1, Y = 0 (D) X = 1, Y = 1 Choose the correct answer from the options given below:Q 12-14-054Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following circuits has the same output as that of the given circuit?Q 12-14-055Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown here, assuming the threshold voltage of the diode is negligibly small, the voltage V_AB is correctly represented byQ 12-14-056Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the circuit shown, the equivalent gate isQ 12-14-057Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The truth table for the circuit given below isQ 12-14-058Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, the power rating of the Zener diode is 10 mW. The value of the series resistance R_s needed to regulate the unregulated input supply isQ 12-14-059Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The conductivity of a photodiode starts changing only if the wavelength of the incident light is less than 660 nm. The band gap of the photodiode is found to be (X)/(8)…Q 12-14-060Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The value of the net resistance of the network shown in the figure isQ 12-14-061Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Identify the logic gate given in the circuit.Q 12-14-062Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The following gate section is connected in a complete suitable circuit. For which of the following combinations will the bulb glow (ON)?Q 12-14-063Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQHard
The output (Y) of the logic circuit given below is 0 only whenQ 12-14-064Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
For the logic circuit shown, the outputs Y for the inputs (A, B) = (0, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0), (1, 1) respectively areQ 12-14-065Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The acceptor level of a p-type semiconductor is 6 eV. The maximum wavelength of light which can create a hole would be (Given hc = 1242 eV nm)Q 12-14-066Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Which of the following circuits is reverse-biased?Q 12-14-067Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The truth table of the given circuit diagram is:Q 12-14-068Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, the breakdown voltage of the Zener diode is 3.0 V. What is the value of I_z?Q 12-14-069Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The truth table for the given circuit is:Q 12-14-070Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output Y of the following circuit for given inputs is:Q 12-14-071Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A potential divider circuit is connected with a dc source of 20 V, a light emitting diode of glow-in voltage 1.8 V and a Zener diode of breakdown voltage 3.2 V. The…Q 12-14-072Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
A light emitting diode (LED) is fabricated using GaAs semiconducting material whose band gap is 1.42 eV. The wavelength of light emitted from the LED is:Q 12-14-073Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The I–V characteristic of an electronic device is shown in the figure. The device is:Q 12-14-074Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the truth table of the circuit shown, the values of X and Y are: arrayc|c|c A & B & E \ 0 & 0 & 0 \ 0 & 1 & X \ 1 & 0 & Y \ 1 & 1 & 0 arrayQ 12-14-075Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A Zener diode of breakdown voltage 10 V is used as a voltage regulator as shown in the figure. The current through the Zener diode isQ 12-14-076Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, a 15 V battery is connected in series with a germanium diode D_1 and a silicon diode D_2 (both forward biased), a 1.5 kΩ resistor and a load…Q 12-14-077Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output of the given circuit diagram isQ 12-14-079Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Which of the following statement is not correct in the case of light emitting diodes? A. It is a heavily doped p-n junction. B. It emits light only when it is forward…Q 12-14-080Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
For the given logic gates combination, the correct truth table will beQ 12-14-081Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The output waveform of the given logical circuit for the following inputs A and B as shown below, isQ 12-14-082Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output Y for the inputs A and B of circuit is given by the truth tableQ 12-14-083Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The effect of increase in temperature on the number of electrons in conduction band (n_e) and resistance of a semiconductor will be asQ 12-14-084Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Photodiodes are preferably operated in reverse bias…Q 12-14-086Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The logic gate equivalent to the given circuit diagram isQ 12-14-087Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Photodiodes are used in forward bias usually for…Q 12-14-088Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: When a Si sample is doped with Boron, it becomes P-type and when doped by Arsenic it becomes N-type semiconductor such that P-type has excess holes and…Q 12-14-089Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The output from a NAND gate having inputs A and B given below will beQ 12-14-090Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit, the current I through the battery will beQ 12-14-091Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
If each diode has a forward bias resistance of 25 Ω in the below circuit, which of the following options is correct?Q 12-14-092Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The logic performed by the circuit shown in figure is equivalent toQ 12-14-093Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The logic operations performed by the given digital circuit is equivalent toQ 12-14-094Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In an n-p-n common emitter (CE) transistor the collector current changes from 5 mA to 16 mA for the change in base current from 100 μA to 200 μA, respectively. The…Q 12-14-095Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
For the following circuit and given inputs A and B, choose the correct option for output Y.Q 12-14-096Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
From the given transfer characteristic of a transistor in CE configuration, the value of power gain of this configuration is 10^x, for R_B=10 kΩ and R_C=1 kΩ. The value…Q 12-14-097Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Name the logic gate equivalent to the diagram attached.Q 12-14-098Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The resistivity (ρ) of semiconductor varies with temperature. Which of the following curves represents the correct behaviour?Q 12-14-099Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: one is labelled as Assertion A and the other is labelled as Reason R. Assertion A: Diffusion current in a p-n junction is greater than…Q 12-14-100Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the logic circuit shown, the output waveform at Y isQ 12-14-101Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a given transistor amplifier circuit in CE configuration V_CC=1 V, R_C=1 kΩ, R_b=100 kΩ and β=100. Value of base current I_b isQ 12-14-102Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A zener diode of power rating 1.6 W is to be used as voltage regulator. If the zener diode has a breakdown of 8 V and it has to regulate voltage fluctuating between 3 V…Q 12-14-103Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Match List I with List II. array|l|l|l|l| & List I & & List II \ A. & Intrinsic semiconductor & I. & Fermi level near valence band \ B. & n-type semiconductor & II. &…Q 12-14-104Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the correct statement about Zener diode:Q 12-14-105Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A transistor is used in common-emitter mode in an amplifier circuit. When a signal of 10 mV is added to the base-emitter voltage, the base current changes by 10 μA and…Q 12-14-106Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given circuit, the value of current I_L will be ______ mA. (When R_L = 1 kΩ)Q 12-14-107Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A photodiode is used to detect optical signals. These diodes are preferably operated in reverse biased mode becauseQ 12-14-108Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the logic operation performed by the given circuit.Q 12-14-109Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In an experiment of CE configuration of an n-p-n transistor, the transfer characteristics are observed as given in figure. If the input resistance is 200 Ω and output…Q 12-14-110Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The I–V characteristics of a p–n junction diode in forward bias are shown in the figure. The ratio of dynamic resistance, corresponding to forward bias voltage of 2 V…Q 12-14-111Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
As per the given circuit, the value of current through the battery will be ______ A.Q 12-14-112Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Positive feedback is required by an amplifier to act as an oscillator. The feedback here meansQ 12-14-113Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the circuit, the logical value of A = 1 or B = 1 when the potential at A or B is 5 V, and the logical value of A = 0 or B = 0 when the potential at A or B is 0 V.…Q 12-14-114Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The energy band gap of a semiconducting material to produce violet (wavelength = 4000 Å) LED is ______ eV. (Round off to the nearest integer)Q 12-14-115Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Two ideal diodes are connected in the network as shown in figure. The equivalent resistance between A and B is ______ Ω.Q 12-14-116Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the circuit shown below, the maximum Zener diode current will be ______ mA.Q 12-14-117Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The typical transfer characteristic of a transistor in CE configuration is shown in figure. A load resistor of 2 kΩ is connected in the collector branch of the circuit…Q 12-14-118Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Identify the correct Logic Gate for the following output (Y) of two inputs A and B.Q 12-14-119Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For a transistor to act as a switch, it must be operated inQ 12-14-120Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The cut-off voltage of the diodes (shown in figure) in forward bias is 0.6 V. The current through the resister of 40 Ω is ______ mA.Q 12-14-121Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A logic gate circuit has two inputs A and B and output Y. The voltage waveforms of A, B and Y are shown below. The logic gate circuit isQ 12-14-122Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
For a constant collector-emitter voltage of 8 V, the collector current of a transistor reached to the value of 6 mA from 4 mA, whereas base current changed from 20 μA…Q 12-14-123Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Identify the solar cell characteristics from the following options :Q 12-14-124Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A transistor is connected in common emitter circuit configuration, the collector supply voltage is 10 V and the voltage drop across a resistor of 1000 Ω in the…Q 12-14-125Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Find the truth table for the function Y of A and B represented in the following figure.Q 12-14-126Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Choose the correct waveform that can represent the voltage across R of the following circuit, assuming the diode is ideal one:Q 12-14-127Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the following logic circuit the sequence of the inputs A, B are (0, 0), (0, 1), (1, 0) and (1, 1). The output Y for this sequence will be:Q 12-14-128Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
If V_A and V_B are the input voltages (either 5 V or 0 V) and V_0 is the output voltage then the two gates represented in the following circuits A and B are:Q 12-14-129Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: To get a steady DC output from the pulsating voltage received from a full wave rectifier we can connect a capacitor across the output parallel to the load…Q 12-14-130Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
If an emitter current is changed by 4 mA, the collector current changes by 3.5 mA. The value of β will be:Q 12-14-131Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In connection with the circuit drawn below, the value of current flowing through 2 kΩ resistor is ______ ×10^-4 A.Q 12-14-132Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
An audio signal v_m = 202π(1500t) amplitude modulates a carrier v_c = 802π(100000t). The value of percent modulation is ______.Q 12-14-133Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
The logic circuit shown above is equivalent to:Q 12-14-134Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Zener breakdown occurs in a p-n junction having p and n both:Q 12-14-135Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Given below are two statements: Statement I: p-n junction diodes can be used to function as a transistor, simply by connecting two diodes, back to back, which acts as…Q 12-14-136Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A signal of 0.1 kW is transmitted in a cable. The attenuation of cable is -5 dB per km and cable length is 20 km. The power received at the receiver is 10^-x W. The…Q 12-14-137Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A 5 V battery is connected across the points X and Y. Assume D_1 and D_2 to be normal silicon diodes. Find the current supplied by the battery if the +ve terminal of…Q 12-14-138Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Given below are two statements: Statement I: A speech signal of 2 kHz is used to modulate a carrier signal of 1 MHz. The bandwidth requirement for the signal is 4 kHz.…Q 12-14-139Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The correct relation between α (ratio of collector current to emitter current) and β (ratio of collector current to base current) of a transistor is:Q 12-14-140Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The typical output characteristics curve for a transistor working in the common-emitter configuration is shown in the figure. The estimated current gain from the figure…Q 12-14-141Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A TV transmission tower antenna is at a height of 20 m. Suppose that the receiving antenna is at. (i) ground level (ii) a height of 5 m. The increase in antenna range…Q 12-14-142Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
For the circuit shown below, calculate the value of I_z:Q 12-14-143Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A carrier wave V_C(t) = 160(2π×10^6t) volts is made to vary between V_max = 200 V and V_min = 120 V by a message signal V_m(t) = A_m(2π×10^3t) volts. The peak voltage…Q 12-14-144Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
A zener diode having zener voltage 8 V and power dissipation rating of 0.5 W is connected across a potential divider arranged with maximum potential drop across zener…Q 12-14-145Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For the forward biased diode characteristics shown in the figure, the dynamic resistance at I_D = 3 mA will be ______ Ω.Q 12-14-146Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Consider a situation in which reverse biased current of a particular P-N junction increases when it is exposed to a light of wavelength ≤ 621 nm. During this process,…Q 12-14-147Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
What should be the height of transmitting antenna and the population covered if the television telecast is to cover a radius of 150 km? The average population density…Q 12-14-148Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a given circuit diagram, a 5 V zener diode along with a series resistance is connected across a 50 V power supply. The minimum value of the resistance required, if…Q 12-14-149Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
LED is constructed from Ga-As-P semiconducting material. The energy gap of this LED is 1.9 eV. Calculate the wavelength of light emitted and its colour. h = 6.63×10^-34…Q 12-14-150Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The circuit contains two diodes each with a forward resistance of 50 Ω and with infinite reverse resistance. If the battery voltage is 6 V, the current through the 120…Q 12-14-151Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Draw the output signal Y in the given combination of gates.Q 12-14-152Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The zener diode has a V_z = 30 V. The current passing through the diode for the following circuit is ______ mA.Q 12-14-153Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In a semiconductor, the number density of intrinsic charge carriers at 27°C is 1.5×10^16 m^-3. If the semiconductor is doped with an impurity atom, the hole density…Q 12-14-154Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalEasy
Identify the logic operation carried out by the given circuit:Q 12-14-155Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Statement I: By doping silicon semiconductors with pentavalent material, the electrons density increases. Statement II: The n-type of semiconductor has a net negative…Q 12-14-156Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Four NOR gates are connected as shown in figure. The truth table for the given figure is:Q 12-14-157Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
For the given circuit, the power across zener diode is ______ mW.Q 12-14-158Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a transistor in CE mode to be used as an amplifier, it must be operated in:Q 12-14-159Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A circuit is arranged as shown in figure. The output voltage V_0 is equal to ______ V.Q 12-14-160Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
For a transistor α and β are given as α = (I_C)/(I_E) and β = (I_C)/(I_B). Then the correct relation between α and β will be:Q 12-14-161Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A zener diode of power rating 2 W is to be used as a voltage regulator. If the zener diode has a breakdown of 10 V and it has to regulate voltage fluctuated between 6 V…Q 12-14-162Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
In the given circuit, value of Y is:Q 12-14-163Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Both the diodes used in the circuit shown are assumed to be ideal and have negligible resistance when these are forward biased. Built in potential in each diode is 0.7…Q 12-14-164Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
The current i in the network isQ 12-14-165Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The circuit shown below is working as an 8 V dc regulated voltage source. When 12 V is used as an input, the power dissipated (in mW) in each diode is (considering both…Q 12-14-166Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainNumericalMedium
Which of the following gives a reversible operation?Q 12-14-167Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure, the potential difference between A and B is:Q 12-14-168Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the following digital circuit, what will be the output Z, when the input (A, B) are (1, 0), (0, 0), (1, 1), (0, 1)?Q 12-14-170Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
When a diode is forward biased, it has a voltage drop of 0.5 V. The safe limit of current through the diode is 10 mA. If a battery of emf 1.5 V is used in the circuit,…Q 12-14-171Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
If a semiconductor photo diode can detect a photon with a maximum wavelength of 400 nm, then its band gap energy is: (Planck's constant h = 6.63×10^-34 J s, speed of…Q 12-14-172Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Take the breakdown voltage of the zener diode used in the given circuit as 6 V. For the input voltage shown in the figure below, the time variation of the output…Q 12-14-173Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Identify the operation performed by the circuit given below:Q 12-14-174Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
With increasing biasing voltage of a photo diode, the photocurrent magnitude:Q 12-14-175Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Ge and Si diodes start conducting at 0.3 V and 0.7 V respectively. In the following figure if the Ge diode connections are reversed, the value of V_0 changes by:…Q 12-14-176Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In a logic circuit, input x passes through a NOT gate, and its output and input y are fed to an OR gate whose output is P. Input x and the output of a NOT gate fed by y…Q 12-14-177Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A 120 V source is connected through a 5 kΩ series resistor to a Zener diode of breakdown voltage 50 V (reverse biased). A 10 kΩ load resistor is connected across the…Q 12-14-178Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
An NPN transistor operates as a common emitter amplifier, with a power gain of 60 dB. The input circuit resistance is 100 Ω and the output load resistance is 10 kΩ. The…Q 12-14-179Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A voltage regulator circuit uses a Zener diode of breakdown voltage 6 V connected across a load resistance R_L = 4 kΩ. A series resistance R_i = 1 kΩ connects this…Q 12-14-180Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Mobility of electrons in a semiconductor is defined as the ratio of their drift velocity to the applied electric field. If, for an N-type semiconductor, the density of…Q 12-14-181Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
A common emitter amplifier circuit, built using an NPN transistor, has its base connected through R_B to a supply V_B and its collector connected through R_C to V_CC.…Q 12-14-183Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The logic gate equivalent to the given logic circuit isQ 12-14-185Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuit the current through Zener Diode is close to:Q 12-14-186Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The circuit shown below contains two ideal diodes, each with a forward resistance of 50 Ω. If the battery voltage is 6 V, the current through the 100 Ω resistance (in…Q 12-14-187Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output of the given logic circuit is:Q 12-14-188Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the figure, given that V_BB supply can vary from 0 to 5.0 V, V_CC = 5 V, β_dc = 200, R_B = 100 kΩ, R_C = 1 kΩ and V_BE = 1.0 V. The minimum base current and the…Q 12-14-189Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The truth table for the circuit given in the figure is:Q 12-14-190Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The transfer characteristic curve of a transistor, having input and output resistance 100 Ω and 100 kΩ respectively, is shown in the figure. The voltage and power gain,…Q 12-14-191Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Figure shows a DC voltage regulator circuit, with a Zener diode of breakdown voltage = 6 V. If the unregulated input voltage varies between 10 V to 16 V, then what is…Q 12-14-192Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a CE transistor amplifier, the audio signal voltage across the collector resistance of 2 kΩ is 2 V. If the base resistance is 1 kΩ and the current amplification of…Q 12-14-193Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a common emitter configuration with suitable bias, it is given that R_L is the load resistance and R_BE is small-signal dynamic resistance (input side). Then,…Q 12-14-194Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The number of amplitude-modulated broadcast stations that can be accommodated in a 300 kHz bandwidth for the highest modulating frequency 15 kHz will be:Q 12-14-195Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
Truth table for the given circuit will beQ 12-14-196Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The carrier frequency of a transmitter is provided by a tank circuit of a coil of inductance 49 μH and a capacitance of 2.5 nF. It is modulated by an audio signal of 12…Q 12-14-197Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the given circuit the current through zener diode is:Q 12-14-198Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
A carrier wave of peak voltage 14 V is used for transmitting a message signal. The peak voltage of the modulating signal given to achieve a modulation index of 80\%…Q 12-14-199Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In a common emitter amplifier circuit using an n-p-n transistor, the phase difference between the input and the output voltages will be:Q 12-14-200Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The V–I characteristic of a diode is shown in the figure. The ratio of forward to reverse bias resistance is:Q 12-14-201Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The conductivity of a semiconductor sample having electron concentration of 5×10^18 m^-3, hole concentration of 5×10^19 m^-3, electron mobility of 2.0 m^2V^-1s^-1 and…Q 12-14-202Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The current gain of a common emitter amplifier is 69. If the emitter current is 7.0 mA, collector current is:Q 12-14-203Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The reading of the ammeter for a silicon diode in the given circuit is:Q 12-14-204Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
In the given circuits (a), (b) and (c), the potential drop across the two p-n junctions are equal inQ 12-14-205Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
In half wave rectification, if the input frequency is 60 Hz, then the output frequency would beQ 12-14-206Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQEasy
The truth table for the given logic circuit isQ 12-14-207Semiconductor ElectronicsNEETMCQMedium
A zener diode with 5 V zener voltage is used to regulate an unregulated dc voltage input of 25 V. For a 400 Ω resistor connected in series, the zener current is found…Q 12-14-208Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the digital circuit shown in the figure, for the given inputs the P and Q values are:Q 12-14-209Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Choose the correct logic circuit for the given truth table having inputs A and B. array|c|c|c| A & B & Y \ 0 & 0 & 0 \ 0 & 1 & 0 \ 1 & 0 & 1 \ 1 & 1 & 1 \ array The…Q 12-14-210Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The truth table corresponding to the circuit given below is:Q 12-14-211Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQEasy
The Boolean expression Y = A BC + A C can be realised with which of the following gate configurations? A. One 3-input AND gate, 3 NOT gates, one 2-input OR gate and one…Q 12-14-212Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider an n-type semiconductor in which n_e and n_h are the numbers of electrons and holes, respectively. (A) Holes are minority carriers (B) The dopant is a…Q 12-14-213Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
In the circuit shown in the figure, a 12 V battery is connected through a 100 Ω resistor to a zener diode (breakdown voltage 4 V), a voltmeter, and a 400 Ω resistor in…Q 12-14-214Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
Consider the logic circuit shown in the figure: A and B feed an AND gate; NOT A and B feed an OR gate; the outputs of the AND and OR gates feed a NAND gate whose output…Q 12-14-215Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium
The output voltage in the following circuit is (consider ideal diodes): a +5 V supply feeds the output node through a resistor; diode D_1 connects the node to a +5 V…Q 12-14-216Semiconductor ElectronicsJEE MainMCQMedium